Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

30th Annual Convention; Boston, MA; 2004

Program by Day for Sunday, May 30, 2004


Manage My Personal Schedule

 

Special Event #122
ABA Program Committee Meeting
Sunday, May 30, 2004
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Beacon H
Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: .
 
AUT
JACK SCOTT (Florida Atlantic University)
Abstract: .
 
BPH
AMY ODUM (Utah State University)
Abstract: .
 
CBM
KELLY G. WILSON (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: .
 
CSE
MARK A. MATTAINI (Jane Addams College of Social Work-UIC), Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University)
Abstract: .
 

DDA

KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy)
Abstract:

.

 

DEV

JACOB L. GEWIRTZ (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
Abstract:

.

 

EAB

WILLIAM L. PALYA (Jacksonville State University)
Abstract:

.

 

EDC

LAURA D. FREDRICK (Georgia State University)
Abstract:

.

 

OBM

JOHN AUSTIN (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

.

 

TBA

THOMAS A. BRIGHAM (Washington State University)
Abstract:

.

 

TPC

DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College)
Abstract:

.

 

VRB

GENAE HALL (Behavior Analysis & Intervention Services)
Abstract:

.

 
 
Business Meeting #123
BACB International Behavior Analyst Certification
Sunday, May 30, 2004
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Berkeley
Chair: Gerald A. Shook (Behavior Analyst Certification Board)
Presenting Authors:

Discussion of Behavior Analyst certification Board's International Development. Participants will receive information on international certification progress and challenges. The group will identify barriers to International certification, including equating coursework, and discuss possible solutions.

 
 
Business Meeting #124
Behavior Analysis Society of Illinois/Chicago Association for Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 30, 2004
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Dalton
Chair: Doreen E. Vieitez (Joliet Junior College)
Presenting Authors:
BASIL and CABA will meet to review activities of 2003-2004, elect new officers and make plans for 2004-2005. All current members and those who would like to join are welcome. We will be accepting dues.
 
 
Business Meeting #125
Behaviorists Interested in Gambling
Sunday, May 30, 2004
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Clarendon
Chair: Ginger R. Wilson (University of Nevada, Reno)
Presenting Authors:
To discuss the current status of the BIG SIG and develop a plan for the future year.
 
 
Business Meeting #126
Direct Instruction SIG
Sunday, May 30, 2004
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Beacon G
Chair: Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University)
Presenting Authors:
Contact other ABA members interested in Direct Instruction.
 
 
Business Meeting #127
Health, Sport, and Fitness Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 30, 2004
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Hampton
Chair: Michael A. Kirkpatrick (Wesley College)
Presenting Authors:
To review and discuss SIG-related events that have occurred during the past year, develop plans for the upcoming year, elect officers, and update membership information.
 
 
Business Meeting #128
JABA Business Meeting
Sunday, May 30, 2004
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Gardner
Chair: Wayne W. Fisher (Marcus Institute)
Presenting Authors:
The purpose of the JABA Business Meeting is to review data on submissions to the journal, circulation, and other information relevant to the business of the journal.
 
 
Business Meeting #129
New York State Association for Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 30, 2004
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Fairfax A
Chair: Laura Lynch (Crossroads Center for Children)
Presenting Authors:
This will be a business meeting open to all members of NYSABA.
 
 
Business Meeting #130
Parent Professional Partnership SIG
Sunday, May 30, 2004
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Beacon A
Chair: David A. Celiberti (Private Practice)
Presenting Authors:
In recent years, parents have assumed an even greater degree of leadership in directing their children's intervention, as well as advocating for improved quality of services for all individuals with autism. Not surprisingly, parent participation in the ABA conference has risen steadily. Given this trend, a business meeting will be held to provide a forum for networking and for exploring ways in which the Behavior Analysts can assist families of newly diagnosed children and families seeking ABA services. All interested parents and professionals are encouraged to attend.
 
 
Business Meeting #131
Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 30, 2004
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Beacon F
Chair: Sherry L. Serdikoff (James Madison University)
Presenting Authors:
The purpose of this meeting is to allow members and potential members of the Virginia Association for Behavior Analysis an opportunity to discuss issues relevant to Behavior Analysts in Virginia and surrounding areas.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #132
CE Offered: None
2004 Tutorial: Teaching Behavioral Intervention in Developmental Disabilities via Distance Learning: Challenges and Solutions
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Grand Ballroom
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
None CE Offered. CE Instructor: Brian Midgley, Ph.D.
Chair: Brian Midgley (McPherson College)
Presenting Authors: : RICHARD K. FLEMING (University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract:

Increasingly, distance learning technology is opening university (and other) doors to a much larger audience. With a modern computer and an internet connection, employees, parents, indeed anyone who has limited access to, or interest in, traditional campus-based options, can conveniently participate in an increasing range of coursework. As teachers of behavior analysis, we can now reach a greatly expanded demographic base. Such is the case with Behavioral Intervention in Autism (BIA), a four-course distance learning curriculum designed to reach and educate a large number of parents and personnel in the application of behavioral intervention with children with autism. A large team of behavior analysts have collaborated to develop and evaluate this curriculum, with generous support from autism and instructional design experts outside of our team. In this tutorial, I have the pleasure of sharing our work on BIA as the illustrative case in support of two purposes: 1) to describe and present data on how distance learning can be used with professional integrity to educate a greatly expanded number of parents and personnel seeking to master behavioral intervention, and 2) to illustrate how behavior analytic instructional pedagogy can be meshed with current and emerging technologies to produce highly effective distance learning courses.

 
RICHARD K. FLEMING (University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Dr. Richard K. Fleming is Assistant Professor and Director of Instructional Technology at the Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School. He received his BS from the University of New Hampshire (1975), and immediately became a professional rock climber. Six years later, in dire need of intellectual stimulation, Dr. Fleming re-entered school and received his MEd in School Psychology (1985), and PhD in Psychology (1990), from the University of Massachusetts, Amherst. Working with Dr. Beth Sulzer-Azaroff, he conducted research in OBM in human services, and became well-versed in PSI. In 1990, Dr. Fleming joined the Psychology faculty at Auburn University, where he became Associate Professor with tenure in 1995. There he developed a program of research, teaching, and outreach in the areas of developmental disabilities, OBM, and sport psychology. Working with Dr. Jim Johnston, he helped establish the Alabama Chapter of ABA, and participated in statewide behavior analysis peer review, which resulted in a joint award of the AU Award for Excellence in Outreach and Extension. Dr. Fleming returned to New England in 1998 and spent two years as a behavioral safety consultant before becoming Vice President of The Browns Group, with Beth Sulzer-Azaroff. In partnership with Shriver/University of Massachusetts Medical School, the two developed the distance learning curriculum showcased in this tutorial. Dr. Fleming subsequently accepted his current position where he directs instructional pedagogy and is beginning research in health promotion.
 
 
Symposium #134
Effective Teaching: Using Fluency Based Procedures to Enhance Learning Across a Regular Curriculum
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Gardner
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Morten Haugland (Otterbein College/Haugland Consulting)
Abstract: .
 
Infusing Fluency-based Instruction into the Curriculum: Improving Reading and Math Scores with Elementary Students
PAUL MALANGA (University of South Dakota), William J. Sweeney (University of South Dakota)
Abstract: This level of student diversity, coupled with increasing expectations placed on teachers vis-à-vis No Child Left Behind, presents a challenge for teachers to arrange effective instructional contingencies for all students. One way to provide effective instruction while meeting each student's unique educational needs is to establish a peer tutoring arrangement to implement and monitor fluency-based instructional procedures. Student-directed learning activities allow students to monitor their progress through a curriculum while working at their own pace as they work toward achieving the instructional goals and objectives(Skinner, 1968). A substantial research base exists supporting the efficacy of infusing fluency (i.e., speed plus accuracy) into the daily curriculum to improve the acquisition, retention and application of skills. The current study measured the effects of daily peer directed fluency based instruction on the acquisition of basic math facts and reading performance with elementary students. Data will be presented on a standard celeration chart showing minute-by-minute improvements in both reading and math performance. Reliability data were collected via permanent product method. Scores were compared and reliability data were computed using a point-to-point method of agreement.
 
Adding a Reading and SAFMEDS Fluency-based Program to a High School Student's On-line Educational Program
KRISTINE HAUGLAND (Haugland Consulting), Malin Haugland (Haugland Consulting)
Abstract: A 16 year old girl enrolled in a home based on-line school program participated in two components of a Precision Teaching program to enhance learning. The first component was one-minute repeated readings of newspaper articles with a one-minute detail recall session. The second component consisted of two SAFMEDS exercises to learn US. History and Earth Science terms presented in the on-line program. A free-write positive self statements probe was conducted periodically throughout the implementation. Data will be presented on a standard celeration chart. Reliability data were collected using a second observer. Scores were compared and reliability data were computed using a point-to-point method of agreement.
 
Teaching Multiplication Facts to Novice Elementary Students Using Fluency Based Procedures and Self-correction
MORTEN HAUGLAND (Haugland Consulting)
Abstract: Two classes of third grade students, total of 47 were taught multiplication using a fluency-based procedure which included a self correction component. All multiplication facts up to times 12 were introduced simultaneously treating each fact as equal in difficulty level. Students used manila-folders with write-on transparencies taped inside and dry erase markers to write answers to multiplication facts in 10-second and 1-minute timing intervals. The results from this study showed that all students learned their multiplication facts using this procedure with varied levels of success. The highest performing student reached a fluent level of 105 correct digits per minute while the lowest performing student only reached 30 per minute. Data will be presented on individual standard celeration charts with summary data presented for the two groups. Students self-recorded their data, with one data set collected each day for IOA. One independent observer scored the permanent product each day, comparing the results to that reported by the student. 14% of the data were checked with an IOA of 98%.
 
 
Panel #135
Ethical and Professional Considerations in Autism Treatment
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Back Bay A
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Suzanne Letso (Connecticut Center for Child Development)
DAVID A. CELIBERTI (Private Practice)
PETER F. GERHARDT (Private Practice)
MICHAEL FABRIZIO (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting)
Abstract: As behavior analysts, we often supervise the work of others and interface with consumers both directly and indirectly. This panel discussion will focus on issues related to working with subordinate personnel, the challenges inherent in information dissemination that can create occasions for information misuse, and ethical consideration in the promotion and support of choice making skills for learners with autism. David Celiberti will discuss ethical and professional considerations when sharing information with consumer audiences. Peter Gerhardt will discuss ethical considerations in promoting decision making skills for adolescents and adults with autism. Michael Fabrizio will discuss ethics and the behavior analytic supervisor.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #136
CE Offered: None

Social Stress Experiences, Neuroadaptations and Cocaine Binges

Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Beacon E
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Amy Odum, Ph.D.
Chair: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
KLAUS MICZEK (Tufts University)
Dr. Klaus A. Miczek directs a psychopharmacology laboratory at Tufts University, where he serves as Moses Hunt Professor of Psychology, Psychiatry, Pharmacology and Neuroscience. He was originally educated in Berlin, Germany, and received a PhD in biopsychology from the University of Chicago. He has published some 160 research journal articles, 40 reviews and edited 12 volumes on psychopharmacological research concerning brain mechanisms of aggression, anxiety, social stress and abuse of alcohol and other drugs. He serves on research review committees for the National Institute on Drug Abuse, National Institute on Mental Health, and the National Institute on Alcoholism and Alcohol Abuse, among others. He has been the Coordinating Editor for behavioral pharmacology in laboratory animals at Psychopharmacology since 1992, and serves on the editorial board of half a dozen other journals. He has been president of the Division of Psychopharmacology and the Behavioral Pharmacology Society. He received an award from the American Psychological Association for “Outstanding Basic Psychopharmacological Research on Affective Disorders” and has been the recipient of a MERIT award from the National Institute on Alcoholism and Alcohol Abuse. He has lectured at numerous universities in the US and other countries and has received a number of international honors and awards.
Abstract:

Salient social experiences trigger immediate early gene expression or suppression that are large, long lasting, and critical to the fundamental processes of neuroadaptation. These biologically significant stressors activate cells in the endogenous aminergic and peptidergic systems leading to sensitization as well as tolerance. We examine the hypothesis that this cascade of cellular events is the basis for neural dysregulation leading to out-of-control drug taking. Social stress engenders profound analgesia. The pharmacological tolerance to stress-induced analgesia appears to be based on a pattern of genes expressing specific opioid peptides and their receptors. Social stress also induces sensitization as expressed by an augmented response to psychomotor stimulants, and by inhibited zif268 expression in prefrontal cortical cells and increased zif268 expression in amygdaloid cells. One consequence of stress-induced sensitization is dysregulated cocaine binges. The delayed large increases in alcohol consumption in mice mutants lacking the CRH1 receptor gene highlight the enduring impact of salient experiences in gene expression and in heightened alcohol drinking. Our ongoing work on the neural circuits for social stress and intensely rewarding activities such as compulsive cocaine administration points to considerable overlap between them, and identifies targets for pharmacotherapeutic intervention in stress disorders and drug abuse.

 
 
Paper Session #137
Int'l Paper - The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) and Verbal Behavior (Translated into Japanese)
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Beacon G
Area: AUT
Chair: . . (Sophia University)
 
The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) and Verbal Behavior (Translated into Japanese)
Domain: Applied Research
ANDY BONDY (Pyramid Educational Consultants, Inc.)
 
Abstract: PECS is an effective alternative/augmentative communication system for those displaying significant problems in acquiring functional language. This talk will highlight the key aspects of PECS, review recent research concerning its effectiveness, and review it’s relationship to Skinner’s analysis, Verbal Behavior.
 
 
 
Paper Session #138
Toilet Training for Children with Autism
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Back Bay D
Area: AUT
Chair: William A. Flood (May South, Inc.)
 
Effects of a Novel Reinforcement Contingency Upon Dry Pants and Urination during a Toilet Training Program with an Autistic Child
Domain: Applied Research
WILLIAM A. FLOOD (May South, Inc.)
 
Abstract: The effects of a novel reinforcement contingency on the toileting behavior of a child diagnosed with Autistic Disorder were evaluated. The child had been on a standard interval toilet training program and was provided with a small edible and verbal praise contingent upon urination in the toilet. With this system, the child was able to successfully urinate in the toilet; however, he had frequent accidents in both the home and school environments. The reinforcement contingency was altered to give the child an opportunity to sit on the toilet contingent upon dry pants. The reinforcer was altered to giving the child a 10-min break from work contingent upon urination in the toilet. The results of a modified changing criterion design indicated that the reinforcement contingency was successful in increasing the percentage of opportunities in which the child had dry pants. Future research examining the generality of this contingency and the limitations of the design are discussed.
 
The Effects of High Frequency Scheduling In Toilet Training for Children with Autism Spectrum Disorder
Domain: Applied Research
LESLIE V. SINCLAIR (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Travis Haycook (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism), Francine Dimitriou (Cleveland Clinic Center for Autism)
 
Abstract: An examination into the use of high-frequency scheduling, coupled with the principles of differential reinforcement of other behaviors (DRO) and a visual/audio timer to toilet train students with autism spectrum disorder at a center-based, applied behavior analysis school. The subject group consisted of 8 students ranging in age from 28 months through 14 years of age. The baseline rate of the participant group consisted of 0 % success in urination in toilet, and average number of accidents, per six and one-half hours day, of 4.2. Through the use of a high frequency toileting schedule, and a fixed interval DRO system, the students reached mastery of toilet training in an average duration of 3.15 months. The students continued their level of mastery over duration of one year with data remaining consistent across settings.
 
 
 
Symposium #139
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy as a Treatment for Anxiety Disorders: Recent findings
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Conference Room 2
Area: CBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mike P. Twohig (University of Nevada)
Abstract: .
 
A Randomized Clinical Trial of Acceptance Enhanced Habit Reversal Versus a Wait-List Control for the Treatment of Trichotillomania
CHAD WETTERNECK (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Douglas W. Woods (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Chris A. Flessner (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
Abstract: Trichotillomania (TTM) is an impulse control disorder defined by the repetitive pulling and removal of one’s hair that results in notable hair loss. It is suggested that there are two dominant styles of hair pulling, namely focused and non-focused. The former is generally preceded by a private event (e.g., urge, impulse, tension, or thoughts), while the latter occurs outside of one’s awareness. To date, few treatment outcome studies have been conducted. Those that have been conducted and have demonstrated success have incorporated a behavioral treatment component known as habit reversal training (HRT). Unfortunately, it is widely accepted that HRT alone is not a sufficiently effective treatment. New research shows that TTM severity and focused pulling have been correlated with the avoidance of private events, such as those related to focused pulling. Therefore, additional procedures may be needed to help TTM sufferers adjust to private events. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy is theorized as a treatment that may help individuals identify and change avoidance strategies associated with private events and thus can be used to augment a behavioral treatment such as HRT. This paper presents the preliminary results of the effectiveness of acceptance enhanced HRT compared to a wait-list control group.
 
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy as a Treatment for OCD and OCD Spectrum Disorders
MIKE P. TWOHIG (University of Nevada, Reno), Steven C. Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Akihiko Masuda (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Treatments for obsessive compulsive disorder (OCD) and OCD spectrum disorders has been widely researched. The most effective treatment for OCD is exposure with ritual prevention (EX/RP). Although EX/RP is an effective treatment, it is not effective for every person and there are limitations to the treatment. Namely, the addition of cognitive procedures does not increase the effectiveness of EX/RP, leaving no standardized method to confront the obsessions. This limitation is more apparent in the difficulty that is experienced when treating OCD where the compulsion is also a private event. Acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) has been found to be effective for Trichotillomania, an OCD spectrum disorder. This study assesses the effectiveness of a brief ACT intervention for OCD and OCD spectrum behaviors. The effect of the intervention is assessed through repeated multiple baseline designs. Mediators of change and treatment, as well as implications for the integration ACT procedures into EX/RP will be discussed.
 
Putting E/RP in Context: Utilizing Mindfulness and Values Components in the Behavioral Treatment for Pediatric OCD
LISA COYNE (Brown University Medical School)
Abstract: Contemporary treatments for childhood OCD capitalize on cognitive-behavioral components to create and maintain treatment motivation and adherence, and exposure/response prevention (E/RP) to reduce symptoms. While empirical support for E/RP treatment of childhood OCD is growing, this type of intervention will benefit from continued refinement. In particular, such treatments are symptom-focused, thus potentially underemphasizing the broader context of OCD in children’s lives. Failure to address the function of OCD in an individual’s life may undermine treatment adherence and motivation to participate in exposure exercises. In a related vein, children and adolescents may avoid full experiential participation during exposure exercises by engaging in cognitive rituals, and this is not explicitly addressed in current child treatments. Finally, when obsessions occur as private events or somatic sensations, as is often the case with early-onset OCD, cognitive-behavioral approaches may falter in addressing these types of presentations. This case study will address the use of values components of Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) to place behavioral treatment of OCD into the context of moving in valued directions, and the use of mindfulness exercises to increase acceptance of aversive private experiences during exposure exercises. Process and outcome data will be presented. A model for the integration of ACT components into E/RP treatment for childhood OCD and directions for future research will be discussed.
 
A Comparison Between Acceptance Enhanced Cognitive Behavioral and Panic Control Treatment for Panic Disorder
MARIA KAREKLA (University at Albany, SUNY), John P. Forsyth (University at Albany, SUNY)
Abstract: Panic Control Treatment has received wide spread research and clinical support for the treatment of panic disorder. Though PCT appears to be quite effective, it does not work for everyone, and relapse after treatment is common. PCT is cast within a framework directed toward assisting clients become more adept at mastering and controlling anxiety. More recently, alternative treatments, set within the behavioral analytic framework, have been proposed (e.g. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy). Unlike PCT, ACT focuses on acceptance and mastery of experiencing framework and conceptualizes psychopathology as resulting from patients’ avoidance and faulty control strategies over unwanted thoughts and emotional responses. To date, no studies have evaluated whether notions of acceptance combined with PCT results in better outcome relative to PCT alone for persons with panic disorder. The present paper presents the acceptance-enhanced approach to treating panic disorder and describes data from a modest clinical trial designed to evaluate the relative efficacy of the integrated acceptance enhanced cognitive-behavioral approach vs. PCT as-usual for persons (N = 22; 17 female; ages 18-65) suffering from panic disorder. Mediators of change and outcome will be discussed. Implications include integrating acceptance notions within standard cognitive-behavioral treatments generally, and within the anxiety-disorders specifically.
 
 
Symposium #140
Accessing the General Curriculum for Students with Significant Disabilities
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Constitution B
Area: DDA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina, Charlotte)
Discussant: Fred Spooner (University of North Carolina, Charlotte)
Abstract: .
 
A Comprehensive Literature Review of Databased Studies Investigating Access to the General Curriculum: 1975-2003
FRED SPOONER (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Diane Browder (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Lynn Ahlgrim Delzell (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Claudia Flowers (University of North Carolina, Charlotte), Bob Algozzine (University of North Carolina, Charlotte)
Abstract: The presentation will feature the results of a comprehensive literature review conducted as component of a larger study exploring access to the general curriculum for students with significant disabilities. Researchers utilized electronic search system North Carolina Libraries for Virtual Education (NC LIVE) to access databases of Educational Resources Information Center (ERIC), Masterfile Premier, Academic Search Elite, and PsychINFO. The review included data based intervention studies, published in peer reviewed journals between 1975 and 2003, in which the target populations were students with significant disabilities and the target skills were consistent with the standard curriculum. Populations in the studies included students with moderate and severe mental retardation, autism, significant cognitive or developmental disabilities, and multiple disabilities. Results of the review indicated that language arts skills were taught most frequently, primarily related to functional reading. Math associated with money and purchasing was also evident in the literature review. Science, social studies, and sub-skills of those content areas appeared with a very low frequency in the literature of interventions with students with significant disabilities.
 
Students with Significant Cognitive Disabilities Accessing the General Curriculum in High School Science Classes
STACY DYMOND (University of Illinois), Adelle Renzaglia (University of Illinois)
Abstract: The use of universal design to redesign high school science classes in ways that enable students with significant cognitive disabilities to access, participate, and progress in the general curriculum in inclusive school and community settings is being investigated in an urban high school. A multiple baseline across courses is being implemented to evaluate the impact of the course redesign. Baseline data are being collected across multiple sections of one course, and then course redesign is being completed for one section while the other sections remain in baseline. Multiple methods of data collection are being used including direct observations, surveys, interviews, and document review. Through direct observation, baseline and intervention data are being collected documenting the use/lack of use of universal design for learning strategies. Additionally, student data regarding instructional engagement, peer interaction, teacher interaction and type of instructional participation are being taken using 10 second interval time samples. Data for students with significant cognitive disabilities as well as students without disabilities are being collected during baseline and intervention. Results of the redesign process across two sections of a science course will be presented.
 
Using Large-scale Measurement of Program Quality to Improve Educational Services
CRAIG H. KENNEDY (Vanderbilt University), Terry Long (Vanderbilt University), Terry Wallis (Vanderbilt University), David Cordray (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Little is known about the large-scale adoption of best practices in educational settings. We report the use of a statewide assessment system to evaluate the implementation of best practices in local education agencies (LEAs) in the state of Tennessee. The system requires teachers of students with severe disabilities to annually submit portfolios of information relating to the type of instruction a student receives and data regarding progress made toward educational goals. These portfolios are then scored by trained teams of educators and assigned a quantitative index reflecting program quality. The information is then publicly reported at the local education agency, school building, and individual classroom levels. Our findings over the last 3 years show that the system has been adopted by 95% of LEAs, the data are scored by LEA teachers within acceptable interobserver agreement ranges, and that the portfolios have a high degree of congruent validity when indexed against actual classroom practices. In addition, there has been a continual improvement in the scores achieved by teachers over the three years of study.
 
 
Symposium #141
Advances in Behavioral Economics: Recent research on Demand and Preference
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Commonwealth
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Theresa Ann Foster (University of Florida)
Abstract: .
 
An Empirical Evaluation of the Sensitivity of the Rapid Demand Curve Assay Procedure
GREGORY J. MADDEN (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Ryan R. Rowe (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), Kasey M. Stephenson (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire), William E. Bickley (University of Wisconsin, Eau Claire)
Abstract: Research within the behavioral economics literature suggests that response output does not vary under a particular unit price regardless of the cost and benefit values in the unit price ratio. However, these experiments (both human and animal) have nearly always employed a rapid demand curve assay procedure in which behavior is examined for a single day at each price arrangement. Using steady-state methods we have demonstrated that substantially more behavior is maintained in a closed economy by a random ratio schedule when compared with a fixed ratio schedule with an equivalent unit price. This finding is at odds with the prediction of unit price and the economic demand law. Presently we are exploring whether the rapid demand curve assay procedure can detect this reliable behavior difference or whether steady state methods are required. Results of three experiments will be presented.
 
Comparison of Traditional and Behavioral Economic Measures of Relative Reinforcer Efficacy
MATTHEW W. JOHNSON (University of Vermont), Warren K. Bickel (University of Vermont)
Abstract: In a study comparing traditional relative reinforcer efficacy measures and behavioral economic measures, six dependent cigarette smokers worked for cigarette puffs and money by pulling plungers. Participants were exposed to five phases in which FR requirement increased across sessions. Phases differed in reinforcer availability. Money (5 or 25 cents) and 2 cigarette puffs were available either individually, or concurrently with equivalent FR schedules. Behavioral economic measures Pmax and Omax from resulting demand curves significantly and positively correlated with traditional measures breakpoint and peak response rate, respectively. The relative locations of demand curves for money and cigarettes at each FR requirement in the individual reinforcer phase sessions predicted preference in the combined phase sessions in over 80% of cases. Results suggest that demand curve analysis provides a coherent framework for integrating different measures of relative reinforcer efficacy.
 
Effects of Unit-Price Components on Pigeons’ Choices in a Closed Economy
THERESA ANN FOSTER (University of Florida), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida)
Abstract: In a 12-hour closed economy, four pigeons were exposed to a series of concurrent fixed-ratio schedules and reinforcer magnitudes arranging nominally equal unit prices (responses per unit food delivery). Fixed-ratio schedules ranged from 25 to 800 and reinforcer magnitudes (access to grain) ranged from 2 to 8 seconds. As grain-access periods do not necessarily arrange fixed magnitude units, preliminary conditions assessed obtained grain consumption and preference under the grain-access periods noted above. Consistent with previous findings, results showed that consumption was a linear function of grain-access period, and longer access periods were preferred to shorter ones. In the experimental conditions, pigeons chose between a standard schedule and an alternative schedule. Under the standard schedule, the cost-benefit components of the unit-price ratio were held constant within a condition. Under the alternative schedule, the components of the unit price ratio were varied across conditions. Experiments currently underway explore the separate contributions of response requirements and reinforcer delay on preference. To assess effects of reinforcer delay, the average obtained ratio-completion times were programmed in place of a response requirement. Results will be analyzed using a modified unit price model which includes a role for relative reinforcer immediacy.
 
Unit Price Determinants of Choice: Remifentanil or Cocaine Alternatives with Rhesus Monkeys
CHAD M. GALUSKA (University of Michigan Medical School), Gail Winger (University of Michigan Medical School), James H. Woods (University of Michigan Medical School), Steven R. Hursh (Science Applications International Corporation)
Abstract: Rhesus monkeys were given the opportunity to choose between two fixed-ratio/dose combinations of either remifentanil or cocaine. A single press on either alternative initiated an opportunity to complete a fixed-ratio schedule for that alternative, followed by intravenous infusion of the assigned dose. Fixed-ratio (FR) values of 10, 30, 100, and 300 were used in combination with a range of doses. Each FR/dose combination constituted a unit price (cost-benefit ratio), in behavioral economics terms. After preference stabilized for one alternative, the alternatives were reversed on the levers and preference was assessed again. Usually, two such reversals were studied with each combination. In general, the alternative with the lower unit price was preferred independent of the FR/dose constituents. When the two alternatives had equal unit price but different FR/dose constituents, preference was controlled by dose at low FRs and by the fixed-ratio value at high FRs. These observation are discussed in terms of non-linear perceptual scaling of dose and effort, as well as implications for temporal discounting.
 
 
Symposium #142
Basic and Applied Research on Skinner's Verbal Behavior Taxonomy
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Independence West
Area: VBC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Dorothea C. Lerman (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: .
 
Task Interspersal Procedures and the Acquisition of Tacts in Children with Autism
VALERIE M. VOLKERT (Louisiana State University), Dorothea C. Lerman (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Task interspersal procedures have been shown to enhance the performance of individuals with developmental disabilities. However, few studies have examined the benefits of interspersal procedures for teaching verbal behavior, such as tacts, or have explored whether the type of maintenance task that is interspersed matters. In this study, three children with autism were taught a variety of tacts under three conditions -- constant training, interspersal training with known tacts, and interspersal training with known motor responses -- alternated in multielement and reversals designs. Results showed no significant differences in the acquisition of unknown tacts across the conditions, although the overall number of trials to mastery was higher when known tacts were interspersed with unknown tacts. In several instances, acquisition in the constant condition was superior to acquisition in the interspersal conditions. These results suggest that the type of interspersed task may not matter when teaching tacts and that interspersal procedures may be superfluous when potent reinforcers are delivered for correct responses.
 
A Methodology for Assessing the Functions of Emerging Speech in Children with Autism
DOROTHEA C. LERMAN (Louisiana State University), Mandy Parten (Louisiana State University), Laura R. Addison (Louisiana State University), Christina M. Vorndran (Louisiana State University), Tiffany Kodak (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Only about one-half of children with autism acquire some speech as a mode of communication. An approach based on Skinner's theory of verbal behavior (Skinner, 1957) has been developed to understand and teach elementary expressive language skills to children with autism and developmental disabilities (Sundberg & Partington, 1998). However, few studies have directly examined the characteristics of emerging language in children with developmental disabilities. The purpose of this study was to develop and evaluate an assessment for identifying the elementary functions of emerging vocal speech in children. Participants were 3 children diagnosed with autism, aged 6 years to 12 years, who exhibited at least one distinguishable vocal response (word or phrase) frequently in the natural environment. The assessment focused on the four main verbal operants identified by Skinner (mand, tact, echoic, and interaverbal). One or more functions were identified for each verbal response. Results suggested that this assessment would be useful for (a) evaluating Skinner's theory, (b) guiding decisions about language training for individual children, and (c) studying the nature of expressive language development in children with developmental disabilities.
 
On the Functional Independence of Novel Mands and Tacts in Preschool Children
ANNA I. PETURSDOTTIR (Western Michigan University), John L. Michael (Western Michigan University), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This experiment was a systematic replication of an investigation by Lamarre and Holland (1985) who demonstrated functional independence of mands and tacts in typically developing preschool children. Children between 2.5 and 3.5 years of age were taught to emit tacts and mands for novel blocks and puzzle pieces that comprised two assembly tasks. In the mand condition, an interrupted-chain procedure was utilized to contrive establishing operations for items needed to complete the assembly tasks. Following training of each operant, the children were tested for the emergence of the other. The effects of training on the untrained operant were evaluated in a multiple-probe design across assembly tasks. Results indicated that mand training reliably resulted in emission of tacts, but tact training produced mands less consistently. Further research is needed on the conditions under which mands and tacts are functionally independent, and on participant variables (e.g., verbal repertoires) that may affect the emergence of the untrained operant.
 
Teaching Intraverbal Behavior to Children with Autism
TINA R. GOLDSMITH (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University), Rachael A. Sautter (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The verbal behavior of children with Autistic Disorder is marked by delays in the acquisition and use of functional categories, including mands, tacts, and intraverbals. Although research and clinical experience indicates that teaching techniques derived from the principles of behavior analysis can be used to aid in the acquisition and use of such behavior, the primary focus in the literature has been on mands and tacts, with little focus on teaching intraverbal behavior. The purpose of this investigation was to teach intraverbal behavior to children with Autistic Disorder using techniques that have proven efficacious in teaching other verbal operants to children with autism (e.g., mands and tacts) and in teaching intraverbal behavior to other populations [e.g., mental retardation (Braam & Poling, 1983; Watkins, Pack-Teixteira, & Howard, 1989; Luciano, 1986), traumatic head injury (Sundberg, San Juan, Dawdy, & Arguelles, 1990), and typically functioning preschoolers (Partington & Bailey, 1993)]. Specifically, this investigation used a transfer of stimulus control procedure (tactàintraverbal) in combination with an errorless learning procedure (i.e., delayed prompting) to teach 3 children with Autistic Disorder to name items associated with preselected categories (e.g., “What are some colors?”).
 
 
Symposium #143
Behavior Analytic Bridge Studies: Addressing Issues of Application via Basic Research
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Fairfax B
Area: EAB/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Discussant: Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University)
Abstract: Learning Objectives Describe the logic of using Clozapine as treatment for severe aggression. Describe how lean conditions may function as reinforcement in one context but as punishment in other contexts. Distinguish between positive, neutral, and negative contingency arrangements.
 
Behavioral Pharmacology of Aggression in Mice Lacking the tailless Gene
MARIA G. VALDOVINOS (Vanderbilt University), Craig H. Kennedy (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: Aggression is a primary reason why individuals with developmental disabilities still reside in state institutions. While behavioral assessments have been used to identify many environmental causes of aggression, the genesis of aggression is unknown. For lesser-understood phenomena such as aggression, a strategy often employed is the use of genetically altered animals to identify which genes may relate to specific behaviors. Our study used mutant mice reported to be hyper-aggressive due to the deletion of the tailless gene. The tailless gene is a member of the superfamily of genes encoding transcription factors of the ligand-activated nuclear receptor type. These mice develop normally except for a defective limbic system in the telecephalon region of the brain. Using the tailless mice, we conducted resident/intruder tests to determine the severity of aggression. Upon obtaining baseline measures for aggression, clozapine, an atypical neuroleptic often used to treat aggression in people with developmental disabilities, was administered and the resident/intruder test was conducted again. Results show that clozapine decreased the number of aggressive incidents and the length of attacks. Future research will focus on the operant nature of aggression (i.e., is it a positive reinforcer) and what neurotransmitters may be involved in aggressive behavior.
 
Aversive Properties of Positive Reinforcement in Pigeons and People
DEAN C. WILLIAMS (University of Kansas), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Previous research in our laboratory has considered situations in which animals earn food rewards by working on tasks that involve “rich” conditions (large food rewards, frequent rewards, or low work requirements) and “lean” conditions (smaller rewards, infrequent rewards, or high work requirements). We have been especially interested in situations in which the subject is required to shift back and forth between rich and lean conditions These shifts are psychologically important. Although lean conditions may be readily accepted when arranged by themselves or when they are hard to detect, they take on disruptive properties when juxtaposed with rich conditions. Responding is interrupted and attention is directed away from the task at hand, even at the cost of delaying or losing the positive consequences of responding. We believe, therefore, that this research points the way to a laboratory model of inattentive, oppositional, and other forms of aberrant or maladaptive behavior that may be motivated by unfavorable shifts in conditions of work and reward. The present research represents a translation of basic behavioral processes from animal-based basic research to the study processes that may underlie chronic aberrant behavior in persons with mental retardation, and the translation of results from applied research to basic behavioral processes. Here we report our initial replication of the animal findings in human subjects with mild mental retardation and discuss its utility as laboratory model of variables that operate in the natural environment to make otherwise neutral or positive situations aversive.
 
Effects of Contingency Manipulations on Responding with Rats
ANDREW SAMAHA (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida), Laura E. O'Steen (University of Florida)
Abstract: We examined rats’ lever pressing under manipulations in which we varied the probability of a pellet delivery following a response and the probability of a pellet delivery following the nonoccurrence of a response. In addition, we collected data on responses made on a second lever that had no effect on the probability of pellet delivery. Results showed that animals continued to respond under circumstances when doing so does not necessarily “pay off,” but these response patterns were dependent on individual histories of reinforcement. The results will be presented in terms of response rates under various contingency values (positive, neutral, negative). The results have applied implications because humans usually encounter a mix of exposure to reinforcers that occur sometimes following behavior and sometimes not following behavior. For example, treatment integrity failures produce a blend of contingent and response independent reinforcers. The results also have implications for common treatments for problem behavior like differential reinforcement of other behavior (DRO).
 
 
Symposium #144
Int'l Symposium - Behavioral Analysis and Interventions to Increase Seatbelt Use
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Beacon H
Area: CSE/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ron Van Houten (Mount Saint Vincent University)
Discussant: W. Kent Anger (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract: .
 
Seatbelt Behavioral Sequences for Drivers in Pinellas County and Halifax Regional Municipality: What Do These Data Tell Us
J. E. LOUIS MALENFANT (Center for Education and Research in Safety), Ron Van Houten (Mount Saint Vincent University)
Abstract: Observational data were collected to determine the percentage of drivers that followed various seat belt buckling sequences. Observers scored the buckling sequence and recorded the relevant latencies of 1600 drivers in two urban areas, Pinellas County Florida, and Halifax Regional Municipality, Canada. The results indicated that most drivers wait to buckle their seatbelt until after they start their vehicle or place it into gear, with a substantial proportion buckling after they place the vehicle in motion. These results suggest that a salient second seat belt reminder initiated 20 seconds after placing the vehicle in gear would only be experienced by persons who do not buckle their seatbelt and the 3% of drivers that buckle their seatbelt 19 seconds or more after placing their vehicle in gear.
 
A Comparison of Observational and Automated Data on Seatbelt Use
ANGELA R. LEBBON (Western Michigan University), John Austin (Western Michigan University), J. E. Louis Malenfant (Center for Education and Research in Safety), Ron Van Houten (Mount Saint Vincent University)
Abstract: An unobtrusive observer collected data after employees were informed that data might be collected on various aspects of their driving behavior. Data was also collected using a data logger. Results indicated that the participant learned to buckle when approaching the locations where data were collected. These data indicate that observation of seatbelt use can be very reactive when participants are aware their behavior may be recorded. These results also render suspect seatbelt data based on highly publicized surveys like those often conducted in the US and Canada.
 
The Use of a Seatbelt-Shift Delay to Increase Seatbelt Use
RON VAN HOUTEN (Mount Saint Vincent University), J. E. Louis Malenfant (Center for Education and Research in Safety), John Austin (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: A shift belt delay that required unbelted drivers to wait a longer period of time than it took to fasten their seatbelt before placing their car in gear was evaluated in a small sample of fleet vehicle drivers in Canada and the United States as part of an initial study funding by the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration and Transport Canada. The data collected to date indicate that this could be an effective strategy to increase seatbelt use in drivers who typically do not wear their seatbelt.
 
 
Paper Session #145
Behavioral Concerns in the College Classroom
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Berkeley
Area: EDC
Chair: David L. Myers (Edison College)
 
Importance of Personality in the Formation of Professional Competencies in Psychology
Domain: Applied Research
LETICIA RIVERA (Universidad Cristobal Colon), Sebastian Figueroa Rodríguez (Universidad Veracruzana), Clara Olivia Romero Rodríguez (Universidad Cristobal Colon), Adriana Ordaz García (Universidad Cristobal Colon), Ilse Lara-Cado (Universidad Cristobal Colon)
 
Abstract: This study is being setting to establish existing type of relationship between personality and vocacional profiles and professional competencies formation in psychology students. It will consist in the aplication of measuring instruments that allow to establish these profiles, in order to compare them with those proposed in existing literature. Once established professional competencies of the sample, the existence of a correlation between personality and vocacional profiles and professional competencies formation will be identified. In affirmative case, the grades of subjects which contained practices in each semester will be compared with students profiles to corroborate the existence of this relationship.
 
Assessment and Intervention with College Student Writing
Domain: Applied Research
DAVID L. MYERS (Edison College), Janet Cook (Edison College)
 
Abstract: Over 500 randomly sampled course papers from community college students were rendered anonymous as to author and rated by pairs of arts and sciences faculty from 1999 to 2003. Twelve indicators were developed to operationalize three of the college’s core values of written communication, critical thinking, and inquiry and respect for learning. The average inter-rater agreement (A/[A+D]) for individual indicators was 0.80. Cross-sectional and longitudinal comparisons found no consistent improvement in performance over the college experience, that is, from first semester to last semester. The percent of indicators scored as demonstrating college level work averaged 50% for new students, and 67% for final semester students. While this represents an average improvement of 2 indicators, 67% is still only 8 of 12 indicators at college level. Indeed, many rising graduates produced papers not of college caliber. Effective with fall semester 2003, the faculty will implement interventions such as emphasizing writing across the curriculum, using a standard set of guidelines for effective writing, stating assignments clearly, and walking students through paper preparation and refinement. The presentation will include data from over 200 papers from fall 2003 sample that were written under this intervention package, but have not yet been rated.
 
Differential Effects of Required versus Nonrequired WebCT Mastery Quizzes in Large Introductory Psychology Courses
Domain: Applied Research
JOHN E. DENCOFF (University of New Mexico), Gordon Hodge (University of New Mexico)
 
Abstract: Beginning with the fall 2002 semester, all introductory psychology courses at the University of New Mexico have been redesigned. In spring 2002, we found that students enrolled in a section where WebCT “mastery quiz” completion was mandatory received better course grades (63% C or better) than students in a comparable section where quizzes were available but optional (43% C or better); both sections were taught by the same instructor from the same textbook. Students in the quiz-optional section had fewer total course points (and thus, lower grades) compared with all other redesigned sections over a 2-year period where quizzes were required (ANOVA, p < .001). All students now attend one large section (n = 700) and they are required to complete mastery quizzes, for which they receive course credit (for AY 2002/03, 76% received a C or better). To further enhance performance, students who score below 75% on the first exam are told to attend studios where peer leaders provide motivational interviewing and coaching designed to help them better memorize key terms and concepts. Studio attendance is positively correlated with final course grade (p < .001). This work was supported by a Pew Grant for Course Redesign.
 
 
 
Symposium #146
Data Driven Applications in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM)
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Liberty B
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
Discussant: E. Scott Geller (Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University)
Abstract: .
 
Examining the Effects of Peer Verbal and Graphed Feedback in a Food and Drinking Industry Setting
SIGURDUR OLI SIGURDSSON (Western Michigan University), John Austin (Western Michigan University), Judy Gipper (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The effects of a package intervention including safety-related and behaviorally relevant verbal feedback delivered by peers and weekly posted graphed feedback in a food and drinking industry were evaluated using an A-B design. A checklist containing safety-related behaviors and conditions was created, and a subsample of the worker population was trained in conducting observations and delivering feedback. During baseline, 19.00% of all full-time unionized employees and 15.82% of student employees were observed by trained undergraduate research assistants as being 100% safe for all task-related behaviors. Safety performance increased to 51.37% for full-time employees during intervention, and to 33.93% for student employees. An improvement in safety conditions was not observed during the study. Safety behaviors and conditions in two other units of the organization were concurrently observed in order to evaluate experimental control. No changes in safety were observed over the course of the study in the control sites.
 
Presenting Performance Norms of Group Members: Do Names Matter?
JOSHUA LIVESEY (Appalachian State University), Jessica McKinney (Appalachian State University), Timothy D. Ludwig (Appalachian State University)
Abstract: Grocery distribution truck drivers make 3-10 daily deliveries to grocery stores. During these routes drivers were assigned a specific time to arrive at designated grocery stores to deliver their food products. Deliveries made 30 minutes after the designated time were considered late. In the current study, truck drivers for a southeast region food distribution facility were tracked for a period of 29 weeks. Drivers who completed an informed consent form (n=138) were randomly assigned to three groups. All three groups were provided weekly individualized feedback on memos reporting the percentage of time they were late (% late). One group received their personal feedback in the context of the group mean. The second group received their personal feedback with a list of other employee’s confidential I.D. numbers and individual % late feedback. The final group received their personal feedback with a list of other employee’s names and individual % late feedback. Both groups who received their feedback in the context of other employee’s feedback decreased their % late deliveries (confidential ID group: from 10.8% to 6% late; named group: 12.5% to 8.2% late). However, there was no difference as a function of the use of employee names.
 
Improving the Human Dynamics of an Organization: From Culture Assessment to Behavior-Based Intervention
MATTHEW HARGROVE (Virginia Tech), Joanne Dean (Virginia Tech), Joshua H. Williams (Virginia Tech), E. Scott Geller (Virginia Tech)
Abstract: OBM consultants often implement standard behavior-based interventions without assessing the culture first. This research explored the development and application of a culture-assessment tool for customizing interventions to improve the human dynamics of an organization. This paper will describe the culture-assessment process which was tested at three organizations, and will explain how the assessment process for one organization led to the customization of a leadership workshop and the exploration of organization-based interventions to improve the culture. The culture assessment device is simple but informative. It asks the respondent to rate themselves and their work group according to fourteen bipolar dimensions, e.g. from underwhelmed to overwhelmed, from independent to interdependent, from efficient communication to effective communication, from ineffective to effective use of talent, and low trust to high trust. The responses from a participant yield a culture profile that demonstrates a visual gap between one’s perceptions of self versus the workgroup. This offers clear direction for the operational definition of target behaviors and intervention development that enables organizational consultants to help make marked improvements in an organization’s safety culture.
 
 
Symposium #147
Data-Based Case Studies in Applied Settings
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Clarendon
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Benjamin Lignugaris/Kraft (Utah State University)
Discussant: Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University)
Abstract: .
 
Using a Lottery System During Middle School Study Hall to Increase Students’ On-Task Behavior
MELINA ALEXANDER (Utah State University), Brett Markum (Utah State University), Benjamin Lignugaris/Kraft (Utah State University)
Abstract: This article looks at the effects of a lottery system in a middle school resource supervised studies class. In this case a lottery system was designed to improve on-task behavior. Three students were targeted for this intervention, however all members of the class participated. Two of the target students were seventh graders classified as having a learning disability and one student was an eighth grader classified as having a behavior disorder. The results indicated that on-task behavior increased for each participant during intervention phases and decreased when the intervention was withdrawn. Data were also collected regarding teacher-student contacts, and students were asked to complete a survey regarding their opinions of the lottery.
 
Paraprofessional Intervention Package To Improve Curriculum Delivery and Effectiveness Within an Early Childhood Education Classroom
RICHARD E. LAITINEN (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.), Daniel E. Hursh (West Virginia University), Vicci Tucci (Tucci Learning Solutions, Inc.)
Abstract: The present study investigated the impact of a systematic staff performance program on the delivery of curriculum and lesson formats within an Early Childhood Education program for young children with disabilities. The intervention package consisted of posted classroom schedules, job duty and responsibility analysis and explication, individual performance checks and performance feedback, and performance cueing by the classroom teacher. Data was collected on classroom climate, staff delivery of scheduled curriculum and lesson formats, student rates of learning, and staff satisfaction. The portability and practicality of these procedures in public school early education classrooms will be discussed.
 
A Practical Approach to Functional Behavioral Assessment in a Public School: Successes and Limitations
BRYAN J. DAVEY (Utah State University), Benjamin Lignugaris/Kraft (Utah State University)
Abstract: A functional behavioral assessment was conducted to identify the maintaining function(s) of aberrant behaviors displayed by a 6-year–old diagnosed with multiple disabilities. The assessment included indirect and direct measures such as interviews, rating scales, and antecedent, behavior, consequence (A-B-C) charting. These assessments allowed the teacher to tentatively identify the maintaining functions of the aberrant behaviors. Due to the need to begin intervention as quickly as possible, a complete functional analysis was not conducted. Instead, treatment was initiated quickly based on an abbreviated analysis. The results showed decrease rates of aberrant behavior following the functional assessment; however, occurrences of aberrant behavior were not eliminated. Additional analyses suggested that changes in routine may create high demand situations that act as setting events for aberrant behavior. The results are discussed in terms of developing strategies for identifying events at home and in the community that may influence the occurrence of aberrant behavior.
 
 
Symposium #148
Division 25 of APA Award Presentations: the B.F. Skinner, Fred S. Keller, and Applied Behavior Analysis Research Awards
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Independence East
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Cathleen C. Piazza (Marcus Institute)
Discussant: Cathleen C. Piazza (Marcus Institute)
Abstract: .
 
Treatment Challenges in Severe Behavior Disorders: Prevention and Early Intervention
SUNGWOO KAHNG (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Over the past 30 years, there has been an abundance of research on the assessment and treatment of self-injurious behavior (SIB) exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities. Recently, there has been a dramatic increase in research examining the variables maintaining SIB, which in turn has led to the refinement of behavioral treatments for SIB. To date, research has shown that SIB, in large part, is maintained by social consequences such as attention or escape. Furthermore, research has shown that behavioral treatments are effective in reducing SIB. Given the current knowledge on the behavioral functions of SIB as well as successful treatment it is somewhat surprising that SIB continues to be such a persistent problem, which may suggest that a greater emphasis should be placed on the prevention and early intervention of SIB.
 
The Fred S. Keller Award
LINDA J. PARROTT HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The Fred S. Keller Award is given to an individual who has made distinguished contributions to education.
 
In Defense of the Fifteen-Minute Session
BRIAN A. IWATA (University of Florida)
Abstract: Research in applied behavior analysis recently has been criticized as being overly concerned with issues of control. More specifically, it has been said that the current practice of conducting experimental sessions for brief periods of time in laboratory like, clinic settings fails to account for variables that influence behavior in natural settings and, therefore, leads to the development of interventions that will have limited practical value. This presentation argues that the alternative strategy of conducting assessments and interventions under entirely naturalistic conditions may be inefficient or even impossible, and that the best way to identify the influence of complex or unusual environmental events is to isolate their effects through systematic investigation, which is often best achieved under more controlled conditions.
 
 
Symposium #149
Empirical Findings and Theoretical Integration
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Beacon D
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lanny Fields (Queens College/SUNY)
Abstract: .
 
Associative Symmetry in the Pigeon through Arbitrary and Identity Training
ANDREA FRANK (University of Iowa), Edward Wasserman (University of Iowa)
Abstract: Associative symmetry, performance of a B?A association after training an A?B association, has not seemed possible with nonhuman animals. Using a go/no go successive matching-to-sample procedure, however, we have found that pigeons do show evidence of associative symmetry. Using a single-key go/no gho procedure, our new procedure avoided the spatial location confoundings that have plagued many associative symmetry experiments. We also avoided an equally severe temporal confounding by intermixing the identity matching trials along with the arbitrary matching trials. Interestingly, a second group of pigeons, trained only with the arbitrary matching trials, did not show learning of the symmetrical relation. In addition, a third group of pigeons did not show the symmetrical relation when first trained only with arbitrary matching trials, but did so when identity training trials were later added. These results suggest that, when the discriminative stimuli are shown on a single key and in all temporal locations, pigeons can exhibit symmetrical relations among stimuli.
 
Effects of Training and Testing on the Formation of Linked Perceptual Classes
LANNY FIELDS (Queens College/SUNY)
Abstract: A linked perceptual class consists of two distinct perceptual classes, the members of which occasion the mutual selection of each other. This occurs after the direct training of at least one conditional discrimination between one member of each class. The documentation of class formation involves the presentation of a wide variety of probes drawn from each of the distinct classes. Responding in a class consistent manner demonstrates the emergence of a linked perceptual class. We will summarize how the formation of linked perceptual classes is influenced by training variables such as the number of conditional discriminations and the particular class members used in the conditional discriminations. In addition, we will consider how the number/variety of probes included in a test block and the programmaticity of probe presentations influences the formation of linked perceptual classes. Finally, we will consider how linked perceptual classes are related to the complex categories that control behavior in natural settings.
 
Stimulus Classes, Relational Stimuli and the Transformation of Stimulus Functions
MICHAEL J. DOUGHER (University of New Mexico)
Abstract: One of the defining characteristics of stimulus classes or categories is the emergent transformation of the functions of the remaining members of a class when the functions of a subset of the class are modified. This emergent or untrained transformation of functions is conceptually significant because it extends the scope of behavior analysis to novel and complex behaviors. Although an interesting and promising area of research, the relation between stimulus categories and function transformation needs further conceptual as well as empirical attention. One potential problem is that function transformation is often explained by appeal to stimulus classes. The circularity of using the concept of stimulus class to explain a phenomenon that partly defines a stimulus class is problematic and avoids the task of identifying the determinants of the phenomenon. A related problem with explaining function transformation by appeal to stimulus classes is that function transformation among stimuli can be demonstrated in the absence of stimulus classes. The present paper will report a series of experiments that demonstrate function transformation that appears to be based solely on the arbitrary relational properties of stimuli. The paper ends with a conceptual discussion that attempts to integrate these findings with the concept of stimulus classes.
 
Contingencies and Concepts: Interpretation and Analysis of Natural Categories
MARK GALIZIO (University of North Carolina, Wilmington)
Abstract: Skinner’s Verbal Behavior was primarily an exercise in interpretation. In contrast, the stimulus equivalence approach has generated numerous experimental studies, but relatively little interpretation. To bridge this gap, several experiments will be discussed that use stimulus equivalence methodologies to model effects noted in natural categories such as induction, typicality effects, hierarchical structure and “prior knowledge” effects. Interpretative analysis of natural categories will explore the degree to which contingency-based equivalence classes can account for these and other properties observed by developmental and cognitive psychologists.
 
 
Symposium #150
Int'l Symposium - Experimental Psychopathology and the Analysis of Derived Stimulus Relations: Identifying Core Processes in Psychopathology Through Laboratory Research on Derived Relational Respondin
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Fairfax A
Area: EAB/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Simon Dymond (APU, Cambridge, UK)
Abstract: .
 
The Long-Term Stability of Derived Discriminative Stimulus Functions
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (Southern Illinois University), Simon Dymond (APU, Cambridge, UK)
Abstract: The present study sought to investigate the role of equivalence test order in facilitating the emergence and maintenance of derived discriminative stimulus functions. Subjects in one group were exposed to a transfer of functions test following completion of a test for symmetry and equivalence relations, while another group of subjects completed a symmetry and equivalence test following their completion of the transfer test, and a final group of subjects received a test for symmetry relations only if they failed to demonstrate immediate transfer of functions, after which time they were retested. At least one month later, subjects who had demonstrated the transfer of functions returned to the laboratory for a follow-up stability test. Results demonstrated that a prior equivalence test is not necessary for stimulus functions to transfer, although it may facilitate function transfer. The derived stimulus functions were not shown to be remarkably stable during the follow-up transfer of functions test, but derived discriminative control was shown to have been best maintained for stimuli that were directly paired with the original training stimuli during conditional discrimination training. Implications for clinical psychopathology and the stability of maladaptive stimulus relations and treatment effects over time are discussed.
 
Interference in the Emergence of Derived Stimulus Relations: Emotionality or Functional Similarity of Stimulus Classes?
IAN THOMAS TYNDALL (National University of Ireland, Galway), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Jack E. James (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: Previous research (Plaud, 1995, 1997) has shown that subjects who show phobic responses to classes of stimuli have difficulty partitioning those classes into equivalence relations. In other words, classes of phobic stimuli are often insensitive to reorganization. The current study systematically investigated this effect. In a serially counterbalanced within-subjects design, subjects were exposed to a respondent conditioning procedure, in which visual stimuli were associated with nonsense syllables. This procedure was used to establish four separate functional stimulus classes consisting of; a) six similar aversive stimuli, b) six diverse emotionally neutral stimuli, c) six diverse emotional stimuli, and d) six similar neutral stimuli. Subjects were then exposed to an equivalence training and testing procedure employing an array of these stimuli as samples and comparisons. The results suggest that the emergence of stimulus equivalence relations may be constrained by the functional classes in which stimuli participate. Such constraints may, however, be based on functional similarity across members of stimulus classes rather than the emotional potency of the stimuli per se. The authors will outline the relevance of this effect to the treatment of phobia in the clinical setting.
 
Is Coherence within Relational Networks a Reinforcer? An Experimental Study
SERAFIN GOMEZ-MARTIN (Universidad de Almeria), M. Jose Garro Espin (Universidad de Almeria), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: In a previous study the effects of coherent and incoherent training of equivalence classes on test performance was studied. Specifically, subjects where exposed to coherent (e.g., standard equivalence training) and incoherent training (e.g., the following relations where trained, A1-B1, B1-C1, A2-B2, B2-C2, and A1-B2, B1-C2). Several conditions were arranged varying the order in which incoherent and coherent training were provided. The effect of training using the same stimulus set or multiple stimulus sets was also investigated. Results showed a general tendency in subjects to respond in accordance with coherent patterns of relational responding, especially when the same set was always used. The present research seeks to reexamine incoherent training, focusing in particular on the relative effects of different numbers of incoherent and coherent trials on equivalence test performance. Results will be discussed within the context of Relational Frame Theory and some clinical implications will be outlined.
 
A Transformation of Avoidance Response Functions in Accordance with Multiple Stimulus Relations
SIMON DYMOND (APU, Cambridge, UK), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Aveen O'Brien (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Christopher Wilson (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), John P. Forsyth (University at Albany, SUNY)
Abstract: Stimuli can acquire aversive and avoidance-evoking properties by virtue of their participation in relational frames. The current paper describes two experiments on the transformation of avoidance response functions in accordance with the relational frames of coordination and opposition (Experiment 1) and comparison (Experiment 2). Following nonarbitrary pretraining and testing, subjects were exposed to a series of relational training tasks and tested for the formation of multiple stimulus relations of sameness, opposition, and more-than/less-than. Subjects were then exposed to an avoidance schedule in which one member of the relational network served as a discriminative stimulus for an avoidance response. Finally, subjects were exposed to a probe phase to assess the transformation of other members of the relational network by the avoidance functions. Subjects who showed evidence of avoidance conditioning also showed derived avoidance. The findings of the studies demonstrate the transformation of an avoidance response function in accordance with the relational frames of coordination, opposition, and comparison.
 
 
Symposium #151
Helping Staff to Help Adults with Disabilities in the Community
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Beacon B
Area: DDA/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Diane Bannerman Juracek (CLO; KU)
Discussant: Gregory S. MacDuff (Princeton Child Development Institute)
Abstract: Learning Objectives Attendees will be able to describe three empirically supported strategies used to improve staff performance. Attendees will be able to describe successful use of an in-home coaching/feedback system and a tangible reinforcement system to maintain staff implementation of responsibilities in supporting people with developmental disabilities. Attendees will be able to describe a measurement system for reliably tracking both staff behaviors and the consumer outcomes.
 
Staff Training Using the Consultation Process to Produce Positive Outcomes for People with Developmental Disabilities
JOLENE PETERSON (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Holly M. Sweeney (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Diane Bannerman Juracek (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Jamie D. Price (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Michael C. Strouse (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The consultation process (Harchik, Sherman, Sheldon,& Strouse, 1992)was initiated in homes adapting the Teaching Family Model where 3-4 adults with profound mental retardation live adjacent to a family couple in a duplex setting. Behavioral consultants, with varying education and experience in working with adults with developmental disabilities, taught the family couple how to implement and construct environmental manipulations, individualized schedules, preferred activities, and opportunities for choice as preventive strategies to decrease targeted maladaptive behaviors. Some of the maladaptive behaviors included pica, self-injurious behavior, and aggression. A consultant instructed the family couple on the four preventive strategies using the consultation process, including mini-inservices, demonstrations, coaching, and direct observation and feedback. As a result of use of the consultation process with the family couples, preventative procedures were used more consistently and maladaptive behaviors decreased. Data show that each family couple demonstrated the preventive strategies 95% of the time or better over 90% of the observations. Inter-observer reliability conducted during 20% of the direct observations was over 85% in agreement.
 
Pizza, Movies, or the Mall?: Using Gift Certificates to Improve and Maintain Staff Performance.
THOMAS J. HARVEY (May Institute), Alan E. Harchik (May Institute), Amy E. Clark (May Institute), Eric C. Lunden (May Institute), Thomas Stanton (May Institute)
Abstract: Managers and direct care staff who support adults with disabilities in community residential programs have a myriad of paperwork, teaching, and treatment responsibilities. In this paper, we present an evaluation of a positive reinforcement system used to increase and maintain staff's performance in these areas. Criteria were developed that corresponded to state regulations, May Institute standards and policies, and best practices in community services. These included implementation of treatment programs for reducing problem behaviors and for improving skill deficits, ensuring home and vehicle safety, medication administration, and management of resident personal money. Gift certificates were purchased from a variety of local establishments, such as supermarkets, gas stations, movie theatres, restaurants, and malls. At the end of each month, staff submitted the required information to program administrators. If the home's staff met predetermined criteria for three consecutive months, each staff member in the home received a gift certificate of his or her choice. Data showed that performance increased from a baseline of approximately 40% to over 90% for each home. Fluctuations in data often corresponded to changes in home management.
 
Evolution of a Quality Improvement System in a Community Based Program for Individuals with Disabilities
MARIANNE ARRUDA (May Institute), Alan E. Harchik (May Institute), Eric C. Lunden (May Institute)
Abstract: Quality improvement systems, in order to be effective, must target important outcomes that are valuable to site managers and to agency administrators. In this paper, we describe the development of a quality improvement on-site observation and feedback system. Specifically, the system was developed with the involvement of site managers, quality improvement staff, and agency senior administrators. Target areas included resident engagement in activities, direct care staff's interactions and supervision, implementation of behavioral treatments and skill training, and status of medication and resident money systems. The system was continually reviewed and modified based upon findings and from feedback from all of these participants. This study was implemented across four programs of May Institute in four different geographic regions of New England. Approximately 10 sites within each program participated in this study. The program included baseline data collection, observation, feedback, praise, and correction plans. In baseline, most measures were at 50%-60%. Following the feedback, praise, and correction intervention, measures rose to 80%-90%.
 
 
Symposium #152
Innovations in Neurorehabilitation: Applied Behavior Analysis In Traumatic Brain Injury
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Conference Room 3
Area: CBM/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael P. Mozzoni (Timber Ridge Group, Inc.)
Discussant: Terry J. Page (Bancroft NeuroHealth)
Abstract: Learning Objectives Participants will learn about using a functional analysis in a mulitdisciplinary setting. Participants will learn about therapeutic restraint as an emergency procedure and issues surrounding its use. Participants will learn how to identify a stalled client and how to observe therapists training methods.
 
The Effects of Fixed-Time Release from Restraint
GARY M. PACE (May Institute), James K. Luiselli (May Center for Education and Neurorehabilitation), Erin Dunn (May Institute)
Abstract: Reducing therapeutic restraint is a desirable outcome for programs that serve individuals that engage in dangerous behaviors. Impulsive behavior often associated with individuals with acquired brain injury increases the potential for unpredictable aggressive and destructive behavior. The present study investigated the effects of modifying the criterion for release from therapeutic restraint on the frequency and duration of restraint. Release from restraint was changed from contingent upon calm behavior to a fixed time in one child and two adolescents who displayed severe physical aggression and/or self injurious behavior. In all three students the duration of therapeutic restraint was reduced while the frequency remained unchanged. This resulted in substantial decreases in the time each student spent in restraints. Practical and ethical implications of these results and future research opportunities are discussed.
 
Interdisciplinary Collaboration: Function-based Behavioral Treatment during Rehabilitation Therapy of Traumatic Brain Injury Patients
BRIDGET A. SHORE (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation, Inc.), Claudia L. Dozier (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation, Inc.), Shannon L. Root (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation, Inc.), Daniel D. Knittel (Florida Institute for Neurologic Rehabilitation, Inc.)
Abstract: In an epidemiological analysis of self-injurious behavior, Iwata et al. (1994) found that several of their participants showed the highest rates of self-injurious behavior maintained by escape during idiosyncratic types of environmental stimuli such as ambient noise, social interaction, and physical examination. The purpose of this presentation is to demonstrate the efficacy of functional analysis to identify the maintaining variables for problem behavior during rehabilitation therapy for participants with traumatic brain injury, and subsequently prescribe the appropriate function-based treatment during therapy sessions. Three patients with traumatic brain injuries in an inpatient intensive rehabilitation program who displayed inappropriate behavior during speech, occupational, and/or physical therapy participated in the study. First, functional analyses were conducted and showed all three participants’ inappropriate behaviors (aggression, property destruction, verbal aggression) were maintained by escape from therapy instructions. Second, treatment consisting of FCT (escape), escape extinction, and reinforcement for compliance was implemented by the therapists, and results showed increased compliance and collateral gains in therapy goals for all three participants. Reliability data were collected for all three participants’ sessions and showed 80% or higher inter-observer agreement. These results suggest that collaboration between rehabilitation therapists and behavioral analysts can facilitate rehabilitation for patients with traumatic brain injury.
 
Improving Outcomes in Brain Injury Rehabilitation: Case Managers' Decision Matrix
MICHAEL P. MOZZONI (Timber Ridge Group, Inc.)
Abstract: Length of treatment time in neurorehabilitation has steadily decreased while outcome expectations have increased. The purpose of this study was to replicate the utility of a decision matrix previously demonstrated by Mozzoni and Bailey (1996). In this study case managers (2) where instructed in the use of the decision matrix and the operational definitions of its items. Case managers identified stalled clients who were not on track to reach their projected outcome goal rating (Functional Assessment Measure) within the projected length of stay. They then utilized the decision matrix checklist to observe therapist teaching methods and gave suggestive feedback on areas they could change that were indicated on the 14-item checklist. Results demonstrate that diagnostic-based treatment intervention can result in obvious and measurable improvements in outcomes across patients.
 
 
Symposium #153
Joint Attention in Young Children With Autism: A Behavioral Perspective
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Back Bay C
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Discussant: Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
Abstract: Learning Objectives Learner will state in behavioral terms the difference between joint attention responding and joint attention initiations. Learner will be able to describe procedures for assessing joint attention performance. Learner will be able to describe a procedure to teach use of joint attention gestures in the context of a picture activity schedule.
 
The Effects of EIBI on Joint Attention in Young Children with Autism
REBECCA P. F. MACDONALD (New England Center for Children), Jennifer Sutton (New England Center for Children), William V. Dube (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School), William L. Holcomb (New England Center for Children), Renee C. Mansfield (New England Center for Children), June M. Sanchez (New England Center for Children), Ellyn M. South (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: This paper describes a highly structured assessment protocol with objective behavioral measures for joint attention responding and initiation. The assessment was given to 26 children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders and 21 typically developing children, aged 2 to 4 year. IOA data were collected on 35% of all administrations of the assessment protocol, and averaged 96% (range, 87%-100%).. Results showed that children with autism had relatively minor deficits for joint attention responding and more severe deficits in joint attention initiation, relative to typically developing children. At entry 78% of children with autism demonstrated gaze shifts, 44% demonstrated gestures, and 22% demonstrated vocalizations. After one year of participation in a comprehensive treatment program, results from the second administration of the assessment indicated that 100% of children demonstrated gaze shifts, 100% demonstrated gestures, and 89% demonstrated vocalizations. Levels of joint attention after one year of treatment were similar to levels observed in age-matched typically developing peers.
 
Teaching Joint Attention Skills to Young Children with Autism
REGINA LEDO (Princeton Child Development Institute), Patricia J. Krantz (Princeton Child Development Institute), Lynn E. McClannahan (Princeton Child Development Institute), Jay S. Birnbrauer (Murdoch University, Perth, Australia)
Abstract: Behavioral repertoires of children with autism are characterized by deficits in joint attention, but only a small body of research documents effective strategies for teaching these skills. In this study, a multiple baseline design was used to assess the effectiveness of photographic activity schedules to teach a joint attention response (pointing) to three learners with autism, ages two to five years. Thirty-six age appropriate toys were randomly assigned to six sets; four sets were designated as teaching stimuli and two sets were never taught. A photographic activity schedule was used to cue learners to play with toys in three locations – puppet theatre, toy shelves and toy box. When learners initiated for toys during teaching, they were manually guided to point to the toy, while oriented to the recipient. Manual prompts were faded from graduated guidance to spatial fading and shadowing, and then the teacher’s proximity was decreased. All three learners learned to point to toys; further, these skills generalized to novel stimuli. However, the response did not maintain for any of the learners. A new study, with the same participants, investigated the maintenance of joint attention as the reinforcement schedule is leaned.
 
A Behavioral Analysis of Joint Attention
WILLIAM V. DUBE (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract: Joint attention (JA) is defined in the cognitive/developmental psychology literature as a child's actions that verify or produce simultaneous attending by that child and an adult to some object or event in the environment, in order that both may experience the object or event together. This theoretical paper will present a behavioral analysis of JA initiation in preschool children. A satisfactory behavioral analysis of JA must account for (a) the selective effects of environmental stimuli that set the occasion for the response class, (b) stimuli that support JA behavioral chains in dual roles as discriminative and reinforcing stimuli, (c) the consequences that lead to choice of experiencing an object or event together with the adult vs. independently of the adult, and (d) relevant and plausible environmental conditioning histories. This presentation will also include a discussion of JA deficits in children with autism spectrum disorders and specific suggestions for treatment approaches derived from the behavioral analysis.
 
 
Symposium #154
Int'l Symposium - Marker-Based Shaping ('Clicker Training') for Human Subjects: Three Ongoing Programs
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Hampton
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Karen W. Pryor (Sunshine Books, Inc.)
Discussant: Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: .
 
Training Young Athletes with Positive Reinforcement and a Click Sound as a Marker Signal
JOAN ORR (The Pryor Foundation), Theresa McKeon (The Pryor Foundation)
Abstract: In coaching child gymnasts a click was used to mark correct actions. Actions were grouped to produce complete skills. Errors receive no response. In both children with normal intelligence and Special Olympics participants the rate of skill acquisition was dramatically enhanced. Learners manifest reduced stress and anxiety and heightened enjoyment of the training process, in comparison to conventional coaching.
 
Teaching Adult Beginners to Ice Skate
LYNN M. LOAR (The Pryor Foundation)
Abstract: A pilot program recruited 9 adults with no or virtually no prior ice skating experience to compare the effectiveness of using an acoustic marker with a verbal marker. Adults were randomly divided into two groups, one earning clicks and candy, the other verbal praise. Adults were given a brief demonstration of skating forwards, backward sculling, backward crossovers, forward crossovers and a spin. Baseline data were taken and video taped, followed by suggestions necessary for safety. Each maneuver was then broken into multiple approximations and shaped on criterion at a time and one learner at a time, with either enthusiastic praise or the acoustic marker. The group with the acoustic marker accomplished all of the tasks in less than an hour on the ice, and demonstrated greater ease and fluidity of motion in skating to and from the testing area than did the group receiving verbal acknowledgment. Additionally, a few participants who tried one and then the other method observed that the verbal marker was distracting and interfered with learning. By prompting social response (eye contact, head shift) it triggered a number of falls in one subject.
 
Interactive Animal Assisted Therapy for Children and Families at Risk
BARBARA BOAT (University of Cincinnati), Lynn M. Loar (The Pryor Foundation)
Abstract: Awarded a three-year grant by the California Governor's Office of Criminal Justice Planning, the Strategic Humane Interventions Program (SHIP) began in Oct., 2001, in the San Francisco Bay Area. SHIP provides instruction to children and families exposed to child abuse and neglect, domestic violence, or community violence, using animal-assisted therapy to teach safety around animals and people. Families learn to use operant conditioning with an acoustic marker to shape positive behaviors in people and animals. Three to four families come for 6-week sessions in homeless shelters, elementary schools, community and social service agencies in their neighborhoods (Bay Area) or in transitional housing facilities (Cincinnati.) They learn impulse control, the ability to read social and affective cues in human and non-human animals, the ability to break a behavior down into small components and teach each step by step exclusively using positive reinforcement. SHIP is being further implemented in Cincinnati, Ohio through a collaboration with the Childhood Trust of Cincinnati Children's Hospital, the YWCA Battered Women's Shelter program, and the Cincinnati SPCA, partially funded by a grant from the Kenneth A. Scott Charitable Trust.
 
 
Symposium #155
Systems Analysis: Concepts, Tools, Applications, and Benefits
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Liberty C
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joseph R. Sasson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: .
 
Systems Analysis: A Primer and Three Useful Tools for Behavior Analysts
JOSEPH R. SASSON (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This talk is intended to provide a primer of systems analysis to an audience which has little experience with the concepts and tools of behavioral systems analysis. Using Rummler and Brache’s (1995) framework, the concept of the Organization, Process, and Job / Performer Levels will be introduced. One major tool used at each level will be introduced, and the advantages of using these tools will be discussed. Knowledge and use of these tools will help behavior analysts to better relate to other associates they may encounter during an organizational consulting engagement, and will assist behavior analysts in developing more comprehensive solutions. The presentations that follow in this symposium will illustrate the value of these tools by presenting current applications in organizational and educational settings.
 
The Big Picture: Understanding Performance Systems in Organizations
CLOYD HYTEN (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Are we selling behavior change technology, or are we selling performance improvement technology? I argue that the two are not the same, and that we need to focus on performance systems as the framework within which to understand performance problems and solutions. Performance systems include the factors at the performer, process, and organization level that affect how successful organizations are. Every organization has a performance system whether anyone is aware of it or not. OBM has generated a number of intervention tactics primarily at the performer level (e.g., feedback, reinforcement plans) that can and need to be integrated together with core processes and existing HR practices (e.g., hiring and training practices) that also influence aggregate performance outcomes. Failure to integrate and enhance the system as a whole can hamper performance improvement efforts. Examples of successes and problems from consulting work that included process re-design as well as performance pay plans will illustrate the value of understanding the organization’s performance system.
 
A Systems Analysis of a University Training and Development Department
HOLLY C. HARRISON (Western Michigan University), Masayuki Shiraishi (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: We conducted a systems analysis of the Training and Development (T&D) department at Western Michigan University. As part of this analysis, we completed an array of systems tools to improve departmental functioning. The Total Performance System diagram gave us a picture of the organization and its processes and relationships. We used IS and SHOULD Process Maps to analyze the current training registration process and prescribe a more streamlined, more efficient process. We created Job Models to give the T&D department a concrete description of the responsibilities, accomplishments, outputs, and standards for each employee. Along with these tools, we were able to provide T&D with our recommendations for both the creation of a new registration system and the improvement of the T&D organization as a whole.
 
Integrating Behavioral Safety into a Traditional Management Structure: A Systems Approach
KATHY M. CULIG (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Over the past number of years BBS has gained visibility and credibility in many industrial settings as a method for improving safe behavior in the workplace. A feature of many of these BBS processes is that they are processes not programs, and as such, they have no end. In order to ensure the longevity and continuous improvement of a BBS process, it is important to first identify the key elements for integration into the existing management structure. As these processes age it becomes increasingly important to implement system improvements to maintain and support them. The following paper proposes a method for identifying the key process elements needed for the successful integration of a behavioral safety process.
 
 
Symposium #156
Training and Supervision in Autism Intervention: Developing the BCABA, Quality Program Supervisors and Supervision with Educational Personnel
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Back Bay B
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Dennis B. Mozingo (University of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry)
Discussant: Jon S. Bailey (Florida State University)
Abstract: Learning Objectives The participant will be able to discuss the key elements of a behaviorally based training program for preparing BCABAs. The participant will be able to discuss the key elements of a behaviorally based supervision/management program. The participant will be able to discuss critical elements of a behavior analytic education service system The participant will be able to discuss critical skills of supervisors in early intensive behavioral intervention for students with autism.
 
Competency-Based Supervision of Prospective Board Certified Associate Behavior Analysts
DENNIS B. MOZINGO (University of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry), Caroline I. Magyar (University of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry)
Abstract: The demand for skilled behavior analysts in autism intervention continues to grow, as does the number of training programs meeting coursework approval by the Behavior Analysis Certification Board. In light of this, the need for a proficiency based assessment of the skills of prospective or developing behavior analysts becomes more critical, particularly in the absence of thoroughgoing graduate training. A competency based training and evaluation tool for students enrolled in a practicum and completing a Program of Study in Autism and Applied Behavior Analysis will be described. Preliminary data from the inaugural running of the practicum will be presented. The tool will be discussed with regard to its basis in behavior analytic staff training and management practices and with consideration of practices in professional personnel preparation. Costs and benefits of intensive, competency supervision will also be discussed.
 
Evaluation of Instructor Skill in Early, Intensive Behavioral Intervention
TRISTRAM SMITH (University of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry)
Abstract: We examined the validity of competency measures for supervisors of early, intensive behavioral intervention (EIBI) for children with autism by comparing 26 supervisors and 22 aides on a behavior observation of participants’ therapy and written examinations on instructional programming, ability to critique of others’ therapy, and knowledge of EIBI and autism. Interrater reliability for the program examination and behavior observation was r(18) = .80 and r(15) = .94, respectively. Reliability was _(9) = .86 for the written examination and _(7) = .75 for the videotape critique. A discriminant analysis based on these measures correctly classified 97% of participants into their respective groups. The correct classification rate for the programming examination (95%) exceeded that for the behavior observation (78%), critique (73%), and written examination (88%). The results indicated that the measures had validity and that the program examination was especially useful.
 
Developing a Measure of Personnel Performance: Initial Reliability Results
CAROLINE I. MAGYAR (University of Rochester School of Medicine and Dentistry)
Abstract: Increasingly students with autism are being educated in the general education setting. To educate these students properly, school personnel often require consultation from behavioral practitioners and additional training on effective behavioral teaching methods. This paper describes a rating scale that was developed to measure school personnel’s ability to apply behavioral teaching methods to support students with autism. The presenter describes the construction of the scale including a brief description of items and their operational definitions. An initial investigation into the reliability of the scale showed that, across 11 different observation sessions conducted in 4 different classrooms, school personnel implemented behavioral procedures correctly (without detectable errors) during 72 percent of all observation intervals. Inter-rater agreement was 87 percent. Additional psychometric analysis is currently underway to assess the internal consistency, inter-rater reliability, and concurrent validity of the scale. The presenter discusses the importance of using a valid measure of personnel performance in the assessment of various service delivery models for students participating in the general education setting.
 
 
Panel #157
Professional Development Series: Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis Part I
Sunday, May 30, 2004
9:00 AM–10:20 AM
Dalton
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Cynthia Cardenas-Cobb (University of Nevada, Reno)
PATRICK M. GHEZZI (University of Nevada, Reno)
COLIN PEELER (Florida State University)
MAPY BROWN (Teachers College, Columbia University)
JOSEPH H. WEHBY (Peabody College of Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: The field of Behavior Analysis has been experiencing tremendous growth in recent years. While there were once only a few graduate programs in Behavior Analysis to choose from there are now many programs in existence, with more being established each year. With so many programs to choose from it can be a daunting task for potential students to discern differences between programs and determine which program is best for them. Graduate Training in Behavior Analysis Parts I - V will have directors and representatives from 20 graduate programs that will provide information about their programs and answer questions to facilitate this process. Some of the topics to be discussed include: Master’s versus Doctorate; student funding; time to complete program; practical experiences available; unique aspects of each program; and job placement of recent graduates. This will be an excellent opportunity for potential students to talk with faculty from various programs, ask specific questions about the programs while simultaneously comparing them, decide which one best meets their needs, and find out what they can do to improve their chances of getting accepted. This is a student committee sponsored event.
 
 
Paper Session #158
Int'l Paper - Antecedents and Consequences of Words (Translated into Japanese)
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Beacon G
Area: VBC
Chair: Kaname Mochizuki (National Institution of Multimedia Education), Koji Takeshima (Western Michigan University)
 
Antecedents and Consequences of Words (Translated into Japanese)
Domain: Applied Research
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore)
 
Abstract: Verbal behavior is an exceedingly efficient way in which one organism can change the behavior of another. All other functions of verbal behavior derive from this most basic function, sometimes called verbal governance. We recognize verbal governance in noting that much important human behavior is determined by verbal antecedents. Functional verbal antecedents are generated when individuals replicate the verbal behavior of others or their own verbal behavior. Differential contact with different verbal antecedents follows from differential attention to verbal stimuli correlated with consequential events. Once in place, verbal behavior can be shaped by (usually social) consequences. Because these verbal processes share common terms, they produce interlocking contingencies in which extensive classes of verbal and nonverbal behavior come to be dominated by verbal antecedents. Very different consequences follow from verbal behavior depending on whether it is anchored to environmental events, as in scientific verbal practices, or becomes independent of it, as in religious fundamentalism.
 
 
 
Paper Session #159
Behavior Analysis Goes to the Dogs
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Beacon A
Area: TBA
Chair: Anna Schofield (Western Michigan University)
 
There's a Dog in the Hall: Setting up an Animal Behavior Clinic at WMU
Domain: Applied Research
ANNA SCHOFIELD (Western Michigan University), Jennifer L. Sobie (Western Michigan University)
 
Abstract: Starting an animal behavior clinic is a complex endeavor that demands awareness and appreciation of unique methodologies. Such as the procedural nuances of stealing students, space and intellectual time away from existing projects. In truth, starting a clinic takes persistence and diligence, as well as investments of time and expertise beyond the functional analysis of behavior. Prior knowledge of the business planning, funding, scheduling, regulation requirements and other details involved in start-up can aid and accelerate the process of launching a clinic. The presentation is designed to share our experiences in starting an animal behavior clinic this year at Western Michigan University.
 
Operant Conditioning Training Program for Detection Dogs Utilized in Law Enforcement
Domain: Applied Research
CATHERINE J. CRAWMER (Crawmer's Animal Training)
 
Abstract: Multi faceted operant conditioning program designed to promote specific indicator selection based upon olfactory discovery and discrimination in dogs utilized in forensic detection.
 
 
 
Paper Session #160
Frequency of Vocal Responses for Children with Autism
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Back Bay A
Area: AUT
Chair: Jill Scarbro (University of North Texas)
 
The Effects of Sign Language on the Vocal Responses of a Child with Autism
Domain: Applied Research
JILL SCARBRO (University of North Texas), Carla W. Edwards (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
 
Abstract: A four-year-old boy with autism was taught to use sign language. The frequency and topography of vocal responses was measured. Data analysis shows that the frequency of vocal responses drastically decreased upon introduction of sign language and that the topography of vocal responses did not change. When a second procedure was added and the reinforcement contingency was placed on both vocal and sign responses, the frequency of vocal responses increased and the topography of vocal responses changed while the frequency of sign responses were maintained.
 
Speaking Rate and The Relationship to Fluent Verbal Behavior
Domain: Applied Research
JOHN D. MCELWEE (Private Consultant), Danielle Andrews (Children's Behavior Health)
 
Abstract: It has been estimated that the performance standard for speaking in dialogue conversation is 150 to 250 words per minute with random error. This presentation will use this figure as a basis for predicting performance standards for basic language and learning behaviors. They include echoic, listener, tacting and intraverbal responses. These are targets for habilitation in Early Intensive Behavior Intervention for children with a diagnosis of Autistic Spectrum Disorder. A formula will be presented that predicts client performance of these core skills. Existing and new data will be presented to support the thesis of the presentation. The implication of this estimated performance standard for educational placement and social behavior will conclude the paper.
 
 
 
Paper Session #161
Recent investigations in human behavioral pharmacology
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Beacon E
Area: BPH
Chair: John M. Roll (UCLA)
 
GHB: Basic Human Behavioral Pharmacology
Domain: Applied Research
JOY ELIZABETH CHUDZYNSKI (UCLA), John M. Roll (UCLA), Christina Harding (UCLA)
 
Abstract: GHB is an increasingly popular "club drug". Its use has been associated with a number of adverse events, up to and including death. It has also been implicated in the commission of several sexual assaults. To date, there have not been well-controlled studies examining the effects of GHB in regular, recreational users. The proposed talk will present data from an intensive inpatient study in which participants receive several doses of of GHB and rate the putative reinforcing efficacy of each with a multiple choice procedure in which they equate the different doses of GHB with different monetary amounts. Subsequently, participants are given a chance to actually self-admininister the dose of GHB they rated as most reinforcing with the multiple choice procedure. Results from the initial three participants to complete the protocol suggest that the reinforcing efficacy of GHB increases in a dose-dependent fashion.
 
Modulation of Human Methamphetamine Self-Administration by the Provision of an Alternative Source of Reinforcement
Domain: Applied Research
JOHN M. ROLL (UCLA), Tom Newton (UCLA), Joy Elizabeth Chudzynski (UCLA), Christina Harding (UCLA)
 
Abstract: Methamphetamine abuse is a pernicious problem in much of the world. We have been investigating potential treatments for this disorder. The ongoing study to be discussed in this presentaton is a laboratory model in which particpants make repeated choices between self-adminsitering methamphetamine or choosing monteray alternatives. The magnitude of the monetary reinforcers varies between sessions while the dose of methamphetamine remains constant. Preliminary results suggest that methamphetamine self-adminsitration is sensitive to the presence of alternative sources of reinforcement in this paradigm. With half of the scheduled particpants having completed their participation it appears that the proclivity to adminsiter methamphetamine decreases in an orderly fashion as the magnitude of the alternative source of reinforcement increases. These findings will be discussed in terms of basic science applications and potential clinical utility.
 
 
 
Paper Session #162
Reinforcement and Intervention for Children with Autism
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Back Bay D
Area: AUT
Chair: Joel P. Hundert (McMaster University)
 
Increased Acquisition Rate of Matching-to-Sample Tasks for Children with Autism by Embedding Reinforcement in the Stimulus Presentation
Domain: Applied Research
JOEL P. HUNDERT (McMaster University), Helen E. Penn (York University), Alissa Levy (McMaster University)
 
Abstract: In the first study, novel visual-visual (e.g., matching 3-D to 2-D objects) or auditory-visual (e.g., receptive discrimination of 2-D objects) conditional discrimination tasks were taught in one of two ways for each of three children with autism, aged 4-6 years of age. Under the embedded reinforcement condition, the reinforcer was placed under the correct stimulus out of sight of the child. During teaching trials, the child touched, then lifted up a selected comparison stimulus and retrieved the reinforcer if present. Under the non-embedded reinforcement condition, the reinforcer was delivered to the child after a correct response by the instructor. Acquisition rate to mastery and generalization to new exemplars of target stimuli were measured. The results indicated that in the embedded reinforcement condition, children acquired conditional discriminations in about half the number of trials with no difference in across-stimuli generalization. Inter-rater reliability of measurement of children’s responses and ratings of the fidelity of instructor implementation of the two conditions were both over 90%. In studies two and three, selected aspects of the embedded reinforcement procedure were manipulated and effects monitored on children’s learning performance.
 
A Comparison of Varied and Constant Reinforcer Presentation on the Independent Play of Two Children with Autism
Domain: Applied Research
KELLY TAYLOR (TreeHouse School)
 
Abstract: This investigation compared the effects of constant versus varied reinforcer presentation and their effects on the independent play skills of two children with autism. To achieve a hierarchy of reinforcer preferences a multiple stimulus without replacement procedure was conducted using a list of possible reinforcers supplied by teaching staff. The highest ranked reinforcer in the preference assessment was used for the constant condition and those that ranked second, third and fourth were presented randomly in the variable condition. Results showed that higher rates of responding were associated with the variable condition for both children and highlight the importance of conducting frequent reinforcer assessments in order to ensure that the consequent stimuli remain novel and varied.
 
The Effects of an Individualized Reward Store Token Economy on the Behavior of a Class of Students with Autism
Domain: Applied Research
SOPHIA C. MAVROIDIS (AMAC), Daniel Ruttiman (AMAC), Bevin Campbell (AMAC), Frederica Blausten (AMAC), Bobby Newman (AMAC), Joseph Kennedy (AMAC)
 
Abstract: A school-wide reward store behavior management system was in place at a school for students diagnosed with autism. An individualized reward store token economy was put into place to manage the competing behavior of students diagnosed with autistic-spectrum disorders. Competing behavior decreased during individualized conditions. Implications will be discussed.
 
 
 
Paper Session #163
Using Computers to Deliver Instruction
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Gardner
Area: EDC
Chair: Michael A. Cohen (University of South Florida)
 
Perfect Recall: A Computer-Aided Instruction Program Based on Behavioral Principles
Domain: Applied Research
WILLIAM VAUGHAN JR. (University of Southern Maine)
 
Abstract: Standardized testing is becoming more prominent as many states move toward testing prior to graduation, but little systematic progress is being made in efficiently teaching those students who will be tested. Perfect Recall is a Windows-based computer-aided instruction program, which, as proficiency improves, gradually fades prompts and shapes longer intervals of retention. When a question is posed an answer is required of the user. Hints and mistakes detract from an item's score, which is used to determine when that item will be seen again. A database of questions may be written by someone else and imported, or written by the user. The user can add, modify, or delete entries. Entries, which may be either slated for testing or not, can be accessed by means of a number of tree views, including publication date (for books and articles, for example), event dates (for entries referencing some event in time, such as when the Pleistocene era began), and categories. An entry may consist of text, figures, or both. The program can collect data on the uers's proficiency in a comma-delimited file, which can then be read into a spreadsheet. I report on data collected on myself, for illustrative purposes only.
 
Comparison of Linear Sequenced versus Adaptive Programmed Instruction
Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL A. COHEN (University of South Florida), Gudmundur T. Heimisson (University of South Florida), Darrel R. Davis (University of South Florida), Darrel E. Bostow (University of South Florida)
 
Abstract: The development of Programmed Instruction enabled educators to maintain carefully constructed contingencies of reinforcement for many learners at once. Traditional linear sequenced PI however, is incapable of adjusting these contingencies for learners of varying ability. The program that is boring and trivial for one learner may be at the same time frustratingly difficult for another. Early branching, or adaptive, PI sought to correct for this. Adaptive programs are able to alter the moment-to-moment contingencies of instructional units based upon specific dimensions of learner responses. The precise relationships of verbal stimuli presented with each instructional frame and their control of the learner's behavior are not well understood. This presentation includes the experimental comparison of adaptive PI with traditional linear PI. Experimental differences resulting from an automatically adjusting program will be compared with fixed linear presentation. Reliability of data was not deemed to be an issue because all dimensions of student performance were measured by computers.
 
 
 
Paper Session #164
Why Relational Frame Theory Alters the Relationship Between Applied and Basic Psychology
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Beacon F
Area: PRA
Chair: Eyleen Ortiz (Teachers College, Columbia University)
 
Why Relational Frame Theory Alters the Relationship Between Applied and Basic Psychology
Domain: Applied Research
STEVEN C. HAYES (University of Nevada, Reno), Nicholas M. Berens (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: Behavior analysis is an area of psychology that began as a basic field of animal behavior but always aspired to an adequate the analysis of complex human behavior. What made this especially workable was the underlying philosophy and approach of behavior analysis. Behavior analysis seeks the prediction and influence of behavior, which comports unusually well with the applied agenda, and thus principles that come from the experimental analysis of direct contingency streams are thus likely to be relevant to applied problems. However, in the actual analysis of complex human behavior the units of responding are not of basic importance and often have to be determined by empirical analyses of common-sense subunits. Relational frame theory is making good progress on the analysis of human complexity, but it impacts on behavior analysis in a profound way for two reasons. First, it suggests that framing events relationally alters how direct contingencies operate. Second, it alters the relationship between applied behavior analysis and the experimental analysis of behavior, because it suggests units of responding that can only be seen in the context of complex human behavior. Some of these areas are inherently applied, which makes applied behavior analysis a more basic endeavor, and makes the experimental analysis of behavior more dependent on applied results. If this is so, relational frame theory may help unify behavior analysis and produce more of a two-way relationship between applied behavior analysis and the experimental analysis of behavior. Examples and data supportive of this account are provided.
 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #165
CE Offered: None

EAHB-SIG Distinguished Career Award: Murray Sidman, PhD

Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:30 AM–11:20 AM
Commonwealth
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: William J. McIlvane, Psy.D.
Chair: William J. McIlvane (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School)
MURRAY SIDMAN (n/a)
Murray Sidman was born in 1923 in Boston, where he lived a happy but otherwise unremarkable boyhood until he graduated from high school and started at Columbia University in 1940. After an interruption for military service in World War II, he returned in 1946 to complete his BA. He then continued for a fifth undergraduate year in order to take all the science courses he had missed before, and went on to receive a PhD in 1952. His principal advisors were Fred S. Keller and W. N. Schoenfeld, with strong assists from Ralph Hefferline, Clarence Graham, and a small group of fellow graduate students. After that, he spent nine years in the exciting and productive interdisciplinary environment of the Walter Reed Army Institute of Research, where Joseph V. Brady had established a Psychology Department in the Neuropsychiatry Division headed by David McK. Rioch, From there, he went on to the Neurology Service of the Massachusetts General Hospital (MGH) for another nine years, during which his most memorable experience was meeting and eventually marrying Rita. The laboratories for human and nonhuman behavioral research that he set up at the MGH moved eventually to the E. K. Shriver Center and Northeastern University, where he remained as Professor of Psychology until he retired from academe and continued his research at the New England Center for Children. Since retiring from there in 2001, he has continued his research and writing without any formal affiliation. One of the most meaningful conclusions to come out of his lifetime of research is that the results of basic research must be extended out of the laboratory. Such extension not only adds an intrinsically valuable dimension to basic research, but is essential to its survival in a world of increasing competition for ever more limited resources.
Abstract:

Does the name of this special interest group The Experimental Analysis of Human Behavior, imply that those who analyze the behavior of human animals must organize themselves apart from those who analyze the behavior of nonhuman animals? Is the use of nonhumans in experiments really not relevant to the analysis of the behavior of humans? If so, then something must have changed. Many differences exist, of course, between the behavior of humans and nonhumans humans, for example, cannot fly under their own power but have we really isolated differences in principle, differences that require separate organizations for the study of each? I will try to indicate why I believe this is a serious concern, where the concern comes from, and what, perhaps, might be done to maintain what was once a flourishing bi-directional relation between research with humans and nonhumans, in both basic and applied research.

 
 
Symposium #166
“Soup to Nuts”: Parent Variables that Affect Treatment and Outcomes for Children with Food Refusal
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Conference Room 3
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: .
 
Food Selectivity in Autism: Behavioral or Family Influence?
KIMBERLY A. SCHRECK (Pennsylvania State University, Hershey Medical Center), Keith E. Williams (Pennsylvania State University, Hershey Medical Center)
Abstract: Clinicians and researchers have commonly assumed that behavioral feeding problems are co-morbid with autism, and thus, have successfully developed Applied Behavior Analysis treatments to eliminate the behaviors. This presentation will examine the types of foods typically eaten by children with autism, patterns of family food acceptance, and will consider the relationship of eating behavior to the severity of the diagnostic characteristics of autism.
 
Caregiver Treatment Integrity and the Influence on Maintenance of Child Appropriate Behavior
STEPHANIE D. BETHKE (Marcus Institute), Cathleen C. Piazza (Marcus and Kennedy Krieger Institutes), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz)
Abstract: Few studies have examined the effects of training caregivers to treat pediatric feeding problems. Notable exceptions include studies by Werle et al. (1993), Anderson and McMillan (2001), and Mueller et al. (in press), which suggested that caregivers could be trained to implement pediatric feeding protocols. However, the relation of caregiver treatment integrity to child appropriate and inappropriate behavior during meals is less clear. That is, Werle et al. showed that changes in caregiver behaviors corresponded with increases in appropriate child behaviors during meals. By contrast, there was no relation between levels of caregiver treatment integrity and child behavior during meals in the study by Mueller et al. Therefore, the purpose of the current investigation was to examine the relation between caregiver treatment integrity and child behavior more fully. Caregivers were taught individual skills (e.g., correct use of instructions, prompts, and consequences) to use during meals and the extent to which the caregiver used the skill was assessed. In addition, child behavior was evaluated throughout the baseline and training phases. Results will be discussed in terms of the conditions under which caregivers’ treatment integrity and child behavior correspond.
 
Training Caregivers to Implement Escape Extinction Using Different Methods
ELLEN J. MCCARTNEY (West Virginia University), Cynthia M. Anderson (West Virginia University), Nicole Vermillion (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Escape extinction has been demonstrated to be an effective treatment for children exhibiting food refusal. To date, most studies have been conducted in in-patient treatment settings by trained clinicians. Few studies have evaluated the extent to which caregivers are able to implement efficacious interventions for their food selective child in their home. McCartney and Anderson (in press) examined whether caregivers could be trained on an outpatient basis to implement escape extinction in their home with their food selective child. The purpose of the present study was to evaluate this systematic strategy for training caregivers to implement escape extinction using different methods. In the present investigation a multiple-baseline across three target foods will be used. First, trained therapists will implement escape extinction in the clinic with the child. Once the child is consuming 5 bites of each target food the child's caregiver will be trained to implement the intervention in the clinic setting. Again, once the child is consuming 5 bites of each target food, the caregiver will implement the intervention in the home. Follow-up meals will be conducted to monitor the maintenance of gains made from direct intervention and the consumption of new foods that were not previously consumed.
 
An Intervention for Enhancing Treatment Gains Post Discharge
JENNIFER E. DAWSON (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute), James H. Boscoe (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Barbara J. Shao (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ping Wang (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: One of the greatest challenges for clinicians treating problem behaviors is maintenance of treatment gains post discharge. It can be particularly difficult to sustain contact with families who live great distances from the clinical unit, making on-site follow-up and counsel impracticable. The purpose of this study is to compare child and parentn performance, as well as compliance with treatment recommendations, for two differing methods of long distance follow-up. Following the completion of an inpatient admission for the assessment and treatment of food refusal, twenty children and their respective families were observed during meals following discharge at 1, 3, and 6-month intervals. Results implicate the necessity for clinicians working with food refusal to focus on developing effective follow-up procedures which solicit family involvement prior to discharge, and include home video tapes of meals and scheduled phone contact. Difficulties of collecting observational data post discharge are discussed. Interobserver agreement was obtained for more than 40% of meal observations and total agreement was always greater than 90%. Integrity measures of parental protocol implementation were also calculated for all subjects.
 
 
Symposium #167
Int'l Symposium - Acceptance and Commitment therapy in Behavior Medicine - A New Approach to Treatment
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Conference Room 2
Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rikard K. Wicksell (Karolinska Hospital, Sweden)
Abstract: .
 
Evaluation of a Brief ACT Model Intervention for the Treatment of Refractory Epilepsy
JOANNE DAHL (University of Gavle, Sweden), Tobias Lundgren (University of Uppsala, Sweden)
Abstract: Epileptic seizures can be traumatic, stigmatizing and disabling for the persons who have a tendency to seize. In the western countries, most persons with epilepsy will be given an anticonvulsant drug therapy, which appears to reduce seizure frequency for a number of these persons but also leaves a number of undesirable side effects. In many non-western countries these drugs are far too expensive and inaccessible to many. The aim of this study was to develop and evaluate a brief treatment model based on acceptance and commitment therapy (ACT) applied on a group of people with refractory seizures in Belgrade. The design of the study was a RCT, ABC group design (n=24) with two conditions; ACT and a control group. The inclusion criteria for participation was: at least 2 seizures a week, age 14 or older, no progressive disease and willing and able to participate in the study. Each condition consisted of one individual session, one group session followed by one more individual session. The ACT condition consisted of the treatment principles: Values identification, cognitive diffusion, exposure, and commitment. In the control group, an supportive therapy was provided (Borcovec). Treatment effects were measured by means of looking at life quality, experiential avoidance, mental health well being, seizure frequency, EEG and blood serum levels. The results of this ongoing study will be presented at the conference.
 
Improving Psychological Adjustment among Cancer Patients: Treatment Development and Comparison
ANN BRANSTETTER-ROST (Washington University Medical School), Mikaela J. Hildebrandt (Southwest Missouri State University)
Abstract: Each year over 77,000 women are diagnosed with gynecological cancers, and 26,000 die with the disease (ACS, 2001). Research suggests that at least 30% of these women experience significant psychological distress (Zabora, Brintzenhofeszoc, Curbow, Hooker, & Piantadosi, 2001). Clearly, coping with cancer presents unique challenges to patients, and as such requires unique and specialized psychological interventions. However, little empirical evidence exists to suggest how to best meet the emotional needs of patients with cancer. It is believed that Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) offers a strong possibility of an empirically supported treatment approach for the distress of this unique population. In the current study, ACT was compared to a Cognitive Behavioral intervention. The ACT protocol focused on supporting emotional experience and expression. The CBT intervention focused on cognitive restructuring and distraction techniques. Data concerning mood, coping, quality of life, and overall psychological distress were collected across four time points. Results indicate that although both groups reported improvements, reaction to therapy varied by pre-intervention coping style. Outcomes were further mediated by emotional avoidance. Future work will include further developments and improvements in the protocol, and attempts to shorten the length of the intervention to improve portability.
 
Effectiveness of an Acceptance and Commitment Therapy Intervention for Type 2 Diabetes: Implementation Issues in a Low-income Medical Clinic
JENNIFER A. GREGG (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Multiple modalities (e.g., weekly groups, workshops, individual sessions) have been used and examined for effectiveness for diabetes education interventions in a medical setting. We will present data from a randomized controlled trial examining process and outcome differences between individuals with type 2 diabetes who received either basic education treatment or Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) in either weekly group sessions or an all day workshop format. Outcomes of interest in this study were self-reported engagement in self-care behaviors, physiological measures of diabetes self-management such as Hemoglobin A1c, and psychological functioning and use of acceptance coping methods. We will discuss the impact of this treatment modality in ACT compared to the control condition on these outcomes. The reasons for the relative success of the group workshop will be discussed with respect to both theoretical mechanisms of change in ACT interventions and the pragmatic issues of treatment with this population.
 
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) within a Behavior Medicine Approach –Effective in Rehabilitation for Patients with Chronic Debilitating Pain?
RIKARD K. WICKSELL (Karolinska Hospital, Sweden), Gunnar Olsson (Karolinska Hospital, Sweden)
Abstract: Chronic pain with an unclear origin (idiopathic) is common, in adults as well as in children and adolescents. Pharmacological therapies are many times ineffective and for some patients´ pain becomes debilitating, resulting in marked levels of functional impairment across important life domains. Cognitive behavior therapy (e.g relaxation and stress management) have traditionally focused on reducing pain and related distress. Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) emphasizes values-based exposure and acceptance strategies to increase patient willingness to experience negative private events in the service of acting in alignment with their chosen values. This represents a shift in perspective from symptom alleviation to valued life, and recent findings indicate that such interventions have beneficial effects for adults with chronic pain. ACT is used in the development of a rehabilitation program for young people with chronic pain. 15 adolescents with chronic disabling pain participated in a pilot study. A randomized controlled trial, (ACT vs. standard pharmacological treatment) is currently being performed. Treatment and outcome measures focused on functional ability and individual values-based goal setting, and results from the pilot study indicate a substantial improvement at post-treatment and follow-up. Changes in pain intensity ratings varied across patients. Results including follow-up data from the pilot study as well as preliminary results from the RCT will be presented.
 
 
Symposium #168
Automatically-Reinforced Behavior: Transfer of Functional Control and Facilitating Appropriate Behavior
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Constitution B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Learning Objectives Identify how to determine whether a behavior is maintained by the sensory consequences produced by responding, Determine whether the intervention strategies described for the automatic reinforcement were effective, and for individual presentations, Describe the environmental enrichment procedure used by Rapp and Manchack, Identify the advantages and disadvantages of the response interruption procedure used by Ahearn et al. Determine how Richman et al. attempted to transfer functional control from an automatically reinforced response to socially mediated reinforcement. Describe the reinforcer displacement procedure used by Sidener and colleagues.
 
From Nonsocial to Social Mediation of Emerging Self-injury: A Possible Case Example
DAVID M. RICHMAN (University of Maryland Baltimore County), Anna M. Quigg (University of Maryland Baltimore County), Steve Lindauer (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Stephanie Thorne (University of Kansas)
Abstract: We recently completed a longitudinal study consisting of monthly repeated functional analysis probes of repetitive motor behavior exhibited by 1 to 3 years-old children with moderate to profound developmental disabilities. The purpose of this study was to document descriptive and functional patterns of emerging self-injury. Last year at the Association for Behavior Analysis conference we presented summary data describing that the majority of the 13 participants’ early stereotypic movements were nonsocially mediated, and that hand-to-mouth/head stereotypies were high probability behaviors for emerging self-injurious behavior (SIB). Additionally, for the participants that developed SIB, the only functional analysis pattern observed was nonsocially mediated stereotypic behavior evolving into nonsocially mediated SIB. The current presentation will focus on a different pattern for the emergence of SIB via a case example of a 2-year-old girl with developmental disabilities and cerebral palsy. Results of her functional analysis probes revealed that emerging SIB was initially nonsocially mediated, but some topographies became sensitive to positive reinforcement (contingent attention). Mean occurrence agreement was collected for 40.3% of sessions across participants (95.1% mean agreement; range across participants 89.8% to 100%). Results will be discussed in terms of early intervention and prevention programs for emerging SIB.
 
Reducing Stereotypy of Children with Autism using “Reinforcer Displacement”
TINA SIDENER (Western Michigan University), James E. Carr (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Reinforcer "displacement" (RD) is a reductive procedure in which a new stimulus is delivered following behavior already maintained by a different controlling stimulus. The new stimulus is then removed in an attempt to reduce behavior. The significance of this procedure is its potential to shift the control of a behavior from a difficult-to-manipulate stimulus to one that is more easily manipulated (e.g., a toy), allowing the more confident implementation of extinction. Thus, RD might be useful in treating automatically reinforced problem behavior. Research on RD is warranted because there have been few published studies; their outcomes have been discrepant. The purpose of the current, ongoing investigation was to extend previous research on RD by evaluating its efficacy and durability as a treatment for stereotypy. First, automatic reinforcement functions for two participant’s stereotypy were identified via functional analysis. Next, tangible items were delivered contingent upon stereotypy and then subsequently withheld during "extinction." When RD proved ineffective, environmental enrichment was implemented. Preliminary data for suggest that any reductive effects of RD are limited and brief. However, environmental enrichment was efficacious in decreasing stereotypy. Mean IOA was at least 91% for each participant and was assessed for at least 25% of sessions.
 
Effects of Environmental Enrichment on Multiple Forms of Stereotypy
JOHN T. RAPP (Texana MHMR, Behavior Treatment and Training Center), James Manchack (Texana MHMR, Behavior Treatment and Training Center)
Abstract: Three individuals with autism who displayed multiple forms of stereotyped behavior participated in a series of experiments involving continuous access to a preferred stimulus. For the first participant, continuous access to books substantially decreased two response forms while another response form was unchanged. These results were limited insofar as book manipulation was arguably another form of stereotypy. For the second participant, continuous access to TV decreased the most probable response, but increased two others. In a subsequent analysis, access to puzzles decreased multiple response forms when a therapist was present, but did not occasion object manipulation when the participant was alone. Object manipulation was facilitated using intermittent therapist prompts when the individual was alone. For the third participant, access to books decreased the most probable response form, but also increased two other response forms. Subsequently, contingent verbal reprimands were added, which decreased one response form but not the other. Object manipulation was not affected by contingent reprimands. The results are discussed in terms of response deprivation and matching stimulation from alternative objects to the products of stereotypy. A second observer collected data for at least 20% of sessions for each participant. Interobserver agreement scores exceeded 85% for each dependent variable.
 
Altering the Response Hierarchy: Using Response Interruption and Redirection for Vocal and Motor Stereotypy
WILLIAM H. AHEARN (New England Center for Children), Kathleen M. Clark (New England Center for Children), Christine Florentino (New England Center for Children), Theresa M. Clevenger (New England Center for Children), Jaqueline Condon (New England Center for Children), Sarah Buckingham (New England Center for Children), Heather M. Cary (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Experimental functional analyses were conducted with 4 children diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder who displayed either vocal or motor stereotypy that interfered with their daily activities. The results of the multi-element and extended alone phases indicated that stereotypic behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. An ABAB design was then used to test the effects of a response interruption + redirection sequence for each child’s vocal or motor stereotypy. The response interruption procedure for the 2 children who exhibited vocal stereotypy consisted of the delivery of demands that required a vocal response (e.g., answering social questions, imitation of a word or sound). Response interruption for the 2 children who exhibited motor stereotypy consisted of hand-over-hand redirection to either a leisure or vocational task. Response interruption was continued until the child independently complied with three consecutive demands or manipulated an object without stereotypic behavior. Response interruption produced a substantial decrease in stereotypy relative to baseline. Interobserver agreement was scored for a minimum of 33% of all conditions with total agreement always exceeding 87%. Data will also be shown for appropriate behavior and generalization of treatment effects in the natural environment.
 
 
Symposium #169
Avoidance and Time-Out
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Fairfax A
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Anthony DeFulio (University of Florida)
Discussant: Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: .
 
Timeout from Effortful and Effortless Avoidance: Escaping Schedules of Variable-Cycle Shock Deletion and Variable-Time Shock Presentation
CHAD M. GALUSKA (West Virginia University), Christopher T. Ferro (West Virginia University), Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The reinforcer of behavior that produces a timeout from avoidance is of theoretical interest. One account states that shock-frequency reduction reinforces timeout responding. Another states that timeout functions as a reinforcer because responding is not required to avoid shock during timeout (effort reduction). We assessed the role of shock-frequency reduction in maintaining timeout responding when the effort to avoid shock was eliminated. Rats’ presses on one lever deleted shock on a variable-cycle 30-s schedule. Presses on a second lever produced a signaled 2-min timeout according to a variable-interval 45-s schedule. Subsequently, the avoidance lever was removed and response-independent shocks were delivered at the same rate as those obtained in the baseline condition. Responding on the timeout lever decreased to levels comparable to shock-omission extinction. Within-session patterns of responding, however, suggest a role for shock as a reinforcer for timeout responding. Shock may establish the stimuli associated with timeout as a safety signal. These results provide evidence for the role of both effort reduction and conditioned reinforcement in the maintenance of timeout responding.
 
Avoidance of Timeout from Positive Reinforcements: Is Timeout Functionally Equivalent to Shock?
JOSEPH RICHARDSON (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee), Alan Baron (University of Wisconsin, Milwaukee)
Abstract: Experiments in our laboratory have shown that timeout from positive reinforcement can serve as an effective aversive event. Using free operant avoidance procedures, rats are exposed to variable-time (VT) food-delivery schedules which are interrupted from time to time. Responses on the lever postpone timeouts. Results indicate that response rates and numbers of timeouts avoided are inversely related to the VT interval. In addition, responding is facilitated by delivering more preferred reinforcers, (sucrose rather than grain pellets). These findings parallel those of studies in which more frequent or more painful shocks produce more persistent avoidance behavior. We have also found that the efficiency of responding changes as a function of experience with the schedule. Although animals are trained until response rates are stable under each condition, conditional probability analyses reveal that the point of responding in the response-timeout interval continues to advance over 50 or more avoidance sessions. Throughout, our results have been consistent with the view that timeout from positive reinforcement and shock have similar functional properties.
 
Effects of Response Time-Out Interval and Time-Out Duration on Discriminated Avoidance from Time-Out in Pigeons
ANTHONY DEFULIO (University of Florida), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida)
Abstract: This study explores the use of time-out from positive reinforcement in a discriminated avoidance procedure with pigeons. We employed a two-key procedure for pigeons in which one of the keys delivered food on a variable-interval schedule and was illuminated with a sequence of three colors that changed as time-out drew nearer. Pecks to the second key reset the response time-out interval (RTO) and returned the food key to the starting color. All four pigeons maintained a high percentage of time in under these conditions. We have parametrically varied RTO, time-out duration, and the ratio between these two variables. Overall rates of avoidance key pecks increased as the RTO was decreased. Discriminative control was evident, with time and key color exerting discriminative control over avoidance key pecking to differing degrees across conditions and subjects. During extinction conditions in which responding to the avoidance key had no effect, rates of avoidance behavior approached zero and rates of food key responding increased as time-out drew nearer.
 
 
Symposium #170
Behavioral Investigations into Issues from Mainstream Psychology
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Independence West
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Denis P. O'Hora (University of Ulster)
Discussant: Michael J. Dougher (University of New Mexico)
Abstract: .
 
The Concept of Intelligence and Derived Relational Responding
MARTHA PELAEZ (Florida International University), Denis P. O'Hora (University of Ulster)
Abstract: A recent study by O’Hora, Peláez, Barnes-Holmes and Amesty (2002) demonstrated that subjects that passed a test for derived relational responding performed better on certain scales of Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale Third Edition (WAIS-III). This suggests that these different subscales may tap functionally distinct repertoires of behavior. That is, there may be different types of intelligent behavior that come under different sources of control. One taxonomy of intelligent behaviors is provided by the work of Sternberg (1985, 1986) who developed a Triarchic Theory of intelligence, in which there are three distinct types of intelligence: componential, experiential, and contextual. Componential intelligence emphasizes effectiveness in information processing. Experiential intelligence emphasizes insight and the ability to formulate new ideas. Contextual intelligence emphasizes intelligence in a practical sense. The current paper examines these types of intelligent behavior from the perspective of Relational Frame Theory and suggests an alternative behavioral description of these behaviors.
 
Syntactic and Semantic Bootstrapping: A Relational Frame Approach
DENIS P. O'HORA (University of Ulster), Rick Dale (Cornell University)
Abstract: A number of behavioral researchers have examined the generative properties of sequential responding (e.g., Green, Stromer & Mackay, 1991; Lazar, 1977; Wulfert & Hayes, 1986). Such responding is crucial in understanding the productivity of early language development. In one such case, a novel word may be rapidly learned if it occurs in a previously established productive structure. For example, in the sentence “The man lifted the wug”, we know that a “wug” is likely to mean an object and not an action by virtue of its position in the sentence (Landau & Gleitman, 1995). Similarly, some authors have suggested that the reverse can aid the child in inferring syntax (Pinker, 1984). For example, knowing that “wug” refers to a thing rather than an action can help the child make inferences about its syntax. In cognitive psychology, these processes are dubbed syntactic and semantic bootstrapping, and are explained in terms of hypothetical mental entities and innate mapping rules. The current paper outlines an account of such responding based on Relational Frame Theory (Hayes, Barnes-Holmes & Roche, 2001) and presents a study demonstrating a behavior-analytic model of such learning.
 
Before and After Relational Responding and the WAIS-III
DENIS P. O'HORA (University of Ulster), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Karen Robinson (Florida International University), Tahir Chaudhary (Florida International University)
Abstract: O’Hora, Peláez, Barnes-Holmes and Amesty (2002) demonstrated that performance on a complex derived relational responding task predicted performance on two verbal subtests of the WAIS-III. In addition, they found a significant correlation between performance in training for Before and After relational responding and performance on the vocabulary subtest of the scale. The current experiment further investigated these findings. Eighty undergraduate students were exposed to training for Before and After relational responding and then to the entire WAIS-III battery of subtests. Significant correlations were observed between the percentage of correct responses in Before and After training and performance on a number of the WAIS-III subtests that contribute to the Verbal IQ score and Verbal Comprehension index. Further tests demonstrated that subjects that required fewer blocks to respond in accordance with Before and After relations scored significantly higher in verbal subtests. Both these measures also predicted performance on some subtests unrelated to the verbal scales. The implications of these results for Relational Frame Theory and for the behavioural understanding of the WAIS-III will be discussed.
 
 
Paper Session #171
Building Bridges II: Behavior Analysis and Related Disciplines
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Independence East
Area: TPC
Chair: Ethan White (University of New Mexico)
 
On Having a Principle
Domain: Applied Research
CRISS WILHITE (California State University, Fresno)
 
Abstract: Radical behaviorism has a long history of research across all the subject matter of psychology, yet it is a misunderstood and minority perspective in psychology. Many authors have offered reasons for this, yet the problem persists. It is suggested that radical behaviorists use the principles of behavior analysis to change our position among others psychologists: magazine train other psychologists to approach us (be friendly and helpful); start at the skill level of the people we are influencing (read their work and be able to relate it to ours); use positive practice to shape behavioral language, behavioral referencing and behavioral research; refrain from using aversives such as sarcasm, frowns, and derision; use behavioral momentum to develop participation in behavioral conferences. We will further our field more readily by developing actual changes in the behavior of other psychologists than if we continue developing our own verbal behavior of complaint.
 
Applying Relational Frame Theory to Evolutionary Theories of Language
Domain: Applied Research
ETHAN WHITE (University of New Mexico)
 
Abstract: Language is the one behavior that stands out as truly unique, powerful and definitive of our species. Our natural proficiency for communicating, however, belies the many difficulties psychologists have had explaining language. I believe the relatively new field of Evolutionary Psychology can advance theories of language by expanding our understanding of the function of language and the context in which it evolved. Evolutionary psychologists have produced a coherent and valuable body of work which has uncovered many startling functions of language and describes the specific environmental contingencies that shaped it. This approach is, however, primarily mechanistic (reducing complex human interactions into discrete parts with concrete relationships) and mentalistic (giving private events causal status). And because of this, it is unable to satisfy the empirical, methodological, and philosophical preferences of the behavior analyst. Relational Frame Theory is a promising perspective for examining language, verbal behavior, and cognition and is a logical starting point for integrating behavior analysis and evolutionary psychology. By reexamining some of the seminal work on language done by evolutionary psychologists from a Relational Frame perspective we can advance our understanding of language while maintaining a decidedly functional and contextual perspective for studying verbal behavior rigorously.
 
Modifying Student Behavior in Taiwan: Corporal Punishment Versus Time Out
Domain: Applied Research
CARY S. SMITH (Mississippi State University), Li-Ching Hung (Mississippi State University)
 
Abstract: Confucian philosophy has reigned dominant in Chinese culture for over two millenia. From 500 B.C.E. until modern times, a teacher's will was supreme in the classroom, allowing him or her the right to administer corporal punishment for any number of offenses, including receiving poor grades, having poor study habits, or not showing the requsite level of respect for the instructor. As Taiwan forges ahead in the 21st century, this ancient mode of thought has been challenged by Western values regarding what is and is not appropriate for modifying behavior in the classroom. Time out, a common procedure for controlling misbehavior, is widely practiced in the United States but has, until recently, been sparsely used in Taiwan. This dichotomy between tradition and modernity is slowly changing, but many educators are unsure about which type of behavioral intervention is the most efficacious. An historical overview concerning the strengths and weaknesses of both approaches will be discussed.
 
 
 
Symposium #172
Chomsky's Attack on Skinner
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Hampton
Area: DEV/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gary D. Novak (California State University, Stanislaus)
Discussant: Gary D. Novak (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract: .
 
Chomsky's Impeachment of the Behavioral Approach to Language
JOHN J. METCALFE, III (Florida International University), Sara Richardson (Florida International University)
Abstract: Skinner's verbal behavior introduced the concept of conditioning applied to language. It also seved to reintroduce the principles of behavior analysis in a new context. This approach was challenged by Chomsky (1959). Surprisingly, Skinner did not respond to this challenge. However, several years later Maccokedale (1969, 1970) answered Chomsky's challenge. This analysis will present the history and the issues of this intellectual exchange.
 
The Chomsky/Skinner Debate: Is Grammar a Learned Process?
TARA M. SHEEHAN (Florida International University)
Abstract: Chomsky's review of Skinner's work Verbal Behavior presents an argument that is highly redundant, unsubstantiated and erroneously asserted as conclusive. The scientific rigor involved in the conceptualizationand the proper application of behavioral concepts such as reinforcement and stimulus are misunderstood by Chomsky. Chomsky fails to understand the concept of controlling stimuli because he is overly concerned with topography of behavior, ignoring function. Citing the ease and speed of language acquisition in children as evidence, Chomsky denies that language is learned and maintained through reinforcement. Chomsky attacks Skinner's application of the experimentally substantiated behavioral framework to verbal behavior, pointing to a lack of empirical testing as his evidence. Then Chomsky goes on to introduce his own theory, also not based on empirical work, and asserts its validity. Chomsky argues that humans possess a generative grammar and that the rudiments of that grammar are innate. The purpose of the current paper is to reassert verbal behavior as learned behavior and to examine grammar as behavior comprised of verbal operants, including the elusive autoclitic.
 
Chomsky's Review of Verbal Behavior: Is Behaviorism Dead?
JENNIFER J. RUSSELL (Florida International University)
Abstract: Chomsky used his review of Skinner's Verbal Behavior as a medium to attack behaviorism itself as a heuristic.Chomsky has failed to disprove behaviorism, and his attempt to do so has, simply highlighted his lack of knowledge. Attempting to deconstruct and reduce to mentalism behavioral terms like stimulus, stimulus controland reinforcement, Chomsky only succeeds in depicting his misunderstanding of these terms. Throughout hisreview, Chomsky continually asserts that Skinner has no evidence to support the generalization the principles ofbehavior to verbal behavior. However, Chomsky's then offers his own conclusions that also lack empirical evidence. Clearly Chomsky has yet to prove anything.
 
 
Panel #173
Classroom Behavior Management Training: Teacher Strengths, Weaknesses, and Reported Perceptions of Implementation
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Berkeley
Area: EDC/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alan M. Gross (University of Mississippi)
KAREN PETTY (University of Mississippi)
LARA S. HEAD (University of Mississippi)
LISA COYNE (Brown University Medical School)
KIMBERLY L. PARKS (University of Mississippi)
Abstract: Classroom behavior management is cited as essential to the achievement of instructional objectives, yet many teachers report inadequate instruction in preparation as a means of controlling behavior problems (Porter, 2000; Merick & Wheldall, 1993). Research has demonstrated that a significant number of classroom behavior problems are founded in issues relating to aggression (Wolke, Woods, Bloomfield, & Karstadt, 2000). Children exhibiting aggressive behavior in early childhood are more likely to demonstrate continued aggression into adolescence and adulthood (Hofstra, van der Ende, & Verhulst, 2000). With the likelihood of change becoming increasingly difficult over time, the necessity of comprehensive interventions across home and school settings is imperative (Conner, 2002). As part of a larger study examining emotion regulation and its relationship to the development of aggression in children, 2 hours of classroom behavior management training will be provided to approximately 20 teachers and staff as compenstaion for their school's participation in the larger study. Panel members will discuss teacher-reported training needs and reported perceptions regarding implementation. Discussion will also focus on the necessity of classroom behavior management training as part of a larger effort to provide comprehensive mental health services in the classroom setting.
 
 
Symposium #174
Development and Refinement of Preference Assessment Procedures
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Constitution A
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Learning Objectives Determine how to conduct pictorial preference assessments. Determine how to conduct verbal preference assessments. Describe the advantages of using a limited free operant preference assessment procedure. Identify the advantages and disadvantages of approach and duration measures of preference.
 
Further Evaluation of Pictorial Preference Assessments
MARK P. GROSKREUTZ (New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children), Kelly Collins (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Tangible, pictorial with access, and pictorial without access preference assessments were compared for three individuals with developmental disabilities. During tangible and pictorial with access preference assessments, two stimuli (edibles or line drawings) were placed in front of the participant on each trial. The participant gained access to the stimulus that was approached or touched. During pictorial without access preference assessments, two line drawings were placed in front of the participant; however, touching a line drawing did not lead to the corresponding stimulus being delivered. During preference assessment sessions, blocks of trials of each assessment type were alternated. Percentages of approach responses were calculated, and preference hierarchies were developed for each assessment. Results indicated that all three assessments yielded similar preference hierarchies for all participants. Reinforcer assessments were conducted using an ABAB design. During baseline phases (A), no programmed consequence was provided for responding on a vocational task. During reinforcement phases (B), a high or low preference item was delivered for responding. Reinforcer assessments verified that items identified as highly preferred functioned as reinforcers for all participants. Interobserver agreement data were collected in 50% of preference and 58% of reinforcer assessment sessions and was 100%.
 
Using Verbal Preference Assessments to Identify Community-based Reinforcers
GARIFALIA GALIATSATOS (New England Center for Children), Richard B. Graff (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Although verbal preference assessments (VPA) have been used to successfully identify reinforcers such as edible and tangible items, their utility in identifying preferred community activities has not been explored. In this study, five individuals with developmental disabilities, ages 12-17, participated. All participants had token reinforcement programs that allowed them to access community activities contingent on the absence of challenging behavior. Once sufficient tokens had been accumulated, a VPA was conducted with six community activities. In the VPA, on each trial two stimuli were randomly selected, and participants were asked, "Do you want to go to x or y"; no consequence was provided for naming one of the stimuli. The percentage of opportunities each stimulus was named was calculated, and preference hierarchies were developed. Interobserver agreement (IOA) data were recorded in 89% of sessions across participants and assessments; mean IOA was 99%. Immediately after completing the VPA, the participant traded in their tokens and went to the community location of their choice. On five of eight occasions, the participant traded in their tokens to access the item that ranked first on the VPA; on the other three occasions, the participant chose the item ranked second on the assessment.
 
A Limited Free Operant Approach to Evaluating Preferences
GARY M. PACE (May Center for Education and Neurorehabilitation), Erin Dunn (May Center for Education and Neurorehabilitation), Serra Riley (May Center for Education and Neurorehabilitation), Robin Codding (May Center for Education and Neurorehabilitation), Christina Vorndran (May Center for Education and Neurorehabilitation), James K. Luiselli (May Center for Education and Neurorehabilitation), Cindy Cochran (May Center for Education and Neurorehabilitation)
Abstract: Several preference assessment procedures have been presented in the literature, each associated with relative strengths and limitations. The free operant procedure has been demonstrated to be time efficient, and has been associated with few problem behaviors. In contrast, the multiple stimulus without replacement procedure requires more time, but is associated with fewer false negatives. This study presents an alternative to the current preference assessments that combines the strengths of these two measures. The limited free operant (LFO) procedure allows participants to access any of multiple items presented to them; however, participants were able to access only one item at a time. Following two minutes of consecutive manipulation the selected item was removed. Compared to the traditional free operant procedure, the LFO was able to identify additional preferences for four of eight participates in Study 1. Additionally, there was no difference in the rate of problem behaviors associated with each procedure. Study 2 replicated the results of Study I in two of five additional participates, and directly assessed if those stimuli identified as preferences in the LFO procedure, but not the free operant procedure, functioned as reinforcers. These results suggest that the LFO is a practical and efficient preference assessment.
 
Examination of Duration-based Measures within Stimulus Choice Preference Assessments
AMY L. CHRISTENSEN (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (The Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Abstract: Stimulus choice preference assessments are routinely used by clinicians to identify preferred stimuli for individuals who Cannot otherwise express preferences. The primary dependent measure during these assessments is percentage of approach responses. Therefore, those stimuli that are approached on the greatest percentage of trials are deemed most preferred and are subsequently used as reinforcers. Other preference assessments have used duration of engagement (i.e., the amount of time in which individuals engage stimuli when available) as an index of preference. In the current study, we directly compared preference hierarchies of approach- and duration-based measures in the context of a paired -choice assessment. Subsequently, a reinforcer assessment was conducted in an effort to test and compare preferred stimuli identified during the preference assessment. Results indicated that only those stimuli that were approached on a large percentage of assessment trials during the paired-choice assessment were successful in maintaining high levels of responding over time. Thus, these results revealed that for all three participants, approach measures were better predictors of reinforcer durability relative to duration of engagement. Interobserver agreement data collected during preference and reinforcer assessments was above 91% for all participants.
 
 
Symposium #175
Evaluation of Idiosyncratic Variables During Functional Analyses
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Beacon B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Learning Objectives Identify situations when additional manipulations need to be conducted during a functional analysis Determine methods for manipulating various idiosyncratic antecedent and consequent events during a functional analyses Describe the competing-items assessment used by Bowman et al.
 
The Use of Competing Stimuli to Clarify Undifferentiated Responding during a Functional Analysis
STEPHANIE A.C. KUHN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lisa M. Toole (Kennedy Krieger Institute), David E. Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Vanessa Rodriguez-Catter (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: Several studies have demonstrated the utility of using competing stimuli in reducing behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement (Piazza et al., 1998; Piazza et al., 2000). When results of functional analyses have demonstrated that problem behavior is maintained by automatic reinforcement and competing items are evaluated, the items have typically been evaluated in alone or ignore conditions. It is possible that competing items may compete with problem behavior in some environmental conditions (e.g., low attention) but not in others (e.g., tangible). In order to investigate this possibility, competing stimulus assessments were conducted for several children following functional analyses that suggested problem behavior was maintained by automatic reinforcement. Next, the effects of the items that were identified as competing stimuli during ignore or alone conditions were assessed across several conditions (e.g., attention, escape, tangible). Results suggest that competing items identified for behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement may not compete with problem behavior across all environmental situations.
 
Examination of Idiosyncratic Antecedent and Consequent Variables in Functional Analysis
EILEEN M. ROSCOE (New England Center for Children), Griffin Rooker (New England Center for Children), Carly Moher Eby (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Functional analyses (FAs) may produce undifferentiated outcomes when idiosyncratic antecedent and/or consequent variables affect behavior. In addition, FA outcomes may be inaccurate when multiple consequences are obtained during a single condition. In the present study, we examined antecedent and/or consequent variables during FAs of two participants’ problem behavior. For participant 1, a standard FA indicated his aggression was maintained by escape. However, extended analysis that isolated these two consequent events indicated that the participants’ aggression was maintained by access to social-positive reinforcement (flopping) and not by social-negative reinforcement (escape). For participant 2, a standard FA did not suggest a clear function for her disruption (i.e., high levels of disruption occurred during both demand and play conditions). A subsequent component analysis, of antecedent variables (proximity of therapist, presence vs. absence of toys, and presence vs. absence of attention) present during the play condition, was conducted to determine which variable was associated with disruption. Results of this analysis suggested a modified play condition that, when incorporated in a subsequent FA, helped determine a clear function. IOA was collected during at least 33% of the sessions with a score of at least 90%.
 
Evaluation and Treatment of Destructive Behavior Maintained by Access to Idiosyncratic Reinforcement Variables
ALYSON N. HOVANETZ (Marcus Institute), Henry S. Roane (Marcus Institute), Nathan Call (Marcus Institute), Michael E. Kelley (Marcus Institute), Camille Grier (Marcus Institute)
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) procedures as described by Iwata et al. (1982/1994) has been demonstrated to be effective at determining functional relationships between problem behavior and environmental consequences. However, the test conditions included in many FAs may not address idiosyncratic functions of problem behavior. In the current study, the results of a FA conducted with a 6-year-old boy diagnosed with autism and cerebral palsy indicated that higher rates of self-injurious behavior (finger biting) occurred in tangible and toy play conditions relative to ignore, attention, and demand conditions. A component analysis was conducted to determine what component of the leisure item available in these two conditions (i.e., a video) evoked finger biting. Conditions were developed to evaluate which specific properties of the video were associated with finger biting. The removal of the item resulted in a decrease in video engagement and finger biting, suggesting that the two may have functioned as complementary reinforcers. A treatment analysis was developed in which finger biting was decreased while the video was present. Reliability data were collected on over 33% of sessions and averaged over 90% for all dependent measures. Results are discussed in terms of analyzing interactions between the consumption of multiple reinforcers during FAs.
 
Combining Establishing Operations as a Means of Further Assessing Functional Analysis Results
NATHAN CALL (Marcus Institute), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa), Eric Boelter (University of Iowa)
Abstract: Some individuals assessed via functional analyses do not exhibit problem behavior during assessment, especially when evaluations are brief. When no problem behavior is observed during a functional analysis, the result can be a false negative, or Type-II error. A potential reason for false negative findings is that the establishing operations (EOs) manipulated within the test conditions of a functional analysis may be insufficient to motivate problem behavior. Most functional analyses conducted to date have introduced a single EO in each test condition. It seems possible that some functions have been missed because of a failure to consider the influence of multiple EOs in the natural environment. In the current study, test conditions were added to functional analyses in which two or more of the EOs typically manipulated in functional analysis test conditions were combined within a single condition. Four of five participants either engaged in problem behavior exclusively in the combined EO test conditions, or engaged in higher and more stable levels of problem behavior during the combined EO test conditions as compared to single EO test conditions. Results suggest that combinations of establishing operations within test conditions may be useful when target behavior does not occur during a typical functional analysis.
 
 
Symposium #176
Int'l Symposium - Non Arbitrary & Derived Stimulus Relations: Implications for Complex Human Functioning
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Fairfax B
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: .
 
Analogical Reasoning with Multiple Stimulus Relations: Extending the Relational Frame Model of Analogical Reasoning
HILARIO MESA MANJON (University of Almería, Spain), Serafin Gomez-Martin (University of Almería, Spain), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory (RFT) argues that analogical reasoning involves the relating of relational frames. Consider the following question based on the classic proportion scheme (A : B :: C : ?); "apple is to orange as dog is to; (i) sheep, or (ii) book?". If "apple" and "orange" participate in an equivalence frame in the context "fruit," and "dog" and "sheep" participate in an equivalence frame in the context "animals" then we would expect a person to pick "sheep" as the correct answer. In effect, the response would be in accordance with the equivalence frame between two already established separate equivalence frames. The current paper briefly reviews an on going program of research in this area, and then presents new research that has involved establishing contextual cues for reading direction (top-to-bottom and top-to-bottom), and for the relations of SAME, DIFFERENT, MORE, and LESS. These cues were then used to establish the relating of derived MORE and LESS relations, thereby extending the previously reported RFT models of analogical reasoning that were based on frames of coordination alone. Implications arising from this work for mainstream cognitive psychology will be discussed.
 
Stimulus Equivalence, Non-Arbitrary Relations & Symmetry
KATE FLANNERY (National University of Ireland, Galway), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Geraldine Leader (National University of Ireland, Galway), Louise A. Mchugh (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: Previous research has shown that the provision of competing formal (color) relational response options during equivalence testing can interfere with the emergence of derived equivalence relations. The present study examined the extent to which prior testing for the emergence of symmetry and / or equivalence might mitigate the effects of this interference. Three groups of adult subjects were exposed to three blocks each of training and testing for the formation of three 3-member equivalence relations. All three groups were trained using black and white stimuli. Subjects in Group 1 were then immediately exposed to a color interference equivalence test in which the sample was always differently colored from the experimenter-designated 'equivalent’ comparison, but was the same color as one of the non-equivalent comparisons, thus producing a conflict between arbitrary and non-arbitrary relational control. Group 2 received black and white symmetry testing before receiving this color interference test, while Group 3 received black and white symmetry and equivalence testing before receiving the color interference test. Inferential statistics revealed significant differences in levels of equivalence responding during the final color interference test based on (i) levels of prior derived relational testing and (ii) number of blocks of training / testing received.
 
Using Multiple Exemplar Training to Facilitate Equivalence Responding over Non-Arbitrary Relations
SARAH A. DEVLIN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway)
Abstract: This study examined (i) interference with equivalence class formation caused by conflict between arbitrary and non-arbitrary color relations and (ii) the effects of explicit C-A training as a method of generating equivalence responding over control by non-arbitrary relations. Four groups of eight subjects were trained and tested for the formation of three three-member equivalence classes. Subjects' training histories with regard to color were manipulated by assigning them to one of four experimental conditions. Two groups (All-Color) were trained and tested using colored stimuli. The two other groups (Mixed-Color), were tested in color, but trained in black and white. Lower equivalence responding was predicted for the Mixed-Color group because they had no history of reinforcement for ignoring color, and thus a possible conflict between arbitrary and non-arbitrary relational control was likely. Furthermore, half the subjects in both groups received explicit C-A training across multiple exemplars in order to improve equivalence performances. The other subjects were repeatedly exposed to the standard equivalence training and test protocol without explicit C-A training. Results indicated significantly lower levels of equivalence responding for Mixed-Color subjects and a significant improvement in equivalence responding for subjects who received explicit C-A training.
 
Non-Arbitrary Relations and Arbitrarily Applicable Relational Responding in Children with a Diagnosis of Autism
NEIL KENNY (CABAS, Ireland), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: Executive function (EF) is a subject rarely studied by behavior analysis. However, a recent study by Stewart, Barnes-Holmes, Roche, and Smeets (2002) reported a procedure that may be useful for analyzing EF. The procedure involved presenting tests for equivalence relations that included competing forms of non-arbitrary stimulus control. The study provided clear evidence of interference from the non-arbitrary stimulus relations in a normal adult population. Individuals with autism are behaviorally assessed as exhibiting poor social interaction, dysfunctional verbal and/or non-verbal skills, and a limited range of interests. Executive dysfunction is pervasive in children with autism (Pennington & Ozonoff, 1996), and affected subjects have also been found to demonstrate poor abstract reasoning, inflexible rule use, perserverative behaviors, cognitive inflexibility and poor attention. The aim of the present study was to examine the effects of conflicting non-arbitrary relations on the formation of arbitrary applicable relations using subjects with a diagnosis of autism. The study also sought to determine if exemplar training could be used to establish arbitrary relational responding in the context of competing non-arbitrary stimulus control. Broadly similar procedures were employed as those reported by Stewart et al., with various modifications appropriate to the population employed in the current study.
 
 
Symposium #177
Outcomes in Children Crisis Treatment Center's behaviorally based behavioral rehabilatition program for children with emotional disturbance
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Beacon H
Area: CSE/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: David Reitman (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract: Learning Objectives Participants will learn to connect functional assessment data to intervention Participants will learn quick ways to track and assess changes in large response classes for children with emotional and behavioral disorders. Participants will learn some common interventions used in school based behavioral health programs.
 
Do Children with Multiple Problem Behavior Patterns Improve in the Real World: The Effectiveness of an Intensive Behaviorally Based School-based Intervention Program
ILEANA HELWIG (Children's Crisis Treatment Center), Joseph D. Cautilli (Children's Crisis Treatment Center), Nadine Harrington (Children's Crisis Treatment Center), Antonio Valdes (Children's Crisis Treatment Center), Andrea Ettingoff (Children's Crisis Treatment Center)
Abstract: Many children have large response class patterns of behavior, which inhibit there ability to be maintained and educated in the public school system. Individualized programming based on functional assessment and combined with empirically valided behavioral interventions such as token systems with response cost, offer these children much hope for acheiving integration with there peers. This symposium will evaluate such a program.
 
Performing a Functional Assessment and Common Interventions used in an Intensive School Based Program for Children with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders
NADINE HARRINGTON (Children's Crisis Treatment Center), Joseph D. Cautilli (Children's Crisis Treatment Center), Ileana Helwig (Children's Crisis Treatment Center)
Abstract: This presentation reviews the basics of Functional Behavioral Assessment and how such an assessment is tied into an empirically valid intervention program. Methods to increase treatment integrity are reviewed as well as teacher resistence in the consultation process.
 
Building an Intensive School Based Behavioral Health Program
ILEANA HELWIG (Children's Crisis Treatment Center), Joseph D. Cautilli (Children's Crisis Treatment Center), Antonio Valdes (Children's Crisis Treatment Center), Nadine Harrington (Children's Crisis Treatment Center), Jamie Deming (Children's Crisis Treatment Center)
Abstract: The overall design of an intesive school based program is important. This presentation will deal with deaily team problem solving and operationalizing each team members role to increase team focus and treatment integrity
 
 
Symposium #178
Producing Durable Changes in Safety Behavior
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Liberty B
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: John Austin (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Ron Van Houten (Mount Saint Vincent University)
Abstract: .
 
The Immediate Effects of Being Observed
JOHN AUSTIN (Western Michigan University), Donald H. Rohn (Ardent Learning)
Abstract: Behavior Analysts reliably change behavior in diverse settings, including the workplace, and have been doing so for decades. Examinations of the durability of those behavioral changes are, however, comparatively rare. The purpose of this symposium is to describe three projects that have implemented training or management programs to teach the requisite knowledge underlying safe work practices and to increase those work practices--and measured the durability of those changes. Austin and Rohn addressed measurement issues in the context of examining durability at a molecular, within session level. Using a hidden camera, they examined the effects on ergonomic behavior of the presence and subsequent absence of an ostensible observer. Anger and colleagues examined the impact of training, absent a behavior management component, over a period of 1-12 months post-training in laboratory studies and food service operations. Hopkins and colleagues employed a powerful performance management program to change behavior in reinforced fiberglas operations, and then returned two years later to evaluate the durability of the changes in the absence of external intervention.
 
Durability of Knowledge and Behavior Change following Training
W. KENT ANGER (Oregon Health & Science University), David A. Eckerman (University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill), Diane S. Rohlman (Oregon Health & Science University)
Abstract: To change behavior, training may be employed to teach information and the reasons for changing behavior. We recruited working adults who did not use respirators in their work, to complete respirator training. Knowledge on four-answer multiple choice questions, was initially at 45%, increasing to 93% immediately post-training but declining to 73% at 2 months after training. Employees in a food services department of a University/hospital organization were recruited to take training in avoiding slips and falls and in proper fire extinguisher selection and use. Both knowledge and behavior (work practices) were examined before and up to one year after the training, although no performance management programs were put in place to support the training. Prior to training, knowledge was 75% on 4-answer multiple choice questions, increasing to 95% immediately post-training, and declining to 84% at about 6 months after training. Problematic conditions produced by behaviors (spilling and leaving pools of water on the floor) declined over the training period, once adjusted for production levels, and generally remained low for up to a year.
 
Durability of Behavioral Procedures for Reducing Worker Exposure to a Suspect Carcinogen
BILL L. HOPKINS (Retired)
Abstract: Workers at three factories manufacturing various fiberglass-reinforced plastic products were taught 11 work practices and 20 housekeeping procedures that would reduce exposure to styrene and other chemicals used in the manufacturing process. Key areas included spraying and roll-out where the chemical concentrations were especially high. The performance management system included videos of recommended work practices, on-the-job practice of those work practices, feedback, praise and financial incentives for improvements. Following training the recommended work practices increased from 74% to 96%, housekeeping improved from 34% to 92% and styrene exposure reduced from 33-80% across three plants. Returning 2 years after the study, during which management had essentially not attempted to maintain the contingencies, 6 of the original 19 workers were re-observed by the same observers. The styrene levels remained low, and two-thirds of the work practices and housekeeping measures remained above 90%. Re-introduction of feedback and reinforcement returned other work practices, ones that took extra effort and attention, to higher levels.
 
 
Symposium #179
Recent Research on Verbal Behavior
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Beacon D
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael R. Johnston (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: .
 
Compound Stimuli and Competing Responses in Humans: An Investigation in Audience Control
SCOTT A. HERBST (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This presentation examined the effects of simultaneously presenting stimuli associated with competing responses. During training conditions, unique contextual cues were shown on a computer screen and participants used a mouse to click on one of three available responses. In the first training condition, an “X” response resulted in points awarded while a “Y” response resulted in point loss. In the second condition, this contingency was reversed. During test conditions, contextual cues associated with competing responses were shown simultaneously. Data concerning response allocation and latency to responding are presented and implications of these data are discussed.
 
Systematic Study of the Efficacy of Several Methodological Elements of a Behavioral Contingency in a Human Operant Setting
MICHAEL R. JOHNSTON (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Experimental work conducted with animals shows great regularity in terms of schedule controlled behavior. The results of human operant work show more variability and are often disparate from said animal patterns. One potential explanation for this lies in the methodological differences between human and animal experiments. That is, the use of appetitive schedules of reinforcement with food-deprived animals is a highly relied upon methodology that delivers a very predictable result. However, given the wide variety of methodologies used in human operant literature, and the wide variety of results obtained, perhaps some of the discrepancies between human and animal performance may be due to these methodological incongruities. The present study employed a systematic investigation of human operant methods in a search for the most efficacious types of antecedents, responses, and consequences, without ignoring the role of motivation (i.e., establishing operations) for producing schedule behavior more akin to animal-like patterns. By varying these types of elements, data indicates an important contribution of the methodology used in a human operant setting and this approach may help explain some of the differences between humans and animal responding on certain schedules of reinforcement.
 
Human Choice Behavior: An Investigation of Matching and Optimizing Accounts
DONALD R. KARR (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: A universal fundamental mechanism that governs choice behavior of all organisms remains to be discovered or, at least, to be widely accepted. In this study, dominant theories including Herrnstein’s strict matching law and Baum’s generalized matching law are reviewed and applied to data as applicable. Two adult males participated in two one-hour computerized choice experiments having two choice alternatives. The experimental design was inspired by Mazur’s 1981 study with pigeons, which was designed to provide evidence that optimization is not the basic mechanism underlying choice behavior. The first experiment in the present study was designed to shape choice behavior in such a way that participants’ choice behavior would tend toward matching. Implicit in the design of the first experiment was the intent to foster a bias in favor of the richer choice alternative. The second experiment was designed to mirror the first except that the contingencies were altered, analogous to Mazur’s experiment, in such a way that a tendency to match would result is a loss of total reinforcement. Results of the second experiment indicated that neither participant exhibited matching behavior, rather their behaviors trended toward optimization. Real-time oral comments of participants were recorded and compared with their choice behaviors.
 
Distance Learning and Behavior Analysis: Are We Ready for Change?
HEIDI LANDABURU (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The goals of education have shifted from supplying students with knowledge and expertise in a particular subject matter to self-directed or just-in-time learning. Self-directed learning is aimed at teaching the student how to learn. Distance learning and web-based instruction provide educational environments that allow for the type of self-directed learning that is going to be required in future job settings (Romiszowski, 1997). The utilization of virtual classrooms is going to have a large impact on current higher education practices. These changes and their impact on the future of Behavior Analysis will be discussed and analyzed.
 
 
Symposium #180
School-wide Screening and Assessment
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Clarendon
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: K. Richard Young (Brigham Young University)
Discussant: Richard P. West (Utah State University)
Abstract: .
 
The Importance of School-wide Screening to Identify At-Risk Students
K. RICHARD YOUNG (Brigham Young University), Michelle Marchant (Brigham Young University), Darlene H. Anderson (Brigham Young University), Lynnette Christensen (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to describe the advantages of conducting school-wide screening and to explain its important role in preventing poor student outcomes. For example, research suggests: (a) intervention with at-risk children is more effective when it occurs early and is implemented comprehensively. (b) Growing numbers of preschoolers and young school-age children are engaging in forms of unacceptable behavior that would have been rare just a few years ago. (c) The current system for identifying children and youth at risk for academic and social failure is primarily reactive. (d) Because aggressive behavior can appear threatening to others, delaying intervention for students with externalizing problem behavior (e.g., physical and verbal aggression, noncompliance) can be especially problematic. (e) Not only children who exhibit overt problem behavior, but those with internalizing problems are in need of identification and early intervention. (f) Behavioral problems tend to worsen over time, and commonly require increasingly complex and more intrusive strategies as children grow older.
 
Conducting School-wide Screening for the Identification of Behavior Disorders in Elementary and Secondary School Settings
LYNNETTE CHRISTENSEN (Brigham Young University), Darlene H. Anderson (Brigham Young University), K. Richard Young (Brigham Young University), Michelle Marchant (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: This presentation will overview the screening and evaluation process currently in use by the Peaceable Schools Staff at the elementary level and will describe the pilot program to be implemented at the secondary level. Instruments found to be effective in identifying and assessing students at risk for emotional and behavioral disorders will be explained. Assessments include: the Systematic Screening for Behavior Disorders (SSBD), the Internalizing Symptom Scale for Children (ISSC) the Internalizing Symptom Scale for Adolescents (ISSA), Preschool and Kindergarten Behavior Scales (PKBS), School Social Behavior Scales (SSBS) and functional behavioral assessment.The process for determining whether a child is at risk for having a disorder or whethera child already has the disorder will be discussed. Efforts to refine and improve the screening, assessment and referral process will be described.
 
Extending School-wide Screening to the District Level
MICHELLE MARCHANT (Brigham Young University), K. Richard Young (Brigham Young University), Lynnette Christensen (Brigham Young University), Darlene H. Anderson (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: After successfully implementing a Positive Behavior Support (PBS) model in one school, district personnel made the decision to implement the model in all elementary schools and to pilot the model in secondary schools. The school-wide screening procedure for behavior disorders is viewed as a key component of the model. Its significance stems from its potential impact on the social and emotional development of students at risk for school failure. The school district's progressive stance with respect to school-wide screening may be unprecedented. While there are many advantages to implementing the procedures district-wide, it is anticipated the broadened scope will bring with it additional challenges. The results of working in partnership with the district to meet the implementation challenges will be discussed. Suggestions for future expansion will be provided. Data showing the impact of the model on school climate will be shared.
 
 
Symposium #181
Int'l Symposium - The Synergistic Influence of Translational Research on the Applied Setting and the Basic Laboratory
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:30 AM–11:50 AM
Dalton
Area: EAB/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Patrick R. Progar (Bancroft Neurosciences Institute)
Discussant: Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland)
Abstract: Learning Objectives Audience members will be able to define translational research and recognize examples of translational research in the field of behavior analysis. Audience members will be able to apply principles of behavioral economics to preference assessment data. Audience members will learn the definitions and applications of choice behavior and behavioral history to applied settings, and the importance of animal models for human behavior.
 
Maternal Nutrition and Offspring Behaviour: Application of Choice Procedures
JASON LANDON (University of Auckland)
Abstract: The transfer of technology from behavioural laboratories to biomedical science is a relatively new and exciting area. We have an animal model of prenatal undernutrition in the rat which produces offspring who are growth retarded at birth, but develop hypertension, and metabolic disorders in adult life. These offspring also develop reduced locomotor activity and hyperphagia, which are exacerbated with advancing age and by a hypercaloric diet. The biological phenotype of these animals shows parallels with the “couch potato syndrome” in Western Societies that has been linked with major health problems. The discovery that the behavioral changes precede the metabolic disorder suggests the need to investigate behavioral differences in these animals, along with the neuroendocrine changes that may underlie them. The use of simple and complex choice procedures developed in our laboratory to quantify behavioral differences in this animal model, and examine the role of these critical behaviors in the development of the metabolic disorder will be discussed.
 
Choice in the Applied Setting: What Basic Research Can Offer
FRANCES A. PERRIN (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Patrick R. Progar (Bancroft Neurosciences Institute), Michael C. Davison (University of Auckland), Elizabeth Gibbons (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Sheri Felice (Bancroft NeuroHealth), James J. Dunleavy (Bancroft NeuroHealth)
Abstract: The first study translated work in the basic laboratory on concurrent variable-interval schedules that alternated in a pseudorandom binary sequence to a clinical setting. This sequence allowed us to measure separate effects of proximal and distal contingencies of reinforcement on current responding. Two sets of identical math problems were presented on blue or pink paper. Correct answers were reinforced on a concurrent VI 60-s VI 240-s schedule. Behavior was most sensitive to the contingencies in the current session, whereas sensitivity to reinforcers beyond the previous day’s session was quite low. The second study is the first attempt at using the pseudorandom binary sequence to evaluate problem behaviors in a clinical setting. Appropriate behavior and inappropriate behavior were reinforced on concurrent VI 15-s VI 60-s schedules. The results also indicated that behavior was most sensitive to the contingencies in the current session. Taken together the studies represent an analysis of transition-state responding in the clinical setting. Reliabity data were taken on approximately 30% of the sessions with interobserver agreement averaging over 90%.
 
Demand Effects on Preference in Human Free Operant Responding
FRANCES A. PERRIN (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Ralph Spiga (Temple University), Deborah Anne Haas (Temple University), R. Stockton Maxwell (Temple University), Patrick R. Progar (Bancroft Neurosciences Institute)
Abstract: The topic of this presentation is an exploration of the implications of behavioral economics for preference assessment in applied settings. Determining the reinforcing effects of food items and activities is an important component of functional analytic assessment in applied treatment settings. These assessments rely on choice behavior to assess preference. The assessment and determinants of choice behavior has been a topic of interest to basic researchers in the non-human and human laboratories. Investigators have observed reversal of preferences, preference for variable rather than predictable outcomes and interactions of multiple reinforcers. Behavioral economic procedures may provide important concepts (e.g., elasticity and demand) and methods (e.g., cost) for assessing and describing the reinforcing effects in the applied setting. In this presentation the utility of behavioral economics to preference assessment will be discussed. Empirical results from the human and non-human drug self administration laboratories will illustrate behavioral economic principles. Data resulting from applied setting will be presented. Reliability data were generally quite high across conditions. The implications of the results for understanding the behavioral deficits of developmentally disabled children and for evaluating preferences will be explained. The research was supported by NIDA Grant #DA-12725
 
 
Invited Tutorial #182
CE Offered: None
2004 Tutorial: Establishing and Sustaining Behavior Support Systems in School, District, and State Levels
Sunday, May 30, 2004
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Grand Ballroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
None CE Offered. CE Instructor: Amy K. Drayton, M.Ed.
Chair: Amy K. Drayton (Eastern Michigan University)
Presenting Authors: : ROBERT H. HORNER (University of Oregon), George Sugai (University of Oregon)
Abstract:

The purpose of this presentation is to describe how systems of behavior support can be established and maintained at the school, district, and state levels. The steps, resources, and content of efforts to build local behavior support capacity and systems will be described. Examples of activities and structures that support efforts related to action planning, team leadership coordination, coaching and facilitation, training capacity, and evaluation also will be described.

 
ROBERT H. HORNER (University of Oregon), George Sugai (University of Oregon)
Robert H. Horner is professor of special education at the University of Oregon. Dr. Horner brings a 25-year history of research, grants management and systems change efforts related to school reform and positive behavior support. Dr. Horner has published over 150 professional papers and 6 texts. He has directed over $20 million dollars in federal grants, and currently co-directs the OSEP Technical Assistance Center on Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports and the OSEP Research and Demonstration Center on School-wide Behavior Support. Dr. Horner also co-directs the Positive Behavior Research and Support research unit at the University of Oregon. During the past 10 years Dr. Horner has directed projects working directly with schools and school administrators in the development of systems for embedding school-wide systems of positive behavior support. George Sugai, PhD: George Sugai is a Professor in Special Education in the College of Education at the University of Oregon with expertise in behavior analysis, classroom and behavior management, school-wide discipline, function-based behavior support, positive behavior supports, and educating students with emotional and behavioral disorders. He has been a teacher in the public schools, treatment director in a residential program, and program administrator. Dr. Sugai conducts applied school and classroom research and works with schools to translate research into practice. He is currently co-director of the Center on Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports at the University of Oregon.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #183
CE Offered: None

Autism: The Relationship of Pivotal Response Treatment and Positive Behavioral Support

Sunday, May 30, 2004
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Back Bay A
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Jack Scott, Ph.D.
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University)
ROBERT L. KOEGEL (University of California, Santa Barbara), Lynn Kern Koegel (University of California, Santa Barbara)
Drs. Robert L. Koegel and Lynn Kern Koegel have been innovators in behavioral research with children with autism for many years. Robert L. Koegel is PhD Director and Autism Research Center Professor of Clinical, Counseling, and School Psychology, and Professor of Special Education, Disability, and Risk Studies at the Gevirtz Graduate School of Education, University of California, Santa Barbara.
Abstract:

The purpose of this presentation is to address issues and present data that are relevant to Pivotal Response Treatment and Positive Behavioral Support Interventions for children with autism and their families. Topics will include a discussion of the identification of specific prognostic indicators associated with highly favorable outcomes following intervention; and a discussion of procedures used to conduct interventions in key pivotal areas that can change a previously poor prognosis to a favorable prognosis. The relevance of each of these topic areas will be discussed within the context of behavioral teaching strategies in the developing trend in comprehensive interventions for children with autism.

 
 
Paper Session #184
Int'l Paper - Nine Characteristics of a Good Masters Thesis or Dissertation in Applied Behavior Analysis (Translated into Japanese)
Sunday, May 30, 2004
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Beacon G
Area: TBA
Chair: Naoko Sugiyama (Yamawaki Gakuen College)
 
Nine Characteristics of a Good Masters Thesis or Dissertation in Applied Behavior Analysis (Translated into Japanese)
Domain: Applied Research
WILLIAM L. HEWARD (The Ohio State University), Naoko Sugiyama (Yamawaki Gakuen College)
 
Abstract: This presentation will begin with a brief overview of the intended purposes and benefits of thesis and dissertation research in general as well as the potential benefits of student research in applied behavior analysis. Nine characteristics that contribute to the overall goodness of a thesis or dissertation will be suggested (e.g., simple as opposed to complex, takes its form from its function, doable). Examples of each characteristic and suggestions for considering it in the selection of a research topic and design of the experiment will be offered.
 
 
 
Paper Session #185
Perspectives of Behaviorism
Sunday, May 30, 2004
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Beacon A
Area: TBA
Chair: John B. Connors (Canadian University College)
 
Who Founded behaviorism? Knight Dunlap vs. John Watson
Domain: Applied Research
JOHN B. CONNORS (Canadian University College)
 
Abstract: History of psychology textbooks usually present John B. Watson as the founder of behaviorism and list his 1913 manifesto in the Psychological Review as evidence. However, his colleague at Johns Hopkins University, Knight Dunlap, published an article, The case against introspection, in the same journal a year before in 1912. The contributions of both men are reviewed and contrasted.
 
Treatment of Behavior Analysis in Brazilian Psychology Textbooks
Domain: Applied Research
SERGIO CIRINO (UFMG, Faculdade de Educacao)
 
Abstract: Behavior Analysis is often said to be misrepresented in textbooks (Brownstein, 1981; Todd & Morris, 1993; Wyatt, Lamal, Newman & Hobbie, 1997). In this present report are presented three recent studies in which Psychology textbooks were analyzed (Introductory Psychology in Study 1, Educational Psychology in Study 2 and Psychology applied in Study 3). All the textbooks analyzed were written by Brazilians and are widely adopted at undergraduate courses in Brazil. The criteria used to analyze the books were the ones suggested by Todd e Morris, 1993. The results showed that most of the items were evaluated as inaccurate or partially accurate. It is also important to verify that the technical terms were accurately defined (category 9) in almost all textbooks analyzed. Besides, they do not present Behavior analysis as a legitimate field (category 1). Thus, the present study demonstrated that Brazilian undergraduate textbooks also misrepresent Behavior Analysis.
 
 
 
Paper Session #186
Int'l Paper - The Learn Unit: Database, Rational, and Application
Sunday, May 30, 2004
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Beacon F
Area: PRA
Chair: Mapy Chavez Brown (Teachers College, Columbia University)
 
The Learn Unit: Database, Rational, and Application
Domain: Applied Research
R. DOUGLAS GREER (Teachers College, Columbia University)
 
Abstract: I shall describe the database, rational, and application of the learn unit and the learn unit context as a source for determining what research-based tactics are needed for specific learning and behavior targets for children and adults. The learn unit is related to current trends in research from CABAS, Relational Frame Theorist, ACT, and other research identifying the roles of instructional history and towards identifying the sources of generative and other complex verbally-governing and verbally governed behavior. In addition to the learn unit, along with the conversational unit, represents the expansion of the analysis of behavior from the single organism to the analysis of interacting organisms.
 
 
 
Paper Session #187
Using Our Science to Impact Learning (Research to Practice)
Sunday, May 30, 2004
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Gardner
Area: EDC
Chair: Joanne K. Robbins (Morningside Academy)
 
A Science of Education
Domain: Applied Research
CLAY M. STARLIN (University of Oregon)
 
Abstract: The No Child Left Behind (NCLB) federal legislation uses the terms scientific/research based 111 times in emphasizing the need for educational practice to become more scientific. However, the educational community is not in agreement regarding what “scientific” means. Educational practice is appropriately focused on student learning. This paper entitled "A Science of Education" (copies will be available) suggests that there are three complementary dimensions that thoroughly document student learning: a permanent record, a graphic learning record and impressions of the learning team. Each of these dimensions will be demonstrated and discussed.
 
Successful Intelligence Can Be Taught: Whimbey's Think Aloud Problem Solving Meets Sternberg's Theory
Domain: Applied Research
JOANNE K. ROBBINS (Morningside Academy), April Heimlich (Morningside Academy)
 
Abstract: Sternberg (2003) has recently defined a theory of “successful intelligence.” He has differentiated successful intelligence along four dimensions: “ability to achieve success in term’s of one’s personal standards, within one’s sociocultural context; ability to use existing skills and develop new ones; ability to modify oneself to suit the environment; and success attained through a balance of analytical, creative and practical abilities.” (pp.141-142) This paper will provide an overview of Sternberg’s approach and suggest that the critical feature governing the successful demonstration of this constellation of these so-called intelligences can be reduced to the application of an explicit behavioral reasoning strategy described by Whimbey (1979). To the extent that Sternberg’s successful intelligence describes repertoires of value, the explicit teaching of Whimbey’s strategy can provide an effective way of increasing an individual’s personal competence.
 
 
 
Poster Session #188
#188 Poster Session – AUT
Sunday, May 30, 2004
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes)
1. ABA Program Challenges for a Child Diagnosed with Downs Syndrome and Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINA MANN LAYNE (Blue Ridge Autism Center)
Abstract: Designing a program for a child diagnosed with Downs Syndrome and Autism presents several unique challenges. In addition to medical problems including hearing and visual problems, associated with children with Downs syndrome there are also gross motor and fine motor problems that require creative programming.
 
2. Efficient and Effective Training for ABA Implementers: PAIRS
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TRACI M. CIHON (Special School District of St. Louis County), Nicole Adams (Special School District of St. Louis County), Guy M. Bedient (Special School District of St. Louis County), Patricia A. Fitzsimons (Institute of Professional Practice)
Abstract: Staff training can be a crucial component of the effectiveness of an ABA program for individuals with autism and other pervasive developmental disabilities. Large teams and inexperienced staff consistently present problems associated with effective staff training. Limited time for consultants make efficient staff training procedures a must. Prompt Assessment Independence Ratios (PAIRS) offers an effective staff training procedure that is easy to implement and monitor for ABA implementers. PAIRS focuses on teaching ABA implementers when to deliver tangible reinforcers in order to attain the best possible training outcomes for individuals receiving ABA programming. This poster will highlight the component skills necessary to train staff on PAIRS as well as how to monitor teaching integrity after training has been conducted. PAIRS data will be included.
 
3. Peer Social Skills Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MELANIE C. LAPOINTE (West Montreal Readaptation Centre), Marie-Eve Jacques (West Montreal Readaptation Centre), Martine Beaurivage (West Montreal Readaptation Centre)
Abstract: This program for children with autism focuses on teaching social skills in a group setting with typically developing peers. Both peers and autistic children are taught techniques to improve their interactions. Research shows that for most autistic children, simply spending time with typical peers leads to limited improvement in social skills (Taylor, B. A., 2001) Improved social interactions are observed, however, when both the autistic child and the peer are taught how to interact with one another (McGee, Almeida, Sulzer-Azaroff, & Feldman, 1992, Brady, Shores, McEvoy, Ellis, & Fox, 1987, Pierce, K. & Schreibman, L., 1995,1997)Two groups were created, each composed of between 3 to 5 children with autism and 4 to 6 typical peers, all aged between 6 and 13. The children with autism were given a prior assessment to determine social objectives. The peers were trained prior to the start of the program, and were coached during the sessions by staff in techniques to initiate and prolong their interactions with the children with autism.
 
4. Training in Work with Special Populations
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CASEY CORULLO (Western Michigan University), Gail D. Palechka (Western Michigan University), Koji Takeshima (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Psychology 357: Practicum with Special Populations is a course on working with developmentally impaired children. The practicum takes place in a pre-primary impaired classroom consisting of mostly children with autism, ages 2 through 5. Discrete trial training in separate booths is utilized, with time also spent on daily living skills and structured play. Previous training in directly working with the children lasted approximately four days. Students then work with their child independently, under the supervision of a Master’s student in Dr. Richard W. Malott’s Graduate Program and Special Education Instructor. This led to the formation of a one credit training course. The course starts at the end of fall and winter semesters lasting approximately 5 weeks. Each week requires four hours of instruction on discrete trial training and dealing with problem behaviors. Three of these weeks involve observations and opportunities to work one-on-one with the children. The current practicum students and the author of this project directly supervise all work. This course is optional for future practicum students, but past students have requested this service. Comparison data between students without previous training and with previous training will be used to evaluate the effectiveness of the course.
 
5. Do Classroom Staff Retain and Apply Knowledge from Didactic Training: An Investigation on the Correct Use of Reinforcement
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHARI L. SCHATZMAN (Eden II Programs), Ahuva Tarnoff (Eden II Programs), Randy I. Horowitz (Eden II Programs)
Abstract: Staff training and staff performance are critical issues that directly impact the quality of education in school based programs. In a school setting, the issue of properly trained staff is of major importance. The specific training course for schools that use applied behavior analysis as their methodology involves areas such as behavior reduction, increasing appropriate behaviors, teaching strategies, reinforcement and learning characteristics of autism. Many studies have documented strategies to train staff in the use of effective teaching skills (Parsons, Reid, & Green, 1996). Training approaches, such as modeling and performance feedback are essential for ensuring skill acquisition by staff (Jahr, 1998). Staff training efforts can also involve instructing employees on the use of general teaching skills such as reinforcing correct responses (Ducharme & Feldman, 1992). Reinforcement is one of the key components of Applied Behavior Analysis. This is an essential principle that has to be taught to all employees in order for them to effectively teach children with autism. The agencies training series includes a lecture on the general principles of reinforcement which includes the use of positive and negative reinforcement when teaching and maintaining behaviors. Because establishing attending in children with autism is a constant goal, reinforcement of attending behaviors cannot be neglected. The goal of this study is to examine the agencies reinforcement training and its ability for employees to transfer the information to the classroom setting.
 
6. Acquisition of Chains Using Single vs. Multiple Teachers
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JULIE S. WEISS (New England Center for Children), Myrna Libby (New England Center for Children), Janet Murphy (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to assess the effects on skill acquisition of teaching a task-analyzed routine with one instructor relative to teaching a similar routine with multiple instructors. Two participants diagnosed with autism each learned to complete two six-step vocational tasks in a forward chaining sequence with most-to-least prompting. An alternating treatments design was used to compare acquisition of these multi-step tasks with either a single teacher or multiple (4) teachers running acquisition trials. Each session consisted of 10 training trials. After acquisition, generalization probes were run with two novel teachers and in a different setting. Both participants achieved independence in the tasks across teacher conditions. Acquisition averaged two sessions longer for the multiple teacher condition compared to the single teacher condition. In addition, both participants performance generalized across novel teachers and in a different environment for both skills. Procedural integrity for both the single and multiple teacher conditions was better than 90% as did IOA for of the sessions evaluated (33% of total).
 
7. A Comparison of Teacher-Cued and Video-Cued DiscreteTrial Instruction with a Student with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRIAN J. JOERGENS (Northeastern University), Joseph M. Vedora (Beacon ABA Services), Robert Stromer (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract: This study was designed to enable a student with severe autism to learn a set of skills via videotape that generalizes to “live” instructional situations. We verified the student’s repertoire of skills during teacher-cued tabletop sessions and assessed those skills with videos of the teacher delivering identical cues. Four tasks were used: (a) visual matching, (b) vocal imitation, (c) receptive matching, and (d) oral naming. During pretesting, the student was consistently correct on teacher-cued trials but rarely correct on video-cued trials. Next, training occurred with four video-cued tasks. The student took seven sessions to meet criterion on three tasks: matching, imitation, and receptive tasks. On video-cued naming trials, criterion was met in 15 sessions and involved supplemental tabletop teaching. During posttesting, the student succeeded on all teacher-cued and video-cued trials; including trials testing for generalization with new “video instructors” (parent and babysitter). We are expanding the protocol by adding new tasks and analyzing transfer of learning between tabletop and video formats with new tasks and stimulus materials. Data gathered indicate at least three potential benefits of video-cued instruction, including increased: (a) attention and motivation, (b) number and variety of learning opportunities, and (c) flexibility and efficiency in discrete trial teaching.
 
8. Empirically Validating Through Precision Teaching Interventions to Improve the Imitation Skills of Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTA ZAMBOLIN (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Kelly J. Ferris (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Holly Almon (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting)
Abstract: Because children with autism come to behavior analytic intervention with repertoires and reinforcement histories that vary widely, clinicians must often modify what procedures they use to help children achieve important skills –skills such as those that comprise imitation repertoires. Modifying procedures requires that clinicians employ measurement systems that are rooted in physical reality and that are sensitive to change in student performance. Using mimetic and echoic skills as an example, this poster will describe how the measurement system that underlies Fluency-Based Instruction – Precision Teaching – may help clinicians make timely and effective changes in their teaching procedures to help assure that children they serve gain the skills targeted in their intervention program.
 
9. A Comparison of Teaching Skills to Accuracy versus Fluency for Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH ALDEN-ANDERSON (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Sarah A. Law (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract: The effects of fluency training on retention of skills, ability to perform in the presence of a distractor, and the subject's endurance were measured. The pasrticipants were young children diagnosed with autism. Skills not already in the child's reportoire were identified and taught to 100% accuracy, defined by ten correct trials in one session. Retention, stability, and endurance were probed and recorded one week after the subject met criterion on the skill, followed by fluency training. Fluency training consisted of practicing the skill until the child could perform both quickly and accurately, and was measured as frequency of correct responses per minute. After the child could fluently perform the skill (at a predetermined rate per minute, depending on the skill) retention, stability, and endurance were once again probed and recorded. Reliability was recorded by one data collector sitting in the same room as the child and the other data collector recording from an observation room containing a one-way mirror. Data were recorded and graphed to compare the two conditions. Results will be shown along with a discussion of the implications.
 
10. Using Fluency-Based Instruction to Develop Functional Money Skills in a Child with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HEIDE CALVERLY (University of British Columbia), Krista Zambolin (University of British Columbia), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting)
Abstract: This poster will show the progress made by one sixth grade boy with autism in learning skills important to using money functionally --making equivalent values using differing coins and counting money to given amounts. Frequency data were collected during all intervention sessions for both skills. The data showed an increase in the rate and accuracy of the child’s performance on both skills and empirical validation showed that the child’s performance was resistant to distraction, endured across untaught long timing periods, applied to untaught instructional examples, and maintained across four weeks without practice on the skill. Reliability assessments were conducted for approximately 20% of all sessions and showed the data to be consistently above 90% reliable.
 
11. Empirically Validating Frequency Aims for Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SARA J. PAHL (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Alison L. Moors (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Amy King (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Kelly J. Ferris (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Krista Zambolin (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Kristin N. Schirmer (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Holly Almon (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting)
Abstract: When building skills in learners with autism and related disabilities, certain outcomes are critical if the skills are to be useful to the learner. Those outcomes include skill retention, endurance, stability, and application. Given their importance, these outcomes can and should be measured before teaching ends. The application of measurement procedures from Precision Teaching allows clinicians to predict those outcomes by measuring learners’ performance rates and comparing them to frequency aims suggested within the extant literature. The current paper will document ongoing efforts to validate, through empirical testing, frequency aims used as performance benchmarks for children with autism. Data on the performance of more than 35 children and 300 individual student Standard Celeration Charts will be presented showing the frequency ranges of performance for each skill that predicted skill retention, endurance, stability, and application.
 
12. Teaching a Child with Autism to Read and Spell: Integrating Computer Activity Schedules into Classroom Instruction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANIELLE SPINNATO (Alpine Learning Group), Michelle M. Kalaigian (Alpine Learning Group), Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group), Jaime Schilling (Alpine Learning Group), Robert Stromer (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract: Prior research indicates that children with autism can be taught to follow photographic activity schedules when these schedules are presented via a computer (Kinney, Vedora, & Stromer, 2003). In this study, a six year old boy with autism, who was proficient in following computerized activity schedules, was taught to read and spell nine target words via a computer schedule. Three activity schedules were created that depicted a number of activities along with video models of an adult printing words corresponding to each activity. Words were labels of the activities that were presented in the computer schedule (e.g., View Master, Legos). Dependent measures were: 1. the percentage of correct responses to oral reading probes of the target words, 2. spelling to dictation and, 3. pointing to target words. Probes of these responses were conducted during the school day before the participant was prompted to engage in the computerized activity schedule. Baseline measures of reading, identifying and spelling words indicated that the participant was unable to perform these responses. Once the computerized schedules were introduced probes were conducted periodically to assess acquisition of reading, identifying and spelling of the words presented in the schedules. Results indicated acquisition of the target words. Interobserver data were recorded during at least 30% of the sessions and was 100%.
 
13. One Measure of Outcome in an Applied Behavior Analysis Organization for Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
REBEKAH L. HOUCK (Reaching Potentials, Inc.), Jean Hays Bachrach (Reaching Potentials, Inc.), Christine Passaretti (Reaching Potentials, Inc.), Pamela H. Gorski (Reaching Potentials, Inc.)
Abstract: It is crucial to develop and provide outcome data for behavioral-analytic based organizations that serve children with autism and their families. It is necessary to show client progress for validity of service, replication of an ABA design for therapuetic programming, and grant-funding purposes. The purpose of this study was to design one method to asses our past, present, and future clients to reflect the quantification of progress they have made while under the direction of our ABA services. Previous research has used a variety of other instruments, including IQ testing and testing of adaptive skills. This organization needed some in-house measures that did not require testing from a psychologist or related professional to demonstrate progress over a period of time. In the current study we used The Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills (Partington and Sundberg, 1998) to track progress and display data in a visual format. Baseline data included assessment of number of children at initial intake consultation. Data was collected during treatment of approximately one year intervals for 3-4 years. Percentage increases were calculated at each interval based on mastery of skills receiving full point value at that time.
 
14. Are You Done with IEIBT, Now What?
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINA M. COGDILL (Minnesota Autism Center), Amanda Lane (Minnesota Autism Center), Stella Competente (Minnesota Autism Center), Jennifer L. Barney (Minnesota Autism Center)
Abstract: Service options for families whose children either do not meet the best outcomes criteria or no longer meet early intervention criteria are a growing need in the autism community. In some communities ABA is synonymous with an early intervention replication model. Although IEIBT utilizes ABA techniques, ABA services do not necessarily need to stop when the child reaches a certain age. It has been well documented that ABA can be used on any individual at any age to promote positive behavioral change in various areas of their lives. The following case studies document how ABA services have been successfully implemented with children and teens at various ages and developmental levels, where the clinical recommendation was to use ABA techniques to impact behavioral change.
 
15. Training Staff Members to Teach Play for Children with Autism in a Natural Environment
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KOJI TAKESHIMA (Western Michigan University), Amanda M. Mahoney (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: One of the major characteristics of children with autism is the lack of play behavior. This greatly interferes with the acquisition of more functional repertoire and prevents them from entering less restrictive educational environments. Discrete-trial training is one of the effective techniques used to enhance play behavior, in which prerequisite skills for play are often taught structurally in an isolated setting. Another technique used is natural environmental training. This facilitates the children's play behavior and is less structured, child-oriented, and integrates the naturally occurring learning opportunities. Although natural environmental teaching is desirable to enhance generalization of play, it is more difficult for the trainers to conduct the natural environmental training than to conduct discrete-trail training because of this less-structured feature. We will develop an instruction and feedback package for the trainers in order to improve their training skills in the natural environment. The study will take place in an early intervention program for children with autism. The effects of this package will be evaluated in terms of improved performance of the technicians and the children.
 
16. Effects of Non Reinforcers on a Child with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TIFFANIE IVES BROWN (University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract: Three non reinforcing therapists entered a room with a five year old boy with autism. There was one therapist that the child had never met before that day, one therapist that the child had met before that day, and a therapist that the child saw on a daily basis. While in the room each therapist presented a series of sixty five mastered action cards to the individual with autism. While each card was presented it was noted that the child was trying to gain some sort of interaction or reinforcement from the therapists. Some of the actions that were present and documented were trying to gain eye contact, grabbing the cards after the answer was correct, hugging, talking to the therapist, asking the therapist to say good job, moving chair closer to therapist, saying “I did good didn’t I?”. Data was collected and shown that the child attempted obtaining reinforcement twenty one times with the therapist that he has never met, forty seven times to the therapist that he has met before the session, and fifty two times with the therapist that he sees on a daily basis. The sessions were videotaped for the purpose of assessing interobserver agreement. IOA data 100% across sessions.
 
17. ABA Based Special Education School in Argentine - Preliminary Results
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MAURO MASCOTENA COOK (FLENI, Argentina), Christian Plebst (FLENI, Argentina)
Abstract: FLENI (www.fleni.org.ar) is a non-profit organization, that provides health services for adults and children with neurologic disorders. In January 2002 FLENI opened a center based child development center destined for comprehensive interdisciplinary health and educational services to children and adolescents with developmental disabilities. The center includes a Special Education School, which bases its pedagogy on ABA principles. Today the school has 30 students with diagnosis of Autism and PDD. The school also serves as center for the formation and training for professionals in ABA and its use in special education. We want to present our centre, the way we are working at the school and the results we have obtained with a group of 10 children ages from 3 to 7 after one year with just 15 hours of services a week. In reference to the staff: The psychologist (presenter) has received training on ABA at Center for Disabilities and Development (IA) University of Iowa (UI), The child psychiatrist completed a one-year ABA masters at Columbia University Teachers College (2000-2001), working with the CABAS model developed by Dr. Douglas Greer. The supervising teachers completed a one-year internship (2000-2001) at the Kennedy Krieger Institute and school (LEAP program).
 
18. Use of the ABLLS as an Assessment Tool in an Integrated Preschool Setting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH J. WYMAN (Melmark New England), Diane Douglass (Simmons College), Michael F. Dorsey (Simmons College)
Abstract: In a public school setting, normative or standardized measures are frequently used in conjunction with data on a child's IEP objectives to determine their progress over time. The ABLLS was administered to a student with a diagnosis of Pervasive Developmental Disorder-Not Otherwise Specified when he was receiving intensive home-based ABA services through Early Intervention. The assessment was administered again in approximately 6-month intervals. The ABLLS was used in conjunction with standardized measures, IEP objectives and normative data collected on typically developing age-matched peers, as a basis for setting benchmarks and assessing this child's progress over time. Additionally, information provided by independent evaluators assisted the assessment of this child. The child's progress on the ABLLS is compared to results of standardized measures and normative data collected on age-matched peers. This study establishes the usefulness of the ABLLS, in conjunction with other assessments, in tracking progress and setting attainable, developmentally appropriate goals for children at the preschool level.
 
19. An Analysis of the Effects of Behavioral Consultation with Parents of Young Children with Autism on their Teaching Behavior and their Children’s Test Scores
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AKIKO KATO (Sophia University), Maiko Miyazaki (Sophia University), Yoshiaki Nakano (Sophia University)
Abstract: We developed a behavioral consultation program for parents of young children with autism. Four parents who learned basic ABA techniques in our parent training program (Nakano & Miyazaki, 2001) needed a follow-up consultation in order to conduct and manage the early behavioral treatment program at home by themselves. The consultations were implemented individually for 1.5 hours per month at the university clinic or the participants' home. The consultation program consisted of discussions about the treatment program, direct observation of treatment demonstrated by the consultant, and supervised practices. We developed a self-monitoring package to assist the parents to teach their children. It consisted of a data recording sheet and therapy hours recording sheet. We analyzed the effects of the consultation program on the parents’ teaching behavior and their children’s scores on standardized tests. Parents maintained 90% correct use of discrete trials for two years. The children's IQ scores increased by 26 points. The scores of PVT increased by 25 points. The scores of the Social Maturity Scale increased by 6 points. Social validity questionnaires were administered to the parents. We discussed what variables were responsible for success of the parent-managed early behavioral intervention for children with autism.
 
20. An Examination into the Relationship between Visual Identity Matching and Vocal Imitation in Students with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JODY M. SILVA (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Four male students participated in the current study as part of their of their daily school routine. All four students were diagnosed under Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) by their physician or school psychologist. Each student was assessed by trained school staff for their reinforcer preferences, tested on the ABLA (Assessment of Basic Learning Abilities) and systematically introduced and trained on visual identity matching, photo mand training, similar to PECS (Picture Exchange Communication System) and auditory imitation. Each subject was tested in varying orders to assess if it was necessary to learn matching skills in any specific order prior to vocal imitation emerging. The data indicated that for two of the subjects, vocal imitation never emerged. One subject gained the ability to vocally imitate after he mastered auditory imitation and the other subject was able to vocally imitate prior to testing. The subject who had the ability to vocally imitate gained the ability to use phrases during the course of the study. Future research should focus on further analysis of auditory imitation and its role in the development of language.
 
21. Applied Behavior Analysis Training to Improve Parental Implementation of Teaching Procedures
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
WILLIAM L. HOLCOMB (New England Center for Children), Susan N. Langer (New England Center for Children), June M. Sanchez (New England Center for Children), Ellyn M. South (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Videotaped samples of fourteen parents were used to assess their performance on teaching simple discrete trials and an activity of daily living skill to their young children with autism. The parents then participated in a five-week group consisting of didactic presentation, role-play, and ongoing review and feedback using videotape samples of exercises assigned as homework. Dependent measures included the presence/absence of targeted teaching behaviors (i.e., environmental arrangement, correct prompting strategy, and contingent delivery of reinforcement). Preliminary results indicate that parents’ teaching performance on the two tasks improved after the combination of didactic, role-play, and videotape feedback portions of the training. Inter-observer agreement data were collected on 38% of the videotape samples and ranged from 90% to 100%. Discussion centers around the analysis of the impact of the different training components and implications for future research.
 
22. Advanced Autism Practicum: Helping Undergraduate Psychology Students Advance Their Behavior Analysis Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CASEY N. LUDWICK (Western Michigan University), Koji Takeshima (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Advanced Autism Practicum is a class designed for undergraduate students at Western Michigan University. Students may register for this course after completing the Special Populations’ Practicum. The advanced practicum is designed to further develop undergraduate students’ behavior analysis skills and repertoires in working with children diagnosed with autism. Students who register for the advanced practicum are required to design and implement a novel procedure with an assigned child at Croyden Avenue School. The students must find and review literature relevant to the procedure they plan to implement. The advanced practicum requires a student complete ten hours a week, working one-on-one with their child, and also attending a one hour seminar weekly. Throughout the course the undergraduate students will design, implement, collect data, write a paper, and do a final presentation based on their procedure. The final paper discusses all of the relevant literature used, the design process, and the results of the implemented procedure. The required presentation is based on the results of the final paper and is presented to the Special Populations’ Practicum students. The goal of this course is to produce students with advanced behavior analysis skills in working one-on-one with children diagnosed with autism.
 
23. A Survey of Professionals’ and Parents’ Views on Quality Indicators of IBI
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ADRIENNE M. PERRY (York University), Helen E. Penn (York University), E. Alice Prichard (York University), Shiri Bartman (Toronto Preschool Autism Service), Christine A. Flynn (York University), Erica Laframboise (York University)
Abstract: Although Intensive Behavioural Intervention (IBI) is used extensively to treat children with autism, there is little empirical evidence on the necessary ingredients of high quality teaching. This poster displays the results of a survey currently in progress (n=39 to date) examining the views of parents, clinical directors, IBI supervisors, and other professionals about what determines quality IBI and how it can be measured. Parents rated the importance of 11 characteristics of intervention programs (e.g., frequency of reinforcement). Service providers indicated whether these characteristics should be measured objectively (quantitative measures) or subjectively (clinical ratings). Furthermore, all respondents selected the 3 characteristics which they felt were most important. Preliminary findings reveal that 8/11 items were always ranked by parents as ‘important’ or ‘very important’ to high quality teaching. Furthermore, although 90% of service providers felt that some characteristics should be measured subjectively, objective measurement was favoured for 9/11 items. The most frequently selected indicators of high quality teaching were: administering reinforcers of the appropriate type, varying task presentation, and creating opportunities for generalization. Finally, results will be presented from open-ended questions about: 1) additional characteristics of high quality teaching; and, 2) other IBI programming issues for which empirical evidence is needed.
 
24. An Analysis of Stereotypic Responding During Discrete-Trial Training
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELE R. BISHOP (University of Nevada, Reno), Ginger R. Wilson (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Jennifer Castellanos (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: This poster begins with a discussion of the common observation that children with autism frequently display many inappropriate stereotypic responses during discrete-trial sessions. In addition, many stereotypic responses occur collaterally with appropriate responses. This study addresses the clinically relevant question of whether providing reinforcement for appropriate responses occurring in the presence of stereotypic behavior will also result in increasing the frequency of the stereotypic responses. This study examines whether the appropriate and stereotypic responses are members of the same response class. Findings from this study will substantially affect the literature on behaviors maintained by automatic reinforcement by showing that these behaviors are members of different response classes. When reinforcement is provided for appropriate responses in the presence of stereotypic responses the two responses do not become a response chain. Increases in the stereotypic responses were not observed under these conditions of reinforcement. Moreover, fewer teaching trials were necessary to acquire a response when appropriate responses were reinforced in the presence of stereotypic responses. In addition, these results will impact the future clinical practices of scientist practitioners working with children with autism.
 
25. The Use of Therapist Modeling to Enhance the Identification of Unfamiliar Faces
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
APHRODITE FOUNDAS (Marcus Autism Center), Vivian Piazza (Marcus Autism Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Marcus Autism Center), Meeta R. Patel (Clinic 4 Kidz), Catherine Trapani (Marcus Autism Center), Robert LaRue (Marcus Autism Center), Tammy A. Carroll (Marcus Autism Center), Nicole M. Trosclair-Lasserre (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Children with autism exhibit significant deficits in social interaction. Prior research has indicated that therapist modeling may enhance the acquisition of specific social skills (e.g., greeting others, eye contact). The identification of unfamiliar faces is an important prerequisite skill for social interaction. The present study examined the effects of therapist modeling for teaching the names of unfamiliar people to a 4-year old male diagnosed with autism. In the baseline condition, photographs of unfamiliar people were presented to the participant and corrective feedback was provided in the event of errors. Treatment consisted of two therapists modeling the correct response (i.e., “This is Sally.”) for each picture prior to each session. Treatment sessions were then conducted using the same procedures as baseline. Modeling procedures were implemented in a multiple-baseline design across visual stimuli (i.e., pictures of faces). The results from the current investigation indicate that therapist modeling can be an effective procedure to improve the acquisition of unfamiliar stimuli and consequently enhance social skills. Results are discussed in terms of different modes of instruction to enhance the acquisition of social skills.
 
26. The Effects of Enthusiasm on Skill Acquisition for Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY A. CLAUSEN (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Kasey Stephenson (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Angela M. Mueller (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Kevin P. Klatt (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract: This study investigated the effects of enthusiasm on learning new skills for children with autism. Various skills were taught by several teachers to children with autism. Differences between enthusiasm and non-enthusiasm conditions were determined by ratings from professionals and parents. In addition, social validity measures were taken between the two conditions. Results indicate little differences between the two conditions although professionals and parents prefer the enthusiastic condition.
 
27. An Early ABA Intervention Program for Children with an Autistic Spectrum Disorder Centered on the Family
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MYRIAM CHRETIEN (West Montreal Readaptation Centre), Suzanne Kennedy (West Montreal Readaptation Centre), Katherine Moxness (West Montreal Readaptation Centre)
Abstract: The efficacy of early ABA intensive intervention with children with a pervasive developmental disorder (PDD) is no longer disputed. While many such early intervention programs have been surfacing, few have integrated these programs within a broader systemic model of early intervention that also takes into account the needs of the family. The intervention program that is presented is an adapted version of Guralnick (2001) early intervention model that integrates several components. These include the early detection of risk factors and the quick access to services for both the child and his family, emphasizing individualized intervention approaches that are oriented towards empowering the family system and the parental role. At the heart of this innovative project are several key aspects: a centralized coordination of the various services, and this, at every stage of service delivery; a partnership model involving a Montreal- based hospital for children, three community health centers and a rehabilitation center offering ABA services to children with an autistic disorder; and a support structure promoting the continuous development of practices based on family centered philosophy. Preliminary data obtained using various evaluation tools such as the Parental Stress Index and other outcome indicators will also be presented.
 
28. An Assessment of Identity Matching of Emotional Expressions With Young Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMANDA J. BARGAS (New England Center for Children), William V. Dube (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School), Amy S. Geckeler (New England Center for Children), William L. Holcomb (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to compare the performance of children diagnosed with autism to that of typically developing children on matching identical pictures of emotional expressions delivered by a computerized match-to-sample program. The computer presented trials, provided consequences, and recorded data for each trial. Six children diagnosed with autism and six typical peers participated. After training participants to point to a single picture on the screen, pretest and training sessions were conducted to ensure accurate baseline performance on identity matching of photos of three everyday objects (hat, lamp, and car). Once participants met criteria for the baseline identity matching task, they began the assessment. Each participant was shown a photo of a model expressing one of three emotions (happy, sad, or angry). When the participant touched the photo, three comparison stimuli appeared and the participant touched one. Comparison stimuli consisted of the same model expressing the three emotions. Accuracy scores for the six typically developing children ranged from 56% to 100%. Scores for five of the six children with autism also ranged from 56-100% and accuracy scores for the sixth child ranged from 22% to 56%.
 
29. An Overview of the Intensive Behavioural Intervention (IBI) Service Delivery Model for Central East Preschool Autism Services (CEPAS)
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KARIN EARLE-WILLIAMS (Kinark Child and Family Services, Central East Preschool Autism Services), Nancy Defina (Kinark Child and Family Services, Central East Preschool Autism Services)
Abstract: At the inception of the Provincial Autism Initiative, the model of service delivery focused primarily on the provision of direct IBI to young children with autism. Over the course of time it has become evident that other critical services, for example parent training, are key to the children’s best outcomes. In recognition of the need to develop the skill set of parents of young children with autism the CEPAS model has evolved to include both theoretical and practical parent training. Specifically, parents in the CEPAS program are provided with in class training on the principles of IBI. Once the child enters service, the parents are provided with child specific training in vivo which includes assessment of the function of behaviour, program design and delivery, data collection and analysis and program revision. This poster will provide an overview and summary of the CEPAS model.
 
30. Some Interventions Based on Discrete-trial Teaching and Precision Teaching for a Young Girl with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ERIC M. MESSICK (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Therese Mary Foster (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Simon Seal (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Riddhika Rathod (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Stephanie Christian (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Heather Mnsell (University of Waikato, New Zealand)
Abstract: Discrete-trial teaching is an effective way of establishing and maintaining skills of individuals with ASD and precision teaching is a way of increasing the rate of already-established skills so that these skills are more likely to become fluent. Teachers targeted several skills of a 2-year-old girl with ASD utilising these methods. Data from this study will be presented.
 
31. A Comparison of Discrete Trial and Natural Environment Training Approaches for Teaching Identification of Familiar Individuals
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PETER DEKREON (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Erik A. Mayville (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Stacy C. Stigliano (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Bridget J. Carl (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Paulette E. Burdick (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center)
Abstract: Among the many social deficits often experienced by children with autism is a difficulty in recognizing and labeling familiar individuals. A common method of teaching this skill involves a discrete trial method in which an individual’s picture and an auditory presentation of their name are repeatedly paired for the child with autism, who is subsequently taught to verbally emit the correct name corresponding to the picture when it is presented. Also common is the presentation of nonspecific reinforcement (e.g., edible, access to preferred items) contingent on correct responding. However, a substantial body of literature has emerged suggesting that teaching in naturalistic settings using child-directed activities and specific reinforcement (e.g., access to a reinforcing item that is labeled or requested) may be more effective than discrete trial teaching for a number of skill areas. We used an alternating treatments design to compare a discrete trial and a natural environment training approach for teaching children with autism to identify familiar individuals. Results indicate that a natural environment approach involving presentation of specific reinforcement (e.g., tickles and attention from the person identified) and training in a natural setting may be more effective than discrete trial teaching in facilitating rapid acquisition rates and maintaining correct responding.
 
32. An Evaluation of a Systematic Six-week Training Program for ABA Therapists
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TREA DRAKE (Texas Young Autism Project), Catriona Borg-Hansen (Texas Young Autism Project), Geri Maria Harris (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project)
Abstract: This study describes a systematic, six-week staff-training program developed by the Texas Young Autism Project, which provides early intervention services to children diagnosed with Autism. The goal of the six-week training program was to provide a highly structured training model that would expedite therapist acquisition of core treatment skills. The Texas Young Autism Project recruits students from the University of Houston to serve as therapists who provide one-on-one treatment in clients’ homes. Student therapists were placed in a training program that was divided into two three-week phases. Phase 1 consisted of three hours of lecture and role-play in a clinic setting in addition to three hours of supervised practicum experience with a client. Phase 2 consisted of six hours of supervised practicum. During each phase, therapists were trained in implementation of various treatment skills. Therapists were evaluated on their implementation of targeted treatment skills through the analysis of videotaped sessions at the end of each phase, and during a follow-up probe for maintenance and generalization. Videotapes were coded by independent raters and inter-observer agreement was found at .98.
 
33. Training Staff to Implement Discrete Trial Teaching: A Comparison of Two Training Methods
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMY KANE (The May Institute), Jane I. Carlson (The May Institute)
Abstract: Discrete trial teaching is an effective method for teaching a variety of skills to children with autism. The effective use of discrete trial teaching must be explicitly taught to clinicians in order to achieve this consistency and improve skill acquisition. The workshop format is most frequently used to train staff in this method. This study compares workshop training to observation and direct feedback. Subjects from both groups participated in a lecutre on discrete trial teaching. Subjects in group B received ongoing observation and direct feedback following the lecture. Staff receiving observation and direct feedback improved their implementation of discrete trial teaching and were able to implement this method more accurately and effectively than those receiving the workshop alone.
 
34. Using Fluency-Based Instruction to Develop Functional Time Concepts in a Child with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMY KING (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Kelly J. Ferris (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting)
Abstract: Instruction for children with autism should not only be designed such that it is internally valid, externally valid, and efficient, but also socially valid. Some leaders in our discipline have called repeatedly for behavior analysts to further their efforts in applying rigorous and meaningful measurement procedures to the assessment and evaluation of the social validity of interventions they design. The current poster presents our efforts to include social validity measurements that extend beyond the verbal report of the consumer and those around him or her. Data were collected on one child’s frequency of choosing to stop instructional programs and these data were used to modify the instruction until the frequency of stop choices decreased. Data were collected four days per week, with reliability measures collected for approximately 20% of all sessions.
 
35. A Frequency-Based Analysis of the Component Skills Needed to Teach Typing Skills to a Child with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMY KING (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Alison L. Moors (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting)
Abstract: Learning to communicate through multiple response topographies is an important skills for all learners, and especially so for children with developmental disabilities that may affect vocal communication such as autism and related disorders. This poster will present an analysis of the component skills needed and the scope and sequencing of skills to teach effective typing skills through Fluency-Based Instruction to an elementary-aged student with autism. Data from representative skills will be presented along with a summary of the component/composite relationships between the skills.
 
36. The Effect of Sensory Integration Therapy on Sequence Learning
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LENELL E. KELLEY (National Center for Toxicological Research), John J. Chelonis (University of Arkansas, Little Rock), Lynette C. Murphy (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Arkansas Children's Hospital), Eldon Schulz (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences, Arkansas Children's Hospital)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effect of sensory integration therapy (SIT) on sequence learning in children with sensory processing problems. Twenty-three children, ages 7-12, diagnosed with sensory processing problems (n=12) and controls (n=11) participated in two testing sessions: one where SIT was administered and the other without SIT. Sequence learning was assessed using an incremental repeated acquisition task (IRA) that required participants to learn lever press sequences that increased systematically from one to six lever presses within a sequence. A row of colored lights above the levers indicated how many presses were required to receive a reinforcer. White stimulus lights above the levers indicated correct and incorrect responses. No significant effect of therapy was found for percent task complete, total number of errors, between errors, or within errors for children with sensory processing problems. Controls tended to perform less accurately and made more errors when SIT was administered. However, no significant effect of SIT was found for controls. The results indicate that SIT is in effective when not individualized to meet the specific needs of the child. Further, control data suggests that this therapy should not be used for children without sensory processing problems.
 
 
 
Poster Session #189
#189 Poster Session – BPH
Sunday, May 30, 2004
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes)
37. Acute and Chronic Effects of Nicotine on Observing Responses
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
BETHANY R. RAIFF (University of Florida), Julie A. Marusich (University of Florida), Matthew L. Locey (University of Florida), Jesse Dallery (University of Florida)
Abstract: For smokers, nicotine is correlated with many sensory stimuli (e.g. smell of smoke, taste). In one day, a smoker might experience 300 such pairings between nicotine and the correlated sensory stimuli. Conditioned reinforcers are thought to gain their reinforcing efficacy through Pavlovian conditioning, so these stimuli might have reinforcing qualities apart from nicotine itself. Very little research has investigated acute and chronic effects of nicotine on responding for stimuli paired with primary reinforcers (Jentsch, 2003). Six rats were exposed to the observing response procedure, where one stimulus was paired with a variable-interval 45 food schedule and a different stimulus was paired with extinction. An observing response was required for schedule-correlated stimuli to appear for 10 sec. Rats were given 5 acute doses of nicotine or vehicle systemically. After 2 cycles of acute dosing they were given the same dose of nicotine every day for a minimum of 50 days. Observing response rates increased at intermediate doses of nicotine and decreased at high doses. Daily injections of nicotine also increased observing response rates. Aside from high dose suppressive effects, no systematic changes were noted on the other lever that produced food during VI components and had no consequence during EXT components.
 
38. Alternative Non-drug Reinforcement Decreases Drug-maintained Responding but Increases Resistance to Change
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
K. ANNE BURKE (Utah State University), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Utah State University), Timothy A. Shahan (Utah State University)
Abstract: Adding alternative sources of reinforcement decreases response rates by degrading the operant contingency and weakening the response-reinforcer relation. Resistance to change however is enhanced by added reinforcers, suggesting that the persistence of behavior is determined by the stimulus-reinforcer relation. Adding an alternative non-drug source of reinforcement reduces drug self-administration, but how this affects resistance to change has not been determined. The present experiment seeks to examine this phenomenon using drug self-administration with an alternative non-drug reinforcer. Four Long Evans rats self-administered a 10% Ethanol solution on RI 15s schedules during two components signaled by a blinking light and pulsing tone in one and a steady light and constant tone in the other. RT15s food deliveries were added to one component. In congruence with previous research, response rates in the ethanol + RT food component were lower than the rates in the ethanol only component. During extinction, responding for ethanol was more resistant to change in the component with added food, as predicted by the behavioral momentum theory. These results suggest that all reinforcers occurring in the context of a stimulus (in this case food and ethanol combined) add to the persistence of behavior maintained by that stimulus.
 
39. The Effects of Amphetamine on Variable and Repetitive Behavior
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
ERICKA BAILEY (Utah State University), Ryan D. Ward (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Using a multiple schedule of reinforcement, the differential effects of amphetamine on variable and repetitive responding were studied. Four white Carneau pigeons with a history of responding on a variety of related operant procedures pecked keys during a multiple schedule. Two components, REPEAT and VARY, were used. In Experiment 1, the REPEAT component required that a four-response sequence matched one of the previous three sequences to produce food. In the VARY component, a four-response sequence had to differ from one of the previous three sequences to produce food. Acute administration of d-amphetamine produced a dose-dependent decrease in response rate. Amphetamine had little effect on the percentage of sequences meeting the contingency in VARY, but reduced somewhat the percentage of successful sequences in REPEAT. In Experiment 2, we used different VARY and REPEAT contingencies. In the VARY component, four-response sequences had to differ from the previous ten for food. In the REPEAT component, only the sequence Left-Left-Right-Right produced food. We are now examining the effects of a range of doses of amphetamine on behavior using this procedure.
 
40. Effects of D-amphetamine on Matching to Sample Duration
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
KATHRYN A. SAULSGIVER (University of Florida), Erin A. McClure (Allegheny College), Clive D. L. Wynne (University of Florida)
Abstract: Present research used a Matching to Sample Duration procedure with four doses of d-amphetamines to examine the changes in the choose-long response. Pigeons were placed on a discrimination task where the houselight would illuminate for either 2 or 8 s and after no delay choosing the red or green stimulus light, respectively, produced reinforcement. Four intervening values were added as stimulus durations: 2.6, 3.48, 4.6, and 6.1 seconds. Comparisons of sigmoidal curves before, during and after drug administration were compared. A general flattening of the sigmoidal curve occurred under drug administration, indicating a disruption in the perception of all durations.
 
41. Food Deprivation and Caffeine Effects on Lever Pressing in the Rat
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
JOSHUA KUEHLER (South Dakota State University), Doug Boe (South Dakota State University), Debra J. Spear (South Dakota State University)
Abstract: The effects of caffeine (3, 6, 20,50, 60, and 100 mg/kg) on lever pressing responses of rats was evaluated at 4 levels of food deprivation (100%, 90%, 85%, and 75%). All rats were presented with a multiple FR 10 FR 50 schedule of food delivery, where each component was in effect for 15 min, was accompanied by discriminative stimuli, and was presented twice in alternating ordering. Caffeine was administered by oral gavage 15 min prior to each test session. Responses under the FR 50 schedule were most sensitive to food deprivation level, while responses under the FR 10 were more resistant to the disruption of deprivation and only decreased when there was no or little food deprivation. Caffeine increased responding dose-dependently, with the effect being greatest at the greater deprivation level.
 
42. Effects of Ephedrine, Caffeine, and Their Combination on the Reinforcement Sensitivity of the Rats
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
YULIYA E. ALEXEEVA (Illinois State University), Seshanand Chandrashekar (Illinois State University), Valeri Farmer-Dougan (Illinois State University)
Abstract: Ephedrine, a central nervous and cardiovascular systems stimulant, has been increasingly abused for weight loss, sexual stamina, and increased behavioral activation. Evidence suggests that caffeine can also increase an organism’s activation levels. Recent research has implied that an ephedrine and caffeine combination improves vigilance and attention at low doses (possibly increasing sensitivity to reinforcement) but at high levels may produce psychosis, which is detrimental to sensitivity to reinforcement. However, no recent investigations tested changes in sensitivity to reward using these drugs individually or in combination. The study examined changes in sensitivity to reinforcement across a series of concurrent variable interval schedules when rats were treated with ephedrine, caffeine, or a combination. Specifically, we predicted that low doses of caffeine or ephedrine alone would improve the animal’s sensitivity to reinforcement, while higher doses or combinations of the drugs should disrupt sensitivity. Data suggested that changes in animal’s sensitivity to reward were both dose and drug dependent.
 
43. Behavioral and Pharmacological Factors Modulating Caffeine Self-Administration
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
SHANNA BABALONIS (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Steven I. Dworkin (University of North Carolina at Wilmington)
Abstract: The self-administration paradigm provides a model which approximates the behavioral complexities of human drug abuse and is indispensable in identifying variables that potentiate or attenuate drug intake. Despite caffeine’s frequent self-administration by humans, its reinforcing effects in animals have received little to no attention. However, with the arrangement of specific parameters (food deprivation, drug dose, behavioral history and a rapid drug delivery system), the rodent self-administration procedure has the ability to assess caffeine’s reinforcing effects by consistently maintaining behavior at levels comparable to nicotine but distinctive from that of cocaine or heroin. Further evaluation of withdrawal and reinstatement using rodent models may elucidate factors influencing caffeine’s reinforcing effects and ubiquitous human self-administration.
 
44. Current Alcohol Usage as Establishing Operation for Inhalant Drug Choice
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
DIANA J. WALKER (The University of Chicago), James P. Zacny (The University of Chicago)
Abstract: The concept of establishing operations was recently applied to genetic influences on behavior (Thompson, 2003). The present study applies this concept to drug-use history as an establishing operation for drug self-administration. Two experiments examined the reinforcing effects of inhaled anesthetics in light (LD) and moderate (MD) alcohol drinkers. Inhaled anesthetics are similar to abused inhalants but can be administered more safely and ethically. Experiment 1 consisted of four sessions, in which subjects sampled one nitrous oxide (N2O) dose (0-40%) and 100% O2 (placebo) for 10 min each. Later they chose nine times, once every 5 min, among N2O, placebo, or “neither.” Experiment 2 was identical, except the drug under study was sevoflurane (0-0.8%). In Experiment 1 six LD’s chose N2O 0-14 times (median=3), and seven MD’s chose N2O 3-26 times (median=13). In Experiment 2 eight LD’s chose sevoflurane 0-22 times (median=1), and seven MD’s chose sevoflurane 0-23 times (median=11). Median data suggest that N2O and sevoflurane may be more effective reinforcers for MD’s than for LD’s. The behavior-analytic conceptualization of drug-use patterns as establishing operations for the use of other drugs contrasts with more traditional psychopharmacology approaches, such as cross-tolerance or “gateway” theories, and could lead to effective treatment strategies.
 
45. Methadone-maintained Patients Prefer a Methadone/benzodiazepine Combination to Either Drug Alone
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
R. STOCKTON MAXWELL (Temple University), Ralph Spiga (Temple University)
Abstract: Background: Methadone maintenance is a treatment for opioid dependent patients. These patients often abuse or are dependent on nicotine, cocaine, and benzodiazepines. This study examined the reinforcing effects of the combination of methadone and valium (i.e., benzodiazepines). Methods: Methadone-maintained patients with a history of benzodiazepine abuse were recruited as participants. During a daily drug self-administration session, they could press either of two buttons appearing on the monitor or sit and do nothing. Preference for drug was assessed under a concurrent fixed-ratio fixed-ratio (conc FR128 FR128) schedule of drug self-administration. Completing the ratio requirement delivered 10 ml of drug solution (i.e., .03 mg/ml methadone or .01 mg/ml valium) to a cup. Participants were required to drink the solution before further responding counted toward the conc FR FR. Following training, five conditions were tested: 1) methadone vs. vehicle, 2) valium vs. vehicle, 3) methadone/valium combination vs. vehicle, 4) combination vs. methadone, and 5) combination vs. valium. Conditions were counterbalanced across participants and testing lasted for five days. Trials ended following 100 deliveries or one hour. Results: In the drug vs. vehicle conditions (1-3), participants preferred drug over vehicle. In conditions combining methadone and valium, the combination was preferred over either drug alone. The current results confirm previous findings on the subjective reinforcing effects of a methadone/benzodiazepine combination with behavioral measures of preference. This research was supported by NIDA Grant # DA-7943.
 
46. The Effects of Ad Lib Smoking and Nicotine Replacement on Social Behavior in a Modified Prisoner’s Dilemma Game
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
EVAN ROBERTS (Temple University), Ralph Spiga (Temple University)
Abstract: Background: This study examined the effects of smoking abstinence, 0 mg, 2 mg, 4 mg nicotine gum, and ad lib smoking on the social interaction of dependent smokers. Methods: Participants were paired and each member of an interacting dyad had 5 mutually exclusive choices during a trial: cooperate, compete, punish, reward, or withdraw. These options appeared on the monitor screen at the beginning of a session. After selection of a letter (a choice), the choice of each participant was displayed on a monitor screen. Depending on the combination of choices, points were added to counters marked “Your Earnings” and “Other’s earnings” during the feedback phase of the trial. These counters were displayed on the monitor screen and were visible during the choice and feedback components of the trial. After the choices were viewed and the payoffs added to the numeric counters, a standardized set of messages was displayed on the monitor screen. Participants could communicate with each other by selecting a message. Following this communication component of the trial, the next trial was initiated by the reappearance of the numeric counters and the choices. This cycle was repeated 20 times during a session. Results: The mean number of cooperative and other prosocial choices were greater after both dyad members received 4 mg nicotine or smoked ad lib than after abstinence, 0 or 2 mg nicotine gum. The mean number of competitive, punitive, and withdrawal choices were greater following abstinence, 0, or 2 mg nicotine gum than after ad lib smoking or 4 mg nicotine gum. When one member of the pair smoked ad lib independently of the experimental condition of their partner, the mean number of cooperative choices of the member who was abstinent smoked, or received nicotine gum was comparable to the mean frequency observed after both partners had smoked ad lib. This research was supported by NIDA Grants # DA-12725 and DA-06633 and by the Pennsylvania Department of Health Grant # RFA 02-07 057123192.
 
47. The Effects of Stimulant Medication on Motivation in Children with ADHD
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY J. BERRY (University of Arkansas, Little Rock), John J. Chelonis (University of Arkansas, Little Rock), Mark C. Edwards (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences/ACH), Ronald L. Baldwin (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences/ACH), Eldon G. Schulz (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences/ACH), Merle G. Paule (National Center for Toxicological Research)
Abstract: This study compared motivation in children with a diagnosis of attention deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) (n=21) to that of control children (n=19) on a Progressive Ratio (PR) task. Children with ADHD where participated in two sessions; one, on and off their prescribed dose of stimulant medication. The PR task required participants to respond for reinforcers (here, nickels) by increasing the work required to obtain each subsequent reinforcer. The task began when a lever extended from the behavioral testing panel, initially one press resulted in the delivery of a nickel reinforcer, and for each subsequent nickel the number of lever presses required increased by ten. The results indicated that children with ADHD regardless of medication status made significantly more nickels and made significantly more lever presses than children without ADHD. Such data suggest that children with ADHD are more motivated than control children to make simple responses to earn nickels.
 
48. Effects of Pentobarbital and Environmental Enrichment on the Behavior of Rats Exposed Prenatally to Methylmercury
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
ALYSSA MILLARD (College of Charleston), Ashley Furr (College of Charleston), Lorie Sturtevant (College of Charleston), Erin B. Rasmussen (College of Charleston)
Abstract: Prenatal exposure to methylmercury has been shown to modify sensitivity to GABAergic compounds in adult rats. This study examined the role of environmental enrichment in modulating mercury-induced changes in sensitivity to pentobarbital in rats. Female rats were prenatally exposed to either 0 or 5 ppm methylmercury in their drinking water. Forty male offspring (20 from each exposure group) were selected and randomly assigned to either an enriched or impoverished environmental condition. The subjects were shaped to lever press under a DRH 9:4 schedule of reinforcement, in which 9 responses in 4 sec produces a reinforcer. Once stability was demonstrated, all rats were injected i.p. with 1-20 mg/kg pentobarbital. Results suggest a main effect of pentobarbital on reducing response rate, but little effect of methylmercury was exhibited. A main effect of environmental enrichment, however, was demonstrated.
 
49. Rates of Acquisition under a Percentile Schedule in Rats Exposed to Methylmercury on H high or Low DHA Diet
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
JOHN C. HEATH (Auburn University), Wendy Donlin Washington (Auburn University), Phyllis Reile (Auburn University), M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Abstract: Methylmercury is known to affect aversively the motor capabilities of rats, while docosahexaenoic acid (DHA), an omega-3 fatty acid, is thought to ameliorate the damage caused by methylmercury ingestion. Differential reinforcement of high rates (DRH) and fixed ratio schedules generate high rates of responding. A percentile schedule was developed that minimizes the effects of reinforcement rates and emphasizes motor ability. In the percentile schedule the last IRT must be shorter than the median of the last ten IRT’s to qualify for reinforcement thus subjects set their own rate of responding while maintaining a high rate of behavior. During acquisition of behavior IRT’s in the lower percentile range stabilizes faster than those in the higher percentile range. A study was conducted in which Long Evans rats exposed to 0.0ppm, 0.5ppm, and 5.0ppm of methylmercury on either a high or low DHA diet, in a 3x2 design, were subjected to a percentile schedule. Stabilization of acquisition rates at low and high percentile IRT’s were compared between the groups.
 
50. Performance Deficits in Brazilian Children Exposed to Environmental Lead
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
LINCOLN DA SILVA GIMENES (University of Brazil), J. G. Tuga Angerami (Universidade Estadual Paulista - Bauru, Brazil), Patricia Regina L. Galvão (University of Brazil), Juliana Lima (University of Brazil), Maria Silvia F.A. Barros (Universidade Estadual Paulista - Bauru, Brazil)
Abstract: Following enviromental contamination by a car battery plant, over 200 children were detected as being contaminated with lead. About 100 children ranging from 7 to 12 years of age were evaluated in their performance in different neurobehavioral tests, presented through the Portuguese language version of the Behavioral Assessment and Research System - BARS. The children were ranked according to their concentration of lead in the blood, and the bottom third was compared to the top third regarding their perfomance in the tests. The results showed that the children with higher concentration of lead had some impairment in their performance, as compared to the children with lower concentration, at least in some of the test, e.g., Continuous Performance Test and Symbol-Digit Test. Social and educational implications are discussed
 
 
 
Poster Session #190
#190 Poster Session – CSE
Sunday, May 30, 2004
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes)
51. Effect of a Coworker Mentor on Job Performance of Young Adults
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH A. GRANUCCI (University of South Florida), Debbie Westerlund (University of South Florida), Hewitt B. Clark (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to demonstrate the effectiveness of coworker mentors on improving employment-related verbal behavior and task performance of young people (ages 16 -18) with behavior disorders and/or learning disabilities. Participants were training for cosmetology in a vocational/technical secondary school. Mentors conducted training with participants by demonstrating the correct task, providing corrective feedback, and delivering descriptive praise in the context of a beauty salon operated at the school, and serving customers from the public as well. A multiple baseline design across behaviors analyzed intervention effects of mentor training on the participant’s use of correct verbalizations or task completion. Four participants were in the study. Each participant had a separate mentor. Findings are illustrated through one of the participants. Figure 1 shows the multiple baseline for Nicoletta across two verbal behaviors: a) inquiries about comfort and b) suggestive selling statements. Nicoletta rarely used comfort or suggestive selling statements during baseline. Once the mentor began the training, the behaviors improved dramatically. Inter-observer reliability was assessed with two independent observers, observing on sessions throughout the study. The observer agreement for Nicoletta’s verbal behaviors ranged from 80% to 100%, with a mean of 98%. In a post-intervention questionnaire, Nicoletta expressed satisfaction with the mentor teaching her new skills within the work setting and attributed her greater confidence in her work to this experience. Similar findings occurred across the other three participants. This study supported the effectiveness and acceptability of coworker mentors in assisting young people in learning skills in the work place.
 
52. Establishing Quality of Life Outcomes for an Adolescent with Acquired Brain Injury
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE ABENAIM (Melmark New England), Frank L. Bird (Melmark New England), Rui T. Carreiro (Melmark New England)
Abstract: This presentation examines the long-term outcome of a multi-component treatment approach based on positive behavior support for an adolescent with severe behavior challenges. As a result of intervention, the challenging behaviors were reduced to near zero frequency as participation in educational, social, vocational, and other community activities increased. Implications for the development of support plans based on functional analysis and the use of antecedent management strategies are discussed. Following the elimination of aversive treatment procedures for challenging behaviors and implementation of intensive proactive procedures, an adolescent with acquired brain injury demonstrated (a) near total elimination of challenging behaviors, (b) dramatic increase in positive alternative behaviors and self-management skills, and (c) generalized and durable community adjustment. Data on these variables will be presented to support this progress. Interobserver reliability was conducted across treatment phases and mean agreement coefficient was 91.4%. Although reduction of challenging behaviors was a priority, the clinical approach was to assist him in achieving a lifestyle change by positively addressing many dimensions that define quality of life (Hughes, Hwang, Kim, Eisenman, & Killian, 1995). Specific areas included establishing social relationships, re-establishing family bonds, increasing personal satisfaction, increasing community access, experiencing successful employment, and increasing recreation opportunities.
 
53. Assessing Preferences with a Foot Fetish: A Case Study with a Male with Autism
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
JILL MULLIN (Private practice), Ronnie Detrich (Spectrum Center)
Abstract: Behaviors that are maintained by socially unacceptable reinforcers (i.e., sexual) pose ethical difficulties when trying to assess relevant dimensions of reinforcement. In this study, we assessed the preferences for a young male with autism who exhibited obsessive behavior around young children’s feet. Clearly, we could not directly involve young children in the assessment so alternative assessment methods were required. Pictures of children and adults and the various dimensions of possible foot display (socks, no socks, shoes, no shoes, etc.) were used in a pair-wise stimulus presentation format. The data suggested that young children with shoes on were most preferred. The preference assessment was completed twice with stable patterns of preference across the two presentations. The obvious limitations of the assessment method are that pictures rather than the real stimuli were used and there is no ethically acceptable method for determining if the obtained preferences are the functional reinforcers associated with the foot obsession.
 
54. Individualized Daily Living Skill Programs to Improve Verbal Expressions and Daily Living Skills for Students with Autism
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
EUN JUNG SEO (Brain Korea 21 Task Force Project), Jae-Gyu Jo (Daegu University, South Korea), Eun Jeong Yoo (Daegu University, South Korea), Myung-Ok Kwon (Daegu University, South Korea)
Abstract: The study had two purposes. First, it was to see if the individualized daily living skill program could improve their independent performances of daily living skills in the inclusive setting. Second, it was to see if the program could help increase the spontaneous verbalization of target words related to their body concepts and daily living words while they were performing the daily living skills in the inclusive setting.Two parts of the individualized daily living skill program, such as the language training and the daily living skill training, were conducted simultaneously to increase spontaneous verbalizations of daily living words for the students with autism, while they were performing each step of daily living skills in an inclusive setting. A multiple baseline design across behaviors was used to assess the effects of the individualized daily living skill program. The results of the study revealed that 0% level of correct spontaneous verbal responses of daily living words were dramatically increased to 90% levels for all participants right after the application of the program. Furthermore, their independent performances of daily living skills were also increased to 100% level. The reliability of dependent variables was 92.7%, so the individualized daily living skill program was reliable for the improvement of the target behaviors.
 
55. The Intervention on Withdrawal of Down Syndrome Based on Functional Assessment in the Welfare Institution
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
AKIKO KURAMITSU (University of Tsukuba), Mae Kondo (University of Tsukuba), Shigeki Sonoyama (University of Tsukuba)
Abstract: “The problem behavior” of adults with intellectual difficulty including self-injured behavior, aggression, persistence, hyperanakinesia and withdrawal get a lot attention. How to treat them in institutions or workshops has been explored as “difficult treatment cases.” People with Down syndrome in adolescence have some behavioral properties such as withdraling when being warned by others or ignoring any caution because they have difficulty to work out their frustrations. It is feared that people with Down syndrome in adolescence might become nonpsychotic withdrawal which in increasing nowadays without consideration of such properties.The purpose of this research was to implement a functional assessment on withdrawal of a man with Down syndrome, carry out the successive approximation process based on the information from the assessment and examine its effect. He could engage in the task which matched his preference and ability among ohter residents for a certain time.It is important that introducing activities which match individual's preference and ability into daily program in the activities, and consistent response suitable for the behavioral properties in order to provide residents stable and abundant services in the institution.
 
56. Increasing and Maintaining Apartment Cleanliness for 3 Adults with Chronic Mental Illness
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
TINA HOPSON (University of the Pacific), Rebecca J. Bovino-Sandquist (University of the Pacific), Eric Sandquist (University of the Pacific), Hiroaki Uemura (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: Maintaining personal hygiene is often problematic for the mentally disabled population. Part of maintaining personal hygiene is maintaining a relatively clean living area. In this study, three participants living in a semi-independent apartment complex were invited to a party if they passed their apartment inspections. When the participants passed inspection, the partcipant was reinforced with social praise and invited to attend a group pass party. The pass party either included pizza and soda, or ice-cream and soda. All three participants were not passing apartment inspections prior to implmentation of the pass parties. After implementation, all three participants began passing apartment inspections.
 
57. Use of a Multicomponent Intervention for Multiply Maintained Physical Aggression
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER PRUSHAN (Devereux Whitlock Center), Stewart M. Shear (Devereux Whitlock Center)
Abstract: The use of a multicomponent intervention for physical aggression exhibited by a dually diagnosed adult female was examined. The dependent variable was the frequency of physical aggression. Data was collected daily for the dependent variable. Interobserver agreement was collected during at least 33% of the days and averaged 100% for the dependent variable. The intervention was implemented in two phases. The first treatment phase consisted of staff writing positive praise statements in the subject’s notebook on a daily basis. Contingent upon an occurrence of physical aggression, staff refused to sign the notebook and provided a verbal prompt to stop the behavior. Frequency of physical aggression did not significantly decrease with the introduction of the intervention. During the second phase of the intervention, when the subject engaged in physical aggression, staff would initially write a statement in the notebook indicating the occurrence of physical aggression. When the subject asked other staff members to write in the notebook, they would observe that physical aggression had occurred and would refuse to sign the notebook for the remainder of the day. Frequency of physical aggression subsequently decreased during the second phase. Low levels of physical aggression were maintained over an eighteen-month period.
 
58. Separation and/or Cultural Issues and their Impact on the Treatment of a Chinese-American Boy with Food Refusal
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
PAULA M. GONCE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer E. Dawson (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Typical outpatient treatment strategies include having a trained feeding therapist feed the patient first, demonstrate effectiveness, and then train the parent in the treatment protocol. In the current case, the patient engaged in high rates of self-injurious and disruptive behavior when in contact with the primary therapist. This pattern of behavior continued with the introduction of a new therapist. Attempts to decrease the behavior (fading) were unsuccessful. A third (Chinese-American) therapist was able to interact with the patient and demonstrate the treatment procedures. Subsequently, the therapists trained the patients mother in the treatment package (i.e., non-removal of the spoon, response cost). Results will show an increase in acceptance and a decrease in refusal behaviors. Discussion will include the topic of cultural differences and their potential impact on protocol implementation.
 
59. The Effect of a Relaxation Breathing Exercise on Male Adolescent Aggressive Behavior
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
TRUDI GAINES (University of West Florida), Leasha Barry (University of West Florida)
Abstract: Existing research on male adolescent aggressive behavior includes both group and single case design studies in which anger management, relaxation, and breathing techniques were employed in combination. The results of these previous studies support the use of these techniques in combination. However, it remains unclear if the use of relaxation breathing exercises alone brings any benefits to this population. This single case design study with multiple baselines across six participants was conducted to assess the effect of a relaxation breathing exercise on the verbal and physical aggressive behaviors of male adolescents in a residential juvenile justice program. One participant demonstrated reduced verbal and physical aggressive behaviors in phases in which relaxation breathing was employed. Two other subjects demonstrated reduced behaviors on one of the measures. Other participants demonstrated increased verbal and aggressive behaviors during phases in which relaxation breathing was employed. Interrater reliability was collected on at least one third of the trials. Overall, the findings do not support the use of relaxation breathing alone as a behavioral intervention for verbal and physical aggression. Future research should investigate combination behavioral interventions for this population using a component analysis to demonstrate the benefits of each component of the intervention.
 
60. A Study on Psychological Disorders in Mistreaded Children
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
JUAN CARLOS HÓDAR PREZ (Services of Children at Risk; Motril-Granada (Spain)), Inmaculada Gomez Becerra (University of Almeria, Spain), Carlos Belda Grindley (Delegación Provincial de Asuntos Sociales; Granada, Spain)
Abstract: It is broadly agreed that child maltreatment produces maladaptative psicological consecuences. This descriptive work deals with this issue from a epidemiological and a retrospective view including cases from 1999 to 2001. The objectives are to quantify disorders found in that population and to look for differences on problems experienced by the subjects depending on the kind of maltreatment received. And, to know more about those conditions that lead to the appearance of disorders. The sample was selected from children and youngsters assessed as at risk population by professionals working in a Services for Children at Risk (Granada-Spain). A total of 272 under 18 aged youngsters and children who were victims of abuse, neglect or both were assessed. Subjects were distributed into three groups: that had been exposed to abuse conditions, subjects exposed to neglect conditions and subjects exposed to both conditions. Semiestructured interviews, standardized scales, direct observation, and reports included in subject files were used to assess potential disorders. Results show that subjects exposed to abuse conditions developed more probably emotional and social adaptation disorders and subjects exposed to neglect conditions were damaged in cognitive development and academic performance. Subjects exposed to both conditions show more difficulties in establishing safe attachment links with their caregivers and difficulties in proper development of interpersonal skills.
 
61. Development and Assessment of an Online Training System for Foster Parents
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
JOSEPH FURMAN BUZHARDT (University of Kansas, Lawrence), Linda S. Heitzman-Powell (University of Kansas, Lawrence)
Abstract: Lack of training is one of the most frequently cited reasons that parents discontinue foster care (Crase, et al, 2000). This poster describes a Phase I, NIH-funded project to develop an online foster parent training system in Kansas. The purpose of this system is to improve the quality of foster parents’ in-service training, make it more accessible to those isolated by geography, lack of transportation, or availability of child-care, and to improve the accountability/management of foster parent training. Assessment of the system will take place from January – mid-March. The training modules’ instructional effectiveness will be assessed by pre-posttest score differences for each module. Usability testing of the system will be assessed by collecting observational data regarding the number of minutes it takes for foster parents and social workers to complete tasks with the system, the navigational paths that users take to access specific parts of the system, and the number of questions they ask related to using the system. Interrater reliability will be calculated by (agreements/agreements+disagreements)*100 for at least 20% of the usability observations. The implications of this system for the Kansas foster care system will be discussed, including future directions for Phase II of the project.
 
62. Hearing or Saying: The Role of positive Verbalizations in Positive Peer Reporting
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL L. HANDWERK (Father Flanagan's Boys Home), Nate Wendell (Father Flanagan's Boys Home), Brett Thomas (Father Flanagan's Boys Home), Clint Field (Father Flanagan's Boys Home)
Abstract: Positive peer reporting (PPR) has produce relatively consistent positive effects on the peer interaction of rejected youth (Jones, Young, & Friman, 2000). PPR involves rewarding positive verbal statements made by classmates or others toward a targeted rejected youth. Typically, the target youth either receives more opportunities to receive verbal acknowlegement from others, though in some investigations the targeted youth is also allowed to provide positive verbalizations to other non-rejected youths. Thus, it is currently unclear whether the active component of PPR involves the targeted youth receiving positive verbal statements from other youth, giving positive verbalizations to other youth, or both. The present study used a non-concurrent multiple baseline design to assess the component effects of PPR procedures. Two rejected youths in a residential care facility were selected by program administrative staff to receive the intervention. The treatment phase consisted of the targeted youths participating in giving positive verbal praise to other housemates, followed by them becoming recipients of positive verbal praise from housemates. Dependent variables were observations of positive and negative interactions between the targeted youths and their housemates. Results generally indicated positive effects for the procedure regardless of whether targeted youth were giving or receiving positive comments from housemates.
 
 
 
Poster Session #191
#191 Poster Session – DDA
Sunday, May 30, 2004
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes)
63. A Comparison of Descriptive Functional Assessment Data to Functional Analysis Data for 3 Boys in Residence Homes
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DANA TRAHANT (May South), Michael M. Mueller (May South), James W. Moore (May South), Dana C. Jeffery (May South)
Abstract: For three boys in residence homes who demonstrated severe problem behavior (tantrum, aggression, property destruction), four residential direct care staff completed the the Functional Analysis Screening Tool (FAST) and the Motivation Assessment Scale (MAS) on each child's severe behavior. The results of those descriptive assessments are compared to the results of functional analyses that were conducted in the residence homes. Issues related to the use of descriptive assessment will be presented.
 
64. Teaching Handwriting Behavior of Chinese Characters to a Child with Mental Retardation
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MASAKO TSURUMAKI (Fukushima University, Japan)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to improve the handwriting behavior of Chinese characters in a child with mental retardation. The child was a 13-year-old male at the start of the study. He has been coming to the laboratory at the university once or twice a month for special support in communication and handwriting. In Study 1, after he was taught how to write 35 Chinese characters, he practiced writing them three times each. During the next phase of the study at the laboratory, he often sent practice sheets to the laboratory by fax. He wrote 24 Chinese characters after Study 1. In Study 2, the student was requested to construct the two elements of a Chinese character to hiragana characters (the Japanese syllabary) in correct order. After arbitrarily constructed matching-to-sample tasks, the student was requested to use the same method of practice as in Study 1. He will study to write 12 Chinese characters in Study 2. Study 2 is ongoing. The student has looked at details of Chinese characters through the arbitrarily constructed matching-to-sample tasks.
 
65. Virtual Self- Modeling to Train the Self-Care Skills of an Adolescent with a Traumatic Brain Injury
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SHAWN E. HAPPE (Project 12-Ways, Southern Illinois University), Brandon F. Greene (Project 12-Ways, Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: This study investigated the use of virtual self-modeling (VSM). VSM involves the creation of a digital video of an individual attempting to perform a skill that is not in his repertoire. Digital filming is undertaken over several sessions during which the individual is assisted with whatever degree of prompting is necessary to enable him to complete the skill. The film is subsequently edited (digitally “cut and spliced”) into one composite video so that it appears the individual is performing the skill independently. That composite video is then presented to the individual as a “self model” for training purposes. In this study, VSM improved the ability of an adolescent with a brain injury to perform a showering routine beyond the level at which he performed after traditional hand-on training involving a standard hierarchy of least-to-most prompts.
 
66. Comparing Reinforcers Identified Through Paired Choice and Concurrent Duration Preference Assessments
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ASHLEY C. GLOVER (Marcus Autism Center), Henry S. Roane (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (Marcus Autism Center), Trent Valois (Marcus Autism Center), Heather J. Kadey (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Fisher et. al., (1992) developed a stimulus choice preference assessment, in which a participant chooses one item and receives access to that item for a brief amount of time (e.g., 30 s). One potential limitation of the stimulus choice assessment is that a participant may select an item, but refrain from interacting with it once chosen, suggesting it may not be a reinforcer. In the current study, we evaluated an alternative method in which two items were presented concurrently and duration of interaction was used as the dependent variable. Thus, if the participant selected an item initially, he may reallocate responding to the other item during the time in which it is present (e.g., 30 s). Results showed that, when compared to the Fisher et al. assessment, the duration-based assessment produced some differences in preference rankings. A subsequent reinforcer assessment showed that the assessments also identified some stimuli as differentially effective positive reinforcers. Reliability data were collected with two independent observers for over 30% of sessions and averaged over 90%. Results suggested that the concurrent choice assessment might be helpful in identifying stimuli that are differentially preferred and that function as differentially effective reinforcers.
 
67. The Nuk Prompt: An Alternative Physical Guidance Procedure for the Acquisition of Acceptance in Children Exhibiting food Refusal
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MERRILL J. BERKOWITZ (St. Joseph's Children's Hospital), Annemarie Marando (St. Joseph's Children's Hospital), Peggy S. Eicher (St. Joseph's Children's Hospital)
Abstract: Escape extinction procedures such as non-removal of the spoon are effective in increasing the acceptance of food for some children exhibiting pediatric feeding disorders (Hoch et al., 1994). Physical guidance, in the form of a jaw prompt, has been commonly used to help such children acquire the skills necessary to accept food or liquid. Although the procedure has been found to be effective (Ahearn et al., 1996), the procedure contains several disadvantages. Two disadvantages of the procedure are its low acceptability prior to implementation and the occasional difficulty implementing the procedure with some children. The current study will examine another physical guidance procedure, the Nuk prompt, to help in the acquisition of acceptance of food. Two children admitted to an intensive day treatment program for the assessment and treatment of food refusal participated in the study. Each participant’s acceptance within 5 seconds of presentation using non-removal of the spoon with contingent access to reinforcement was either low or variable. Implementation of the Nuk prompt procedure increased each participant’s acceptance within 5 second of presentation to above 80%. An ABAB withdrawal design was used to assess the efficacy of the Nuk prompt procedure. Implications of the study’s results are discussed.
 
68. A Comparison of DRO versus DRO plus Response Cost
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
STEFANIE HORVATH (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Deborah A. Napolitano (Bancroft NeuroHealth), April S. Worsdell (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Danielle Elisabeth Edmonds (Bancroft NeuroHealth)
Abstract: Traditional token economies are designed to allow opportunities to earn positive reinforcers for the absence of problem behavior (DRO) or for the occurrence of appropriate behavior (DRA). These reinforcement procedures often are combined with response cost, a punishment procedure that involves the removal of tokens contingent on problem behavior. Despite the frequent use of token economy programs, very little research has been conducted to determine whether response cost is a necessary component of a token economy. The purpose of this study was to compare the efficacy of DRO versus DRO plus response cost in decreasing the aggression of two adolescents with developmental disabilities. In the DRO condition, tokens were delivered for the absence of aggression, and those tokens could later be traded in for access to preferred activities. In the DRO plus response cost condition, participants earned tokens for the absence of aggression, and if aggression occurred, the DRO interval was reset and a token was removed. Interobserver agreement averaged at least 80% during sessions. Results showed that DRO and DRO plus response cost were equally effective in decreasing aggression, suggesting that response cost may not be an essential component of a successful token economy program.
 
69. Treatment of Pica: A Function-based Critical Review of Empirical Studies
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINE HALVEY (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Anthony J. Cuvo (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract: Functional assessment, including functional analyses, have become an essential initial step to derive hypotheses regarding the controlling variables for problem behaviors during the past 20 years. Although there have been reviews of effective interventions for the treatment of pica, those reviews have not emphasized the use and role of functional assessment in effectively reducing and eliminating pica behavior. This poster presents a critical review of function-based empirical studies conducted to reduce pica. Function-based interventions are described, as well as critically analyzed. Results indicated that automatic reinforcement was the function of pica in a majority of the studies reviewed. Although one main function was identified, a variety of different function-based interventions were effectively implemented, including response blocking with redirection, NCR, and response effort analyses. The vagueness and generality of the function of automatic reinforcement is further supported based on the results of this review. Recommendations for future research are presented.
 
70. Transfer of Sexually Arousing Stimulus Functions Validated Through Physiological Measures: Case Analysis of an Individual with Traumatic Brain Injury
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SUSAN A. PARKER-SINGLER (Southern Illinois University), Stacey L. Small (Southern Illinois University), John M. Guercio (Center for Comprehensive Services: Mentor/ABI Network), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory recently has provided the behavior-analytic community with a post-Skinnerian account of human cognition and language development. Verbal functions of actual words have been conceptualized in the RFT paradigm to help explain how sexual stimulus functions can lead to inappropriate sexual arousal and behaviors. Assessment of this phenomenon has not been empirically demonstrated outside of the laboratorial context. Therefore, this study attempted to demonstrate that inappropriate sexual arousal (i.e., to minors) can be manipulated through derived relational responding in an applied setting. The participant in this study was an adult male suffering from an acquired brain injury that was exposed to four varying sets of stimuli via computerized slide presentations. These stimuli sets consisted of inappropriate sexually arousing images, more socially appropriate images, and inanimate objects. Matching-to-sample training and testing procedures were conducted whereby the relating of words and images were differentially reinforced. Concurrent physiological assessments were taken (e.g., heart rate, GSR) to further validate the transfer of stimulus functions. Results suggest that the transfer of sexually arousing functions is possible in the brain injury population and may have significant practical utility for care providers.
 
71. Effects of Behavioral Momentum on Increasing Medium- and Low-Probability Response Frequency
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SHANNON M. WARNER (Lakeview NeuroRehabilitation Center), Amber L. Ayer (Lakeview NeuroRehabilitation Center), Sean M. Coriaty (Lakeview NeuroRehabilitation Center), Tina M. Trudel (Lakeview NeuroRehabilitation Center)
Abstract: Increasing behavioral repertoires by shaping novel responses and increasing low-probability responses lies at the core of training and rehabilitation programs. Research in behavioral momentum has demonstrated that existing high-probability responses can be effectively employed to increase low-probability responses and shape novel responses. The current study investigated the effects of behavioral momentum on increasing medium- and low-probability responding in children with developmental disabilities. A set of responses were empirically assigned to one of 3 categories: high-, medium-, and low-probability. High-probability responses were employed to increase the probability of both medium- and low-probability responses. Data were compared to traditional shaping techniques employed without the use of behavioral momentum. Results are discussed in terms of the value of employing behavioral momentum from a cost/ benefit standpoint.
 
72. Application of Web-based Assessment Program for People with Developmental Disabilities in Korea
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
HYANG JI KIM (Daegu University, South Korea), Chan Woong Park (Daegu University, South Korea), Chan Suk Byun (Daegu University, South Korea), Young Ja Cho (Daegu University, South Korea)
Abstract: This study aimed at providing people dealing with developmental disabilities with web-based assessment application. it also aimed at supporting people dealing with developmental disabilities by providing them scientific, effective, and exact assessment instrument on-line. The results of the study showed as follows. Fist, the assessment program developed in the study provides a definite on-line system to assemble all the available data on each individual's assessment. Second, it offers clear and definite methods for construction web-based assessment instruments. Third, it proves cost-effectiveness in terms of saving time, convenient recording, effective management, and exactness of its result. Fourth, it offers the base of Facilitating its standardization and of development of further assessment instruments.
 
73. In-home Functional Assessment and Subsequent Intervention by Parents for Long-standing Disruptive Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
YUKIKO WASHIO (University of Nevada, Reno), Yanqing Guo (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Functional assessment of problem behavior, while well established in the clinical treatment of disruptive behavior is often conducted by trained professionals and often in analog situations. Interventions are then conducted in those situations and then in some cases the new behavioral arrangement id transferred to the natural environment. This poster describes a case study in which the long standing disruptive behavior of an adult child was first assessed in a day program setting with subsequent in home assessment and intervention by parents with therapist assistance. The conducting of traditional scripted functional analysis scenarios was used as a training method with parents in order to gain discrimination of and practical skill in the relative roles of antecedent and consequent behaviors in the maintenance of socially mediated problem behavior. The use of video tape and hand held computers allowed for inter observer agreement measures and independent verification of behavior change by therapists. The relative effectiveness of training was then verified with subsequent intervention conducted by parents.
 
74. The Effects of Extinction and Time-out, with and without Noncontingent Reinforcement, in the Treatment of Attention-Reinforced Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TRACY L. KETTERING (Marcus Autism Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Marcus Autism Center), Michael E. Kelley (Marcus Autism Center), Juan K. Grimes (Marcus Autism Center), Keisha D. Reese (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Extinction (EXT) and time-out (T-O), when implemented alone, often result in deprivation from reinforcement, an establishing operation that may prolong the occurrence of problem behavior or even temporarily increase it (i.e., extinction or punishment bursts). The delivery of a reinforcer on a response-independent or time-based schedule (referred to as noncontingent reinforcement [NCR]) has been shown to increase the effectiveness of extinction and prevent extinction bursts, but the effects of combining NCR and T-O remain untested. The effects of combining NCR and T-O may differ from the combination of NCR and EXT because: (a) T-O (but not EXT) involves a social reaction to the target behavior, which, in some cases, may function as reinforcement for attention-maintained behavior; and (b) T-O, by definition, involves a period of deprivation from reinforcement, which may, in some cases, prolong or temporarily increase the target behavior. In the current study, following a functional analysis that showed that problem behavior was reinforced by attention, we evaluated the effects of EXT and T-O first alone and then in combination with NCR. Results showed that both EXT and T-O were not effective when implemented alone, EXT with NCR reduced problem behavior to near-zero levels, and T-O with NCR produced levels of responding in between those observed in baseline and those observed in EXT with NCR. These results are discussed in terms of the operant mechanisms that might account for the levels of responding observed when EXT and T-O were implemented alone or in combination with NCR.
 
75. You've Got Mail: Teaching Students To Deliver Phone Messages
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JAMES C. HORAN (Hawthorne Country Day School), David Bicard (Hawthorne Country Day School), Tina Marie Covington (Hawthorne Country Day School)
Abstract: This study taught four students with disabilities, ages 15-16, to take four different types of phone messages given to them by a caller. The four messages consisted of a) Give message to staff (immediate), b) Give message to staff (delayed delivery), c) Student call other (immediate), and d) Student call other (delayed). Data were collected using a task analysis form and scores were converted to a percentage. Generality probes were conducted 2 weeks later across different environments.
 
76. An Evaluation of a High-Probability Instructional Sequence to Increase Acceptance of Food and Decrease Inappropriate Behavior In Children with Pediatric Feeding Disorders
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KISHA HOPE (Marcus Autism Center), Meeta R. Patel (Marcus Autism Center), Gregory K. Reed (Marcus Autism Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Robert-Ryan S. Pabico (Marcus Autism Center), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (Marcus Autism Center), Stacy A. Layer (University of Kansas)
Abstract: We assessed the effects of a high-probability (high-p) instructional sequence with escape extinction on food acceptance and inappropriate behavior for 2 children diagnosed with feeding problems. We evaluated treatment effects using a withdrawal design (BABAB) for one child (Kisha) in which B was the high-p sequence plus escape extinction and A was escape extinction alone. We used a combination withdrawal (ABAB) and multi-element designs with the second child (Simone) in which A was an escape baseline and B was a comparison of EE alone with high-p plus EE. Independent observers achieved over 90% agreement for approximately 29% (Kisha) and 38% (Simone) of sessions. Results for Kisha indicated that acceptance of non-preferred foods increased and inappropriate behavior decreased with the presentation of the high-p instructional sequence plus escape extinction relative to escape extinction alone. Acceptance increased for Simone when escape extinction was implemented, independent of the presence or absence of the high-p sequence. However, inappropriate behavior was lower when escape extinction was combined with high-p instructions relative to escape extinction alone. Data are discussed in terms of behavioral momentum, establishing operations, and the relative contributions of the high-p instructional sequence and escape extinction in the treatment of feeding problems.
 
77. An Examination of the Effects of Task Difficulty and Level of Attention on On-task Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ROSE E. TREACY (Gonzaga University), Theresa Waco (Gonzaga University), Susan Zeimantz (Spokane School District), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: In this study we examined the effects of task difficulty in combination with the amount of teacher attention during academic demands. The participant in this study was a 10-year old boy diagnosed with ADHD. He was enrolled in regular 4th grade classroom and received daily resource room services for reading, writing, and math. All of the assessment and treatment conditions were conducted by the teacher in the resource room. Two independent observers achieved 90% agreement on over 33% of the sessions. Results showed that higher rates of off-task behavior occurred during more difficult tasks when lower level of attention was provided. Results will be discussed in terms of antecedent variables and the application of behavioral assessment in a classroom setting.
 
78. Comparison of ABC and Partial-Interval Descriptive Analyses
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MARY CHIANG (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (New England Center for Children), Daniel Gould (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Several investigators have used descriptive analyses to identify antecedent and consequent events associated with problem behavior. Two frequently used methods include the ABC method and the interval method. The ABC method requires observers to indicate antecedent and consequent events that co-occur with the target response. By contrast, the interval method requires observers to record the independent occurrence of antecedent and consequent events during each interval, allowing for calculation of the conditional probability of events. Lerman and Iwata (1993) found that the interval method did not yield similar conclusions of behavioral function to that obtained during a functional analysis (FA). In the present study, we compared results from two forms of descriptive analyses (the ABC method and the interval method) to those obtained by experimental analyses for 3 individuals who exhibited problem behavior. After conducting a FA that indicated a clear social function, we videotaped participants during six-to-twelve 10-min segments. Antecedent events, consequent events, and behaviors were scored using ABC and interval methods. Results indicated that descriptive methods corresponded with social versus nonsocial FA outcomes but not with positive- versus negative-reinforcement FA outcomes. IOA was collected during 33% of the sessions with a score of at least 90%.
 
79. The Use of Positive Reinforcement to Increase Proper Eliminations in a Child with Primary Encopresis
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
BARBARA S. WIMBERLY (Marcus Autism Center), Lindsay S. Hauer (Marcus Autism Center), Robert LaRue (Marcus Autism Center), Henry S. Roane (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Encopresis occurs when feces are allowed to build up in the colon (or large intestine) over a period of time. This may happen because a child does not have regular bowel movements, or because the bowel does not empty completely on a regular basis, resulting in toileting accidents as well as other medical complications. Treatment of primary encopresis generally involves the use of enemas, laxatives and high-fiber diets. While combined medical and behavioral research for the treatment of primary encopresis is available (O’Brien et al., 1986), research on behavioral treatment procedures alone for primary encopresis is limited. The purpose of the current investigation was to evaluate the effects of positive reinforcement (i.e., access to preferred items, therapist attention) on encopresis. Baseline procedures consisted of toileting the participant on a set schedule (i.e., every 15 minutes). Following baseline, preferred items were provided contingent upon appropriate eliminations in the toilet. The toileting schedule was then faded to 40-minute intervals. Results indicated that contingent access to preferred items was effective in increasing proper eliminations. Results are discussed in terms of the behavioral aspects of encopresis.
 
80. Examining the Communication Repairs of Two Young Children with Developmental Disabilities Who Lack Language
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JAMES W. HALLE (University of Illinois), Hedda Meadan (University of Illinois), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina)
Abstract: Most people possess a set of skills referred to as conversational repairs that emerge when their first attempt at communicating is unsuccessful. Young children with severe disabilities communicate using unconventional means that often are misunderstood, occasioning many repair opportunities. For them, effective repair strategies are a crucial means of influencing others in intended ways. The aim of this study was to examine repair efforts by determining their topographies and their contextual determinants. Two young children who lacked language participated in structured protocols that included multiple request opportunities and scheduled breakdowns. The data were coded (occurrence of initial request, type of activity, topography of request, type of breakdown, and topography of repair) and analyzed to identify when and how each child emitted requests and repaired breakdowns. It was found that the percentage of repairs (repair/ breakdowns) varied by child, type of activity, and type of breakdown. In addition, the percentage of each topography (topography/repair) emitted by participants to repair initial requests varied by type of activity and type of breakdown. Reliability was conducted on approximately 25% of the sessions for each participant and calculated for each of the recoded variables. Reliability for topography of repairs ranged between 87.5% and 91.1%.
 
81. Effects of Combined Behavioral and Medical Treatments on the Reduction of Rumination
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SHARON K. KELL (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Ellen K. Taylor (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Jerre R. Brimer (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Duke Nyabera (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Susan C. Plutowski (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Carrie Smiley (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Melanie Davis (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Robert W. Montgomery (Reinforcement Unlimited)
Abstract: This poster will describe a treatment program to address rumination and the effects behavioral treatment, medical and dental treatment and nutritional consultation had on the reduction in rumination and subsequent weight gain for a student. A package behavioral treatment that included increased food intake, increased texture of foods along with providing a stimulating post-meal environment will be discussed. The impact of dental treatment to address tooth decay, treatment to address medical conditions and consultation and evaluation by a nutritionist will also be discussed. Data will be presented that show an ongoing positive effect in weight gain from a weight of 59 pounds to a weight of 100 pounds. A reduction in rumination from an average occurrence of 10 times daily during baseline to .42 times daily will also be presented.
 
82. Training Siblings to Conduct a Behavior Plan for a Child with Severe Problem Behaviors
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DEBORAH L. BORDEN-KARASACK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: There has been a significant amount of research examining the effectiveness of training parents in behavioral principles (Forehand, Griest, & Wells, 1979; Griest & Forehand, 1982). However, there is little research on the results of training siblings in behavioral principles as they relate to the implementation of a behavior plan developed for their brother or sister. In this study, two siblings of a child who participated in an intensive outpatient day treatment clinic for the assessment of severe problem behaviors were trained to implement his behavior plan while caring for him in their parents’ absence. A behavior therapist verbally reviewed the reinforcement and reductive contingencies of the behavior plan then modeled these contingencies with each sibling. Data was collected on treatment integrity during demand training sessions in the home. It was shown that Sibling A implemented each treatment component across two follow up sessions with 97.5% accuracy while Sibling B implemented each treatment component across the same follow sessions with 85% accuracy. This data suggests that siblings along with parents should be trained to implement the behavior plan to promote the generalization of the treatment contingencies across family members as well as across environments.
 
83. Using Video Modeling to Teach Social Initiations in Children with Autism and Developmental Disabilities
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRIS A. LABELLE (University of Florida), Amanda Ross (University of Florida), Elizabeth Abellon (University of Florida), Amanda Banister (University of Florida), Jamie Kacur (University of Florida)
Abstract: Without receiving treatment targeting social skills, children with autism and other developmental disabilities are unlikely to make gains in social behaviors. During the past decade, video modeling has been studied as a means to teach children with developmental disabilities a broad range of skills (Charlop-Christy, Lee, & Freeman, 2000). Video-modeling typically involves the child observing a videotape of a model engaging in a target behavior. Although previous research has established that video modeling is an effective procedure for teaching children with developmental disabilities new skills, few video modeling studies have targeted social skills, and none have targeted social initiations. Three participants were recruited from a local elementary school for children with various developmental disabilities. Each participant individually watched a videotape of models appropriately initiating social activities. Each child’s social initiations were scored during baseline sessions, during treatment, and following treatment. Reliability was assessed through interobserver agreement on 30% of all sessions. Preliminary data suggests that video modeling has been an effective treatment for increasing one adolescent’s appropriate verbal social initiations. These social initiations successfully generalized to another setting and to other peers. It is expected that video modeling will be effective for the remaining participants in this ongoing study.
 
84. The Effects of Contingent Positive Attention versus Contingent Negative Attention on Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINE STRICKLAND (AdvoServ), Cori Morneau (AdvoServ), Cheryl L. Ecott (AdvoServ), Tara Lieblein (AdvoServ)
Abstract: Through naturalistic and staff observations it was hypothesized that high-rate problem behavior was maintained by negative attention in the form of “don’t” statements. A functional analysis was conducted (Iwata, et al., 1982/1994) to determine the function of disruptive and aggressive behavior. The standard social-attention condition within the functional analysis was manipulated to assess the effects of contingent positive versus contingent negative attention on problem behavior. In the positive attention condition, a positive statement was delivered contingent on the occurrence of problem behavior. In the negative attention condition, a don’t statement was delivered contingent on the occurrence of problem behavior (Fisher, et al., 1998). The results of the functional analysis suggest that problem behavior was reinforced by negative attention in the form of “don’t” statements. Subsequent treatment included extinction of negative attention (in the form of “don’t statements) and the delivery of a neutral statement was delivered contingent on problem behavior. Disruptive and aggressive behavior decreased to low-rates and was maintained for two months following the termination of formal treatment sessions.
 
 
 
Poster Session #192
#192 International Poster Session – EAB
Sunday, May 30, 2004
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes)
85. A Test of a Blocking Procedure in an Animal Model of Activity Anorexia
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
W. DAVID PIERCE (University of Alberta), Ann Marie Biondo (University of Alberta), Donald C. Heth (University of Alberta), James C. Russell (University of Alberta)
Abstract: The present experiment asked whether the pairing of novel food (cat treats) with wheel running would block the usual suppression of familiar food intake (lab chow) induced by physical activity during activity anorexia (AA). Rats received 90-min access to novel food followed by 22.5 h of access to running wheels (novel-wheel, N=8) or no wheel running (novel-no wheel, N=8) for 3 consecutive days. Next, rats received 90-min of access to both novel and familiar food for 4 more days; half the rats continued to have access to wheels while the others remained without wheels. Results showed that wheel running increased over days and that body weights of novel-wheel animals declined while the weights of novel-no wheel rats leveled off; novel-wheel rats consumed less novel food than those in the novel-no wheel group for days 1 to 3. Novel food intake dropped and did not differ between the novel-wheel and novel-no wheel conditions for days 4 through 7. For this same period, intake of familiar food (and total food intake) was reduced in the novel-wheel condition. Overall, there is no evidence of blocking in an AA procedure; results support previous research on the suppressive effect of wheel running on food intake.
 
86. Preference and Fixed-Ratio Changeover Requirements
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY OTERO (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Carlos F. Aparicio (University of Guadalajara, Mexico)
Abstract: Our work with rats has shown that preference adapts rapidly to a dynamic environment where seven pairs of probabilities (.27-.01, .25-.03, .21-.07, .14-.14, .07-.21, .03-.25, and .01-.27) are used to arrange seven components of reinforcement in two levers. The present study utilized the same environment to assess the effect of an increasing fixed-ratio changeover requirement on preference. Each component provided 50 dependently scheduled reinforcers in two main-levers. A changeover-lever required 1, 4, 8, 16, or 32 responses to alternate between the main-levers. For twenty days the same component remained in effect with one fixed-ratio changeover requirement. After that, a different component was randomly selected to operate with the next fixed-ratio changeover requirement. All fixed-ratios were assessed across components in ascendent and descendent orders. For some conditions, a different fixed-ratio was required every 10 reinforcers within the same session. Sensitivity to reinforcement increased with an increasing changeover response requirement, but it also increased with experience in the dynamic environment. The roles of steady state behavior and history of reinforcement on choice behavior will be discussed.
 
87. Effect of Relative Reinforcer Duration on Choice under Different Absolute Rates of Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JOAO CLAUDIO TODOROV (Universidade Católica de Goiás, Brazil), Elenice Seixas Hanna (University of Brazil), Thais Andreozzi (University of Brazil), Patricia Finageiv (University of Brazil), Luciana Bayeh (University of Brazil)
Abstract: Five pigeons were submitted to concurrent variable interval, variable interval schedules with equal relative reinforcement frequencies but unequal relative reinforcement duration. In the first eight experimental conditions absolute reinforcement rate was changed from 360 to 2 programmed reinforcements per hour, with unequal relative reinforcer duration kept constant. Replications were conducted in an irregular order in the last eight conditions. The response key associated with the larger reinforcer duration was alternated after each of the sixteen experimental conditions. Absolute reinforcement frequency had no systemmatic effect on response distribution between the schedules, but bias effects were observed in the data from some subjects.
 
88. Effects of Shared and Non-Shared Consequences on the Choice Between Individual and Social Contingencies in Partial Altruism Conditions of Exchange in Adults
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
NORA RANGEL (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Emilio Ribes Iñesta (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Hector Hernandez (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Alejandra Zaragoza Scherman (University of Guadalajara, Mexico)
Abstract: Four dyads of college students (20 to 23 year-old) solved a visual puzzle on a computer screen. In the experimental conditions each subject in every dyad could track the performance of his/her peer and also place pieces in the peer’s puzzle. Dyads were exposed to two baseline sessions and then to a sequence of two experimental conditions: 1) partial altruism with non-shared consequences, in which each participant had a counter that registered his/her own earnings; 2) partial altruism with shared consequences, in which earnings produced for both participants in one session were registered in one common counter (at the end of the session the points were divided among each member of the dyad. In all the experimental conditions subjects could choose to solve their puzzle individually instead of working additionally on the peer’s puzzle. All dyads showed effects of the exposition to shared consequences at different times in the experiment. Results are analyzed in terms of the exposition to different kinds of consequences (shared and non-shared).
 
89. The Effects of Reinforcer Magnitude on Demand for Food in Australian Brushtail Possums
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
CATHERINE E. SUMPTER (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Therese Mary Foster (University of Waikato, New Zealand), William Temple (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Mizuho Osugi (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Joann R. Martin (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Jennifer Chandler (University of Waikato, New Zealand)
Abstract: Previous research has showed that possums' preference among, and demand for, differing food types were inversely related. That is, initial demand was lower when the possums responded on fixed-ratio schedules for the most preferred food. However, it was unclear whether this finding was directly a result of preference or whether it was related to the different amounts of each food that could be obtained during each reinforcement. The present experiment examined possums' demand for differing amounts of the same food under fixed-ratio schedules by varying reinforcer access time across conditions. The results are discussed in regard to what is known about the relation between response rates and reinforcer magnitude in simple fixed-ratio schedule performance.
 
90. Carbon Dioxide Challenge Procedures in Experimental Contexts: An Analysis of Variables Predicting Premature Subject Discontinuation and Drop Out
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
DEAN ACHESON (State University of New York at Albany), Velma Barrios (State University of New York at Albany), John P. Forsyth (State University of New York at Albany)
Abstract: Biological challenge procedures are commonly used to induce panic and to examine how persons differ with respect to fear over the resulting panicogenic symptoms. That is, most of these studies have involved showing that challenge-induced responses discriminate between patient samples and patient samples vs. normal controls. More recently, experimental psychopathologists have begun using challenge procedures to address fundamental questions pertaining to the definition and classification of panic attacks, as a means to identify risk factors involved in the ontogenesis of panic, and in the development of laboratory models of panic and anxiety. Nonetheless, a significant proportion of the subjects undergoing such procedures will drop out. This results in decreased productivity and lost subject hours for laboratories using this method. An analysis of four recently completed studies within our laboratory utilizing 20% CO2-enriched air inhalations showed a combined dropout rate of 9%, or a loss of 129 subject hours. The aim of the current paper is to identify individual difference variables that may put subjects at a higher risk for discontinuing the procedure. Implications of these data will be discussed in the context of developing more effective prescreening procedures to minimize the probability incomplete or lost data resulting from premature termination.
 
91. Activity Anorexia: Role of Food Novelty and Conditioned Taste Aversion in Reducing Food Intake
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
AMY K. DRAYTON (Eastern Michigan University), James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
Abstract: Activity anorexia (AA) is a phenomenon in which the reinforcement value of exercise increases and the reinforcement value of food decreases. The result is that rats will continue to exercise more and eat less until they die of starvation unless the pattern is interrupted. The excessive wheel running that occurs in AA has been said to produce sickness in rats, which results in a conditioned taste aversion (CTA) to the food eaten just prior to exercise. The purpose of this study is to examine whether CTA is a factor in AA rats using a single-subject multi-element design. This study differs from similar studies by: a) directly assessing potential aversion to the food in the anorexia context, rather than aversion to flavors not used in the wheel running context, b) attempting to separate the effects of food novelty from the potential effects of CTA, and c) employing a single subject rather than group methodology.
 
92. A Simulation Study of Aversive Stimuli in the Route-Finder Model
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JAIME ROBLES (Virginia Commonwealth University)
Abstract: A new simulation for the route-finder model by Reid and Staddon (1998) is carried out, introducing modifications on the learning mechanism of the original model. This model has been used for spatial navigation in different learning situations. An extensive simulation work combined with a sistematic test of diferent values within the parametric space, gives new insights about the model's performance and future applications. The main finding of the study regards the incorporation of aversive stimuli in the simulated environment.
 
93. Can Pigeons Count? - Analysis of Numerical Control of Behavior Using a Peak Procedure
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
ANTHONY DEFULIO (University of Florida), Timothy D. Hackenberg (University of Florida)
Abstract: Key pecks produced food according to both a fixed-interval (FI) 24s schedule of reinforcement and a fixed-number (FN) 12 schedule in which the first peck after the twelfth in a series of events (flashes of light) produced food. Key colors served as schedule-correlated stimuli. Intertrial intervals followed each reinforcer delivery. Flashes occurred at fast, medium, and slow rates during both FI and FN trials, for a total of six trial types. Trials were blocked within each session such that 10 of each trial type occurred consecutively for a total of 60 trials per session. Order of trial types was randomized across sessions. Within each block of trials, eight trials terminated with reinforcer delivery and two trials continued for 100 seconds and terminated without reinforcer delivery (empty trials). Peak rates of responding on empty trials were used as indices of temporal or numerical control. Results indicate no effect of flash rate on performance during FI trials, and differential performance across different flash rates on FN trials. The subjects were exposed to additional conditions in which flash rate changed within trials, and in which particular flashes were omitted. The additional conditions provide further evidence of numerical control for some subjects.
 
94. Derived Relationships within Samples and Targets in a Stimulus Equivalence Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHEN PROVOST (Southern Cross University), Michael B. Piotrowicz (University of Newcastle)
Abstract: Stimulus equivalence refers to the emergence of derived relationships between stimuli in a matching to sample task showing the characteristic features of equivalence (reflexivity, symmetry and transitivity). In Experiment 1, six out of nine participants showed clear evidence for stimulus equivalence in a three-item symbolic matching to sample task. In Experiment 2 we examined whether participants would tend to match members of the same set of targets and samples from training, if an equivalence target was not available. This kind of derived relationship was demonstrated by three out of six participants. There did not appear to be any advantage for cues serving as both targets and samples, but performance was highest for the group of cues which had most recently been targets. Only one participant out of six in this experiment showed evidence for stimulus equivalence on subsequent test, suggesting that learning takes place during the testing process, despite the absence of objective feedback. These data are more easily accommodated within relational frame theory, and we speculate that this behaviour may be related to the kinds of processes which, for example, allow foreign language listeners to identify the language in which words are spoken without any knowledge of their meaning.
 
95. Human Transitive Inference using Verbal and Nonverbal Procedures
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
ADAM H. DOUGHTY (University of Kansas), Dean C. Williams (University of Kansas), Kathryn Saunders (University of Kansas)
Abstract: After being told that “Alan is taller than Brad, and Brad is taller than Carl,” a person shows transitive inference by stating that “Alan is taller than Carl.” Transitive inference in humans typically involves the use of such verbal procedures. Recently, however, there has been an interest in the study of human transitive inference using nonverbal procedures because of reports of transitive inference in nonhuman animals (e.g., pigeons). The present research involved humans responding under both verbal and nonverbal transitive inference procedures. The verbal procedures were similar to the example provided above. The nonverbal procedures resembled those used with animals. Initial training involved two-choice simultaneous discriminations in which there were several overlapping pairs of stimuli (e.g., A+B-, B+C-, C+D-, and D+E-). Probes then included pairs of stimuli that did not occur together during training (e.g., BD). Results are shown from individual subjects exposed to both the verbal and nonverbal procedures.
 
96. Exclusion and Stimulus Class Formation after a Baseline of All-Visual and Many-to-One Conditional Discriminations
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
CLAUDIA K.B. OSHIRO (Federal University of Sao Carlos, Brazil), Aline Roberta Aceituno Costa (Federal University of Sao Carlos, Brazil), Tatiana Gaia (Federal University of Sao Carlos, Brazil), Deisy das Garcas De Souza (Federal University of Sao Carlos, Brazil)
Abstract: Responding by "Exclusion" is typically observed when a research participant views an array of choices (e.g., pictures) in which just one of them has not yet been related to a spoken name. When a new undefined sample is spoken, participants immediately select the undefined comparison item without explicit training to do so. Research on exclusion usually establishes a baseline of one-to-one conditional discriminations, such that a dictated name (the sample) corresponds to one and only one picture. The present study asked two questions: 1) whether establishing multiple correspondences (multiple samples for each comparison and vice-versa) would interfere with responding by exclusion; 2) whether responding by exclusion would hold with a baseline of all visual- conditional discriminations. Exclusion procedures were used with normally developing children. The behavioral baseline relations were complex, including teaching the participants that one picture could be related to up to three different pictures and vice-versa. All participants showed exclusion and equivalence despite 1) the more complex behavioral baselines; 2) the all-visual baselines. Overall, the present results indicate that exclusion does not depend on the baseline’s one-to-one and auditory-visual features.(Research supported by Fundação de Amparo a Pesquisa do Estado de São Paulo - FAPESP and CNPq- Brazil)
 
97. Comparison of an Instructional Situation in Different Linguistic Modes with School Children and University Students
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MARÍA ANTONIA PADILLA VARGAS (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Idania Zepeda (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Maria Luisa Avalos Latorre (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Carlos Martinez Munquia (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Julio Varela (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Sucel Moran (University of Guadalajara, Mexico)
Abstract: Forty-eight schoolchildren and forty-eight university students were exposed to an instructional situation, the linguistic mode of which varied across six different experiments: 1) reading a text printed on paper, 2) reading a text with illustrations printed on paper, 3) reading a text presented on a computer screen, 4) reading a text with illustrations presented on a computer screen, 5) listening to a tape, and 6) listening to a tape and observing illustrations presented on a computer screen. The thematic content was the same for the experimental groups and varied for the control groups. The design consisted of a pretest, a training phase, and a post-test. The items of the pretest and post-test corresponded to various kinds of abilities: basic, applied, and theoretical. A comparison of the behavior of the participants is presented.
 
98. An Updated Look at Interobserver Agreement
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
DONALD R. KARR (University of Nevada, Reno), W. Larry Williams (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele R. Bishop (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Behavior analysts typically rely upon multiple observers to assess the integrity of their data. Although mechanical means of data collection might reduce or eliminate most data collection problems, current technology does not obviate the use of human observers to assess complex human behaviors in multiple settings. The current requirement for an index of interobserver agreement (IOA) in behavior analysis reports appears to have institutionalized a nearly ritualistic procedure in reporting IOA. Currently, we are virtually assured that a journal article will include a report of the number of agreements as a percentage of the number of agreements plus disagreements. Further, the commonly accepted minimum percentage is a fixed 80 percent. Most of the research into IOA was conducted in an era before programmable calculators, personal computers, laptop computers and palm pilots were commonplace. The current study was prompted by the notion that an updated look at IOA, in light of currently available technology, might lead to improvements in our ability to assess IOA. Observer agreement is not equivalent to observer accuracy. Early reports on assessing IOA did not include discussions of observer accuracy, although it was assumed that consensus between observers led to a valid inference of data accuracy. Our approach was to take a step backward and to analyze the effects of observer accuracy on the data collection process and the reported index of IOA. Results indicate that observer accuracy, among other variables, plays a significant role in both the design of the data collection process as well as the reported index of IOA.
 
99. An Experimental Analysis of Tertiary Conditioned Reinforcement as Applied in Various Animal Training Practices
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MARY E. HUNTSBERRY (James Madison University), Sherry L. Serdikoff (James Madison University), Kayce Cover (Syn Alia Animal Systems)
Abstract: The current study is concerned with training methods used with animals. In clicker training (CT), a secondary conditioned reinforcer (sound of the clicker) is trained then used to shape desired responses by reinforcing successive approximations. Like CT, bridge and target (BT) training involves shaping behavior using conditioned reinforcement. However, BT training expands the use of operant conditioning by including discriminative stimuli (targets) introduced early in training and tertiary conditioned reinforcers (intermediate bridges, IB’s) while behaviors are being performed. In BT training, once the discriminative stimulus is presented and the animal begins performing the correct response, the IB is presented in a steady stream that varies in intensity and speed according to the performance of the animal. Trainers have claimed that BT training facilitates more effective and faster learning in animals and the current study empirically tests this claim. Rats are trained to lever-press using a standard shaping procedure or using a procedure that includes an intermediate bridge and once they are responding reliably each will be trained to perform additional responses. Differences in the rates of acquisition for the initial and subsequently trained responses are evaluated in order to provide empirical validation of the claims regarding BT training.
 
100. A Delay Discounting Procedure in Gambling and Non-Gambling Contexts with Pathological Gamblers
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
SCOTT SANDERS (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: The purpose of this poster is to demonstrate the degree to which contextual variables contribute to the rate of delay discounting in pathological gamblers. We utilized a delay discounting task within-subjects whereby pathological gamblers initially completed the procedure within a gambling context and later in another non-gambling context. It appears that the difference of context and the associated establishing operations may alter the subjective value of delayed rewards, and therefore change the discounting rates of compulsive gamblers. These data add additional support to the growing literature of delay and probability discounting in problem or pathological gamblers. Implications for a behavioral analysis of gambling are discussed.
 
101. Conversational Aspects of Driving: Measuring the use of Cell Phone Conversation and Upper Level Processing on Driver Performance
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
HUGH KIMBEL (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University), Christopher B. Robinchaux (Virginia Polytechnic Institute & State University)
Abstract: With cellular phones becoming more ubiquitous, studies have also increased in number, showing everything from a lack of visual attention during driving (Strayer, Drews, & Johnston 2003) to finding no difference in driver distraction between hand-held and hands-free cell phones (Matthews, Legg, & Charlton 2003). Undeniably, cell phones present a distracting aspect to driving in some form or another, yet the specific aspect of the cell phone conversation correlated with the type of cell phone used has yet to be studied. The current research proposes to use a between-subjects design to study the effects of form of conversation the participant is subjected to (hand-held, hands-free, passenger) related to the type of processing the participant must undergo while listening to a story (listening to a story with no contingency on paying attention vs. listening to story with a contingency on paying attention). Attention will likely vary with the contingencies while physical distracters will likely vary with the type of conversation involved in. Participants will run a three separate three minute runs on a driving simulator provided by Systems Technology Inc.
 
102. Functions Describing the Discounting of Delayed Contingencies in a Venezuelan Context
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JOANNA ANEZ (University of Central Venezuela), Veronica Calderaro (University of Central Venezuela), Graciela Gasch (University of Central Venezuela), Cristina Vargas-Irwin (University of Central Venezuela)
Abstract: This study attempts to identify and compare the fitting of the exponential and hyperbolic discounting functions and the discount rates of delayed contingencies in a reward and a cost conditions in a Venezuelan context, and to know if there are differences in the fitting and in the discount rates due to the university career, gender, socioeconomic level and labor experience. The study was carried out with 64 undergraduate college students (Psychology and Economy mayors). We used a version of the Hypothetical Money Choice Taskdeveloped by Murphy, Vuchinich and Simpson (2001). The participants chose between smaller immediate and larger delayed hypothetical monetary amounts. A set of these choices determined the immediate amount subjectively equivalent to delayed amount, that is, the Equivalence Point, which was used to estimate the fitting of the functions and the discount rates. The coefficients of determination (R2) showed that the hyperbolic function described delayed discounting better than the exponential function, resulting in a better fit for the cost condition than for the reward condition. A greater discount rate was observed in the reward condition than in the cost condition. Once again the exponential devaluation was not sustained by behavioral data as a descriptive function of delayed contingencies.
 
103. Inter-trial Interval Food Effects on Responding in Three-link Chain Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MATTHEW C. BELL (Santa Clara University), Margaret A. McDevitt (McDaniel College)
Abstract: Pigeons were exposed to two equal three-link chain schedules. Each link was a variable-interval schedule. Chains were separated by a 30-s intertrial interval bisected by 3-s access to food. After baseline training, terminal links were presented alone in a successive discrimination designed to devalue one of the terminal links: responses to one terminal link continued to be reinforced while responses to the other were extinguished. Subjects were then returned to the full chain schedule which was presented in extinction with response-independent transitions from the terminal link (all other transitions remained response-dependent). Food continued to be delivered during the intertrial interval. There was minimal differential effect on response rate of the devaluation manipulation. Initial-link responding dropped to approximately 80% of baseline. Middle-link responding dropped to approximately 60% of baseline. No systematic or differential decrease in responding for the initial and terminal links was observed across 28 sessions, despite the fact that the only available food was presented at the midpoint of the intertrial interval. Responding during the terminal link did drop considerably across sessions and there was a small effect of the devaluation procedure. It is hypothesized that the 15-s delayed food in the intertrial interval maintained responding to the chain schedule.
 
104. An Experinmental Examination of Timing and Adjunctive Behavior on DRL-LH Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JILL SKARVAN (Illinois Wesleyan University), Lauren Waidzunas (Illinois Wesleyan University), James D. Dougan (Illinois Wesleyan University)
Abstract: In recent years, the study of timing behavior has become an increasingly important part of behavior analysis. A number of theories have been proposed to account for animal’s ability totime short intervals. One such theory, The Behavioral Theory of Timing (BeT, Killeen and Fetterman, 1988) argues that the timing of short intervals is mediated by collateral/adjunctive behavior. While numerous studies have supported the predictions of BeT, the majority of those have been correlational, measuring a statistical relationship between adjunctive behavior and timing performance. The present experiments take an experimental approach, by manipulating the availability and probability of adjunctive behavior. Rats responded on a series of DRL limited-hold procedure, subjects must wait a certain time interval before responding - early responses are not reinforced and reset the clock. The opportunity for adjunctive behavior was manipulated by providing a chew block in some conditions but not in others. The results relate to previousstudies from our lab, which found that the presence of a chewblock may interfere with timing behavior by causing the rat to wait too long and thus invoke the limited hold contingency.
 
105. Type S and Type R Controlling Relations in the Simple Discrimination of Capuchin Monkeys (Cebus Apella)
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
OLAVO GALVAO (Federal University of Para, Brazil), Paulo R. K. Goulart (Federal University of Para, Brazil), Mariana Mendonca (Federal University of Para, Brazil), Romariz Barros (Federal University of Para, Brazil), William J. McIlvane (E.K. Shriver Center, University of Massachusetts Medical School)
Abstract: Identifying the aspects of stimuli to which the subject attends is a critical problem for stimulus control research in analyses of matching to sample and other discrimination procedures. At least two types of controlling relations – Type S and Type R - might develop during discrimination training. In Type S relations, the subject attends to some aspect(s) of the positive stimulus (S+) and selects it on that basis. In Type R relations, by contrast, the subject attends to some aspect(s) of the negative stimulus (S-), explicitly rejects S-, and responds to S+ on that basis. Type S and Type R relations have been demonstrated often with human children and adults. By contrast, nonhumans have often failed to exhibit Type R (but not Type S) relations in discrimination procedures. Studies of exclusion suggest Type R control, but exclusion can also result from a Type S relation (i.e., relating novel sample and comparison stimuli). In sum, current evidence for Type R relations in nonhumans is sparse and much of it may be open to other interpretations. Here, controlling relations in the simple discrimination performances of capuchin monkeys (Cebus apella) were studied in two experiments using a blank-comparison procedure. The main goal was to determine whether monkeys would (a) select an S+ stimulus if another stimulus was substituted for the S- (indicating a Type S controlling relation) and (b) reject an S- if another stimulus was substituted for S+ (indicating a Type R controlling relation). In Experiment 1, two simple simultaneous discriminations were established, one of which was reversed repeatedly until rapid reversal learning was exhibited. During subsequent probe tests, some behavior was consistent with Type S and Type R controlling relations, but there was also substantial variability. To control the variability, the procedures of Experiment 2 were designed to establish Type S and Type R relations directly by training with the blank-comparison procedure. On subsequent probe trials, new stimuli were substituted for the blank comparison. Both animals exhibited consistent, reliable Type S and Type R controlling relations. These experiments are the first to employ the blank-comparison procedure with nonhuman subjects. They also demonstrate a reliable method for generating Type S and Type R controlling relations for experimental study. (Supporting Agencies CNPq, NIH)
 
106. Good Classwork Game: A Pilot Study
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
DIPTI MUDGAL (University of Southern Mississippi), Heather Sterling-Turner (University of Southern Mississippi), Ron P. Edwards (University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract: The purpose of this poster is to discuss the data-based outcomes of an experiment conducted in a second grade elementary classroom. The experiment was designed to increase work completion and accuracy (math) and decrease off-task behaviors of a male student. The intervention used was an academic expansion to the widely established Good Behavior Game (GBG). Information pertaining to the theoretical bases, teacher training, implementation, design, results, limitations, and future implications for research of the intervention (Good Classwork Game) will also be presented in the poster.
 
107. Can Key-Peck Rate in Pigeons be Viewed as Engagement Bouts?
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
J. ADAM BENNETT (University of North Carolina at Wilmington), Raymond C. Pitts (University of North Carolina at Wilmington)
Abstract: It has been argued that overall response rate might not provide the most effective description of schedule-controlled operant behavior within an experimental session and that a more detailed analysis might prove beneficial. Using a log-survivor analysis, Shull et al. (2001) found that schedule-controlled nose-poking by rats can be separated into two components: rate of bout-initiations and within-bout response rate. The purpose of the present study was to extend the log-survivor analysis to schedule-controlled key-pecking in pigeons. Preliminary results suggest that overall response rate in pigeons under a multiple RI 1-min RI 4-min is not easily separated into the two components found with nose-poking in rats. This analysis might prove useful in classifying drug effects on schedule-controlled key-pecking behavior in pigeons.
 
108. Do Shared Discriminative-stimulus Functions Lead to Stimulus Equivalence?
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
KIRSTY MACIVER (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The goal of this line of research was to shed light on the relations between functional and equivalent classes of stimuli. Specifically, we asked whether stimuli that shared stimulus functions in one context would also become interchangeable in a conditional discrimination procedure – an outcome consistent with the definition of stimulus equivalence. Adult humans were exposed to simple discrimination training in which subjects were taught to emit three different responses in the presence of three different groups of stimuli (each group consisted of three stimuli). These training blocks (of nine trials) alternated with testing blocks (of 18 trials) in which conditional discrimination trials were presented using the same nine stimuli. Every correct response was reinforced during the simple discrimination training while no programmed consequences were delivered during the conditional discrimination task. Would the shared stimulus functions lead to stimulus equivalence? Preliminary data show that once stimuli began to share a common stimulus function in the context of a simple discrimination task, that they also became interchangeable within the context of a conditional discrimination task. As the interchangeability is characteristic of more typical equivalence procedures, we concluded that shared discriminative function was sufficient to produce equivalence classes.
 
109. A Yoked-chamber Comparison of Resistance to Change in Concurrent and Multiple Schedules
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
TAKEHARU IGAKI (Keio University, Japan), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University, Japan)
Abstract: One of the important differences between concurrent and multiple schedules is the switching of component schedules. In concurrent schedules, subject controls the switching of component schedules, whereas in multiple schedules experimenter controls the switching of component schedules. This procedural difference may have some effect on resistance to change. To examine this possibility, a yoked-comparison of resistance to change in concurrent and multiple schedules was conducted using the procedure of Killeen (1972). Two pigeons were trained on concurrent schedules arranged using a changeover-key procedure in one chamber, and two pigeons were trained on multiple schedules in the second chamber. The stimulus presentations and the availability of reinforcement in the multiple-schedule chamber were yoked to those in the concurrent-schedule chamber. After baseline performance was stable in both chambers, resistance to change was measured by prefeeding and extinction. The results indicated that matching and resistance to change are independent of the availability of switching between component schedules. The findings are compared to the results of our previous study which examined resistance to change in concurrent schedules with two-key and changeover-key procedures.
 
110. The Effect of a Variable Sized Schedule of Reinforcement with Human Subjects
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
RODNEY L. KLEIN (Concord College), Karen H. Griffee (Concord College), Robert Astur (Yale University), Chris J. Kast (Concord College), Jenny Michelle Lake (Concord College)
Abstract: Previous research in our laboratory has demonstrated that there is no difference in response acquisition rate when rats receive either 1, 2, or 3 reinforcers for an operant response when compared to receiving 2 reinforcers for each response. However, these different reinforcement schedules do seem to produce different extinction rates. The current pair of experiments examined the effect that this variable sized schedule of reinforcement has on operant conditioning and extinction with human subjects. Group Variable received either 1, 2, or 3 "credits" for each correct response while Group Fixed received 2 "credits" for each correct response. Both the rate of acquisition and extinction were examined for both groups.
 
 
 
Poster Session #193
#193 Poster Session – EDC
Sunday, May 30, 2004
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes)
111. Effects of a Personal Responsibility/Personal Accountability Multiple Treatment Approach with Underserved Urban Elementary School Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
DANIEL W. BALDERSON (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Thomas L. Sharpe, Jr. (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
Abstract: This study provides one behaviorally based intervention package focused on personal accountability and personal responsibility treatments, designed to reduce off-task and disruptive behavior in school settings and increase related leadership and conflict-resolution behavior. Study was conducted in an urban elementary school setting in which the majority of students were disadvantaged economically and academically, and included a majority percentage of underrepresented minorities. A multiple treatment ABAD, ACAD, ADA, Control behavior analysis design was implemented across four distinct elementary physical education classes matched for participant and setting similarity. The design was implemented to determine changes in number and duration of a range of off-task and positive social behaviors as a function of multiple treatment exposures, and combined treatment exposure (D). Results indicated that both Personal Accountability (B) and Personal Responsibility (C) treatments were effective in changing all behavioral measures in the desired direction, with the Personal Responsibility treatment particularly effective with more complex behaviors such as Positive Social Behavior and Student Conflict Resolution. Given the short duration of this study, recommendations include studying the long range and generalized effect of potentially effective physical education-based treatments for children and youth in need of social skill instruction.
 
112. Positive Peer Reporting as a School-Wide Positive Behavioral Support
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KEVIN M. JONES (University of Cincinnati), Julie Morrison (University of Dayton)
Abstract: Many approaches to addressing the needs of socially rejected children have focused on using peers as potential change agents. One such approach, Positive Peer Reporting (PPR), involves teaching and rewarding peers for providing descriptive praise to targeted youth during structured daily sessions. The current study evaluated PPR embedded within the general education curriculum at an inner city school characterized by high rates of social interaction problems. Findings indicated a reduction in the frequency of critical at-risk social behaviors in the classroom but no discernable impact on behavior during lunch and transition settings. The need for future research on PPR as a school-wide positive behavioral support is discussed.
 
113. Increasing In-Seat Behavior in a Kindergarten and Second Grade Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREA D. HALE (University of Tennessee), Renee Oliver (University of Tennessee), Christopher Skinner (University of Tennessee)
Abstract: A kindergarten and second grade classroom were targeted for behavioral interventions as part of a consultation practicum. The teachers in these classes indicated that students had difficulty staying in their seats and/or appropriate areas when necessary. The teachers indicated that for specific activities it was important for the students to all be in their appropriate places. Momentary time sampling procedures were used to collect baseline data for both classrooms. The kindergarten class, as a whole, was in their seats, or designated areas, an average of 78.7% of the time intervals observed. On average, 90.24% the second grade students were in their appropriate seats during baseline. A color wheel was used as a visual cue for the students. Each of the three colors corresponded with a small list of posted rules. For example, the red color corresponded with specific rules (e.g. seat in seat, no talking, desk clear). The teachers were trained to implement the color wheel in their classroom. The in-seat behavior for the kindergarten classroom increased from 78.7% during baseline to 97.4% during the intervention. The in-seat behavior for the second grade classroom increased from 90.24% to 96.9%.
 
114. Evaluating the Performance of Off-Task Behavior in Two Kindergarten Students Following the Implementation of Time-In and Time-In/Time-Out Procedures
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KATHERINE V. POWERS (Mississippi State University), Richard Anthony Doggett (Mississippi State University), Constance N. Serio (Mississippi State University)
Abstract: Using a multiple baseline design across subjects, the present study evaluated the effects of an intervention designed to reduce off-task behavior performed by two typically developing kindergarten students in a regular education classroom. The three phases included baseline, time-in alone, and time-in plus time-out. A natural withdrawal occurred following the time-in alone phase. In both participants, time-in alone resulted in an average decrease of 25% and 24% of intervals of off-task behavior. During the withdrawal phase, participants demonstrated an increase in problem behavior with off-task behavior being performed during 42% and 41% of the intervals. Both participants demonstrated a decrease in off-task behavior in the return to the time-in alone phase with off-task behavior being performed during 26% and 2% of the intervals. Students continued to demonstrate decreases in problem behavior during the time-in plus time-out phase with off-task behavior being performed during an average of 8% and 4% of the intervals. The results suggest the use of time-in as an initial intervention for reducing off-task behavior and support the use of positive procedures in managing behaviors in the classroom environment.
 
115. The Effects of Several Strategies on Toddler Compliance with Transitions
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CATHERINE COTE (University of Kansas), Rachel H. Thompson (University of Kansas), Paige M. McKerchar (University of Kansas), Kelly A. Dancho (University of Kansas), Trista Tate (University of Kansas), Jessica L. Haremza (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Classroom routines in early childhood settings require frequent transitions between activities. When these transitions result in the termination of more preferred activities (e.g., play) and the initiation of less preferred activities (e.g., toileting), children often become noncompliant. In this study, we evaluated two antecedent strategies that are commonly used in early childhood settings to increase compliance with transitions. We compared the effects of a warning condition, in which children were warned of the transitions 2 min before it began, with a condition in which children were allowed access to a preferred toy during the transition. Both antecedent interventions were ineffective when implemented alone; however, when these strategies were combined with escape extinction, improvements in compliance were observed. The highest levels of compliance were observed when children were allowed access to a preferred toy during the transition and escape extinction was implemented. Interobserver agreement was assessed during a minimum of 27% of trials and mean agreement was 95% or higher for both participants.
 
116. Functional Analysis and Treatment of Toddler Naptime Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CATHERINE COTE (University of Kansas), Kelly A. Dancho (University of Kansas), Rachel H. Thompson (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Functional analysis has been used successfully to determine the variables maintaining problem behavior exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities. The use of this analysis has prompted researchers and clinicians to identify the variables maintaining the off-cot behavior behavior of a toddler during classroom naptime. Data were collected on the occurrence of off-cot behavior and experimenter blocks. Interobserver agreement was assessed during a minimum 24% and 30% of sessions during the functional analysis and treatment evaluation respectively and mean agreement was above 95% for target responses. The results of the functional analysis showed that the off-cot behavior was maintained by adult attention and access to automatic reinforcement. A treatment designed to eliminate both sources of reinforcement decreased off-cot behavior in the session room and into the classroom.
 
117. A Parametric Analysis of the Ratio of Difficult and Easy Items in an Interspersal Procedure
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE MARTIN (Spectrum Center), Ronnie Detrich (Spectrum Center)
Abstract: Interspersal procedures have been shown to be effective for increasing the amount of work a student completes and the accuracy of the work completed. It has been argued that the reason for this effect is that problem completion functions as a reinforcer and the interspersal of easy problems represents an occasion for reinforcement. The usual arrangement for interspersal is 3 difficult problems for every easy problem; however, there has been no experimental demonstration that 3:1 is the optimum arrangement Other ratios may be equally effective. In this study, we evaluated the efficacy of 3:1 relative to 5:1. Our results suggest that there was mixed results with respect to the effect of intersperal on total amount of work completed. In all cases, accuracy of work increased more in one of the two ratios but the effective ratio differed across students. These results suggest that the 3:1 ratio might not always be the optimum ratio and that parametric assessment should be an integral part of practice when using interspersal procedures. There is value to the teaching staff if 5:1 or greater ratios are equally effective as richer ratios since the 5:1 ratios require less effort to prepare the materials.
 
118. Functional Assessments and Individualized Intervention Plans: Increasing the Behavior Adjustment of Urban Learners in General and Special Education Settings
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
YA-YU LO (The Ohio State University), Gwendolyn Cartledge (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: This study investigated the effects of function-based interventions on the off-task behavior and appropriate alternative responses (i.e., adult attention recruitment behavior) of four urban elementary-aged students with classroom problem behaviors. A functional assessment including multiple direct and indirect descriptive measures was conducted with each participant to identify the behavioral functions of the student’s off-task behavior. The results of the functional assessments indicated that adult attention was the primary social variable that sustained the occurrences of the students’ off-task behavior. A function-based intervention, consisting of attention recruitment training and a self-monitoring program, was subsequently developed to reduce the off-task behavior. The attention recruitment training was first implemented in which each participant was taught the desired behavior that was incompatible to the off-task behavior as well as the appropriate alternative response that was functionally equivalent to the off-task behavior. Each participant was then taught to self-monitor the desired and appropriate alternative behavior in the classrooms. The results showed moderate to substantial decreases on the off-task behavior of all participants during the intervention. The reductions of off-task behavior were socially significant for three of the four participants in that their off-task behavior fell within the behavioral ranges of the comparison peers.
 
119. "Yo! ‘FNO!' It Helps You Grow!" Teaching Informal Task Analysis Increases Achievement in Disadvantaged Children
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHEN RAY FLORA (Youngstown State University), Molly Burdette (Youngstown State University), Renee Reagan (Youngstown State University)
Abstract: Educationally disadvantaged children often fail because they quit before even starting an assignment and report frustration when facing a multi part problem that does not have an immediately apparent solution. As part of a 10 week Behavioral Analytic Academic Tutoring (BAAT) program, with the help of flash cards, children were taught informal task analysis using the mnemonic "FNO" standing for First, Next, One. When facing problems children were taught "FNO": to ask themselves "What is the First thing I do?" Then they were taught to ask "What is the Next thing I do?" Usually a student can do part of an assigment, but sometimes a first step is not apparent. Thus, when facing such a problem, the student was taught to ask themselves "what is at least One thing I can do?" Students often found after completing one step other steps became possible (Behavioral Momentum) eventually resulting in task completion. For two students taught FNO during the BAAT program given Math Reasoning and Numerical Operations portions of the Wechsler Individual Achievement Test, post-program scores increased over one letter grade compared to pre-program scores.
 
120. Increasing the Completion and Accuracy of Independent Seatwork with Structured Worksheets and Indiscriminable Contingencies
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
SUMMER FERRERI (The Ohio State University), Natalie Allen-Williams (The Ohio State University), Michelle A. Anderson (The Ohio State University), Charles L. Wood (The Ohio State University), Shobana Musti-Rao (The Ohio State University), Terri Hessler (The Ohio State University), William L. Heward (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: We used ABABC design to compare the completion and accuracy of independent seatwork by 14 urban second-graders attending a summer school program under three conditions. During Board Work (A) students copied math, proofreading, spelling, reading comprehension, and language arts questions that their teacher had written on the large erasable board at the front of the classroom and wrote the answers on a blank piece of paper. During intervention (B) students were given a Structured Worksheet consisting of typed questions, blanks for answers, and smiley faces separating each section. The Structured Worksheets contained the same type and number of questions as had been written on the board during baseline. An Indiscriminable Contingency (C) was added to the B condition in which students could earn rewards for accurately completing certain problems on their worksheets. After the seat work period was over, the teacher used a spinner to identify the section of the worksheet and the specific problem(s) that had to be answered correctly for students to earn a reward. Results indicate that Structured Worksheets were effective in increasing both the completion and accuracy of students’ independent seatwork, with the highest levels of performance occurring when the Indiscriminable Contingency was in effect.
 
121. Increasing Peer and Adult Interaction of a Socially Withdrawn Preschooler
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
HEIDI OKAMOTO (University of the Pacific)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to increase the peer and adult interaction of a socially withdrawn preschooler. The participant was a 4-year-old girl referred for behavioral services because of little adult and peer interaction and crying. A University graduate student intern consulted with the teacher to create the behavior plan. The graduate student intern, the teacher and the aid used social positive reinforcement for initiating interaction with adults or peers in the classroom. The participant then began to increase her adult interaction, but not her peer interaction. The second phase consisted of adults reinforcing interaction and then prompting peer interaction. Adult prompts were faded out. Results show an increase in adult interaction after the first phase of intervention and an increase in peer interaction after the second phase of intervention. Follow up data in the participant's Kindergarten class indicate peer and adult interaction that is typical to her peers.
 
122. Effects of a Group Contingency Strategy on Student Classroom Behaviors in Korean Elementary Classes
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JOO-HYUG JUNG (University of Tsukuba, Japan), Hosung So (California State University, San Bernardino), Man-Hee Choi (Busan I'Cons - Korea), Hayoung Kim (West Virginia University)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to examine the effects of a group contingency strategy on student behaviors in elementary physical education classes. Eighty students (40 boys and 40 girls) selected form two coeducational 6th grade physical education classes participated in this study. A multiple-baseline design across student target behaviors such as waiting time, off-task, and activity engagement was used to determine the effects of exposure to behavioral intervention on student behaviors versus the absence of the behavioral intervention. Data were collected through class observation and videotaping presenting 18 ball game and gymnastics lessons. Results indicated that a group contingency strategy was effective in increasing the percentage of on-task behavior and reducing student waiting time and off-task in the experimental group. Compared to the experimental group, the control group showed no significant behavioral changes. An important contribution of this study was that results found support for the view that the group contingency strategy (Sidentop, 2000) would be effective in decreasing inappropriate behavior and increasing prosocial behavior which consequently builds new forms of behavior by applying contingencies consistently and using effective consequences.
 
123. Extending the Clock-Light Literature: Automated Fixed Interval Group Contingency in a Middle School
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
THEODORE J. CHRIST (University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract: Classroom-based management/intervention recommendations that are provided by behavior analysts in school-based settings might excessively emphasize student-specific strategies and neglect the more efficient and potentially effective group-level behavior management strategies. This research evaluated the effects of an interdependent group-oriented contingency mediated by an automated digital feedback system (digital scoreboard) to extend the clock-light and group contingency literature. A target class of middle-school students (N=13) served as participants. An ABAB design was used to evaluate intervention effects. The dependent variables included direct observations of active engaged time (AET), teacher acceptability ratings, and student acceptability ratings. A review of 30% of observation suggests IOA (using point-by-point agreement) for AET procedures exceeded a criterion of 90% agreement across observations. The results suggest moderate improvement in AET (32%, 69%, 34%, 58%) and positive ratings for teacher acceptability (IRP-15, M=4.6, SD=1.2). These results were observed despite low student ratings for acceptability (Modified IRP-15, M=2.8, SD=1.8) from a historically resistant student group who had not responded to previous intervention attempts that included office referrals, in- and out-of-school suspension, corporal punishment, and The Good Behavior Game. These results are interpreted along with limitations and future directions.
 
124. Using Preferred Activities as an Intervention to Decrease Inappropriate Classroom Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CARLOS JUAN PANAHON (Centennial School), Matthew Link (Centennial School), Theresa Berndt (Centennial School), Ryan Cron (Centennial School), Sonya Xander (Centennial School)
Abstract: Preferred activities have been shown in the research to be effective in reducing inappropriate behaviors. The present study examined the effects of incorporating a preferred activity into a school-wide point system to decrease problematic behavior occurring throughout the school day. Bobby, a 15-year-old boy whose favorite activity was listening to music, participated in this study. A changing criterion design was used to evaluate the effects of allowing access to the preferred activity contingent on meeting daily expectations. The student’s behavior was evaluated across 5 goal areas using a 3-point rating scale (2= Meets expectations, 1= Close to expectations, 0= Below expectations). Interrater reliability was assessed over 30% of days. Reliability averaged 95% or above for all behaviors. Results of this study indicated that problem behavior was reduced after the implementation of the intervention. Bobby’s mean ratings of “1” dropped from 8.0 to 0.3 and his mean ratings of “0” decreased from 4.5 to 0. Implications for practice and future research will be discussed.
 
125. Teaching Social Skills as an Alternative to In-School Suspension for Students with Chronic Aberrant Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA LACY RISMILLER (The Ohio State University), Lloyd D. Peterson (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: A schoolwide reform program emphasizing social skills training was implemented at an urban elementary school in a large midwestern city. Rather than being sent to "PEAK" (i.e., an in-school suspension room) as punishment for an unspecified amount of time, students were directed (via an administrator) to the Intensive Services Room (or I.S. Room) to work on the specific social skill(s) that the student appeared to be lacking (as displayed through their behavior). Students who were referred to the I.S. Room spent, on average, a third less time in the I.S. Room than in the PEAK Room, allowing them to remain in their classrooms for valuable instruction time. Furthermore, administrators, teachers, parents, and students expressed great satisfaction with the new program, emphasizing the importance and value of using positive, rather than punitive methods to increase appropriate behavior.
 
126. A Treatment Package for Improving Playground Behavior Among Elementary Students
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE MARCHANT (Brigham Young University), Jana S. Lindberg (Brigham Young University), K. Richard Young (Brigham Young University), Adam K. Fisher (Brigham Young University), Brock Solano (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: This empirical study was conducted in an urban elementary school adopting a school-wide approach to improving students’ academic and social behavior. The presentation will briefly describe a preventative Positive Behavior Support (PBS) model designed to promote systemic change in one or more of three contexts: non-classroom (e.g., playground, hallway, bus lines), classroom, and with individual students. The presentation will highlight the results of an intervention that successfully reduced the aggressive behavior of three boys during recess and on the playground. The treatment package consisted of (a) teaching students new playground rules during Physical Education class, (b) providing reminders of the rules, (c) modifying the playground to facilitate appropriate play, (d) encouraging playground monitors to take a more active supervisory role, and (e) conducting a self-management program for students who consistently engaged in aggression. The effects of the intervention were evaluated within a multiple baseline design across students. The dependent variables, verbal and physical aggression and appropriate play, were measured by recording student responses per minute within a 10-s interval recording system. Interobserver agreement was assessed for each participant during 25% of the sessions. Percentage agreement averaged 96% for all phases of the study (range, 83% to 100%).
 
127. Enhancing Socially Withdrawn Children’s Playground Behavior Via Peer Monitoring and Social Skills Instruction
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BROCK R. SOLANO (Brigham Young University), Michelle Marchant (Brigham Young University), Adam K. Fisher (Brigham Young University), K. Richard Young (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: This presentation will demonstrate the effects of social skill instruction, peer monitoring, adult monitoring, and self-management strategies on the positive social playground behavior (i.e., communication, participation) of elementary grade school children identified with internalizing behavior problems. Participating students included five, first through sixth grade students identified by their teachers through the Systematic Screening for Behavior Disorders (SSBD) as having internalizing behavior. Students were further evaluated using the Internalizing Symptom Scale for Children (ISSC) or the Preschool and Kindergarten Behavior Scales (PKBS). A functional behavioral assessment was also completed for each student. A treatment package was then designed from assessment information. A single subject changing conditions experimental design was used to evaluate the intervention. Data obtained through direct observation will be presented on all five students all of which showed marked improvement due to the treatment package. Reliability was measured for 50% of the sessions with the mean for both communication and participation being 98%. The range for communication was 94% to 100 and the range for participation was 93% to 100%.
 
128. The Effects of Increasing Teacher Praise on Student Behavior Maintained by Attention
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
DARLENE H. ANDERSON (Brigham Young University), Jana S. Lindberg (Brigham Young University), K. Richard Young (Brigham Young University), Michelle Marchant (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: This presentation will highlight the effects of using teacher praise to reduce the physical and verbal aggression of two elementary school students enrolled in general education classrooms. In Irwin’s case, a class-wide DRA procedure successfully reduced the attention-maintained problem behavior exhibited during teacher instruction. In Victor’s case, two additional intervention phases were implemented. For Victor, increased amounts of teacher praise across the three phases resulted in marked decreases in physical and verbal aggression and increases in on-task behavior. The interventions with both students were preceded by functional behavioral assessments. Classroom teachers were instructed to deliver specific contingent praise in lieu of verbal reprimands. They were also encouraged to use an electronic device providing a timed prompt. Single subject designs were used to assess the effects of the interventions. With respect to the dependent variables, physical and verbal aggression, interobserver agreement ranged from 93%-100% (Irwin) and 98%-100% (Victor). The study extends previous research supporting the use of differential reinforcement to improve the quality of student-teacher interactions.
 
129. Evaluating Positive Behavior Support Implementation: Using Office Referrals to Decrease Problem Behaviors in Urban Schools
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CHERYL UTLEY (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas), Stephanie Thorne (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas), Kazunari Hashimoto (Juniper Gardens Children's Project, University of Kansas)
Abstract: This study will present office discipline referrals as a measure of the effectiveness of a schoolwide PBS program, Character Helps Achieve More Positive Students (CHAMPS), in an urban elementary school (N=372). To reduce the frequency of school problem behaviors, positive behavior support (PBS) programs have been implemented as an alternative to traditional disciplinary strategies. The primary research question addressed was: Are there significant differences in office discipline referrals when schoolwide PBS interventions are implemented across the entire school year. Office discipline referrals were collected prior to and following the implementation of CHAMPS. Data collection procedures included the evaluation of the components of CHAMPS against a fidelity checklist of critical features of schoolwide PBS. Based upon a total number of 137 office discipline referrals, results showed that (a) boys, as compared to girls, had the highest number of discipline referrals, (b) classroom disruptions accounted for a significant number of office referrals, and (c) a significant decrease in the frequency of office discipline referrals following the implementation of CHAMPS. The fidelity of CHAMPS as a schoolwide PBS program was 95%. Implications of PBS program implementation will be discussed.
 
130. The Effect of Behavioral Momentum and Functional Communication Fading on Non-Compliance and Disruption in the Classroom
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CRAIG N. NUSSBAUM (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Dawn M. Smith (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Patti Tilton (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Elizabeth Kaighn (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Kelli Quaile (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Ruth Torres (Bancroft NeuroHealth)
Abstract: Previous functional communication training on an F1 schedule resulted in an initial decrease in the disruptive behavior of an 8 year old student with autism. These results were not however maintained. This project focused on fading the reinforcement schedule as well as combining behavioral momentum to reduce disruption and increase compliance. Systematic fading was conducted by handing the student a "wait" card when he manded for an item and then fading the amount of time he needed to wait before he received the item. Waiting often resulted in disruptive behavior, so the student was then given high probability demands to complete while waiting. The data show an increase in appropriate waiting as well as a significant decrease in disruptive behavior. Inter-observer reliability measures resulted in 89% reliability.
 
131. The Effects of Peer-Mediated Positive Behavior Supports On An Elementary School Student Exhibiting Internalizing Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
LYNNETTE CHRISTENSEN (Brigham Young University), K. Richard Young (Brigham Young University), Michelle Marchant (Brigham Young University)
Abstract: This presentation will explore the results of using a peer as a mediator of a positive behavior support plan designed for a male third grade student referred for internalizing behaviors who was at-risk for social and academic failure. The intervention process included functional behavioral assessment (FBA) from which the function of behavior was hypothesized to be escape/avoidance. FBA results were then linked to an individualized positive behavior support plan (PBSP). A self-management procedure and social skills instruction designed to meet specific student needs served as the foundation of the PBSP. A single subject ABAB design was used to evaluate the intervention. During all intervention phases, the student’s socially appropriate classroom behavior exceeded the mean of comparison students from his classroom with his work completion rate exceeding that required by the teacher. This marked improvement maintained through systematic fading of reinforcement. Interobserver agreement was assessed for 25% of the sessions and averaged 90% with a range of 84% to 98%. The procedure was also found to be socially valid by the teacher, student, and peer who participated.
 
132. Rewards and Intrinsic Motivation: A Test of Cognitive Mediators
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JUDY CAMERON (University of Alberta), W. David Pierce (University of Alberta)
Abstract: The present study was designed to investigate the effects of rewards on intrinsic motivation when participants were rewarded for achievement in a learning phase, a test phase, or both. The study was also designed to assess the presumed cognitive mediators of reward effects. In terms of mediators, cognitive evaluation theory (Deci, Koestner, & Ryan, 1999) predicts that people who are rewarded for doing activities will perceive themselves as controlled by the reward, their perceptions of competence and self-determination will decrease, and they will be less interested in the activity. As a result, they will spend less time on an activity in a free-choice period once the rewards are no longer available (that is, intrinsic motivation will be reduced). Using a 2 X 2 factorial design with two levels of reward in a learning phase (reward, no reward) and two levels of reward during a testing phase (reward, no reward), we found that rewards increased time on task in the free-choice period and ratings of task interest and competence. There was no evidence that rewards altered perceptions of self-determination and participants did not rate the rewards as controlling. Overall, the findings are contrary to predictions of cognitive evaluation theory.
 
133. A Behavior Analytic Evaluation of the Overjustification Effect: Stated and Unstated Contingencies
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CHARNA MINTZ (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno), Erin Faye (University of Nevada, Reno), Danny Aldis (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Two studies were conducted to evaluate the effects of extrinsic, tangible reinforcement on intrinsically reinforced behaviors in relation to the overjustification effect. This effect has been demonstrated, through group methodology, that the delivery of extrinisic rewards may decrease intrinsic motivation following its subsequent removal. The purpose of this research was to evaluate this effect through single subject methodology, utlizing rewards that have been demonstrated to function as reinforcers. Experiment 1 evaluated the effects of stated and unstated contingencies on play during reinforcement and extinction conditions, while experiment 2 evaluated these same effects on academic responding. Results extend the existing literature on the overjustification effect by providing individual level analyses utilizing time series methodology to evaluate trend, variability, and behavioral processes.
 
 
 
Poster Session #194
#194 Poster Session – TBA
Sunday, May 30, 2004
12:00 PM–1:30 PM
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes)
135. Basic Behavioral Processes for Undergraduates with Invertebrates
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
BRADY J. PHELPS (South Dakota State University), Douglas D. Boe (South Dakota State University), Jessica Lambert (South Dakota State University)
Abstract: Demonstrations of basic operant such as acquisition of an escape response and control by an antecedent and acquisition of a respondent with the use of invertebrates were conducted with undergraduate students as research assistants and videotaped for use in teaching a basic behavior analysis course.
 
136. The Luchins Jar Problem: An Alternative to the Operant Animal Laboratory
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
SERGIO CIRINO (Faculdade de Educação - UFMG)
Abstract: Operant Animal Labs are very often viewed as an aversive place (Cirino, 1999). Barber (1994) proposes a program to reduce the aversiveness of Animal Labs. Catania, Mathews & Shimoff (1990) recommends a virtual rat to substitute a real one. Karp (1995) turns the Animal Lab into a competition place with his “Rat Olympic Games”. This poster presents an experience of teaching behavioral principles without using Animal Labs. Undergraduate psychology students were submitted to the Luchins jar problem in the very first week. The results of the experiment were then exposed to them in the following week. After that, the principles were presented as soon as they were needed to explain what was occurring. The Luchins jar problem allowed the undergraduates to investigate, for example, the following themes: reinforcement, stimulus control, rule governed behavior and variability. A more controlled exposition should be made in order to determine the efficacy of this procedure. Nevertheless, the experience suggests it is possible to use alternative strategies to teach behavioral principles without employing Animal Labs.
 
137. A Single-Subject Examination of Self-Management
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
HOLLY C. HARRISON (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Research on the complex procedures involved in self-management (SM) is somewhat difficult due to the nature of these procedures. In SM, individuals select the behavior they want to change; determine goals for the behavior; and design, implement, evaluate, and recycle the intervention as necessary. The individual enlists the help of a performance manager. This performance manager helps ensure that the new contingencies are enforced and is the only person, other than the individual, involved in the intervention. The key feature of self-management, placing the behavioral control with the individual, is what makes it so difficult to study. Though many of the SM projects completed by students at Western Michigan University appear to be successful, the data are self-recorded and adherence to the contingency is determined, largely, by the individual. Therefore, we cannot tell if the projects were actually successful, or if they were completely fictional. This poster will present a single-subject study that assessed the reliability of the self-recorded data and treatment integrity of the SM interventions completed by students at Western Michigan University.
 
138. Chlamydia is NOT a flower: Increasing testing for STDs
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER MCDONALD (Washington State University), Thomas A. Brigham (Washington State University), Ryan Sain (Washington State University), Raymond Sacchi (Washington State University)
Abstract: Approximately 115 students in an undergraduate, peer-instructed course participated in a behavioral intervention to increase testing for sexually transmitted diseases (STDs). Two experimental groups and one control group received a coupon redeemable for a free test for Chlamydia at the student health center. This coupon was valid the entire semester. All groups participated in a unit addressing STDs (what they are, prevalence, testing, and prevention). Both experimental groups designed individual presentations addressing the importance of STD testing. One group participated in videotaping their presentation, while the second turned in a written version. Both groups were led to believe this presentation may be shown to high school students as part of a broader intervention study. The dependent variable was measured on site at the clinic where students redeemed coupons for testing. Results will be presented illustrating differences in testing rates for each group based on the level of intervention.
 
139. Quantitative Appraisal of Research Using Comparative Single-Subject Experimental Designs
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
RALF SCHLOSSER (Northeastern University), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (University of Texas at Austin), Phillip J. Belfiore (Mercyhurst College)
Abstract: Evidence-based practice (EBP) and the implementation of systematic reviews require an appraisal of research evidence. In clinical research, single-subject experimental designs figure prominently as a method for evaluating the effectiveness of interventions. Studies using comparative designs, in particular, are very informative for decision-making as they contrast two or more treatments and illuminate the relative effectiveness and efficiency of the compared treatments. To harness this EBP potential, however, it is critical that practitioners have the tools to quantitatively appraise the evidence generated from these studies. Similarly, meta-analysts need to have tools to appraise the internal validity of an experiment in order to place “effect sizes” into context. In this poster, the development of the Quantitative Appraisal Form – Comparative Single-Subject Experimental Designs is described along with its instructions manual. These were designed to aid the appraisal of comparative designs. The 13-item form contains items pertaining to (a) participant selection, (b) design, (c) procedural safeguards, (d) measurement, and the (e) use of apriori learning and teaching criteria to demonstrate effectiveness and/or efficiency. In addition to describing the form and instruction manual itself, the poster will offer two illustrations of how the form is applied to two studies, resulting in differential scoring.
 
140. Student Research at Gonzaga University
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
THOMAS FORD MCLAUGHLIN (Gonzaga University), Kimberly P. Weber (Gonzaga University), K. Mark Derby (Gonzaga University), Randy Lee Williams (Gonzaga University), Anjali Barretto (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: Starting in 1978, Gonzaga University's behaviorally-based Special Education Program offered a Bachelor and Master of Education in special education. The basic data presented are the publication and presentation data authored by undergraduate and graduate students from 1978 to the present. These data were blocked from 3 to 5-year periods (e. g. 1978-1980, 1981-1985, 1986-1990, 1991-1995, 1996-2000, 2001-present). The overall outcomes indicated that publication rates in the peer reviewed literature were the highest from 1996-2000 (number of publications 37). Student publications ranged from 1 to 25 for the other four designated time periods. Gonzaga University Special Education Program undergraduate student's published in journals such as Child & Family Behavior Therapy, Journal of Positive Behavior Interventions, Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis, Corrective and Social Psychiatry, International Journal of Special Education, Education and Treatment of Children, Journal of Precision Teaching and Celeration, Remedial & Special Education, Journal of Educational Research, Journal of Developmental and Physical Disabilities, and Educational Research Quarterly. Presentations were made at the Northwest Association for Behavior Analysis and the Association for Behavior Analysis.
 
141. Advanced Behavior Analysis: A Supplement to an Undergraduate Course in the Principles of Behavior
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY HELT (Western Michigan University), Amie Heagle (Western Michigan University), Stephanie Soloko (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Richard W. Malott supervises three undergraduate courses: Psychology 360, Psychology 100 Honors, and Psychology 460. Students in these Psychology 360 sections may concurrently enroll in Psychology 597 (Advanced Behavior Analysis). This section of Psychology 597 is designed to give the students additional opportunities to learn about the principles of behavior analysis and their applications, through self-management projects, student presentations, goal management and accomplishment recording, additional laboratories, tutoring students during study sessions, participating in research, and attending departmental functions. As part of our regular continuous-quality-improvement effort, we collect and evaluate student performance, accomplishment, and anonymous opinion data. We evaluate these features both in absolute terms and also in comparison to comparable data collected from students in Psychology 360 who are not concurrently participating in Psychology 597; we do this to estimate the value that Psychology 597 adds to taking only the Psychology 360 course. In addition to Richard W. Malott, an MA student Emily Helt, and two BA students, Amie Heagle and Stephanie Soloko, are collecting and analyzing these data during this academic year.
 
142. Measurement and Training of a Professional Speaking Repertoire
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE J. VANWAGNER (Western Michigan University), Tami L. McDowell (Association for Behavior Analysis), Maria E. Malott (Association for Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: Although effective professional speaking involves a multitude of observable behaviors, very few published professional speaking training programs have been based on the concepts of behavior analysis. A behavior-based checklist and related training program was developed for various aspects of a professional speaking repertoire including: speech organization, content, presenter appearance, use of audience involvement, vocal dynamics/rate, gestures, eye contact, visual aids and answering questions. The checklist identifies and measures specific behaviors to target during training which involved concurrent feedback, modeling and reinforcement to improve the overall professional speaking repertoire.
 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #195
CE Offered: None

"The Inertia of Affluence"

Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Beacon H
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Christine T. Lowery, Psy.D.
Chair: Christine T. Lowery (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
JOHN A. NEVIN (University of New Hampshire, Emeritus)
Dr. John A. Nevin, known as Tony, has tried to combine his concerns about war and weapons of mass destruction with his academic work. During his graduate school years at Columbia, he attended regular discussions of nuclear disarmament (with five other students – it was like a little antinuclear cell). While teaching at Swarthmore College, he joined the small but growing movement against US involvement in Vietnam, and served as a draft counselor when he returned to Columbia as a professor. At the University of New Hampshire, he offered an interdisciplinary course entitled “Nuclear War” when his departmental teaching schedule permitted, and this year he went back to UNH after seven years of retirement to teach a comprehensive course on “War and Peace” (including material on behavioral processes). He enjoys his reverse sabbatical and hopes his students will find their own ways to oppose war.
Abstract:

In the 1980s, Skinner spoke several times on Why we are not acting to save the world. He suggested that the lack of action resulted from the fact that behavior cannot be controlled by future events, and that advice or warnings about the future may not be heeded unless the source is highly reliable and the predicted events are imminent. The problem is related to self-control. For example, the immediate and certain economic advantages of resource exploitation for a few outweigh its apparently remote, uncertain and distributed ecological consequences. Another reason for inaction is the inertia of affluence (McKibben, The End of Nature). Research has shown repeatedly that behavior is more resistant to change in situations with high overall reinforcer rates, regardless of whether all reinforcers are contingent on the target behavior. Thus, in the affluent society of the US, behavioral patterns will be highly persistent even when they are counterproductive in the long run. Potent disrupters are needed to alter behavior in a reinforcer-rich environment. I will consider the disruptive effects of 9/11 on some behavioral patterns that, if unchanged, may bring humankind to a premature end.

 
 
Invited Tutorial #196
CE Offered: None
2004 Tutorial: History of Behavioral Pharmacology
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Grand Ballroom
Area: BPH; Domain: Applied Research
None CE Offered. CE Instructor: Amy Odum, Psy.D.
Chair: Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Presenting Authors: : JOSEPH V. BRADY (John Hopkins University, School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Although interest and concern with the behavioral effects of drugs can be traced back some 25 centuries to Homers 500 BC reference in The Odyssey to the effects of alcohol and opium, the emergence of behavioral pharmacology as a scientific discipline has very much paralleled the basic and applied development of behavior analysis over the past half century. The best way to track the development of a scientific field is through the academic research centers that are the source of its trained professionals and it is in this important regard that both the methodological and substantive contributions of B. F. Skinner are most noteworthy. There were of course a number of seminal events as well as somewhat fortuitous circumstances that shaped the discipline in strange and wonderful ways, but the influence of substance abuse with its myriad basic and applied permutations cannot be underestimated. The generous support provided of late for both drug abuse research and treatment has greatly enhanced the opportunities for advancing both experimental and applied behavior analysis. As in all of our behavior analytic endeavors however, the field of behavioral pharmacology faces its greatest challenges in the transition from the controlled confines of the experimental laboratory to an endemic substance abuse natural ecology.

 
JOSEPH V. BRADY (John Hopkins University, School of Medicine)
Dr. Joseph V. Brady completed his PhD at the University of Chicago in 1951, launching a highly influential career spanning five decades and several research areas. Dr. Brady is regarded as one of the founders of modern behavioral pharmacology, and his 1956 paper on drug effects on emotional behavior as a pioneering paper in the field. In 1951, he went to Walter Reed Army Institute of Research to join one of the first interdisciplinary neuroscience research teams and serve important directorial roles. In the late 1950s, Dr. Brady received an early grant from the National Institute for Mental Health to establish the first Behavioral Pharmacology Center at the University of Maryland in College Park, where his first postdoctoral fellow, Travis Thompson, and his first PhD student, Charles R. Schuster, discovered that monkeys would self-administer drugs. In 1967, Dr. Brady became a professor at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine where he founded the Division of Behavioral Biology in Psychiatry and Behavioral Sciences. Among numerous other awards, he is the 2004 winner of the P. B. Dews award recognizing outstanding lifetime achievements in research, teaching, and professional service in the field of behavioral pharmacology from the American Scientific Society for Pharmacologists.
 
 
Paper Session #197
Int'l Paper - Achieving the Positive Life Through Negative Reinforcement (Translated into Japanese)
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Beacon G
Area: TPC
Chair: Masayuki Shiraishi (Western Michigan University)
 
Achieving the Positive Life Through Negative Reinforcement (Translated into Japanese)
Domain: Applied Research
RICHARD W. MALOTT (Western Michigan University)
 
Abstract: In this paper, I will elaborate on the importance of the Jewish Mother Syndrome in organizational behavior management (OBM) and address the connection between positive psychology and OBM, as well as achievement motivation, the power of positive reinforcement, and the humaneness of aversive control. This multi-media presentation will be unencumbered by data.
 
 
 
Paper Session #198
Int'l Paper - Antecedents and Consequences of Words
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Beacon F
Area: VBC
Chair: Robin A. Nuzzolo-Gomez (Teachers College, Columbia University)
 
Antecedents and Consequences of Words
Domain: Applied Research
A. CHARLES CATANIA (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
 
Abstract: Verbal behavior is an exceedingly efficient way in which one organism can change the behavior of another. All other functions of verbal behavior derive from this most basic function, sometimes called verbal governance. We recognize verbal governance in noting that much important human behavior is determined by verbal antecedents. Functional verbal antecedents are generated when individuals replicate the verbal behavior of others or their own verbal behavior. Differential contact with different verbal antecedents follows from differential attention to verbal stimuli correlated with consequential events. Once in place, verbal behavior can be shaped by (usually social) consequences. Because these verbal processes share common terms, they produce interlocking contingencies in which extensive classes of verbal and nonverbal behavior come to be dominated by verbal antecedents. Very different consequences follow from verbal behavior depending on whether it is anchored to environmental events, as in scientific verbal practices, or becomes independent of it, as in religious fundamentalism.
 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #199
CE Offered: None

Behavioral Analysis and Medical Strategy: A Case Study in "Terminal" Cancer

Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Commonwealth
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Kennon Andy Lattal, Psy.D.
Chair: Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
BEN A. WILLIAMS (University of California, San Diego)
Dr. Ben Williams received his PhD from Harvard University in 1970. For three years he taught at Colorado College before moving to the University of California, San Diego, where he has been on the faculty of the Psychology Department for 30 years. The research areas in which he has published include conditioned reinforcement, choice, behavioral contrast, delay of reinforcement, stimulus control, and Pavlovian conditioning. His current research also includes the investigation of the relation between intelligence scores and learning rate. Dr. Williams has been on the editorial boards of the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Journal of Experimental Psychology: Animal Behavior Processes, Animal Learning and Behavior, Learning and Motivation, Psychonomic Bulletin and Review, and Behavior and Philosophy. He was recently elected to the Society of Experimental Psychologists (SEP). In 1995, Dr. Williams was diagnosed with brain cancer, an experience about which he wrote a book (2002): 'Surviving “Terminal” Cancer: Clinical Trials, Drug Cocktails, and Other Treatments Your Oncologist Won’t Tell You About’.
Abstract:

Existing medical treatments for many diseases are ineffective. Yet physicians persist in using the best available treatments even when they are known to be essentially worthless and cause considerable harm. Behavior analysis and clinical medicine have many similarities in terms of features of their data but differ markedly in their concepts of evidence. Adoption of behavior analytic concepts facilitate the problem solving needed to maximize clinical outcomes.

 
 
Paper Session #200
Conceptual and Research Issues in the Analysis of Verbal Behavior
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Independence West
Area: VBC
Chair: Mark L. Sundberg (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
 
What the Autoclitic is and What the Autoclitic is Not
Domain: Applied Research
MARK L. SUNDBERG (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
 
Abstract: The autoclitic is a complex type of verbal behavior where a speaker’s own verbal behavior functions as an SD or an EO for additional speaker verbal behavior. The consequences for this behavior involve differential reinforcement from the listener. In the autoclitic relation “Part of the behavior of an organism becomes in turn one of the variables controlling another part. There are at least two systems of responses, one based upon the other. The upper level can only be understood in terms of its relation to the lower” (Skinner, 1957, p. 313). Skinner identifies these two levels of verbal behavior as “primary” and “secondary” verbal behavior. Thus, there are always two related, but separate three-term contingencies to analyze in autoclitic relations. Recently, however several writers and speakers have talked about autoclitic relations, but what is presented is not what Skinner would consider autoclitic behavior. The purpose of this presentation is to distinguish between what is and what is not autoclitic behavior following Skinner’s original definition. In addition, the role of autoclitic training in the early language programs for children with autism will be discussed.
 
New Research Paradigms for Verbal Behavior Research: Are They Necessary or Possible?
Domain: Applied Research
GENAE HALL (Behavior Analysis & Intervention Services)
 
Abstract: In his (1998) article "The Methodological Challenge of the Functional Analysis of Verbal Behavior," Leigland argued that there had been a relative lack of growth in the verbal area. He further suggested that building an effective science of verbal behavior "will require an advance not yet acheived in behavior-analytic science; that is, the empirical exploration of verbal behavior through the development of experimental preparations as powerful functional anlytic tools." He cited experimental preparations, systematic empirical strategies, and special laboratory contexts and conventions that allow research in a particular area to be conveniently conducted, such as the rat-lever chamber preparation for the study of operant behavior and artibrary matching-to-sample procedures which have been used to study stimulus equivalence. For verbal behavior to become a highly productive research area, convenient research paradigms such as these appear to be needed. The present talk will re-visit the topic of methodological challenges in verbal behavior research and identify some critical features of effective research paradigms. The paradigms employed in recent verbal behavior research will be discussed in terms of their convenience and usefulness in generating additional research. Possible new paradigms for conducting verbal behavior research will also be discussed.
 
 
 
Panel #201
Professional Development Series: Advice from the Recently Hired
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Dalton
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Matthew Tincani (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
SARA C. ERNSBARGER (Mercy College)
JULIE A. SCHEPIS (Fairfield Suisun Unified School District)
Abstract:

The panel will include information and advice on making the transition from graduate school to career. Sara C. Ernsbarger will discuss her experiences as a new faculty member, and how graduate school prepared her for a job in higher education. Julie Schepis will discuss her experiences working in an applied setting, and how graduate school prepared her. Both participants will discuss the job search process and how they chose their respective positions.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #202
CE Offered: None

The 2004 OBM Network Lifetime Achievement Award Presentation: The Chamber of Commerce Made Me Do It: Pearley School--How/Why I Got Involved in OBM

Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Liberty B
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Jared A. Chase, Psy.D.
Chair: Jared A. Chase (University of Nevada, Reno)
D. CHRIS ANDERSON (1934-2003), Charles R. Crowell (University of Notre Dame)
Dr. Anderson received his PhD in Experimental Psychology (Behavioral Neuroscience) from the joint program offered by University of Oregon Medical School and University of Portland in 1963. After earning his degree, he held three post-doctoral NIMH research fellowships: at Stanford Medical School (1965-1971), University of Southern California (1975), and at University of Minnesota (1976). Dr. Anderson held appointments at the Menninger Foundation and Washburn University (1963-1965); Brigham Young University (1965-1967); and finally, at the University of Notre Dame (1967-1996), where he was Professor Emeritus until has death on December 19, 2003. Dr. Anderson authored approximately 90 publications, two textbooks on the methods of experimental psychology, a monograph in the Journal of Organizational Behavior Management, and several chapters in edited books. He delivered more than 100 presentations at scientific conventions, and was awarded nearly $1.2 M in research grants or contracts. Funding for these grants and contracts came from sources such as the National Science Foundation (NSF) and National Institutes of Mental Health (NIMH) for his basic research, and from Whirlpool, KitchenAid, Hillshire Farms, Donnelly Press, and many other companies for his organizational research.
Abstract:

Chiding from the local Chamber about doing relevant research shamed Chris into taking on an all Afro-American 6th grade class (Pearley School) described as out of control as a first venture into applied behavior analysis. The presentation describes his unexpected success and how it led to escalating involvement in over 400 business/organizational OBM projects (some more complete than others), a graduate program, some really intricate OBM doctoral applications, and collaboration with truly talented student-researchers. Now, some 35 y later, OBM may be faced with a so-called paradigm shift. Some of Chriss final reflections on this shift will be presented.

 
 
Paper Session #203
The Functional Impact of Erroneous Verbal Behavior
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Beacon B
Area: CSE
Chair: W. Scott Wood (Drake University)
 
Misbeliefs of Problem Gamblers
Domain: Applied Research
W. SCOTT WOOD (Drake University), Maria Clapham (Drake University)
 
Abstract: Gambling outcomes in casino games are determined randomly, yet many gamblers talk and act as if there are betting systems, player skills and luck that can increase their likelihood of winning. It is possible, though not demonstrated, that erroneous verbal self-statements regarding gambling outcomes could function as rules of action that misdirect players in regard to the actual probabilities involved in casino games. In an attempt to assess the extent to which there are characteristic erroneous beliefs about gambling, Wood and Clapham developed the “The Drake Beliefs about Chance” scale, a 26-item questionnaire that quantifies the extent to which respondents display two categories of erroneous beliefs, an illusion of control and superstition about winning. Previous research by these authors has demonstrated that these verbal repertoires are positively correlated with several measures of gambling behavior when adult populations are randomly sampled (Wood & Clapham, 2003). The current study, also using the Drake Beliefs about Chance scale, reports the correlational nature of these relationships within a subject population of in-treatment problem gamblers.
 
A Functional Contextual Analysis of Symptom Reporting in Mold Litigation
Domain: Applied Research
FRANCISCO I. PEREZ (Baylor College of Medicine)
 
Abstract: Mold litigation is a growing societal concern. Litigants claim that mold exposure produces physical, cognitive and emotional symptoms leading to various diseases that are permanent and irreversible. The scientific evidence does not support this claim. However, the verbal community in the context of litigation continues to reinforce this belief. A functional contextual methodology has been applied successfully in the defense of such claims. Case studies will be presented. Symptom reporting is a behavior. The objective of a functional analysis is to identify the contingencies responsible for symptom reporting in context. Psychological theory provides little guidance in solving the problem of knowing the past. Historical records provide a unique opportunity to evaluate and identify the variables influencing current symptom reporting in context and to discover the past. A functional contextual methodology identifies variables that influence current behavior in context, given the past history and predicts future behavior. The jury in each case considered the functional contextual data in reaching their decisions.
 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #204
CE Offered: None

The Unique Role of Development for Learning

Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Hampton
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Gerald Turkewitz, Ph.D.
Chair: Jacob L. Gewirtz (Florida International University)
GERALD TURKEWITZ (Hunter College of the City University of New York)
Dr. Gerald Turkewitz received his BA from City College of New York and his PhD in Comparative Psychology from New York University. He began his research career in the Department of Animal Behavior of the American Museum of Natural History where, in conjunction with T. C. Schneirla, J. S. Rosenblatt and Ethel Tobach, he studied the development of social behavior in kittens and stress adjustment in rats. His dissertation, carried out under Schneirla, dealt with the development of cage orientation in rats. He joined Herbert G. Birch at the Einstein College of Medicine and began studying sensory and intersensory functioning in human infants. He has continued and expanded these research directions with his appointment to Hunter College. Throughout his career, development with a particular concern for the role of sensory function in shaping behavior has been focal. This has led to investigations of a variety of organisms, including rabbits and chinchillas. His belief in the complex interactions between different levels of and facets of an organism’s biology and environment have resulted in a consideration of the relationship between the senses, aspects of motor function, learning, the social milieu, and the development of the nervous system, among others, in the organization of cognitive functions. Most recently he has been concerned with the developing exemplars of ways in which disparate elements in the life histories of organisms shape developmental trajectories.
Abstract:

Features of development create special circumstances in which aspects of learning are both constrained and given systematic attributes which in turn influence subsequent development. It will be argued that the paucity of sensory input, i.e., the sequential onset of the senses and their relatively limited sensitivity, prevents young organisms from experiencing James buzzing booming confusion and simplifies the task of selective learning. It is proposed that early features of learning provide a scaffolding for subsequent learning. The purpose will be instantiated by examining the manner in which fetal exposure to maternal speech influences hemispheric specialization and subsequent processing of facial information, contributing to the separation of analytic and holistic modes of information processing in the two hemispheres. Suggestive data on the way in which fetal learning of taste preferences by rats come to influence preferences for novel and familiar experiences will also be presented. In addition preliminary data from rabbits that suggests that priming by learning in an early developing system facilitates, or indeed enables, learning in a later developing system will be presented. The foregoing represents an extension of T. C. Schneirlas genuinely interactive position which avoids the largely sterile issue of nature vs. nurture by placing learning and the role of experience in a biological and ecological framework.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #205
CE Offered: None

Toward a Comprehensive and Coherent Science of Behavior

Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:20 PM
Republic B
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: John W. Donahoe, Psy.D.
Chair: John W. Donahoe (University of Massachusetts)
PAUL THOMAS ANDRONIS (Northern Michigan University)
Dr. Paul Thomas Andronis is a Professor in the Department of Psychology at Northern Michigan University, and serves as Director of the undergraduate option in behavior analysis. After completing the MS in zoology at Western Illinois University, he worked for two years at the Northwestern University Institute of Psychiatry, and then entered graduate study in biopsychology at the University of Chicago, working with Prof. Israel Goldiamond. He served as a research assistant both in the Parent Health/Infant Development Project in the Department of Psychiatry, conducting electromyographic research on reflexive behaviors of heroin- and methadone-addicted neonates, and in the Behavior Analysis Research Laboratory, training Illinois state psychiatric staff in applied behavior analysis, and conducting basic research in signal detection studies on temporal discrimination and the analysis of complex social behavior by pigeons, and on schedule-induced defecation in rats. Upon completing the MS and PhD, he remained at Chicago for three years as a U.S.P.H.S. Postdoctoral Research Fellow in Psychiatry. He was then appointed Assistant Professor of Clinical Psychiatry at the Chicago College of Osteopathic Medicine, where he established the Section on Behavioral Medicine and eating disorders units at both the Chicago and Olympia Fields Osteopathic Medical Centers. The University of Chicago then recruited him to the faculties in Behavioral Medicine for both the Departments of Psychiatry and Gastroenterology, conducting applied research on the treatment of obesity, and as an instructor in the Committee on Biopsychology, in the area of ethology. In 1990, he left Chicago for Northern Michigan University, where he was hired to direct the undergraduate behavior analysis option. In addition to regular teaching duties in the Department of Psychology and the NMU Honors Program, he supervises the practicum in applied behavior analysis, and maintains active laboratories for basic research on contingency adduction with pigeons, and stimulus equivalence with people. He also serves as President of the Board of Directors of a group home for adults with mental retardation.
Abstract:

While behavior analysis often lays claim to being the science of behavior, and rationalizes this claim by pointing to its singular accomplishments in applied enterprises, behavior analysis occupies an unheralded position among other fields that not only make the same claim, but glean substantially more of societys material and intellectual resources for research, and wield more powerful influence over its cultural landscape. Little scientific progress resulted from the so-called cognitive revolution, and following the Decade of the Brain, organic approaches (with cognitive science tagging along beside) have ascended to favored positions among the behavioral sciences The present paper argues that, in this, the fourth year of the Decade of Behavior and the hundredth anniversary of Skinners birth, behavior analysis can provide a unifying and coherent paradigm for a comprehensive theory of behavior that includes exciting new findings from a range of other disciplines. It calls for more thorough education of behavior analysts in areas like evolutionary neurobiology and ethology, concerted efforts to forge collaborative alliances with researchers and intellectuals in these other fields, and an attempt to frame our knowledge of behavioral relations in a vocabulary that acknowledges and embraces important contributions made by other areas.

 
 
Symposium #206
Behavioral Tobacco Cessation Program Development: What Was New During The Past Year?
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Conference Room 3
Area: CBM/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Sherman Yen (Asian American Anti-Smoking Foundation)
Discussant: David W. Wesch (San Juan College)
Abstract: .
 
Using Nicotine Free Cigarettes To Aid Smokers In Reducing Their Smoking Behavior: An Alternative To Traditional Cessation
SHERMAN YEN (Asian American Anti-Smoking Foundation)
Abstract: This paper, based on a single case study, examines the clinical effectiveness of using nicotine free cigarettes. ABA experimental design is used.
 
Behavioral Tobacco Cessation For The Untouched Population
ALLISON Y. LORD (Tobacco Outreach Technology)
Abstract: This presentation focuses on utilizing a variety of behavioral techniques to help smokers from special populations who cannot receive traditional smoking cessation in the clinical setting. This population is typically represented by restaurant workers and other service industries.The paper will elaborate on the difficulties encountered, limitation of traditional reward systems, and on the emphasis of interpersonal relationships (networking) as a social reinforcer.
 
Using CO Feedback To Induce Smoker Cessation Treatment
ANDY CHEN (Asian American Anti-Smoking Foundation)
Abstract: This presentation focuses on the use of objective feedback apparatus to induce increased participation in smoking cessation treatment. In the past, we have learned that stressing adverse effects of smoking has been less effective than expected. This presentation illustrates how Carbon Monoxide (CO) monitoring device use can increase the motivation of smokers to enter treatment. Smokers who view their high levels of CO on a testing device are more easily convinced that treatment is necessary.
 
 
Paper Session #207
Current Topics in Verbal Behavior
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Republic A
Area: VBC
Chair: Maria de Lourdes Passos (Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro)
 
Effects of Verbalization of Contingencies on the Emergency of New Conditional Relations and Rules
Domain: Applied Research
ALVARO TORRES CHAVEZ (Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico)
 
Abstract: A conditional discrimination of the subjects-own-behavior task was used in order to analyze the effects of (a) the prior training in verbalization and identification of contingencies and (b) the simultaneous verbalization of contingencies, on the formation of emerging relations. With that purpose, 40 undergraduate students were assigned to four groups: 1) control group, no previous training and no simultaneous verbalization, 2) group with prior training but no simultaneous verbalization, 3) group without prior training but with simultaneous verbalization, and 4) group with prior training and simultaneous verbalization. The group average of trials required for each group to complete the conditional discrimination task was compared, as well as the average of emerging relations achieved for each group. ANOVA’S tests indicated that the concurrent verbalization of the contingencies in the conditional discrimination task is the most important factor for completing the task and for the formation of functionally equivalent emerging relations.
 
Emergent Verbal Behavior and Analogy: Skinnerian and Linguistics’ Approaches
Domain: Applied Research
MARIA DE LOURDES PASSOS (Universidade Federal do Rio de Janeiro), Maria José Matos de Souza Suza (University of Sao Paulo)
 
Abstract: The production of a verbal operant, not previously taught, is one of the most important aspects of language productivity. Skinner describes the emission of new mands, tacts and autoclitics as the result of recombination of verbal operants already in existence on a given repertoire, some of which necessarily share common elements. The relation between these mands, tacts and autoclitics is what linguists call “analogy”. Analogy is a grammatical pattern -either a morphological or a syntactical one-, on which bases a speaker might emit new linguistic forms, if such speaker knows the constituents of linguistic forms and the combination patterns. Ever since Classical Antiquity analogy has had an important role in Linguistics’ explanation and descriptions of verbal communities practices. It has been considered the Regularity Principle which characterizes any given language. It is the process behind the workings of creativity, one which explains new linguistic forms arising both on speakers’ individual repertoires and on the language changes of a verbal community. Research on the analysis of verbal behavior would greatly profit from such analysis and descriptions, specially by those about the constituents of linguistic forms and its combination patterns since they allow for the emergence of analogies.
 
Tokieda's Language Process Theory and Skinner's Theory of Verbal Behavior
Domain: Applied Research
MASAYA SATO (Teikyo University)
 
Abstract: A Japanese linguist Motoki Tokieda proposed language process theory in 1941. According to this theory, language is not a system of signs but a kind of human activities. In this paper, I will discuss the similarities and differences between Tokieda's language process theory and Skinner's theory of verbal behavior. Tokieda's distinction between si and ji that corresponds Skinner's distinction between primary verbal operant and autoclitic shows a striking similarity.
 
 
 
Paper Session #208
Early Intensive Behavioral Intervention: Parent Roles and Program Costs
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Back Bay D
Area: AUT
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University)
 
Home Behavioral Programs for Children with Autism: Survey Results for USA, United Kingdom and Canada
Domain: Applied Research
JACK SCOTT (Florida Atlantic University), Patricia Oliver (Florida Atlantic University)
 
Abstract: Home-based behavioral programs are becoming popular internationally at this time. The authors conducted a survey of parents who manged home behavioral programs for their children with autism. Survey questions sought information on the nature of behavioral training, staffing issues, program funding and overall parent satisfaction with outcomes. Responses from the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom are presented. The results indicate significant differences between countries and large differences by region within the United States. Descriptive data are presented on all survey questions.
 
The Hands On Parent Education (HOPE) Center for Families of Children with Autism
Domain: Applied Research
JAMIE E. MCGILLIVARY (William Beaumont Hospital), Ruth M. Anan (William Beaumont Hospital)
 
Abstract: The Hands on Parent Education (HOPE) Center provides clinical services to families with preschool age children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. Parents accompany their children to a small group setting three hours a day for twelve weeks. Parents are the focus of the intervention in this tiered service delivery system utilizing hierarchical teaching strategies. At the HOPE Center parents are taught to implement techniques based in Applied Behavior Analysis to increase their child’s communication, socialization, play and self help skills. Training focuses on teaching relevant concepts and skills for implementation, generalization, and training of new staff for a home program. Our unique model allows for rapidly moving waiting lists, and permits a limited number of staff to serve a maximum number of clients. Furthermore the model also provides parents with the ability to generalize skills learned in the clinic to the home setting. Normative and criterion referenced pre- and post-intervention measures reflect both child and parental gains. Long-term outcomes have yet to be determined.
 
Cost-Benefit Estimates for Early Intensive Behavioural Intervention for Young Children with Autism in Iceland
Domain: Applied Research
HAUKUR F. GYLFASON (University of Iceland), Z. Gabriela Sigurdardottir (University of Iceland), Marius Peersen (University of Iceland), Iris Arnadottir (University of Iceland)
 
Abstract: The authors investigated the financial costs and benefits of early and intensive behavioural intervention for young children with autism in Iceland. A study by Jacobson, Mulick, and Green (1996) showed a favourable outcome for this treatment estimating savings ranging from $285,000 at age 22 to $1,350,000 at age 45 if normal functioning is achieved in 30% to 40% of treated children. The present cost-benefit analysis is based on Lovaas (1987) successful treatment of autistic children and the follow up data presented by McEachin, Smith, and Lovaas (1993). Information about costs for treating autism has been collected from the State Diagnostic and Counselling Centre, the offices of the Superintendents of Schools, and the Regional Offices for the Affairs of the Disabled in Iceland. Preliminary findings, for two years (1999 – 2000), presented at the ABA convention in Venice, show a favourable outcome for this kind of treatment. This research presents data collected for four years (1998 – 2001), and from additional sources. Problems inherited in collecting data are reported. Specifically, that some of the expenses for children with autism are not discriminable from costs associated with other children that receive support from the Icelandic health care system.
 
 
 
Symposium #209
Effects of Commercially Sold Sensory Devices on the Attention Span of Children Diagnosed with Autism
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Back Bay B
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Suzanne M. Tuberdyke (Summit Educational Resources)
Discussant: Helen Bloomer (Crossroads Center for Children)
Abstract: Learning Objectives Learn the purposes of sensory integration therapy; Define sensory integrative therapy in terms of its behavioral processes; Describe the data showing whether or not sensory integrative therapies actually change behavior as predicted;
 
The Correlation Between Proprioception Input and Attention Using a Weighted Vest During Circle Time
DANIELLE FARINA (Crossroads Center for Children), Billie McCann (Crossroads Center for Children), Jennifer Kendall (Crossroads Center for Children)
Abstract: The weighted vest is advertised to give proprioceptive input, providing the child with unconscious information from muscles and joints. An increase in body awareness is intended to decrease sensory seeking and fidgety behaviors, thereby resulting in improved attending and learning. The poncho style vest design allows for the therapist to distribute weight evenly to the side, front, and back, while also appearing socially acceptable. Weight has been recommended to be 5% of student's body weight. Proprioception refers to processing of postural adjustment and perception of body parts in space, timing, and force. Sensory theory suggests that children who receive proprioceptive input improve body awareness, decrease in sensory seeking behaviors, and improved attention. This presentation will describe how a weighted vest impacted the attention of three preschool children diagnosed with autism, all exhibiting difficulty with attention. All children were observed in a natural classroom setting during circle time.
 
The Effects of Sensory Stimulation on Attention in Children with Autism
GARI-SUE NAVARRO (Summit Educational Resources), Suzanne M. Tuberdyke (Summit Educational Resources), Stephen R. Anderson (Summit Educational Resources), Jennifer Kendall (Crossroads Center for Children), Billie McCann (Crossroads Center for Children), Danielle Farina (Crossroads Center for Children), Helen Bloomer (Crossroads Center for Children)
Abstract: A variety of sensory stimulation techniques were used with children with autism to investigate the effects on attention during circle time. Six children participated in the study utilizing a multiple baseline across children design. An interval recording method measured attending to the teacher or activity. After a baseline period, a sensory stimulation technique was introduced (e.g., T-Stool or therapy ball) while participating in the activity. The effects of the sensory stimulation on attention was measured during the morning and at an afternoon activity where sensory stimulation was never introduced. The results demonstrated that sensory stimulation increased attention (with varying outcomes across children) but generalization was limited. Implications for future research are discussed.
 
The Correlation Between Vestibular Input and Attention Using the Disc' O'Sit During Circle Time
BILLIE MCCANN (Crossroads Center for Children), Jennifer Kendall (Crossroads Center for Children), Danielle Farina (Crossroads Center for Children)
Abstract: The Disc' O' Sit is advertised to provide vestibular input, enabling a child to work on postural training while seated. It fufills a child's need for movement, thereby decreasing extraneous movement seeking behaviors, freeing the child for increased focus and attention. The Disc' O' Sit is a 12 inch diameter inflatable disc. The vestibular system refers to how a child responds to body movement through change in space and head position. Sensory theory suggests that providing children with calming vestibular input will positively impact attention. This presention describes how the Disc' O' Sit impacted the attention of three preschool children with autism, all exhibiting dificulty with attention. All children were observed in a natural classroom setting during circle time. Results will be explained in terms of the effect of the therapy device on the levels of attention.
 
 
Symposium #210
Enhancing Positive Behavior Support for People with Severe Disabilities Through ehavior Analysis Technology
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Constitution B
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Dennis H. Reid (Behavior Analysis and Support Center)
Discussant: Marsha B. Parsons (Western Carolina Center)
Abstract: Learning Objectives Describe a simulated teaching strategy to enhance on-the-job work skills among supported workers with autism Name three procedural components for a teaching program to reduce resistance to teaching among people with profound multiple disabilities Describe a step-wise procedure for using choice of activities to increase leisure activity among adults with severe disabilities in supported independent living
 
Teaching Work Skills to Adults with Autism: Job Support versus Support Plus Simulation Training
LINDSEY P. LATTIMORE (Western Carolina Center), Marsha B. Parsons (Western Carolina Center), Dennis H. Reid (Carolina Behavior Analysis and Support Center)
Abstract: Acquisition of job skills by four adults with severe autism within a supported work placement was compared under two teaching conditions: teaching exclusively through on-the-job support and teaching through on-the-job support plus simulation training away from the work site. Observations with at least 80% interobserver agreement measures were conducted throughout baseline and all teaching conditions. Baseline observations indicated each participant was well below criterion skill acquisition (requiring demonstration of independence on at least 80% of task-analyzed job steps). Result of the teaching interventions indicated that criterion skill acquisition consistently occurred more quickly when teaching occurred both on-the-job and with simulation training away from the work site relative to teaching only through on-the-job support. Results are discussed in regard to supplementing currently espoused job-support models with supported workers with autism with more traditional behavioral teaching services in order to maximize desired job performance.
 
Reducing Resistance and Unhappiness Among People with Profound Multiple Disabilities During Teaching Sessions
SUSAN PASSANTE (Western Carolina Center), Carolyn W. Green (Western Carolina Center), Jeannia Elaine Rollyson (Western Carolina Center), Dennis H. Reid (Carolina Behavior Analysis and Support Center)
Abstract: A four-step program was used to reduce resistive behavior and indices of unhappiness that occurred during skill-acquisition teaching sessions among three adults with profound multiple disabilities. Following development of operational definitions and reliable measurement (at least 80% interobserver agreement) of resistive behavior and indices of unhappiness, preferred activities drawn from person-centered plans were provided immediately before, during, and after each teaching session with each participant. Results of a multiple probe design across participants showed near 100% reduction in both resistive behavior and indices of unhappiness for each participant relative to baseline levels. There was no negative impact of the preference-enhancing procedures on participant skill development, and social acceptability data indicated that the participants preferred the teaching sessions during the intervention more than the traditional baseline sessions. Results are discussed in regard to increasing preferred attributes of teaching programs as a means of reducing certain types of challenging behavior among people with highly significant disabilities that coincides with a positive behavior support value system.
 
Overcoming Leisure Inactivity Among People with Severe Disabilities in Supported Independent Living
PHILIP G. WILSON (Louisiana State University Health Sciences Center), William C. Graham (Louisiana State University Health Sciences Center), Dennis H. Reid (Carolina Behavior Analysis and Support Center), Carolyn W. Green (Western Carolina Center)
Abstract: Observations were conducted of the in-home leisure activity of adults with severe disabilities in supported independent living arrangements. Results of the observations (conducted with at least 80% interobserver agreement between observers) indicated a high prevalence of inactivity during leisure time. Subsequently, a program involving repeated choices of leisure activities based on assessed preferences and leisure pursuits of people without disabilities was provided for each of three participants in a multiple probe fashion across participants. Results indicated that percentage of observation intervals with leisure activity increased by over 100% for each participant relative to baseline levels. Results are discussed in regard to the common (mis)assumption that residing in a supported independent living arrangement in and of itself will enhance various aspects of quality of life among people with severe disabilities, and that specific behavior analysis technologies are likely to be needed to ensure supported independent living is accompanied by desired lifestyle activity.
 
 
Symposium #211
Evidence-Based Educational Methods I: Computer Applications
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Berkeley
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Mohammad I. Al-Attrash (Howe Developmental Center)
Discussant: Carl V. Binder (Binder Riha Associates)
Abstract: .
 
Behaviorally Based Adaptive Computerized Educational Systems: A Status Report
ROGER D. RAY (Rollins College)
Abstract: A complex and highly integrated software system for internet-delivered adaptive instruction based on fundamental behavioral principles represented via artificial intelligence algorithms is reviewed. Models of each student's developing stimulus equivalence networks of verbal associates are compared to an expert reference network to deliver individualized tutorials and adaptive mastery certification testing. Progress in answering variously formatted questions determines level of difficulty and adapts both amounts of presented content and degrees of associates prompting. All individual progress and use data are stored on internet servers as an integrated database organized around other course parameters, thereby allowing sophisticated instructor-side course management via custom instructor browsers. The individualized database also enables delivery of the personalized adaptive instructional tutorial and certification services via customized student browsers. Other specialized internet tools designed for instructors and researchers add very large-scale research and program evaluation capabilities. Research to date demonstrates a range of program effectiveness directly related to variations in instructor utilization of alternative settings for such system features as bonus points for elective tutoring. Other features effecting student performance include instructor use of limited numbers of mastery tests followed by required tutoring on topics determined by adaptive diagnostics when performance is below minimal standards.
 
Making the Most of PSI with Computer Technology
JOSEPH J. PEAR (University of Manitoba), Toby L. Martin (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: Direct applications of computer technology in higher education have largely been devoted to importing standard classroom activities into a web environment. These applications, however, do little to address problems that exist in many standard classroom activities. Computer-aided personalized system of instruction (CAPSI) marries the proven effectiveness of Keller's personalized system of instruction with the power of computer technology. In CAPSI students proceed at their own pace through study units. After a student demonstrates mastery of a unit (defined as correctly answering all questions on the unit assignment or test), he or she may serve as a peer reviewer for that unit. The program is is currently being used successfully in a number of undergraduate psychology courses taught at the University of Manitoba. It has been used to teach distance education courses as well as on-campus courses. In addition, collaboration with another university merged two courses on the same topic at the two institutions. The method takes full advantage of the computer's information processing, data-storage, and communications capabilities. Results indicate that students receive and give large quantities of accurate and high-quality feedback. In this teaching method students write much more and receive far more feedback than would typically be possible in a traditional course. Data also indicate that answers improve in ways consistent with the specific content of the feedback.
 
Redefining PSI for the 21st Century
ERIC J. FOX (Arizona State University)
Abstract: Developed in the 1960s as an alternative to lecture-based instruction, the Personalized System of Instruction offered educators a self-paced, mastery-based model for course development based firmly on behavioral theory. Interest in using and researching the model grew quickly, and PSI soon became distinguished by its flexibility and strong empirical support base. Although interest in PSI peaked in the 1970s and has decreased sharply in the decade since, it remains an attractive model for educators concerned with improving the quality of their instruction. Advances in information technology and telecommunications have the potential to greatly improve certain aspects of PSI courses and alleviate some of the factors that have contributed to its decline. Further, PSI seems well suited for the development of distance education courses, an area of education experiencing phenomenal growth. For these reasons, it seems worthwhile to revisit the core structure of PSI and to refine our understanding and description of its core components to reflect our current knowledge and technological capabilities. An updated listing of PSI’s core components will be presented and compared to the original listing, its relation to relevant empirical findings outlined, and the impact of modern information technology discussed.
 
 
Symposium #212
Functional Assessment of Problem Behavior: Refining Analyses through the Manipulation of Response and Reinforcement Variables
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Back Bay A
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Learning Objectives Participants will gain knowledge on linking functional assessment results to innovations in treatments that are individually tailored to those results. Participants will gain knowledge regarding the potential impact of a variety of basic principles (e.g., discrepancies in reinforcer magnitude, hierarchical response classes) on functional analysis outcomes. Participants will gain knowledge regarding procedural variations that may serve to enhance the utility of functional analysis in the identification of controlling variables.
 
The Effects of Reinforcement Magnitude on Functional Analysis Outcomes
VALERIE M. VOLKERT (Louisiana State University), Dorothea C. Lerman (Louisiana State University)
Abstract: Certain parameters of reinforcement (e.g., schedule, quality, or magnitude of the reinforcer) may influence the outcomes of functional analyses. However, few studies have evaluated the effects of reinforcement magnitude on problem behavior even though basic findings indicate that this parameter may alter the likelihood of obtaining clear functional analysis results. In fact, reinforcement magnitude has varied widely and appeared to be selected arbitrarily in most studies on functional analysis. In this study, three children with developmental disabilities who engaged in severe problem behavior were exposed to three separate functional analyses: one with a small (3-s) reinforcement magnitude, one with a medium (20-s) reinforcement magnitude, and one with a large (120-s) reinforcement magnitude. For two participants, outcomes of the functional analyses were similar across all magnitudes. For the third participant, higher levels of escape-maintained behavior occurred under the small reinforcement magnitude. These results indicate that reinforcement magnitude may not influence the results of functional analyses and that a wide range of magnitudes may be acceptable to use. However, the function of problem behavior may clearer under certain magnitudes.
 
The Identification of Response-Class Hierachies During Functional Analysis
DAVID E. KUHN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Stephanie A.C. Kuhn (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Heather Jennett (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The experimental analysis of behavior, relies upon the occurrence of behavior. That is, in order for clinicians to analyze behavior it is essential that he/she observe the behavior. Experimental analyses of behavior are often discontinued or inconclusive because the target behavior is not observed. Clinicians may alter the dimensions of the reinforcement or adjust the establishing operation in an attempt to occasion behavior. It is possible, and in some cases evident, that the inconclusive assessment results are because the target behaviors are members of a response-class hierarchy, and reinforcing behaviors lower on the hierarchy (LH) may preclude the occurrence of higher order behaviors (HH). The current study describes 4 participants with developmental disabilities for whom initial functional analysis results did not accurately represent the behaviors reported to be of most concern by caregivers. For these individuals, extinction procedures were applied to the LH behaviors to occasion the target HH behaviors. Sessions were conducted in the experimental condition associated with the highest levels of LH behavior. Results, across participants, suggested that when LH behavior did not result in the desired consequence (i.e., extinction), higher intensity HH behaviors were observed. Assessment and treatment implications are discussed.
 
Indirect Treatment of Socially Mediated Self-injury via Interruption of Automatically Reinforced Self-restraint
HENRY S. ROANE (Marcus Institute), Wayne W. Fisher (Marcus Institute), Nathan Call (Marcus Institute), Alyson N. Hovanetz (Marcus Institute), Katharine Gutshall (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Self-restraint has been described as preference for self-confinement of responding over self-injurious behavior (SIB). Previous research has evaluated the functional relationship between self-restraint and SIB. In general, these results have demonstrated that self-restraint and SIB may (a) belong to the same response class, (b) be functionally independent of one another, or (c) self-restraint may function as reinforcement for SIB. In the current investigation, we evaluated the relationship between self-restraint and SIB in a young woman with profound mental retardation. Results of separate functional analysis suggested that the two responses were maintained by separate reinforcement contingencies. Conditional probabilities were then developed based on the occurrence of SIB following interruption of self-restraint. These data suggested that SIB was maintained by social reinforcement in the form of contingent access to automatically reinforced self-restraint. Based on this relation, we hypothesized that interruption of the reinforcement contingency for self-restraint would produce a decrease in SIB. During treatment, self-restraint was interrupted and a corresponding 90% reduction in SIB was observed. These results suggest a further functional relationship between the occurrence of SIB and self-restraint.
 
An Evaluation of Latency as the Index of Problem Behavior During Functional Analysis
JESSICA L. THOMASON (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida), Pamela L. Neidert (University of Florida)
Abstract: In research on the functional analysis of problem behavior, the dependent variable during assessment and treatment has consisted of rate, duration, or percentage of intervals of responding, all of which are based on repeated occurrences of behavior. Occasionally, however, these measures may be difficult to use when the target behavior poses high risk or when its occurrence terminates a session (as in running away). We evaluated the extent to which response latency might be used as the index of behavior during assessment. Study 1 consisted of a retrospective analysis in which data from functional analyses were compared when graphed as session values (responses per minute) and as the latency to the first response in a session. In Study 2, results from pairs of independent functional analyses were compared. The assessment procedures were identical. However, sessions in the first functional analysis were terminated following the first occurrence of the target behavior, whereas sessions in the second functional analysis lasted for 10 min each. Results of the two analyses were compared, and function was determined via visual analysis. Results are discussed in terms of implications for research and clinical practice for evaluating problem behavior. Reliability assessment was conducted for all dependent measures using typical recording and calculation techniques.
 
 
Symposium #213
Functional Communication Training: Evaluation of the Impact of Discriminative Stimuli and Response Class Hierarchies
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Constitution B
Area: DDA/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jennifer M. Asmus (University of Florida)
Discussant: Robert H. Horner (University of Oregon)
Abstract: .
 
An Analysis of Mand Selection Across Different Stimulus Conditions
LISA C. WINBORN-KEMMERER (University of Iowa), David P. Wacker (University of Iowa), Jay W. Harding (University of Iowa), Eric Boelter (University of Iowa), Wendy K. Berg (University of Iowa), John F. Lee (University of Iowa)
Abstract: We evaluated mands and occurrence of problem behavior for two children with developmental disabilities. A three-phase study was conducted. Interobserver agreement was collected across 30% of all phases with an average reliablility of at least 90%. During Phase 1, a functional analysis was conducted to identify the variables maintaining problem behavior. During Phase 2, Functional Communication Training (FCT) was implemented within a concurrent schedules design and the children were provided reinforcement for using either a communication card or other mands (words, signs) that were in their existing repertoire. An ABAB design (Phase 3) was then conducted to assess mands and problem behavior under different stimulus conditions (card absent, card present). Results showed that during Phase 2 problem behavior decreased and the card was used more frequently than other mands. Results of Phase 3 showed that problem behavior remained low across both stimulus conditions. When the card was absent the children used other mands; when the card was present they primarily used the card. These results suggest that the presence of a communication card may function as a discriminative stimulus for specific topographies of mands.
 
Teaching Replacement Mands as a Communicative Repair Strategy
JEFFREY S. SIGAFOOS (University of Texas at Austin), Erik Drasgow (University of South Carolina), James W. Halle (University of Illinois at Urbana, Champaign), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas at Austin), Sue E. Seely-York (University of Texas at Austin), Chaturi Edrisinha (University of Texas at Austin), Alonzo Andrews (Autism Treatment Center, San Antonio)
Abstract: Students with autism often rely on prelinguistic behaviors (e.g., reaching, leading) to mand. Because such behaviors are unconventional, listeners may fail attend to the student's mand and the resulting extinction schedule may evoke more intense and problematic forms of behavior (e.g., pushing or shoving the listener's hand). In such cases, it may be helpful to establish replacement mands that involve an alternative and more acceptable form of communication. In the present study, we taught two students with developmental disabilities to use a replacement mand when their initial mands involving prelinguistic forms were ineffective in recruiting reinforcement from a listener. The replacement mand consisted of using a voice-output communication aid (VOCA). Extinction trials were interspersed within each session (listener ignored student's initial prelinguistic mand). Effects of the intervention were evaluated in a multiple-probe design across subjects. Both students learned to use the VOCA as replacement mands. As VOCA use was acquired under extinction conditions, the students began to use the VOCA to initiate requesting opportunities. Interobserver agreement was calculated on an opportunity-by-opportunity basis. Overall agreement ranged from 84% to 100% across sessions (M = 95.5%). Results are related to functional communication training and discussed in terms of response class hierarchies.
 
Evaluating the Relationship between Severe Problem Behavior and Functional Communication
TERRY S. FALCOMATA (University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (University of Iowa)
Abstract: We were interested in whether mands and problem behavior were members of the same response class for individuals referred for assessment and treatment of severe problem behavior. We conducted a functional analysis of behavior using the functional analysis procedures outlined by Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman, and Richman (1982/1994). The purpose of the study was to compare the functions of communicative behavior (i.e., mands) and problem behavior when both behaviors resulted in reinforcer delivery. Independent observers collected data on at least 20% of all sessions for each participant and agreement scores averaged above 80% for each participant. Results of the study suggested that outcomes varied across participants. Results suggested that, for some individuals, problem behavior and communication served different functions. For others, identical functions were identified. These results are discussed with respect to response class membership, behavioral hierarchies, and implications for treatment.
 
 
Symposium #214
Further Extensions of Functional Assessment
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Gardner
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lee Kern (Lehigh University)
Discussant: John A. Northup (University of Iowa)
Abstract: .
 
Identifying Behavioral Function Using Choice in the Classroom Setting
Alexandra Hilt (Syracuse University), BRIAN K. MARTENS (Syracuse University)
Abstract: Functional analysis has been shown in the literature to be an effective method of identifying the function of problem behavior in a variety of settings. While this methodology is effect, it can be difficult and time consuming to implement. As a result, researchers have recently begun to look for alternative methods to the tradition functional analysis. One possible method for assessing behavioral function that has not yet been explored in the literature is through the use of choice. The purpose of the purposed study was to assess the effectiveness of using choice in the classroom to identify the function of students' off-task behavior. During academic work periods, participants were provided the opportunity to choose a consequence (i.e., break from task, attention from adult, attention from peer) contingent on off-task behavior. Results indicate that all four students demonstrated a clear preference for one consequence. In addition, when given the opportunity to access the maintaining consequence through an alternative behavior (choosing the consequence) off-task behavior was reduced in all participants. Interobserver agreement data were collected for 30% of sessions across all participants and averaged 90% or above for off-task behavior and choices made.
 
Expanding the Utility of Functional Assessment: An Illustrative Case Example of a Behavior Support Plan for A Two-Year-Old Child Across Three Home Routines
SHELLEY CLARKE (University of South Florida), Stephanie Johnston (University of South Florida), Lise Fox (University of South Florida), Glen Dunlap (University of South Florida), Terri C. Garves (University of South Florida), Kathi Armstrong (University of South Florida)
Abstract: In recent years, researchers have employed strategies associated with positive behavior support to develop interventions that focus on the reduction of challenging behavior. PBS and the process of functional behavioral assessment offer an empirically sound approach to intervening with the problem behaviors of children and adults with disabilities (Lucyshyn et al., 2002). Although there is great confidence from researchers in the importance of this approach for children, very little research has been conducted with children younger than three years. The current study demonstrates the completion of an FBA within a PBS support plan for a twenty-four-month-old boy who exhibited a speech delay, and engaged in challenging behavior. Following assessment, hypotheses were formulated and support plan strategies developed. The components generated included changes to parent interactions, child participation, and environmental modifications. All components were implemented by the child=s mother, and were effective in reducing challenging behavior and increasing child engagement during three typical home routines. A multiple baseline design illustrates changes in behavior. This investigation broadens the scope and utility of conducting functional assessment and provides evidence of the expanded impact of behavior analytic principles with a population not widely represented.
 
Investigating the Additive Effects of Attention on Behaviors Maintained by Escape from Classroom Task Demands
HEATHER STERLING-TURNER (University of Southern Mississippi), Michael M. Mueller (May Institute), Melissa Scoggins (University of Southern Mississippi), Thomas Schanding (University of Southern Mississippi), Dana Swartzwelder (University of Southern Mississippi), Erin Perry (University of Southern Mississippi)
Abstract: Functional behavior assessment (FBA) incorporating a functional analysis is emerging as an effective model used to assess classroom behavior problems. However, conducting a FBA in a classroom presents challenges for school psychologists such as determining which environmental variables to evaluate in the assessment. Because teacher attention is often delivered at the same time that a child is escaping academic tasks, a functional analysis might be conducted to determine which specific variable (escape or attention) is responsible for reinforcing the behavior. Currently, no published studies have evaluated functional analysis conditions designed to determine if the combination of multiple variables (i.e., escape and attention) presented together lead to differences in the level of problem behavior compared to when they are presented separately. This study presents a classroom-based functional analyses in which an escape-to-attention condition was used. Data were collected during consultation cases and used for clinical decision making in the schools. Future research in this area and benefits of the including new analysis conditions in classrooms are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #215
Innovations in Staff Training
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Constitution A
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael J. Cameron (Simmons College)
Abstract: Learning Objectives Participants will learn to define and apply correspondence training Participants will learn to define and use the concepts related to "memory for action" Participants will learn about the anatomy of a quality Behavior Support Plan
 
Correspondence Training: Using Verbal Rehearsal to Enhance Staff Performance of Physical Crisis Intervention Techniques
ROBERT L. SHAPIRO (Simmons College)
Abstract: Correspondence training and verbal rehearsal strategies can be effective strategies to enhance task completion and accuracy. Studies involving these strategies have demonstrated their usefulness in improving accuracy of and compliance with physical activities, grooming skills, and homework completion, among other uses. Given this information, correspondence training remains underutilized in applied settings. This study used correspondence training in a small group setting to improve the accuracy of physical techniques performed by bilingual staff in a five-day crisis intervention course. Accuracy of techniques taught using correspondence training was compared with accuracy of techniques taught using traditional methods. Data were collected using percent of steps completed independently as well as a task analysis grid. Interobserver reliability, collected on 25% of trials, was 90.5%. Subjects uniformly performed with a higher level of accuracy and independence on techniques taught with correspondence training. These results were especially robust in earlier days of training, suggesting that correspondence training can be an effective and efficient strategy for teaching physical crisis intervention techniques to a group of subjects, especially when time and resources are minimal. Suggestions for future research and implications of theses data in human services agencies are explored.
 
Relevance of "Memory for Action" in the Instruction of Entry Level Manual Sign
SUSAN O'SHEA (Simmons College)
Abstract: A frequently reported challenge to teaching manual sign language has been rapid acquisition followed by poor retention. It has been suggested that this is due in part to limited training time per session and infrequent refresher opportunities. Recent studies have demonstrated that memory is enhanced through the use of self-performed actions or output behaviors otherwise known as memory for action (Zimmer & Engelkamp) with very positive results. Using a multiple baseline design, this study compared retention rates on several different levels. It first compared retention of spoken language using verbal rehearsal to sign language using single word demonstration and replication. This was followed by a comparison of single word sign instruction to sign instruction using chained signs with varying locations within the chain sequence. Early results demonstrated comparable acquisition rates across all interventions, however the data supported that memory for action successfully increased the rate of retention. Retention rates of manual sign vocabulary were even greater when memory for action was elaborated upon through chained sign rehearsal in a variety of sequences. Interobserver agreement exceeded 90%. The initial results are very promising and may have implications for future research investigating the utilization of memory for action as an intervention method for a variety of types of augmentative systems.
 
Effects of Fixed Time Release vs. Criterion Based Release of Emergency Physical Restraint
JOHN STOKES (Vinfen Corporation), Michael F. Dorsey (Simmons College)
Abstract: Most emergency restraint procedures call for the physical holding of an indivudal until he or she is calm (Foxx, 1982). These restraints can often go on for long periods of time. Due to the size of many indivudals in adult services, implementing emergency physical restraint requires multiple staff members to overcome an individual's active resistance. The purpose of this study was to determine whether "untimed, contingency-based" physical restraints were more effective than "timed, non-contingent" release. Results of this study showed that the best decision for any indivudal is driven by the motivational function of their aberrant behavior. Both procedures were compared for all participants. Dependent variables included: length of physical restraint, latency to reapplication, and the total number of reapplications. Interobserver reliability data were collected on every session and exceeded 98%.
 
The Anatomy of the Optimal Behavior Plan
BILL GEARY (Simmons College)
Abstract: Progess has been made over the years in identifying effective behavioral strategies for helping people with disabilities learn and improve the overall quality of their lives. However, even proven strategies will be ineffective if not implemented correctly by front-line staff. Initial findings in this study indicated that consistent implementation of plans occurred less than 50% of the time (especially as related to the proactive procedures outlined in the plan). Past research has found many factors (staff training techniques, length of plan, type of language in the plan) that influence effective plan implementation. The goal of this study was to identify the optimal structure, instruction, and follow-up measure that would best improve procedural reliability and implementation consistency in a large non-profit agency supporting individuals with developmental disabilities. The study compared a highly structured procedure for training and follow-up on behavior plans wth an existing procedure that was less structured and rigorous. Results of this study clearly indicate that when quality behavior plans are combined with intensive staff training and follow-up supervision. proficient plan implementation increased significantly. Interobserver reliability on both the independent (procedural reliability) and dependent variables exceeded 82%.
 
 
Symposium #216
Novel Applications of Clinical Behavior Analysis: Fluency, Exposure and Adherence
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Conference Room 2
Area: CBM/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Blake M. Lancaster (Western Michigan University)
Discussant: Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: .
 
Improving Blood Glucose Monitoring in Adolescents with Insulin-Dependent Diabetes Mellitus (IDDM)
STEPHEN J. ALBRECHT (Western Michigan University), Amy E. Naugle (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Few studies have evaluated actual intervention strategies to improve treatment adherence among children and adolescents diagnosed with a chronic medical condition. Unfortunately, large numbers of patients do not adhere to their prescribed medical regimens (Lemanek, Kamps, & Chung, 2001). In diabetes populations, treatment nonadherence rates range anywhere from 30% to 80% (Johnson et al., 1982; Kovacs, Goldston, Obrosky, & Iyengar, 1992). Intervention strategies designed to improve treatment adherence can prevent, delay, or significantly reduce the risk of developing many negative health-related consequences (DCCT Research Group, 1994). With the emergence of more effective medications and sophisticated medical technologies, many families are being asked to adhere to more complex and time-consuming medical regimens at home (La Greca & Schuman, 1995). Given the increased complexity of medical regimens, many researchers have concluded that more efficient and cost-effective intervention strategies are needed to enhance treatment adherence (Drotar & Lemanek, 2001). To date, intervention strategies relying on behavioral technology have obtained the most consistent treatment outcomes in improving treatment adherence (Gross et al., 1985; Rapoff, 1989; Rapoff, Purviance, & Lindsley, 1988). One disadvantage of behavioral intervention strategies is the relatively high level of physician, patient, and parental involvement required to effectively implement the interventions. Such labor-intensive procedures may not be the most efficient and cost-effective strategies to use in medical settings. Another effective and less time-consuming behavioral strategy that has not been widely applied in primary care settings is antecedent prompting procedures. The current study targets nonadherence to blood glucose monitoring by using portable, automated paging technology. This pilot project is a work in progress. Using automated paging technology, patients are provided with external prompts to remind them to check their blood glucose levels. Antecedent prompting procedures using automated paging technology may be an effective way to remind adolescents to check their blood glucose levels. A series of single-subject case designs are being used to evaluate the effectiveness of the antecedent prompting procedure. It is anticipated that six adolescents with poorly controlled IDDM will be involved in this study. Treatment outcomes will be determined by visual inspection of the graphed data
 
Conceptualization and Evaluation of Clinical Behavior Analysis Strategies within the Medical Model: Case Study of an Exposure Treatment for Panic Attacks
BLAKE M. LANCASTER (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Behavioral approaches have begun to gain popularity and acceptance in many arenas such as schools, employee safety programs and language acquisition programs. There are, however, still settings in which behavioral theories have not yet been embraced consistently. One of these setting includes medical settings, where more traditional views of psychology, such as cognitive or psychoanalytic, are more commonly used to conceptualize behavioral or psychological issues. Within medical settings that do not subscribe to behavioral views, it is common for behavioral terms and conceptualizations to be interpreted as “simplistic” and claims that these techniques “do not address the real problems” are pervasive. The balance between implementing behavioral techniques and maintaining credibility in these medical settings is a difficult and evolving challenge for behavior analysts. Most of the difficulties that behavior analysts encounter in these medical settings revolve around the struggle to stay true to their behavioral principles while providing a comprehensive rationale for treatment to both colleagues and patients. Techniques and strategies that might be helpful in allowing the behavior analyst to exist effectively within a medical setting will be highlighted through the presentation of a anxiety case study (data based). The obstacles to conceptualizing and developing treatment protocols from a behavioral standpoint will be discussed in relation to the exposure protocol that was implemented for treatment.
 
Fluency: A Potentially Important Concept for Clinical Behavior Analysis
JAY CLORE (Western Michigan University), Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University), Amanda M. Harris (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Fluent performance combines both accuracy and speed. Fluency training has proven to be effective basic academic skills, but has not caught on in some other areas of skill acquisition. Many empirically supported clinical treatments, such as cognitive behavior therapy (CBT) for depression, are heavily skills-based. That is, a focus of the therapy is providing the client with new skills (e.g., in confronting and challenging negative thoughts). However, such skills-based approaches have yet to incorporate the notion of fluency. Treating self-thoughts as we would any other behavior, we have been conducting a series of studies to see if fluency training can be used to increase individuals' frequency of, and contact with, adaptive self-thoughts. We began by establishing the base-rates of positive and negative self-thoughts among college students. We are now exploring the effects of training college students reporting low self-esteem to either (a) identify and change negative thoughts (via training and daily practice in a standard CBT technique) or (b) become more fluent in positive self-thoughts (via training and daily practice in conducting 1-min timings of positiveself-thoughts). The results may provide some preliminary information on important mechanisms of change in CBT and might suggest further use of fluency training in the clinic.
 
 
Symposium #217
Reading Comprehension: Building An Effective Instructional Array
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Clarendon
Area: EDC/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
Discussant: Timothy A. Slocum (Utah State University)
Abstract: .
 
Lexicon, Context, and Text Recall
KRISTINE F. MELROE (Morningside Academy), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy), Libby M. Street (Central Washington University), Suzanne Casson (Precision Tutoring, Winnebago)
Abstract: Students' abilities to read and understand both explicit and implicit meaning from text is, in part, a function of fundamental language skills. This paper describes procedures to improve the students' vocabulary fluency and to enhance their ability to derive word meaning from context. It also explains a pre-reading volley between teacher and students during which the teacher helps students to develop connections between their own histories and the context of the printed material. Last, it outlines procedures to establish and extend the students' memory for details in the text through an expansion of Vickie Benson's "retelling" technique. The presenter will describe standard celeration chart-based activities to expand vocabulary and to monitor memory for details and present evidence of students' improvement in these important reading comprehension skills.
 
Improving Students' Abilities to Draw Inferences
KENT JOHNSON (Morningside Academy), Libby M. Street (Central Washington University), Kristine F. Melroe (Morningside Academy), Suzanne Casson (Precision Tutoring, Winnebago)
Abstract: Effective reading comprehension requires reading between the lines. However, this ability to infer the author's intent is an elusive skill for many readers. Reading practitioners have identified a number of inferential skills that students who are good readers practice, among them predicting, questioning the author, comparing and contrasting, summarizing, and establishing cause and effect. Teachers intentionally model these skills in the context of group reading, using a procedure called "think aloud." After several think-alouds, the teacher uses a delayed prompting technique to prompt students and assess their proficiency in applying these previously modeled skills. In this reversal of the typical mathematics approach which is characterized as "model, lead, test," the teacher tests, then prompts, then finally models until student performance meets criterion. This paper will describe this delayed prompting technique and present evidence of its effectiveness in improving students' performance on reading comprehension tasks.
 
Choosing Appropriate Comprehension Skills and Applying them Moment-to-Moment in Time
LIBBY M. STREET (Central Washington University), Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy), Kristine F. Melroe (Morningside Academy), Suzanne Casson (Precision Tutoring, Winnebago)
Abstract: Students who meet criterion on a set of comprehension skills don't necessarily apply them when they are reading for pleasure or reading a content-rich assignment. Morningside is developing and field-testing procedures that effectively transition students from "knowing how" to "knowing when." Students transition, still in a read-aloud setting, from being instructed by the teacher to employ a particular skill to being encouraged to think about the skills they've practiced and decide which, if any, are appropriate. They later transition to employing the skills in silent reading and making note of skills used and locations in the text of their use. The last step is to transition to reading in the content fields and self-monitoring application of skills. In essence, the program is designed to establish a habit of using proficient skills. This paper describes work to date on this component of the program including procedures for data-collection and self-monitoring.
 
 
Symposium #218
Risky Business- Applying Skills Training to Education
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Beacon A
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thomas A. Brigham (Washington State University)
Discussant: Thomas A. Brigham (Washington State University)
Abstract: .
 
The Basics of Psychology 106
RAYMOND O. SACCHI (Washington State University), Thomas A. Brigham (Washington State University), Ryan Sain (Washington State University), Jennifer McDonald (Washington State University)
Abstract: A description of the Psychology 106 program will be presented. The theoretical background of the course will be described. The speaker will present topics covered in the Psych 106 course, as well as discuss limitations of and implications for using a combined behavioral skills training and education format in an applied research format.
 
Increasing STD Testing in Psych 106
JENNIFER MCDONALD (Washington State University), Thomas A. Brigham (Washington State University), Ryan Sain (Washington State University), Raymond O. Sacchi (Washington State University)
Abstract: This panelist will present data obtained from an intervention to increase testing for STDs. Approximately 115 students participated in the study. All participants received a coupon redeemable for a Chlamydia test at the student health center. All participants completed an educational unit on STDs. Two groups prepared individual presentations outlining the importance of being tested for STDs. One group was videotaped and one group turned in a written version. All were led to believe this was part of a broader high school STD intervention. The remaining third group served as a control. Data illustrating differences in testing rates for the three groups was collected from the testing site and will be discussed.
 
Alcohol Use and Sex: Data from Psych 106
RYAN SAIN (Washington State University), Thomas A. Brigham (Washington State University), Jennifer McDonald (Washington State University), Raymond O. Sacchi (Washington State University)
Abstract: This panelist will present data from the Psychology 106 program. These data are collected from weekly self-reports. Of specific interest are rates of sexual behavior, both protected and unprotected. Alcohol consumption behavior will also be addressed.
 
 
Paper Session #219
Science and Theory in Autism
Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Back Bay C
Area: AUT
Chair: Betty Fry Williams (Whitworth College)
 
Biomedical Research on Autism: Separating Science from Science Fiction
Domain: Applied Research
BETTY FRY WILLIAMS (Whitworth College), Don Calbreath (Whitworth College)
 
Abstract: Recent increases in the diagnosis of autism have resulted in considerable interest in and funding for medical research to determine the contributing factors that may cause the disorder. Information about a myriad of possible causes floods the internet and print media, overwhelming families and professionals who often cannot discriminate reliable findings from questionable evidence. This session will present basic principles of sound neurological research that can be used to evaluate the value of evidence used to support various claims. Research on topics such as the opioid excess theory, genetic connections, immune deficiencies, MMR vaccinations, and so forth will be examined.
 
Psychological Theories of Autistic Behavior in Young Children
Domain: Applied Research
JANICE K. DONEY (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno)
 
Abstract: There are a multitude of theories related to autistic behavior in young children. Generally, these theories attempt to account for the three central features of the disorder: (1) impairment of social behavior including verbal and nonverbal communication, (2) a high degree of repetitive behavior and restricted range of activities,and (3) atypical responses to particular classes of stimuli. Theories of autistic behavior may be classified into two major categories: those that postulate biological-physiological causes and those that postulate psychological causes. The biological-physiological theories ascribe the disorder to neurological impairment such as brain damgage while the psychological theories ascribe the disorder to inadequate parent-child relationships during infancy, cognitive deficits, or behavior dysfunctions. The present paper will be limited to a review and critical analysis of the prominent psychological theories of autistic behavior in young children.
 
Preventing Autism Now: A Possible Next Step for Behavior Analysis
Domain: Applied Research
PHILIP W. DRASH (Autism Early Intervention Center)
 
Abstract: One of the major goals of behavioral and biomedical research in autism during recent years has been to identify causal variables that might lead to comprehensive programs for the prevention or cure of autism that could be implemented immediately [i.e. Cure Autism Now (CAN); Defeat Autism Now! (DAN!)]. This goal has also been strongly supported by parent advocacy groups nationwide. Applied Behavior Analysis is now recognized nationwide by many professionals and parents as the most effective form of treatment for autism. However, Behavior Analysis has had limited impact on the national movement for the prevention of autism, which is largely dominated by biomedical groups. Based on the documented success of ABA treatment programs and on our analysis of autism as a contingency-shaped disorder of verbal behavior, it appears that Behavior Analysis may now be in a position to answer one of the more challenging questions of professionals and parent advocates nationwide, "How can autism be prevented?" This presentation will examine how it may be possible to begin preventing many cases of autism now by identifying and replacing reinforcement contingencies that might prevent or inhibit the development of verbal behavior during the first year to two years of life.
 
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #220

A Tribute to B. F. Skinner at 100: Chronology of His Awards and Honors

Sunday, May 30, 2004
1:30 PM–2:50 PM
Independence East
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: James T. Todd (Eastern Michigan University)
NATHANIEL G. SMITH (University of Kansas), Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

Burrhus Frederic Skinner (1904-1990) has been among the most eminent, prolific, and widely cited figures in modern psychology. Throughout the course of his distinguished career (1930-1990), he has also been the recipient of numerous awards and honors from various associations (e.g., American Educational Research Association), societies (e.g., Pavlovian Society of North America), and colleges and universities (e.g., Hamilton College). Among his many distinctions, he has been recognized for his (a) experimental (e.g., Howard Crosby Warren Medal, 1942), (b) applied (e.g., National Association for Retarded Citizens first annual award, 1978), and (c) conceptual (e.g., Humanist of the Year award, American Humanist Society, 1972) contributions; both nationally (e.g., National Medal of Science, 1968) and internationally (e.g., International Award of the Joseph P. Kennedy Foundation for Mental Retardation, 1971), within psychology (e.g., American Psychology Association, Citation for Outstanding Lifetime Contribution to Psychology, 1990) and within the general sciences (e.g., President's Award, New York Academy of Science, 1985). In this paper, we (a) examine and discuss the nature of these and other awards and honors bestowed on Skinner as we (b) compare and contrast them to the categories and content areas of his works and contributions. Our aim is to better understand of the nature of Skinners work, and the behavior of scientists more generally. Such an understanding may contribute to a descriptive, empirical science of science consistent with Skinners empirical epistemology.

As we celebrate the 100th anniversary of B.F. Skinners birth, it is useful to consider his legacy not only for the field of behavior analysis, but for society at large. In this presentation, I examine several important intersections between B.F. Skinners work and the society in which it was embedded, using popular press material as a lens through which to magnify and explore these intersections. Specifically, I present results from a comprehensive analysis of material from newspapers, popular magazines, and books about Skinner and/or behavior analysis from the 1930s to the 1990s. I examine his impact on the popular topics of parenting, education, and self-help. I argue that the emergence and development of behavior analytic expertise influenced both personal and collective experience in ways construed as both positive and negative. Moreover, the development of a scientifically legitimated set of behavior change practices gave the public a new language with which to discuss, debate, and challenge practices that had, in some cases, existed informally for some time. In turn, this public discourse affected the very practices and practitioners themselves, solidifying the professional identity of behavior analysts and setting behavior analysis apart from other behavioral approaches.

B. F. Skinner is often credited as being the inventor of the cumulative recorder. While it is clear that Skinner was central to popularizing cumulative recording as a method of depicting response rates and developing some of the technology eventually incorporated in the commerical cumulative recorders, he was anticipated in some of his designs by late 19th- and early 20th century animal researchers. This paper will describe some pre-Skinnerian cumulative recorders and show published cumulative records from the early 1900s.

 
 
Paper Session #221
Int'l Paper - A Veteran's Look at a Philosophical History of Radical Behaviorism (Translated into Japanese)
Sunday, May 30, 2004
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Beacon G
Area: TPC
Chair: Hirofumi Shimizu (Hawthorne Country Day School)
 
A Veteran's Look at a Philosophical History of Radical Behaviorism (Translated into Japanese)
Domain: Applied Research
JOSEPH E. MORROW (Applied Behavior Consultants)
 
Abstract: This paper examines some of the philosophical antecedents that led to Skinner's work. Beginning with the notions of epistemology and methodology, and starting with David Hume and the subsequent positivists and their critics, I try to trace the origins of the ideas that are central to the field today.
 
 
 
Paper Session #222
ACT Interventions for Mental Health and Behavioral Issues
Sunday, May 30, 2004
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Independence West
Area: VBC
Chair: Tobias Lundgren (University of Uppsala, Sweden)
 
ACT Treatment in Intense Camp Settings for Female Adolescents with Self Destructive Behavior
Domain: Applied Research
TOBIAS LUNDGREN (University of Uppsala, Sweden), Josefin Mansson (University of Uppsala, Sweden), JoAnne Dahl (University of Gavle, Sweden)
 
Abstract: The primary cause of death in youth in the western world is suicide. There is a great need for preventive work with self destructive behavior in adolescents. The purpose of this study is to develop and evaluate an ACT model in an intensive camp setting for female adolescents with self destructive behavior. The study was an ABC group design N=6. The treatment was provided by three graduate students trained in ACT. The key components in treatment were exposure, valued directions, diffusion, commitment and acceptance. The goal of treatment was to build a broader behavioral repertoire towards valued life activities. Exposure took place naturally as participants engaged in camp activities. Treatment effects was measured by CBCL, Kasam, structured interviews, believability of obstacles, diary over symptoms occurrence and intensity and the therapeutic alliance. The result will be presented at the conference.
 
Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in Group Format for Individuals who are Unemployed and on Sick Leave Suffering from Depression: A Randomized Controlled Trial
Domain: Applied Research
TOMAS PARLING (University of Uppsala, Sweden), Fredrik Folke (University of Uppsala, Sweden), Birgitta Ederyd (Javso, Private Practitioner, Sweden), JoAnne Dahl (University of Gavle, Sweden)
 
Abstract: Approximately 14% of the working age Swedish population are either on long-term sick leave or early retirement due to disability. 12% of these are unemployed and, compared to employed, over represented regarding psychosocial problems. The aim of this study was to develop and evaluate a brief ACT model intervention for use in groups of persons who were unemployed and on long term sick leave with the diagnosis of depression. The design of the study was a RCT, ABC group design entailing a total of 35 participants. These participants were randomly distributed into two conditions: ACT and TAU (treatment as usual). The ACT treatment involved acceptance of private events as a way to expand behavior repertoires in valued directions in the above mentioned population. The ACT condition received one individual session (ninety minutes) and 5 three-hour group sessions and treatment as usual. Self report and behavioral indexes 1) were collected at baseline, treatment termination and at follow up.The control condition was only given measurements relavant to this study. Treatment effects were measured via the following variables: experiential avoidance, quality of life, sick leave/back to work, depressive thoughts, amount of physical activity, and mental well-being. The results of this ongoing study will be presented at the conference
 
 
 
Paper Session #223
Examining Negative Reinforcement and Its Alternatives in Social Contexts
Sunday, May 30, 2004
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Beacon B
Area: CSE
Chair: Charles P. Butler (Behavior Analysis, Inc.)
 
Effects of Negative and Positive Reward on Volunteer Research Participant Performance
Domain: Applied Research
GARY L. CATES (Eastern Illinois University), Abby E. Dalenberg (Eastern Illinois University)
 
Abstract: Investigates the effects of negative and positive reward on student performance in volunteer research participation sessions. Specifically, undergraduate research participants were either a) asked to participate in research for extra credit or b) told to participate in research as a requirement in class. Students were then exposed to task interspersal procedures consistent with numerous published research studies on the topic. Data suggest that the students in the negative reward group did not perform as expected based on previous research findings. However, those students who were provided with a positive reward in the form of extra credit did perform as expected. In addition, the data suggested that students who were told to participate or have their grade reduced did not perform as well as students who were asked to participate and provided extra credit. Discussion focuses on the implications for protection of human research participants, current and past research on interspersing, and directions for future research in both interspersing and human research participation.
 
Correct Prompt Use and Abuse: When Do Prompts Become Coercion?
Domain: Applied Research
CHARLES P. BUTLER (Behavior Analysis, Inc.)
 
Abstract: Prompts are often misused, especially by nonprofessionals, and very little information is available on correct prompt use. Many examples of correct and incorrect prompt use will be provided. One of the frequent and incorrect uses of prompts is when they are used to motivate, especially through negative reinforcement and coercion. Many examples of this will be presented with an attempt to distinguish between prompts as supplementary stimuli that reduce errors and prompts designed to motivate through some form of negative reinforcement. This distinction is not always clear and this will be pointed out along with recommendations for when to (or not to) recommendprompts to others, especially nonprofessionals, since it is often nonprofessionals who use and misuse prompts the most.
 
 
 
Paper Session #224
Reinforcement Magnitude 1
Sunday, May 30, 2004
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Commonwealth
Area: EAB
Chair: Christian Lopez Gutierrez (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
 
Temporal Control and Response Strength in a Free-Operant Psychophysical Procedure
Domain: Applied Research
LORI LIEVING (University of Texas Health Sciences Center), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
 
Abstract: The present experiments examined the relation between timing and response strength. Pigeons responded on a two-component multiple schedule consisting of the free-operant psychophysical procedure, in which trials lasted 50 s. During the first 25 s of each trial, responding on the left key was reinforced and during the second 25 s of each trial, responding on the right key was reinforced. In each experiment, responded was maintained by either rich and lean rates of reinforcement (Experiment 1) or long or short reinforcer durations (Experiment 2). Responding then was disrupted by adding response-independent food delivery during the intertrial interval and by prefeeding. In general, the results were consistent with the existing literature: response rates and ET50’s were more disrupted during the lean components than during the rich components. The effects of the disruptors provided partial support for the Behavioral Theory of Timing (BeT). In addition, during the rich components, time was overestimated relative to estimates of time during the lean components. It is suggested that temporal control and response strength are related in the sense that both measures tend to vary in a manner consistent with predictions based on the BeT and the response strength literature.
 
Effects of Different Deprivation Levels on the Establishment: Maintenance and Extinction of Leverpressing by Rats
Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTIAN LOPEZ GUTIERREZ (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Carlos A. Bruner (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
 
Abstract: Three rats each were kept at 80, 90 or 100% of their free feeding weight and directly exposed during 95 sessions to a fixed-interval 32 s schedule of food reinforcement. Leverpressing was established in all rats. The rats deprived at 80% of their free feeding weight leverpressed at a higher rate than the rats deprived at 100% while the rats deprived at 90% leverpressed at rates indistinguishable from the other two conditions. Once responding was established, scalloped response patterns developed for all rats during the fixed intervals regardless of deprivation level. After the response acquisition phase, holding deprivation levels constant, all rats were exposed to 20 sessions in which leverpressing had no programmed consequences. During extinction, response rate was higher for the rats at the 80% deprivation level than for the rats deprived at 100% of their free feeding weight. The rats at 90% of their weight did not differ from either of the two other deprivation levels. The results were taken to show that food deprivation may not be a crucial condition for neither, the acquisition of a new response or its subsequent maintenance.
 
 
 
Panel #224a
The Role of Development in Learning and of Learning in Development: Discussion of Dr. Turkewitz' Invited Address
Sunday, May 30, 2004
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Hampton
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Jacob L. Gewirtz (Florida International University)
GERALD TURKEWITZ (Hunter College)
HAYNE W. REESE (West Virginia University)
SUSAN M. SCHNEIDER (Florida International University)
Abstract: Dr. Turkewitz' invited address will be discussed by assorted persons whose work is focused in different ways on learning and development.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #225
CE Offered: None

Varieties of Scientific Research

Sunday, May 30, 2004
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Republic B
Area: TPC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Armando Machado, Ed.D.
Chair: David C. Palmer (Smith College)
ARMANDO MACHADO (University of Minho, Portugal)
Armando Machado was an undergraduate student in Portugal, studied for two years in Belgium, and then in 1993 obtained his PhD with John Staddon at Duke University. His doctoral research on the conditions in which pigeons generate highly variable behavior received the Annual Dissertation Award from Division 25 of APA. From 1994 until 2000, Armando was a professor at Indiana University (first Assistant and then Associate with tenure). In 2001, he moved to the University of Minho in the north of Portugal where he continues to study a variety of issues related to behavior and learning (e.g., time and number discrimination, choice). In most of his studies, Armando contrasts data with the predictions of simple mathematical models of behavior. In addition to the psychology of learning and mathematics, he has interests in evolutionary biology, philosophy, and the history of psychology. His work has been published in various journals (e.g., Psychological Review, Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, Psychological Science, Behavior and Philosophy, etc.) and funded by NIH and the Portuguese Science Foundation. He was the Program Chair and then the President of the Society for the Quantitative Analyses of Behavior. He served as Associate Editor of Psychonomic Bulletin & Review and is currently a member of the editorial board of several journals. In collaboration with Francisco Silva from the University of Redlands, Armando Machado has just published a hands-on, graphics-based workbook to be used in the teaching of learning.
Abstract:

Since its inception in the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, modern science has been characterized by a rich variety of activities. Researchers experiment in the laboratory, quantify functional relations, build theories and models, test hypotheses, estimate parameters, refine old techniques and devise new ones, review manuscripts, etc. By means of these activities, the scientist moves constantly from Observation to Theory and from Theory to Observation. The bridge connecting the two domains is, broadly speaking, the scientific method. I will elaborate on the scientific method with the aim of singling out for analysis the subset of scientific activities related to conceptual investigations. Through examples from the study of Learning and Behavior (e.g., models and theories of time and number discrimination, choice, and schedule performance), I will attempt to characterize conceptual investigations, describe some of their types and purposes, and identify their limitations. If scientific progress requires not only the colligation of facts but also the clarification of concepts, then standard methodology courses and textbooks must replace a narrow, algorithmic view of method, with a wider view, a view in which the varieties of scientific research in general and conceptual investigations in particular receive their proper weight.

 
 
Paper Session #226
Int'l Paper - Verbal Behavior as the Basis of Teacher Supervision in CABAS Programs (Translated into Spanish)
Sunday, May 30, 2004
2:30 PM–3:20 PM
Beacon F
Area: PRA
Chair: Dolleen-Day Keohane (Teachers College, Columbia University)
 
Verbal Behavior as the Basis of Teacher Supervision in CABAS Programs (Translated into Spanish)
Domain: Applied Research
DOLLEEN-DAY KEOHANE (Teachers College, Columbia University)
 
Abstract: Supervision in CABAS professional teaching schools are mentors for teachers, teacher interns, and teaching assistants in programs for children with autism, emotional disabilities, and a plethora of learning problems associated with poverty. Supervisors of CABAS programs have typically completed a minimum of three teacher ranks: Teacher 1, Teacher 2, and Master Teacher and have achieved or are working on additional CABAS board certification for Assistant, Associate, and Senior Behavior Analyst ranks. All CABAS ranks focus on multiple exemplars of the vocabulary of the science (research with outcomes that produce significant contributions to practice). There are also three CABAS Research Scientist ranks, which document research based contributions to practice and the scientific literature. The completion of each rank provides a measure of the increasing sophistication of a supervisor’s use of scientific tacts and levels of complexity of strategic analysis. The data demonstrate a functional relationship between the level of a supervisor’s verbal behavior and the rate of learning of students, teachers, teacher interns, and teaching assistants in the CABAS programs.
 
 
 
Paper Session #227
Child Social Behavior
Sunday, May 30, 2004
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Dalton
Area: DEV
Chair: Kerrie L. Lum Lock (Florida International University)
 
Development of Self-control in Humans and Animals: Differences and Generalities
Domain: Applied Research
VINCA RIVIERE (University of Lille III), Jean-Claude Darcheville (University of Lille III)
 
Abstract: The purpose of this paper is to compare results obtained in animal- and infant self-control schedules. The procedures used in studies both in animal and infant will be presented to explore cross-species- and age of subjects generality. The question of linear continuity across species will be discussed according to the results obtained in infants and children in the literature.
 
Ideal Free Distribution in Children
Domain: Applied Research
MICHEL SOKOLOWSKI (Universite de Picardie), Gerald Disma (Universite de Picardie)
 
Abstract: From a Darwinian point of view, natural selection acts to shape individual characteristics. In many cases, fitness is directly related to behavior, so we could expect behavior to be optimized. Because fitness may be affected by behavior at each level of development, we could expect at least some parts of children’s behavior being similarly optimized. When competition for patchily distributed resources occurs, the ideal free distribution predicts the equalization of gains in all the patches. In some defined conditions, the ideal free distribution results in the habitat matching rule which states that the ratio of individual in two patches is equal to the ratio of resources in these patches. We have tested this rule in groups of ten children ranging from 7 to 11 years old. The children competed for stickers available in two spatially defined patches according to different time schedules. Undermatching is shown in all groups of children.
 
Attachment in Institutionalized Children
Domain: Applied Research
INMACULADA GOMEZ BECERRA (University of Almeria, Spain), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University), Trinidad Rodriguez Jimenez (University of Almeria, Spain)
 
Abstract: Caregiver´s attachment is analyzed in a sample of 8 to 12 years old institutionalized children that were removed from their biological or natural parents when they were young. Two studies were conducted: The first study, is a preliminary epidemiological assessment of the accessible and representative population (24 children of 32) of the centers of smaller than Almería. We identified and described their main attachment figures by means of a questionnaire and then we correlate their verbal responses with different motivation conditions or categories of contingencies (positive and negative reinforcement). An analytic epidemiological assessment was conducted in the one of the attachment figures and analyzed based on the caregiver's descriptions regarding the perceived reinforcement functions they served. Other important variables were analyzed: the children's age at the moment of separation from the parents; the frequency of visits; and the length of children's permanency in the institution. The results point out the social-cultural and historical functions of the attachment figure and are discussed in the context of verbal behavior. In the second study, we used a control group of non-institutionalized children to improve our methodology. The results show that differences do not exist groups between both regarding the abstraction and descriptions of the main attachment figure; although if correspondence exists among the figure that the not institutionalized children inform as main attachment and those that describe as elements that provide the high-priority functions of reinforcement. Both studies are discussed from a behavioral-contextual perspective with emphasis on the socio-verbal context and the discriminative functions.
 
 
 
Symposium #228
Contributions of Behavioral Pharmacology to the Experimental Analysis of Behavior
Sunday, May 30, 2004
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Beacon E
Area: BPH/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Steven I. Dworkin (University of North Carolina at Wilmington)
Abstract: .
 
Historical and Contextual Determinants of Behavior
JAMES BARRETT (Memory Pharmaceuticals)
Abstract: The characteristic features of ongoing and emerging behavior, including responses to episodic or recurring interventions such as noxious stimuli or the administration of a drug, are a combined function of prior history, current context, and prevailing contingencies. In many cases the influence of some of these conditions, such as the effects of prior histories, may not be readily apparent in ongoing behavior and may remain dormant until the influence of that history is revealed by some means. Studies in behavioral pharmacology have contributed substantially to the view that the past consequences of behavior, and the context in which that behavior takes place, can have a dramatic role in shaping the ways in which ongoing behavior is influenced by the administration of a drug. Such studies have not only identified and elucidated the powerful role of behavioral variables in determining drug action but have also made forcefully evident that contingencies of reinforcement leave dynamic traces that have a profound impact on the ways in which environmental events affect and subsequently modify behavior.
 
Three Ways that Experiments with Drugs Can Illuminate Behavioral Processes
MARC N. BRANCH (University of Florida)
Abstract: Behavioral Pharmacology is usually conceptualized as a field that comprises the study of effects of drugs on behavior. While that is true, it is useful to recognize that when studying effects of drugs on behavior, one can learn not only about drugs, but also about behavior. In this presentation I describe three classes of general methods that have been employed in using drugs to understand behavioral processes. Those methods are: 1. Using drugs as stimuli that enter directly into conventional behavioral relations. 2. Using a drug as “added” stimulus or source of perturbation. 3. Using drugs to alter behavioral performance in particular ways. Examples of all three methods will be presented, and how they have contributed to the understanding of behavior illustrated. Finally, I shall point to interesting behavioral issues that have been identified by drug research that have yet to be analyzed fully.
 
Behavioral Economics, Discounting, and Drug Dependence
WARREN K. BICKEL (University of Vermont)
Abstract: Behavioral Economics examines conditions that influence the consumption of commodities and provides several concepts that may be instrumental in understanding drug dependence. One such concept of significance is that of how delayed reinforcers are discounted by drug dependent individuals. Discounting of delayed reinforcers refers to the observation that the value of a delayed reinforcer is discounted (reduced in value or considered to be worth less) compared to the value of an immediate reinforcer. This paper examines how delay discounting may provide an understanding of both impulsivity and loss of control exhibited by the drug dependent. In so doing, the paper suggests that discounting is a evolutionary endowment, that the drug dependent discount the future considerably more than non-dependent individuals, and that extreme discounting is a reversible effect of drug use in the drug dependent. Finally, future directions for the study of discounting are discussed, including the study of loss of control and loss aversion among drug dependent individuals, and the relationship of discounting to both the behavioral economic measure of elasticity.
 
Contributions of Behavioral Pharmacology to the Experimental Analysis of Behavior: Contingencies and Stimulus Functions
M. JACKSON MARR (Georgia Tech)
Abstract: Behavioral pharmacology has made major contributions to behavior analysis through several means. The early contributors to the field were largely, if not exclusively interested in discovering and investigating behavioral phenomena, and thus they tended to focus on behavioral principles and variables as they related to drug effects. Descriptive and explanatory schemes continue to depend vitally on a careful behavioral analysis in what Nagel would have called “homogenous reduction”. Drugs can be treated as an environmental interventions imposed upon on-going contingencies, including special histories and contexts. The selectivity of drugs in modifying behavior are viewed as differentially affecting particular aspects entering into a behavioral account, for example, rates of responding, stimulus control, maintaining events, drug-contingency interactions, etc. Some examples will be presented to illustrate how drug effects can enlighten and challenge our understanding of behavioral principles. In one case, a drug is shown to establish and maintain a performance not easily achievable by any other means. In another, drugs are used to explore stimulus functions in various contingencies. Attempts to establish brain-behavior relations (“heterogeneous reduction”) through pharmacological investigations will depend absolutely on understanding behavioral mechanisms. Curiously, drugs themselves may contribute to this understanding.
 
 
Symposium #229
Int'l Symposium - Event Related Potentials (ERPs) Measures of Derived Relational Responding
Sunday, May 30, 2004
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Fairfax A
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Louise A. Mchugh (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: .
 
Response Latency as a Measure of Derived Relational Responding: A Review
LOUISE A. MCHUGH (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Robert Whelan (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Simon Dymond (APU, Cambridge, UK), Bettina Mohr-Pulvermuller (APU, Cambridge, UK)
Abstract: Studies of stimulus equivalence and derived stimulus relations generally employ "percentage correct" as both a criterion and as a measure of performance. However, some researchers have reported differential response latencies as a function of training history. The current paper reviews the extant research that has used this supplemental measure, and also discusses the sometimes-discordant findings that have emerged. For example, studies measuring equivalent relations often report that response latency increases as a function of the number of intervening derived relations. In contrast, studies that measured comparative relations have reported that response time decreased as a function of the number of intervening derived relations. Also, it appears that the order and quantity of particular trial types presented during training may have an important bearing on the chronometric differences observed. The current paper will discuss the potential advantages and disadvantages of response latency as a dependent variable. For example, response latencies may be an effective method of examining differences among types of relations, but behavior analysts must be cognizant of the limitations of response latency as a measure of behavior.
 
A Behavioural Model of Perspective-Taking incorporating Event Related Potentials
LOUISE A. MCHUGH (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway), Robert Whelan (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: The issue of perspective-taking has attracted the attention of developmental psychologists for a number of years. This interest has been enhanced by the possible role of perspective-taking deficits in autism. Theory of Mind (ToM) has provided the dominant mainstream approach to perspective-taking. One recent strand of this research has employed the Event Related Potentials (ERPs) methodology to index the activity of neural systems engaged during ToM reasoning in adults. Specifically, neural activity elicited by perspective-taking tasks as compared with non-perspective taking tasks was characterized by a focally enhanced positivity over left frontal areas, which was diminished over left parietal areas. Recent Relational Frame Theory research (RFT) has suggested the possible utility of approaching perspective-taking as generalized operant behavior. According to RFT, the deictic relational frames of I and YOU, HERE and THERE and NOW and THEN are central to the development of complex perspective-taking. The aim of the current study was to index the activity of neural systems that are engaged during RFT based perspective-taking tasks involving these deictic frames in an attempt to demonstrate the functional similarity of the RFT and ToM approaches. Results suggest a neurobiological link between traditional Theory of Mind tasks and RFT perspective-taking tasks.
 
Relating Derived Relations as a Model of Analogical Reasoning: Reaction Times and Event Related Potentials
DONAL REGAN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway), Robert Whelan (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Simon Dymond (APU, Cambridge, UK), Bettina Mohr-Pulvermuller (APU, Cambridge, UK)
Abstract: Relational Frame Theory argues that analogical reasoning involves the relating of relational frames. Consider the following question based on the classic proportion scheme (A : B :: C : ?); "apple is to orange as dog is to; (i) sheep, or (ii) book?". If "apple" and "orange" participate in an equivalence frame in the context "fruit," and "dog" and "sheep" participate in an equivalence frame in the context "animals" then we would expect a person to pick "sheep" as the correct answer. In effect, the response would be in accordance with the equivalence frame between two already established separate equivalence frames. The current paper briefly reviews an on going program of research in this area, and then presents some new evidence that has employed reaction time and event related potentials as measures of relating derived relations. The evidence suggests that coordinating two frames of coordination requires less relational responding than coordinating two frames of distinction. Implications arising from this work for mainstream cognitive psychology will be discussed.
 
Semantic Priming as a Measure of Derived Relational Responding:Reaction Times, Errors and Event Related Potentials
EOGHAN J. RYAN (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Robert Whelan (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Ian T. Stewart (National University of Ireland, Galway), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Simon Dymond (APU, Cambridge, UK), Bettina Mohr-Pulvermuller (APU, Cambridge, UK)
Abstract: One of the core assumptions of Relational Frame Theory is that the behavioral units of human language and thought may be defined in terms of derived stimulus relations. If this theoretical postulate is correct, it follows that many of the measures of language and thought processes typically employed within cognitive psychology should also be sensitive to derived stimulus relations. The study reported in the current paper was designed to test this suggestion using episodic and mediated priming. Adult participants were first exposed to conditional discrimination training and testing designed to establish four equivalence relations (i.e., A1-B1-C1, A2-B2-C2, A3-B3-C3, A4-B4-C4), and were then exposed to a standard priming task involving the stimuli from the four equivalence relations. The presentation of across-class primes and targets increased reaction times, and produced a larger N400 electroencephalogram waveform, relative to within-class primes and targets. No differential effects were found for accuracy scores, however. These data lend support to the argument that relational frames constitute behavioral units of human language and thought.
 
 
Symposium #230
Relative Potency of Appetitive and Aversive Events: Is Bad Stronger than Good?
Sunday, May 30, 2004
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Beacon D
Area: EAB/BPH; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University)
Abstract: .
 
How Bad May Be Stronger Than Good: Evidence from Outside Behavior Analysis
THOMAS S. CRITCHFIELD (Illinois State University), Derek D. Reed (Illinois State University)
Abstract: We provide a review of the empirical evidence from outside behavior analysis that suggests greater relative potency of aversive versus appetitive events, as well as a critical evaluation of this evidence and its implications for behavior theory and research.
 
Does Losing Hurt Worse than Winning Feels Good? Better Losing through Pharmacology
SCOTT D. LANE (University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston), Don R. Cherek (University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston), Cynthia J. Pietras (Western Michigan University), Oleg Tcheremissine (University of Texas Health Science Center, Houston)
Abstract: In environments with multiple response options, both biological and conditioning factors determine behavior patterns. When the situation involves the possibility of reinforcing and aversive consequences (i.e., gains and losses), research suggests that gains and losses do not influence behavior equivalently. Ceteris paribus, losses exert greater control over behavior than do gains; leading to the well-documented tendency toward risk-aversion. The phenomenon has been well-characterized by simple yet efficient decision algorithms that maximize gain and minimize loss, and, presumably, has neurobiological underpinnings. If true, disruption of CNS processes via drug administration may alter the relative impact of reinforcing and aversive consequences in decision-making situations. “Disinhibitory” drugs (those that make otherwise low-probability behaviors more likely) alter sensitivity to aversive and reinforcing stimuli, and are correlated with risky behavioral in the natural environment. We will describe a series human laboratory studies in which risky choices were systematically increased following administration of disinhibitory drugs (alcohol, marijuana, and alprazolam). We will then show, via trial-by-trial response probabilities, the manner in which risky response patterns changed. Finally, we will suggest that alteration of the relative impact of reinforcing and aversive consequences is a behavioral mechanism by which drugs modify the probability of risky behavior.
 
Concurrent Schedules of Positive and Negative Reinforcement: Differential-impact and Differential-outcomes Effects
MICHAEL A. MAGOON (Auburn University), Thomas S. Critchfield (Illinois State University), Dustin Merrill (Illinois State University)
Abstract: Previous studies of negative reinforcement in concurrent schedules SUGGEST that aversive consequences exert no disproportional influence over nonhuman behavior, in that matching of positive to negative reinforcement creates no systematic bias for or against negative reinforcement. Existing studies are limited, however, by (a) absence of a homogeneous-reinforcement baseline function against which to compare matching functions incorporating heterogenous reinforcement; and (b) appetitive and aversive consequences are qualitatively different, precluding comparisons on a unit-by-unit basis. We describe studies involving humans subjects that solve these problems. Under most circumstances, we find no systematic bias, suggesting that indeed there is no differential impact of positive and negative reinforcement. We do, however, regularly encounter increase matching slopes under heterogenous reinforcement. This is possibly the first free operant demonstration of the "differential outcomes effect," and it supports a prediction of Davison & Nevin's (1999) integrated model of reinforcement and stimulus control. Our studies also shed some light on what is functionally different about positive and negative reinforcement.
 
Response-cost Punishment in Pigeons
TIMOTHY D. HACKENBERG (University of Florida), Cynthia J. Pietras (University of Florida), Christopher E. Bullock (University of Florida), Bethany R. Raiff (University of Florida)
Abstract: The present research examined punishment via response-contingent removal of conditioned token reinforcers (response cost). Pigeons' key pecking was maintained on a two-component multiple second-order schedule of token delivery. In both components, responding produced tokens according to a random-interval 20-s schedule and exchange periods according to a variable-ratio schedule. During exchange periods, each token was exchangeable for 2.5-s access to grain. In one component, responses were conjointly punished according to fixed-ratio schedules of token removal. Response rates in this punishment component decreased to low levels while response rates in the alternate (no-punishment) component were unaffected. Responding was eliminated when it produced neither tokens nor exchange periods (extinction) but was maintained at moderate levels when it produced tokens in the signaled absence of food reinforcement, suggesting that tokens served as effective conditioned reinforcers. Several addition phases of the experiment have attempted to separate effects of the punishment contingency from concomitant changes in the rate of food reinforcement.
 
 
Symposium #231
The Challenges and Rewards of OBM Research: A Symposium in Honor of Dr. Chris Anderson
Sunday, May 30, 2004
2:30 PM–3:50 PM
Liberty B
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Charles R. Crowell (University of Notre Dame)
Abstract: .
 
Behavioral Coaching as an Intervention to Reduce Production Costs Through a Decrease in Scrap
JOSEPH SERGIO (The Sergio Corporation), D. Chris Anderson (University of Notre Dame), Charles R. Crowell (University of Notre Dame)
Abstract: A coaching intervention was used to modify six behaviors of 24 male forming-machine operators in a mid-sized fastener manufacturing organization. Changes in these behaviors were directed towards reducing the percentage of scrapped materials and therefore the overall production costs. This intervention consisted of observing on-the-job performance, analyzing behavior deficits, and prompting specific behavior changes. The coaching intervention followed a baseline on which performance feedback, group goal setting, task clarification, the setting of standards, and praise had been previously introduced. Coaching was evaluated using a multiple-baseline across subjects (departments) design having withdrawal components within each of the two baselines. Appropriate manipulation and reliability checks were also conducted. Coaching resulted in changes in all six of the operator behaviors, although not consistently for both shifts. During the withdrawal phases scrap production returned to near baseline levels. The results of the present project supported the assertion that coaching could have a significant effect on behavior, and subsequently scrap production, beyond those attained by other more conventionally employed interventions. Benefits analyses indicate program-related reductions in scrap production were potentially worth over $150,000 in annual savings.
 
Quality Improvement as a Means of Increasing Productivity: Behavior Management, Task Complexity, and Shared Vision
LISA SIROKY (The Plano Molding Co.), D. Chris Anderson (University of Notre Dame), Charles R. Crowell (University of Notre Dame)
Abstract: While quality issues have been addressed by OBM researchers, they have not been the predominant target in this field. One explanation for this is that quality-related tasks involve more complex behaviors than quantity-related tasks and therefore may be less amenable to OBM procedures. The present project was a complex application of OBM principles to the improvement of quality as a means of increasing the quantity of molded plastic parts. Phase 1 of the project entailed the development of a reliable quality support system. This system utilized performance posting and goal setting procedures in connection with a checklist of quality defects in order to increase the accuracy and reliability of quality judgments made by supervisors and quality inspectors. Estimated baseline agreement levels of 67-70% were increased to at least 85%. Phase 2 involved Phase 1 personnel in promoting and verifying quality judgments made by line operators as a way to increase press yield. Performance posting, contingent social praise, and tangible reinforcement were used in connection with individual graphs of press yield. Baseline levels of press yield were increased from 91.5% to 97.5% and returned an estimated 13,500 press hours or a net savings of $650,000 to the company.
 
An Analysis of Service: Implications for the Behavior Management of Factory Service Technicians of a Large Appliance Manufacturer
KARI L. MCARTHUR (Hillsdale College), D. Chris Anderson (University of Notre Dame), Charles R. Crowell (University of Notre Dame)
Abstract: A prescriptive model for the development of service productivity and quality procedures was evolved. Two preliminary studies were conducted addressing different challenges and, together, provided the basis for the more comprehensive research of the main study. The first was an application of the prescriptive approach outlined utilizing OBM procedures with customer service coordinators of a major large appliance manufacturer. The second preliminary study evaluated the use of a novel approach for tracking the occurrence of behaviors of service technicians from the same organization, whose mission required dispensing relatively complex service away from company premises. This study demonstrated that a behavioral, customer observation questionnaire could be used to collect reliable and accurate information reflecting service delivery in the absence of direct management observation. The main study was designed to improve service in a 'prototypical' setting following the proposed behavior-analytic prescriptive model by introducing select behavior management interventions targeted at the two operational referents of the service concept outlined (i.e., 'Value-added' and 'Help-me'). Several interventions designed to promote behavioral change in service technicians were sequentially introduced. The first entailed the technicians' distribution of the customer observation questionnaire to the customer. This was followed by task clarification, performance feedback, and social praise.
 
OBM and Geriatric Health-Care Delivery: A Preliminary Investigation
PAULA J. BIEDENHARN (Texas A&M University, Corpus Christi), D. Chris Anderson (University of Notre Dame), Charles R. Crowell (University of Notre Dame), Colleen Prentice, Susan Utecht, Larry Weiss
Abstract: This project was a preliminary attempt to develop an OBM geriatric nursing care application. The basic premise behind this project was the idea that a truly competent nursing-care approach must be guided by a comprehensive individual resident care plan, which could best be attained and perpetuated through a behavior-based approach. The first step involved identifying the activities of nursing staff members (NAs) that are essential for fulfilling these daily care plans. Once these behaviors were identified, the second step was to develop a reliable tracking procedure for the NAs performance. Ultimately, a combination of self-reporting and extensive, ongoing, covert, unpredictable cross-checks was utilized. Finally, the project was implemented using three interventions designed to improve NA performance. While challenged by various unexpected problems, this project did reveal several crucial findings about this particular work industry. First, even in a nursing home facility judged to provide exceptional care, only about 30% of care plan activities were found to occur on a routine basis. Second, performance posting increased this care level by 33%. Given that the federal government requires resident care plans as the basis for quality care provision in nursing homes, these findings are truly significant for the geriatric health-care industry.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #232
CE Offered: None
2004 Tutorial: Individual Behavior, Culture, and Social Change
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Grand Ballroom
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
None CE Offered. CE Instructor: Richard F. Rakos, Ph.D.
Chair: Richard F. Rakos (Cleveland State University)
Presenting Authors: : SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Social change agents must deal with behavior as it occurs in everyday environments. The principles that account for human behavior may be simple, but the particular behavior-environment relations that characterize human repertoires are very complex. Of particular importance for humans is the role of the social environment, i.e., the behavior of other people. Because operant behavior is behavior that operates on the environment, it may alter the environment of others as well as produce consequences for the behaver herself. When many people behave similarly due to similarity in the reinforcement contingencies, the similar behaviors are designated a cultural practice. The aggregate effect of those similar behaviors may be a changed environment for many other people. The relation between the behavior constituting a cultural practice and the aggregate change in the environment of others has been called a macrocontingency. Cultural change can be accomplished by system-wide altering of the environment that supports the practice, for example by changes in law or dissemination of medical or environmental information. Individual behavior plays a different role when it participates in a metacontingecy: repetitions of interlocking operant contingencies that produce outcomes that can be repeated only if the contingencies remain interlocked. Cultural intervention in metacontingencies requires identifying and altering those elements of the interlocking contingencies that are affecting the cumulative outcomes while maintaining the integrity and continuation of the interlocking operant contingencies.

 
SIGRID S. GLENN (University of North Texas)
Dr. Sigrid Glenn is Regents Professor of Behavior Analysis at the University of North Texas (UNT), where she was the founding chair of UNT’s Department of Behavior Analysis. Her publications include four books, three book chapters, and over 30 refereed empirical and conceptual articles, the most recent being “Operant Contingencies and the Origin of Cultures” in Behavior Theory and Philosophy (K. A. Lattal and P. N. Chase, Eds.). Glenn is past editor of The Behavior Analyst and has served on the editorial board of several other scientific journals. She is a past president of the Association for Behavior Analysis and a Fellow of the American Psychological Association (Division 25). She is a pioneer in distance education, contracting in 1997 to offer UNT’s master’s degree program in Connecticut and initiating at UNT an internet-based graduate certificate program in applied behavior analysis. She was a founding board member of the Association for Science in Autism Treatment (ASAT). Prominent in her future plans is collaborating with faculty in developing the Beatrice H. Barrett Research Program in Neuro-Operant Relations at the University of North Texas.
 
 
Panel #233
Addressing Ethical Concerns: Focus on Young Children with Autism
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Back Bay B
Area: AUT/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Suzanne Letso (Connecticut Center for Child Development)
ERICA ROEST (Connecticut Center for Child Development)
SHAHLA S. ALA'I-ROSALES (University of North Texas)
KATHLEEN MANNION (Nassau Suffolk Services for Autism)
Abstract: The ethical responsibilities and role of behavior analysts in the process of identification and treatment of young children with autism will be discussed. Erica Roest will discuss the role and responsibilities of psychologists through the evaluation and advocacy process. Shahla Ala'i-Rosales will discuss the obligations and responsibilities of Early Intervention Service Providers. Kathy Mannion will discuss the ethical considerations of behavior analysts working with parents and provide insight into a parent's perspective and vulnerabilities.
 
 
Symposium #234
Advances in Behavioral Intervention for Stereotypy: The Effect of Alternative Response Training
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Back Bay D
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Gary M. Pace (May Institute)
Discussant: James E. Carr (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Learning Objectives Attendees will learn alternative response training strategies Attendees will learn two implementation variations: contingent vs noncontingent Attendees will learn of the influence of stimulus variables on the expression of stereotypy
 
Contingent Practice of an Alternative Behavior in the Treatment of Motor Stereotypy in a Child with Autism
JOSEPH N. RICCIARDI (Hampstead Hospital), James K. Luiselli (May Institute), Jennifer Gower (May Institute)
Abstract: Using an alternating treatments design, the authors exposed a 5 year old boy with autism and stereotypy to brief contingent practice of alternative behavior. The alternative behavior consisted of a rapid repetition of motor responses which competed with stereotypy. The sequence was quickly implemented--lasting no more than 10 seconds. The data reveal a significant reduction while in intervention phase. The intervention was extended to the natural setting and remained in place for long-term follow-up at 2 and 3 months. The intervention effects were sustained.
 
Practice of an Alternative Behavior for Object Stereotypy: Comparison of Contingent and Noncontingent Implementation across Two Eliciting Stimuli
JAMES K. LUISELLI (May Institute), Joseph N. Ricciardi (Hampstead Hospital), Marjorie Zubow (May Institute), Kimberly Laster (May Institute)
Abstract: The authors evaluated contingent and noncontingent practice of an alternative behavior (appropriate play) as intervention for stereotypy that occurred with two play objects in a 5-year old boy with autism. Contingent practice was implemented as a consequence for stereotypy, and the rate of noncontingent practice was matched (yoked) to that schedule. On average, stereotypy with one object (blocks) was less frequent during implementation of both contingent and noncontingent practice, but neither procedure had a sustained positive effect with the second play object (figures). Appropriate play did not improve consistently with intervention. Issues related to treating object stereotypy are discussed.
 
 
Paper Session #235
Behavior Analytic Intervention with a Sexually Dysfunctional Couple: A Clinical Case Conference
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Conference Room 2
Area: CBM
Chair: David R. Perkins (University of Louisiana, Lafayette)
 
Behavior Analytic Intervention with a Sexually Dysfunctional Couple.
Domain: Applied Research
BRANDI C. FINK (University of New Mexico)
 
Abstract: This clinical roundtable will discuss the use of elements of Functional Analytic Psychotherapy and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy in the treatment of sexual dysfuction in a married couple.
 
A Clinical Behavior Analysis Case Discussion
Domain: Applied Research
DAVID R. PERKINS (University of Louisiana, Lafayette)
 
Abstract: A Clinical Behavior Analysis Case Discussion
 
 
 
Paper Session #236
Clinical Behavior Analysis: Measures and Procedures
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Conference Room 3
Area: CBM
Chair: Victoria Stout Kubal (California State University, Fresno)
 
Quantifying Client Self-Report: The Subjective Unit of Desire Scale
Domain: Applied Research
VICTORIA STOUT KUBAL (California State University, Fresno)
 
Abstract: Impulse control problems stem from ignoring the ultimate contingencies and focusing only upon the proximate contingencies. If clinicians want to treat the behavioral excesses of a client with poor impulse control, there is a need for a scale to measure desire. There is a widely utilized scale to measure degrees of emotional disturbance, but there is not one to measure degrees of craving or desire. This author has developed a Subjective Unit of Desire Scale for use with clients that have problems with impulse control. The Subjective Unit of Desire Scale is based upon Joseph Wople’s Subjective Unit of Disturbance Scale and hierarchy construction as part of the process of systematic desensitization. This paper discusses the use of the Subjective Unit of Desire Scale along with exposure therapy as part of a treatment program for clients with impulse control problems such as kleptomania, compulsive shopping, binge eating, and substance abuse. Not only does the Subjective Unit of Desire Scale provide clients a way to analyze their own private events, but also it aids in systematically measuring client progress within one session and across many sessions.
 
Rapid Reduction in Heart Rate Using Hard Exhalation Diaphragmatic Breathing: Implications for Performance Management
Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT M. STEIN (Lancaster, PA), Tomeka Farrar (Mechanicsburg, PA)
 
Abstract: Diaphragmatic breathing, or “belly breathing” is preferable to costal, or chest breathing, in producing objective and subjective measures of relaxation. Practicing diaphragmatic breathing is not too difficult when already relaxed, but can be a challenge when one is in a high pressure situation. High pressure or performance demand situations present themselves with little opportunity to remove oneself for breathing practice. The current strategy emphasizes bodily movement and orally mediated hard exhalation to facilitate a rapid transition from costal to diaphragmatic breathing. Bodily movements include rotation of the shoulders, movement of the hips, bending at the knees and expansion/contraction of the torso. Oral movements include progressively more intense expulsion of air. Training involves increases in intensity, duration and speed over time. Data will be presented that demonstrate short-term reduction in heart rate that is associated with the transition from ordinary resting breathing to a more specific diaphragmatic breathing pattern.
 
 
 
Paper Session #237
Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Constitution B
Area: DDA
Chair: Veronica Armellino (St. Joseph's Children's Hospital)
 
Assessing Children's Food Preferences across Graduated Levels of Exposure
Domain: Applied Research
VERONICA ARMELLINO (St. Joseph's Children's Hospital), Merrill J. Berkowitz (St. Joseph's Children's Hospital), Peggy S. Eicher (St. Joseph's Children's Hospital)
 
Abstract: Exposure has been found to be an important factor in the development of food preferences in children exhibiting food selectivity (Berkowitz et al., 2003). The use of positive reinforcement and escape extinction procedures is commonly used to increase the consumption of a wider variety of foods in children exhibiting food selectivity (Ahearn et al., 1996). The paired-stimulus assessment (Fisher et al., 1992) has been found to be a stable and valid method for identifying relative preferences among stimuli. Few studies have examined the effects of behavioral interventions and graduated exposure on children’s food preferences. The current study will examine a child’s food preferences to 16 foods as exposure to these foods increases. One child admitted to an intensive day treatment program for the assessment and treatment of food selectivity and limited oral intake participated in the study. A series of paired-stimulus assessments were conducted during the course of the study. During each successive assessment the contingencies were modified to increase the participant’s exposure to these foods. The effects of the final intervention on the child’s food preferences were assessed using a withdrawal design. Limitations of the study, implications of these results and directions for future research will be discussed.
 
Severe Aggression to Others, Self, and Property: When is that Operant Behavior?
Domain: Applied Research
STEPHEN PAUL MYERS (Alabama Dept of Mental Health/Mental Retardation), Ruth M. Ryan (The Community Circle)
 
Abstract: Prior to the advent of functional analysis as an assessment process, fledgling behavior analysts were told to ensure that there were not medical reasons for target behavior before beginning an intervention. Also during this time, systematic desensitization, a respondent intervention, emerged as the intervention of choice for the extreme levels of anxiety associated with phobias. The authors assessed thirty-one of the most behaviorally challenged persons receiving services from developmental centers, mental hospitals and community settings within the referral area. Target behavior for this group of individuals generally consisted of severe aggression to others, self, and property. All of these individuals were diagnosed with an intellectual disability and a mental illness. Prior evaluations across many years supposedly eliminated medical and psychiatric causes for the target behaviors. The extreme high frequency of untreated medical and psychiatric conditions discovered in the re-evaluation and their contribution to the target behavior will be discussed. Factors that should alert the behavior analyst and other interdisciplinary team members to untreated medical and psychiatric conditions will be described. Strategies the team can use to improve medical and psychiatric assessment and subsequent treatment will also be discussed.
 
 
 
Symposium #238
Experimental Analyses of Contextual Events in Applied Settings
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Gardner
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Robin A. Nuzzolo-Gomez (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: .
 
Auditory Match to Sample as a Prerequisite for Echoic Responding
MAPY CHAVEZ CUETO (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: This study evaluated the effect of auditory match to sample as a prerequisite for echoic responding. The participants in this study were students with developmental disabilities who did not have echoic responding in their repertoires. All attended a preschool that followed the CABAS? model of schooling. The dependent variable was the number of correct responses in the echoic and independent tact, and echoic and independent mand repertoires. The independent variable was auditory match to sample. Each participant was first taught the auditory match to sample for a total of four different stimuli. Once criterion was met echoic to mand and echoic to tact procedures were implemented for the same 4 stimuli. The results are discussed in terms of auditory match to sample as a prerequisite to for echoic responding.
 
Sampling or Priming as an Establishing Operation Tactic
SUDHA RAMASWAMY (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: We present experiments with two children with developmental disabilities that identify how “sampling reinforcers” can function as an establishing operation tactic using a multiple element design. The dependent variable consisted of correct/incorrect responses (95-100% interobserver agreement) to multiple instructional programs in controlled time sessions. The finding shows that the tactic is useful for students with particular repertoires or deficits in repertoires and adds to the growing numbers of establishing operation tactics for both verbal and nonverbal behavior.
 
The Effect of Multiple Exemplar Training on Novel Grammatical Endings
SUSAN LAPIDUS (Teachers College, Columbia University), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: A multiple probe design was used to test the effect of multiple exemplar instruction on the emergence of untaught grammatical responses. Participants included in the study were middle school students who were classified with emotional disabilities Students were taught to add derivational and inflectional suffixes to words to adapt them to cloze sentences. This study further tested if teaching students to correctly adapt target words would increase the number of correct definitions or synonyms of those words. Three sets of ten words were used. Each set required the student to add –ness, -ing, or -ly to the end of the target word. Using five words in two of the sets, students were taught to apply the appropriate suffix using vocal antecedents with vocal responses or written antecedents requiring written responses. Following instruction in one repertoire (vocal or written), correct responses to an additional five words were probed using another repertoire (written or vocal respectively). During multiple exemplar instruction, students were taught a third set of words in both vocal and written form. The sets of words and the repertoires used were counterbalanced across students.
 
The Effects of Writer Immersion on Middle School Students’ Functional Writing
JOANN PEREIRA DELGADO (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University), Dolleen-Day Keohane (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jessica Singer-Dudek (Teachers College, Columbia University), Dana Visalli-Gold (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: In two studies we implemented a multiple baseline design to test the effects of writer immersion on middle-school students writing. Writer immersion is a tactic in which periods of time are set aside where all communication between the target student and the teacher is in written form only (Greer, 2002). The participants in the study attended a CABAS® middle school for students with behavior disorders and had reader-writer levels of verbal behavior. In the first study, independent readers who were blind to the study were used to measure the functional effects of the students’ writing by comparing and rating journals written by the students from baseline and post-writer immersion phases. In the second study, independent readers served as readers of the students’ written directions on completing a puzzle. The dependent variable was the number of re-writes in baseline and post-writer immersion phases to criterion level.
 
 
Symposium #239
Exploring New Frontiers in the Application of Functional Analysis Methodology
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Fairfax B
Area: EAB/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael I. Axelrod (Girls and Boys Town)
Discussant: T. Steuart Watson (Private Practice)
Abstract: .
 
A Brief Multi-step Procedure for Teaching Functional Analysis Skills to Paraprofessionals
TONYA S. BUTLER (Girls and Boys Town), Nancy L. Foster (Girls and Boys Town), Clinton E. Field (Girls and Boys Town), Donna L. Stewart (Girls and Boys Town)
Abstract: The purpose of this presentation is to describe the process for training paraprofessionals in conducting naturalistic functional analyses of typically developing adolescents living in a group home setting. The training began with a didactic presentation on function and the procedures involved in conducting a functional analysis. Following the didactic training, staff were further trained via in-vivo experiences which included modeling, coaching, and functional analysis strategy sessions. Functional analysis was first modeled by a behavioral psychologist while the target student was involved in their normal daily routine. The staff member was then encouraged to perform an appropriate functional analysis strategy while being observed by the psychologist. During the coaching phase, the psychologist reinforced correct activities and notations related to function and functional analysis and provided feedback for those that were incorrect. The final phase of training involved strategy sessions whereby each staff member presented the information they had collected on a particular student, including the hypothesized function of the target behavior(s), and received feedback from the group on both their written forms and the conclusions gleaned from their data. Data indicated that staff members conducted accurate functional analyses as measured by their adherence to analysis integrity protocol and that they derived accurate statements about function based on their data.
 
Examining the Effects of Reactivity During Functional Analysis Conducted by Known and Unknown Experimenters
DONNA L. STEWART (Girls and Boys Town), Clinton E. Field (Girls and Boys Town), Nancy L. Foster (Girls and Boys Town), Tonya S. Butler (Girls and Boys Town), Michael I. Axelrod (Girls and Boys Town)
Abstract: Most functional analyses are performed by those with considerable expertise in behavior analysis. However, when conducting these same analyses with typically developing adolescents, likelihood of reactivity is greater which may affect the results of the functional analysis. The first phase of this study documents this reactivity when the functional analyses were performed by individuals unknown to the adolescents. The results indicated low rates of the target behavior(s) and undifferentiated functional analysis. To diminish the effects of reactivity and increase the probability of obtaining meaningful functional analysis data, persons known to the adolescents were trained to conduct the analyses. The second phase of this study indicates that functional analyses performed by known persons reduced reactivity and yielded data useful for treatment planning. Discussion focuses on the many advantages associated with training paraprofessionals in conducting naturalistic functional analyses, particularly for reducing reactivity to unknown persons and obtaining more meaningful and less inferential (i.e., those closer to the natural setting) functional analysis results.
 
"Next-Step" Applications of Functional Analysis
CLINTON E. FIELD (Girls and Boys Town), Tonya S. Butler (Girls and Boys Town), Nancy L. Foster (Girls and Boys Town), Donna L. Stewart (Girls and Boys Town)
Abstract: The application of functional analysis methodology is well established and supported by a voluminous amount of empirical data, especially among individuals diagnosed with severe developmental and behavioral disorders (e.g., Cooper et.al., 1992; Mace & Lalli, 1991; Northup, et.al., 1997) However, there are many clinical populations and a large number of problem behaviors for which functional analysis has yet to be applied. Extending functional analytic techniques to novel clinical problems and populations would likely result in more effective treatments for normally developing adolescents. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the long-term benefits of utilizing experimental functional analyses for developing clinical interventions for a novel target population. This study contributes to our understanding of functional analysis methodology in at least three significant ways: 1) the study targeted cognitively average adolescents, 2) the functional methodology was implemented in a naturalistic setting, and 3) follow-up data were collected describing the long term benefits of utilizing functional analyses under these relatively novel conditions. Discussion focuses on the need for more widespread and creative application of functional analysis methodology and the potential utility of behavior analytic strategies among typical clinical populations and settings.
 
 
Symposium #240
Fostering Social and Related Behaviors in Children with Autism and Developmental Disabilities
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Constitution A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University)
Discussant: Ilene S. Schwartz (University of Washington)
Abstract: .
 
A Critical Review of the Literature: Identifying the Active Ingredients for Teaching Children with Autism to Use Visual Supports
ANN N. GARFINKLE (University of Montana), Joan C. Grim (Vanderbilt University)
Abstract: A key component of programs for children with autism is visual supports. Visual supports have been well studied, but little work has been done to identify the active ingredients needed for efficacious use. Thus, a review of 244 articles published between 1985-2003 was conducted. All articles were coded by a primary coder and 20% were independently coded by a second rater to establish interrater reliability, which was calculated at 86%. Results indicate that the way the child is taught to use the system is important to the child's success with the system.
 
Using a High-probability Request Sequence to Increase Social Interactions of Young Children with Autism
SUNHWA JUNG (Oakstone Academy), Diane M. Sainato (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: The high-probability request sequence has been demonstrated as an antecedent and non-aversive procedure, which is well incorporated into classroom routines. Few studies on the use of the highprobability request sequence have addressed the social behaviors of young children with autism with peers in their natural environment. This study examined the effects of high-probability request sequences with embedded peer modeling to increase social interactions of children with autism in an inclusive classroom. The effects of the intervention were monitored using a single subject multiple baseline design across subjects. The high-probability request sequence was first delivered to the peers as a model and then delivered to the target children. Accuracy checks were conducted for the dependent variables overall 26% of experimental sessions, and overall accuracy for the dependent variables was 98%. The results of this study indicated that all three subjects’ compliantresponding to low-probability requests and social interactions increased with the implementation of the intervention from 2.8, 3.0, and 1.10 in the baseline condition to 7.75, 7.91 and 7.14 in the intervention condition respectively for all three target students. The children’s social interactions generalized with their peers and in generality settings.
 
The Effects of High-probability Requests Embedded into Small Group Instruction to Increase the Responding to Task and Task Engagement
CAROL ANN DAVIS (University of Washington)
Abstract: The use of high-probability requests has been demonstrated effective with single individuals. The research using this procedure in group settings is limited (Ardoin et al.,2000). This study is an extension of the high-probability request literature and examined the use of high-probability requests embedded into small group instruction in a preschool setting using a multiple baseline design across classrooms. For each group, high and low-probability requests were identified (low-probability requests were related to responding to requests during small group activities. Baseline consisted of conducting small group instruction in which 10 low-probability requests were embedded into the daily instruction. Intervention consisted of embedding a high-probability sequence immediate prior to the low-probability request. Responses to low-probability requests ranged from 10-40% for all groups during baseline and increased to a range of 70-100 % during intervention. On-task engagement was measured using an 10 second interval system. Baseline data for on-task engagement ranged from 24% to 57% of the observed intervals and increased during intervention ranging from 76% to 91%. Interobserver reliability were collected on 28% of the sessions and was 100% for responses to requests and ranged from 84-100% for task engagement. Procedural reliability was 100%. Educational applications and limitations will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #241
Graduate Training in Applied Behavior Analysis: Traditional and Non-Traditional Certification Programs
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Beacon A
Area: TBA/TPC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael Weinberg (Devereux Florida University)
Abstract: Learning Objectives Identify 3 key components of the university-based programs presented Discuss 3 key components or aspects that distinguish university-based Applied Behavior Analyst training from the independent Applied Behavior Analyst training program Identify 2 key components of that distinguishes the ABA training program in the CJ dept. at St. Joe's Univ. from other university-based programs Identify 2 benefits of the independently offered ABA certification training course
 
The Applied Behavior Analysis program in the Criminal Justice Department at St. Joseph's University
JOSEPH D. CAUTILLI (Children's Crisis Treatment Center), Lawrence Walsh (St. Joseph's University), Richard Weissman (Bucks County Intermediate Unit)
Abstract: St. Joseph's University Behavior Analysis Program offers a unique opportunity for those interested in Behavior Analysis as it applies to the prevention and remediation of crime and delinquency. Formally housed within the Criminal Justice Department the coursework can be taken as stand alone courses for those with a masters degree seeking certification or for those looking to get a masters degree in criminal justice with a subtrack in behavior managment. This program has untold opportunities for cross fertilization of those seeking an advanced degree who may desire to move into parole, probation, law enforcement, homeland security, prison management, as well as those who desire to engage in more traditional behavior analytic opportunities such as behavior specialist work in the mental health and school system. This presentation will review the growth of St. Joseph's Program along with the coursework and challenges.
 
The Masters Program in Applied Behavior Analysis Temple University
SAUL AXELROD (Temple University)
Abstract: Saul Axelrod will discuss the origins of Temple University's ABA program, resources it requires, its present form, and challenges it faces for the future. He will detail t he admissions requirements and process, the course requirements, internship experiences, and the scholarship necessary to meet exit requirements. He will also discuss the program approval process at Temple University.
 
Graduate Training in Applied Behavior Analysis at James Madison University
SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (James Madison University)
Abstract: Sherry Serdikoff will present the current graduate program course in Applied Behavior Analysis at James Madison University in Harrisonburg, Virginia. She will present on admission criteria, program completion criteria, course requirements, internship opportunities, and the future potential for the program as well as other related issues and challenges for certification programs in ABA.
 
An Independent, Non-University Training Program for Certification in Applied Behavior Analysis
MICHAEL WEINBERG (Devereux Florida University)
Abstract: Michael Weinberg will present the development of the curriculum, content, recruitment, and related issues of an independent, pre-approved certification program in Applied Behavior Analysis. He will detail the obstacles in providing such a program, how the program is supported, continuing student enrollment, growth and development, as well as issues pertaining to maintaining the quality and integrity of such a program. Other issues to be presented include maintaining student commitment, and training qualified, ethical behavior analysts in such a program. In addition, providing supervision and practicum/placement issues will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #242
Living the Good Life: Supporting Adults with Disabilities in the Community
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Back Bay A
Area: DDA/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alan E. Harchik (May Institute)
Abstract: Learning Objectives Participants will learn the components of providing comprehensive treatment to adults with complicated behavioral and psychiatric histories. Participants will learn the various models of the Teaching Family Model and how they have been adapted to support individuals with developmental disabilities. Participants will learn a specific method to address challenging overnight, sleep, and supervision issues to better support individuals with developmental disabilities.
 
Success in the Community for Adults with Dual Diagnoses
GORDON SMITH (May Institute), Thomas J. Harvey (May Institute), Amy E. Clark (May Institute), Tamara Musto (May Institute), Alan E. Harchik (May Institute)
Abstract: Individuals with the dual diagnoses of mental retardation and a psychiatric disorder require specialized supports and services if they are to live successfully in typical community neighborhoods. In this presentation, we will describe the components of a comprehensive system for this population. The components include individualized plans for reducing problem behaviors, skill training to increase competencies, specialized psychiatry services, opportunities for decision making, and availability of a pleasant residence, a paying job, and trained staff. We will present data in multiple baseline format across three cases. In each case, the individual exhibited frequent serious aggression, self-injury, screaming, medication refusal, and/or suicidal comments and actions. Following implementation of the comprehensive program, behaviors reduced to safe levels (typically zero).
 
Living the Good Life: Comparing Residential Outcomes Across Four Different Models
DIANE BANNERMAN JURACEK (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Jamie Price (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Holly M. Sweeney (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Michael C. Strouse (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas), Cheryl Dyer (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.)
Abstract: In this presentation, the outcomes of four residential models for people with developmental disabilities will be compared. The residential models are: (1) group homes serving eight people with shift staffing, (2) Apartments serving three people with shift staffing, (3) Family Teaching duplexes or homes serving three to four people with a couple living adjacent and providing teaching/support, and (4) Extended Family Teaching homes serving one to three people in a family or single person’s private home. Measures used to compare the residential models included Quality of Life ratings, Home Certification scores, staff turnover and stability data, and parent satisfaction ratings. On almost all measures, the Family Teaching and Extended Family Teaching models outperformed the more traditional models. For example, group home staff turnover for 2002 was 43.5%, whereas turnover for Family Teaching homes was 14.8%. Further, average certification ratings (based on a 6-point scale, where "6" is "very satisfied) for group homes were "4" (slightly satisfied), whereas ratings for Family Teaching models averaged above a "5" (satisfied). Independent observations conducted on 10 % of certification surveys showed that raters were in agreement 82% of the time.
 
Living the Good Life: A Retrospective Analysis of Quality of Life for People with Developmental Disabilities Across Residential Models
JAMIE D. PRICE (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Holly M. Sweeney (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Diane Bannerman Juracek (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Michael C. Strouse (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas)
Abstract: In pursuit of a positive quality of life, community service providers have retooled residential models in a variety of ways ranging from large bed facilities to single person living arrangements. Community Living Opportunities has evaluated quality of life indicators across time and residential service models. In this presentation, we will review case studies of individuals with severe and multiple disabilities who have lived in a variety of service models. We will review variables we believe were significant in the improvement of their quality of life. Over ten years of data show that smaller family-supported models (Family Teaching Model) and a model in which a person lives in a family’s home (Extended Family Teaching) resulted in increased consumer satisfaction and decreases in dangerous maladaptive behaviors and use of restrictive procedures such as psychotropic medications and restraint. To illustrate, frequency of theft of potentially harmful substances for one person decreased from an annual high of 134 occurrences to zero occurrences. Average frequency per year of aggression and property destruction for one person decreased from an average of 6742 per year to an average of 2971 per year. Independent observer reliability was obtained on approximately 5% of the data and was over 85%.
 
Good Night Irene: Using Security and Behavioral Technology to Provide Low Cost Night Support for Persons with Severe Disabilities Living in the Community
MICHAEL C. STROUSE (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Jennifer Richer (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Lewis Walton (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Boone Bradley (Community Living Opportunities, Inc.), Jan B. Sheldon (University of Kansas), James A. Sherman (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Many persons with significant disabilities require night monitoring support, which means that someone must stay awake or be paid to sleep at night in a community home, just in case. The cost of up-at-night or sleeping employees who are compensated according to wage and hour guidelines is high. Further, excessive turnover (exceeding 100%), a low pool of available night talent, and low wages can produce poor quality and threats to safety. CLO has developed and tested security/video technology, security industry practices, and behavioral technology to significantly reduce night monitoring costs and better ensure safety. Low/no light video surveillance technology combined with sensor and other technology allows CLO to centrally monitor about 30 community homes across three cities spanning 150 miles in Kansas. This technology allows central night monitoring staff to watch remote locations; speak and interact with persons served; alert emergency supports such as fire and police; and dispatch mobile staff or Family-Teachers to provide help. Data will show a 70% to 80% decrease in night staffing costs and reductions in agency-wide turnover. System integrity data; back-up system strategies; the frequency and nature of up-at-night behavior; and the role of behavioral technology to produce good sleeping habits will be described.
 
 
Symposium #243
Int'l Symposium - Logical Reasoning and Derived Relational Responding
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Republic A
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Scott T. Gaynor (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: .
 
Understanding Conditional Reasoning Using Relational Frame Theory: Conceptual Issues
FRANCISCO CABELLO LUQUE (Universidad de la Rioja), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Sonsoles Valdivia-Salas (University of Almeria, Spain)
Abstract: A large number of studies have examined the human ability to reason according to conditional propositions (i.e., sentences with the form ‘If A Then B’), and have demonstrated that most human adults make a number of logical errors when exposed to tasks involving such conditional sentences. For example, given the proposition ‘If there is a circle Then there is square’, if subjects are told ‘There is not a circle’, they usually state that ‘there is no square’, when logically there could be. However, most explanations of this effect have relied on cognitive concepts, such as mental models or mental rules (e.g., Johnson-Laird & Birne, 1991). The current paper presents an alternative behavioral account based on the concepts of Relational Frame Theory (RFT). Specifically, this account focuses (i) on different types of contextual control that are brought into conditional tasks (such as the functions of the contextual cues IF and THEN, or the functions of the events being related), and (ii) on the verbal histories of most adult speakers that establish the functions indicated above. It is hoped that this account might provide a behavioral model for analyzing conditional reasoning in the experimental laboratory.
 
Understanding Conditional Reasoning Using Relational Frame Theory: A Preliminary Empirical Analysis
FRANCISCO CABELLO LUQUE (Universidad de la Rioja), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Sonsoles Valdivia-Salas (University of Almeria, Spain)
Abstract: The current paper will present some preliminary data that attempt to address conditional reasoning from the RFT conceptual framework outlined in the previous paper, and to provide an explanation for the logical errors that most human adults make. According to this model, different verbal histories were generated in order to establish relational functions for arbitrary stimuli, such as they come to control behavior in functionally similar ways to the words, ‘If’ and ‘Then’. Then, some subjects were trained to respond to the term that followed ‘Then’ as completely dependent on the term that followed ‘If’, whereas other subjects were trained to respond on the term after ‘Then’ as not completely dependent of the term after ‘If’ (as in strict logic). All subjects were subsequently tested using new sets of propositions, and their responding was analyzed in terms of whether they made fallacious deductions or not. Although the data constitute only a preliminary approach, the findings support the model of conditional reasoning suggested by Relational Frame Theory, and expand the RFT view of reasoning and cognition.
 
Training Strategies for Improving Performances on Comparative Relations using Automated Procedures
AGATA VITALE (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth), Yvonne Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: The five studies reported in the current paper were concerned with a systematic experimental analysis of the relational frame of comparison that overlaps considerably with what cognitive researchers have referred to as the three-term series problem. The experimental work attempted to establish accurate performances on types of comparative relations, particularly unspecified relations, which consistently generate weak performances. In Experiment 1 subjects received six complete exposures to the test protocol but indicated little or no improvements on unspecified relations. In Experiment 2 a sample of test trials were consequated with written feedback and this produced significant improvements on unspecified relations. In Experiment 3 a sample of test trials were presented in non-arbitrary form and although sizeable improvements were recorded on unspecified relations, these improvements were weaker than those recorded with written feedback. In Experiment 4 all test trials were presented in non-arbitrary form, but this did not facilitate improvements greater than those recorded with only one phase of non-arbitrary trials. The improvements that were observed were still less than those resulting from the provision of written feedback. Experiment 5 involved a combination of written feedback and non-arbitrary trials in a sample of test trials and this intervention yielded the largest improvements in subjects' performances on unspecified relations. The findings are discussed in terms of Relational Frame Theory and the implications for related cognitive research are also explored.
 
Does Responding Analogous to the Conjunction Rrror Emerge Following Match-to-sample Training?
SCOTT T. GAYNOR (Western Michigan University), Yukiko Washio (Western Michigan University), Frederick Anderson (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The conjunction error is observed when the combination of two events is rated as more likely than one of the events in isolation. Traditional methods for assessing the conjunction error use a personality description (sample) followed by comparisons involving 1) a combination of one representative and one non-representative event (based on the personality description) and 2) a comparison involving only the non-representative event. For example, imagine you are given the following information about 34-year-old Steve: Steve is an intelligent, but unimaginative, inflexible, and generally lifeless man who in school was strong in mathematics but weak in social studies and the humanities. After this description you are then asked which is more probable-1) Steve is an accountant that plays jazz for a hobby, or 2) Steve plays jazz for a hobby? Under these conditions participants routinely rate 1 as more likely than 2. In the cognitive literature this result is often explained through reference to representativeness heuristics. The present experiment explored a potential explanation based on derived stimulus relations. We attempted to model the relevant features of conjunction error experiments using non-sense words trained during the experiment. We trained 27 undergraduate students on the prerequisite baseline relationships (using a MTS procedure) for developing 2 six-member sets of equivalence relations. Next we tested for the conjunction error by having subjects rate the likelihood that various comparison stimuli (alone and in sets) were a correct answer given particular compound sample stimuli (which are seen as analogous to the biased personality information in traditional conjunction error experiments). The results showed that those who derived the equivalence classes were more likely to evince a response pattern analogous to the conjunction error. This relationship between correct derived relations and conjunction error responding provides a preliminary demonstration in support of the derived relations interpretation.
 
 
Symposium #244
Science and Human Values
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Independence East
Area: TPC/CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Maria R. Ruiz (Rollins College)
Abstract: Learning Objectives The BC(A)BA will correctly identify the radical behaviorist perspective on survival as a criterion by which to assess the value of a given cultural practice. The BC(A)BA will describe two arguments to defend the claim that "Radical Behaviorism cannot (and should not) be called upon to resolve value conflicts". The BC(A)BA will correctly articulate Skinner's objection to the traditional value-fact distinction in scientific perspectives.
 
Values and their Implications for Practice
JONATHAN J. TARBOX (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: We discuss ethical situations as circumstances in which more than one course of action appears possible, and upon having compared the anticipated consequencesof these actions with respect to cultural standards of right and wrong, a person takes the course having relatively more rightful consequences. This interpretation of ethical conduct draws into consideration the values inherent in such standards. We argue that Skinner's notion of survival as a value is nota workable criterion upon which to judge the rightfulness or wrongfulness of cultural practices in that it cannot be applied to such events in a predictive sense. We offer a process alternative to this notion.
 
Do Personal Values Have a Role in Behavior Analytic Practices?
MARIA R. RUIZ (Rollins College), Bryan T. Roche (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)
Abstract: Skinner's discussions about human values were largely embedded in his analysis of cultural design (e.g., 1971). Accordingly, Skinner focused on the survival of a culture as a criterion according to which given cultural practices may be evaluated. Thus, Skinner's criterion for the assessment of cultural practices was pragmatic. To this extent, no a priori or extant set of values could be applied to human practices, nor could the personal values of an individual be trusted to ensure cultural survival. However, recent developments in the analysis of verbal behavior suggest that human's may be capable of establishing personal goals, and responding to verbally constructed values, that serve purposes other than survival. In particular, a contextualistic perspective suggests that the goals of any cultural activity can only be assessed in terms of personal values which themselves may remain private and are ultimately indefensible. The present paper considers the relative merits of the radical behavioral and contextualistic views in terms of the scope they offer in applying the experimental analysis of behavior to improving the welfare of the world's citizens.
 
On Meta-Ethics, Normative Ethics, and Behaviorism
MECCA CHIESA (University of Kent)
Abstract: A behavioral account of ethics crosses at least two boundaries typically drawn by philosophers. It conforms to a meta-ethic known as ethical naturalism, in which ethical sentences are translated into non-ethical ones, and to a meta-ethic known as relativism which holds that there are no universal principles of morality. Several authors have raised a potential criticism of behaviorism’s position on ethics. The criticism is that behaviorism cannot suggest rules for establishing principles of proper conduct. This presentation argues that behaviorism cannot (and should not) be called upon to establish rules for moral conduct or for the resolution of value conflicts.
 
The Variables of Which Values are a Function
SAM LEIGLAND (Gonzaga University)
Abstract: The ordinary-language concept of values has a complex history in psychology and in science generally. The traditional fact-value distinction commonly found in traditional scientific perspectives has been challenged by the varieties of philosophical pragmatism, which have similarities to Skinner's radical behaviorism. Skinner's challenge to the fact-value distinction maintained that the important behavioral phenomena of 'values' call for a scientific analysis, or in other words, that we need more facts about values. This paper summarizes some of the processes and variables relevant to an analysis of values as behavioral phenomena. A brief examination of relevant nonverbal contingencies of reinforcement will be followed by a discussion of the important role of verbal contingencies in the acquisition, maintenance, and dynamics of the behavioral phenomena of values. Some issues of empirical methodology will be discussed. If the complex issues of methodology can be addressed successfully, then behavior analysis will be in the position to move beyond descriptive studies of values, such as those found in phenomenological psychology, by providing analyses of the variables of which values are a function.
 
 
Special Event #245
B. F. Skinner Tribute Event - Skinner Was Right: Why We Still Need Teaching Machines on His 100th Birthday
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Berkeley
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Paul Thomas Andronis (Northern Michigan University)
Panelists: T. V. JOE LAYNG (Headsprout), JANET S. TWYMAN (Headsprout), GREG STIKELEATHER (Headsprout), PAUL THOMAS ANDRONIS (Northern Michigan University)
Abstract:

For about a ten year period from the mid 1950s to the mid 1960s great excitement and controversy was ignited by B. F. Skinner's invention of the Teaching Machine. Whereas others had used machine quizzing and scoring devices to assess student performance, Skinner and his colleagues were the first to use a machine to systematically arrange contingencies of reinforcement for the purpose of teaching, i.e. programed instruction. Although the excitement and controversy over teaching machines and programed instruction has abated, Skinner's vision lives on today. This panel will examine the current state of Skinner's vision and present an argument that teaching machines and programed instruction are needed now even more than in the 1950's. But just as was true then, the machine alone, in this case, today's computer, does not a quality program make. Without the science of behavior that Skinner fathered, programs are at best electronic page-turners, at a worst a gross waste of time. The panelists will also discuss the nuances of the analysis of behavior that must go into the design and development of a validated instructional program and its relationship to the technology around which it is built.

T. V. JOE LAYNG (Headsprout)
JANET S. TWYMAN (Headsprout)
GREG STIKELEATHER (Headsprout)
PAUL THOMAS ANDRONIS (Northern Michigan University)
 
 
Symposium #246
Strategies for Promoting Acquisition and Discrimination in Early Language Development
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Clarendon
Area: EDC/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rachel H. Thompson (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Learning Objectives The learner will identify three teaching components used to facilitate language acquisition. The learner will identify two teaching components used to facilitate the development of simple or conditional discriminations. The learner will define, and provide examples of, generalization and discrimination.
 
The Direct and Indirect Effects of Infant Sign Language Training
RACHEL H. THOMPSON (University of Kansas), Paige M. McKerchar (University of Kansas), Kelly A. Dancho (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Researchers and clinicians have recommended that sign language be taught to typically developing children during their first two years of life; however, existing research does not provide adequate information regarding appropriate methods of sign training. We used physical prompting and prompt fading to teach manual signs to three children between the ages of 7 and 13 mos. Data were collected on the occurrence of prompted and independent signs as well as crying and other attempts to obtain the preferred item. Interobserver agreement was assessed during a minimum of 30% of sessions and mean agreement was above 80% for both participants. Sign training was successful in producing independent signing in all three children. The total duration of sign training prior to acquisition ranged from 1.25 to 4 hours.
 
Towards an Analysis of Mand Generalization
EMMA HERNANDEZ (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas), Einar T. Ingvarsson (University of Kansas), Jeffrey H. Tiger (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Strategies that produce generalized responding are valuable, especially with regards to language acquisition, because relatively little training results in large behavior changes. The conditions that result in generalized manding were analyzed in the current study. First, we demonstrated in a reversal design that pointing and single-word utterances were the predominant manding responses of two preschool boys (ages and 4 and 5, respectively) even though both boys were able to vocally tact the materials for which manding was assessed. Multiple baseline designs across responses (vocal mand topographies that specified preferred materials) were then used to demonstrate the extent to which differential reinforcement of single-word mands (e.g., “Cars”) or framed mands (e.g., “Can I have the cars, please”) would result in the emergence of other single-word and framed mand forms (e.g., mands for music, puppets, or puzzles) not directly taught. Prompting and differential reinforcement of one or two mand frames resulted in the emergence of other framed mands for both participants. Interobserver agreement data were collected during 41% of observations and averaged 98.9% (range, 91.7 to 100%). Practical implications for teaching mands to children with developmental delays and methodological implications for the study of generalization will be discussed.
 
A Comparison of Procedures to Facilitate Discrimination during PECS Training
DAVID M. WILSON (University of Florida), Brian A. Iwata (University of Florida)
Abstract: The Picture-Exchange Communication System (PECS) has become a popular method for teaching communication to individuals with severe developmental disabilities, especially autism. An important aspect of PECS acquisition is the ability to discriminate among visual stimuli that serve as the basis for communication. After acquiring single picture-object matching during PECS training and subsequently failing to show the ability to discriminate between picture-object pairs, individuals with developmental disabilities were exposed to two procedures in an attempt to facilitate discrimination. Both procedures involved increasing the disparity between the S+ (preferred) and S- (nonpreferred) selections. One procedure emphasized differential consequences by increasing the magnitude of S+ and decreasing the preference ranking of S-. The other procedure emphasized stimulus control by increasing the visual salience of S+. The procedures were compared on a within-subject basis in multielement designs. Results showed that the consequence-based intervention often was sufficient to produce discrimination; however, some individuals benefited only from the stimulus-control intervention. Results are discussed in terms of relative efficiency of the procedures and the need to determine which approach seems more appropriate on an individual basis.
 
Aggregate Data on the School-wide Implementation of a Discrimination Curriculum
CAMMARIE JOHNSON (New England Center for Children), Alison R. Moses (Marlborough Public Schools), Dwayne A. White (Mascoma Valley Regional School District), Gina Green (Private Practice, San Diego, CA), Susan N. Langer (New England Center for Children), Rebecca P. F. MacDonald (New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Sufficiency of teaching procedures and curriculum levels in NECC’s Discrimination Curriculum was evaluated. The curriculum was comprised of hierarchical levels, each representing different skills: simple visual discrimination; nonconditional and conditional identity matching; arbitrary visual-visual and auditory-visual matching; and equivalence class development. Skills not demonstrated on brief trial-and-error pretests were trained to criterion with either a delayed cue (DC) or session skill (SS) teaching procedure. Posttests were conducted to verify training performance. The prevalence of teaching procedure used across all students (N=40) was DC (52%), SS (33%), DC and SS (10%), and remedial (5%). SS was used most often in lower curriculum levels (e.g., simple discrimination), but learned session skills often did not generalize across levels. A multiple baseline design was used with 4 students to evaluate whether all levels were necessary between simple and conditional discrimination. Two students required training on simple discrimination with a sample stimulus, and 2 required further training on nonconditional discriminations before demonstrating conditional discrimination performances. Sampled interobserver agreement scores (N=9) exceeded 90%, and were collected in 18% of pretests and 47% of posttests.
 
 
Paper Session #247
Verbal Behavior and PECs with Children with Autism
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:00 PM–4:20 PM
Back Bay C
Area: AUT
Chair: Deborah Carr (University of Wales College of Medicine)
 
An Evaluation of Mastery of PECS to Phase II by Children with Autism
Domain: Applied Research
DEBORAH CARR (University of Wales College of Medicine), Janet Felce (University of Wales College of Medicine)
 
Abstract: The study investigated the immediate impact of mastery of PECS to Phase II on the communicative behaviour of children with autism. Children aged between 4-7 years, who had received no previous PECS teaching, received a total of 15 hours of PECS teaching over a five-week period. Teaching occurred in the children’s classroom on a sessional basis amounting to one hour per teaching day, covering multiple activity contexts and generalisation of their use of PECS to classroom staff. Three two-hour classroom observation sessions recorded the children’s and teachers’ communicative initiations and responses. The three observations occured: 6 weeks prior to teaching; during the week immediately prior to teaching; during the week immediately following teaching . Two, two-hour observations with children in a comparable control group were separated by a five week interval without PECS teaching. Observations for the children in the intervention group indicate that communicative initiations increased by over approximately 400% immediately after the teaching period, with use of PECS accounting for almost all the increase. Additionally, there was evidence of increased dyadic communication between the children and their teachers.
 
Project Review: Pennsylvania Initiative to Implement Verbal Behavior Classroom Services for Children with Autism
Domain: Applied Research
WILLIAM A. GALBRAITH (PA Training and Technical Assistance Network), Michael Miklos (Lancaster Lebanon Intermediate Unit 13)
 
Abstract: This presentation will be a review of a Pennsylvania project to guide a network of twelve classroom sites in developing behavior analytic services utilizing the conceptual framework of verbal behavior as developed by B.F. Skinner and furthered by Jack Michael, Ph.D, Mark Sunberg, Ph.D, Jim Partington, Ph.D, Vince Carbone, Ed.D and others. Through funding provided by a grant from the Pennsylvania Department of Education, a parent group (SAFE, Supporting Autism and Families Everywhere) and Pennsylvania Training and Technical Assistance Network (PaTTAN) collaborated to provide workshops on basic concepts, on site training and technical support to school districts and Intermediate Units incorporating a range of behavioral procedures. The address will review the summary of steps in site selection, consultant training, demographic data regarding participants, organization of technical support, lists of resources made available to site participants and a preliminary review of outcome measures. The project implementation began in August of 2003. Outcome measures will include site compliance checklists and child outcome indicators as estimated by progress within individual teaching programs and Assessment of Basic Language and Learning Skills (ABLLS, Partington and Sundberg, 1998) assessments. Discussion will include a review of problems encountered to date as well as processes that promoted appropriate implementation of behavior analytic procedures.
 
 
 
Invited Paper Session #248
CE Offered: None

A Joint Control Analysis of Generalized Abstract Responding

Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:30 PM–4:20 PM
Independence West
Area: VBC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Robert G. Vreeland, Psy.D.
Chair: Robert G. Vreeland (Behavior Analysis & Intervention Services)
BARRY LOWENKRON (California State University, Los Angeles)
Dr. Barry Lowenkron is Professor of Psychology and director of the ABA-accredited MS program in applied behavior analysis at California State University Los Angeles. Although his doctoral training was in cognitive psychology with a focus on the role of language in mediating complex performances, he rather quickly became dissatisfied with the ambiguous theories that characterize cognitive psychology. He was equally dissatisfied with psychology’s dogmatic insistence on group research designs and the statistical analysis they required in order to see if an experimental effect had occurred. It seemed that this analysis moved the experimenter away from, rather than closer to, the critical characteristics of the performance under study. After several stimulating discussions with Derek Hendry and a close reading of Sidman’s Tactics of Scientific Research, along with attendance to several early meetings of ABA, Dr. Lowenkron saw the light and switched to a radical behaviorist orientation. Since that time, he has pursued his original research topic; no longer by studying the role of language in mediating complex performances, but rather, for the last 20 years, by studying the role of Skinner’s verbal operants, especially the role of joint control, in complex generalized performances. This research program has resulted in the publication of a steady stream of research and theory articles in the behavior-analytic journals.
Abstract:

Certainly the biggest impediment to the development of a complete behavior analysis of human behavior lies in the problem of accounting for generalized responding: that is, accounting for responding appropriately to hitherto untrained stimuli. While behavior analysis can account for primary or concrete generalization, that is, generalization along a physical dimension, it has not yet developed a parsimonious and complete account of generalized responding based on abstractions; that is generalization responding based on relations between stimuli. These relations consists of two sorts. The first sort involves relations between words and objects, while the second consists of relationships between objects themselves. Thus the first sort involves questions such as how words only trained to be emitted as names (objectword responding) can, without further training, serve to select objects (word-object responding). The second sort of relation involves performances as abstract as seeking an object in response to a given description, and then, upon failing to find the specified object, modifying the description in a systematic fashion so as to select some other object bearing the same relation as the original (e.g., find the next largest object). In this paper we shall see how the simple notion of joint control serves to provide a parsimonious behavioral account of these and other seemingly conceptual performances..

 
 
Symposium #249
ABA Applications in Sports and Health: Imagery, Positive Practice, and Increasing Physical Activity
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:30 PM–4:20 PM
Beacon B
Area: CSE; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Michael A. Kirkpatrick (Wesley College)
Abstract: Learning Objectives The basic epidemiology of physical activity and the important role that primary care practitioners can play in modifying sedentary behavior The efficacy of a recent randomized clinical trial aimed at increasing walking via brief physician counseling and the dissemination of pedometers Describe the major components of positive practice
 
Indirect, Overt Measurement of Covert Behavior following Instructions to Performance Visual Imagery
MICHAEL A. KIRKPATRICK (Wesley College), Joseph Dumas (Wesley College), Ryan Sutedja (Wesley College)
Abstract: In a single-subject AB design with three replications, subjects were asked to imagine viewing a basketball foul shot from the bleachers. During each imagery trial, they were required to time the imagined shot from start to finish. Afterward, they completed a questionnaire assessing imagery content. Multiple trials were presented until performance on both dependent measures stabilized. Then, each participant viewed a brief video in which a basketball foul shot was viewed from the bleachers. Subsequent imagery trials were preceded by instructions to make visual imagery resemble the video as closely as possible. Viewing the video was following by an imagery trial with time and content measures. Trials were repeated until again performance stabilized. Each subject then timed the shot seen on the video and completed the questionnaire while viewing the video. Results indicated that time and content accurately and reliably discriminate individual differences in performance under imagery instructions. Video modeling constrained these indirect measures of behavior under imagery instructions, thereby providing a potential method of studying covert behavior within a behavior analytic framework.
 
Reducing Performance Of Unsafe Weight Lifting Techniques Using Positive Practice
LESLIE SHIER (Western Michigan University), John Austin (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The prevalence of injuries resulting from improper weight training technique among recreational lifters is of serious concern. Recreational lifters often receive limited instruction regarding safe practices. In many cases, lifters may receive incorrect instruction and advice on lifting techniques from friends and even from popular magazines. Four exercises, the latissimus dorsi pulldown, the bench press, the squat and the knee extension, were identified as commonly performed at risk. Writers of the sports medicine literature have suggested that these exercises have potential physiological benefit, but also potential for injury if they are not properly performed. The current study employed positive practice in order to increase safe weight lifting among 10 recreational lifters. All ten participants scored below 50% safe on two or more of the four targeted exercises during screening sessions. A multiple baseline design across the four exercises was utilized to illustrate the effects of positive practice on safe weight lifting. Three of the participants received information prior to the introduction of positive practice. Information resulted in an average increase over baseline of 32% safe for the latissimus dorsi pulldown, -3% safe for the bench press, -3% safe for the squat, and 19% safe for the knee extension. All ten participants were exposed to positive practice. Positive practice resulted in an average increase of 46% safe for the latissumus dorsi pulldown, 70% safe for the bench press, 56% safe for the squat, and 60% safe for the knee extension. Social validity measures indicated that positive practice was an acceptable intervention. Participants reported favorable responses to participation in the study.
 
How to Develop Safe and Effective Physical Activity Programs for DD Clientele
AMANDA N. ADAMS (Fitness Evolution), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: A literature review will examine the research conducted in the area of physical activity for individuals with DD will begin this tutorial. The best practices will be discussed and guidelines will be presented for developing useful programs intended to benefit clients behavior, and physical health.
 
 
Paper Session #250
Int'l Paper - Parent Licensing and Child Abuse: 30 Years of Research and Debate (Translated into Japanese)
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:30 PM–4:20 PM
Beacon G
Area: CBM
Chair: . . (Hawthorne Country Day School)
 
Parent Licensing and Child Abuse: 30 Years of Research and Debate (Translated into Japanese)
Domain: Applied Research
ROGER W. MCINTIRE (University of Maryland, College Park)
 
Abstract: In the October, 1973 issue of Psychology Today, an article by this presenter stimulated more letters to the magazine's editors (385) than any other article before or since. The article presented the notion that parents take a test and obtain a license before having children. At first the majority of letters expressed outrage at yet another interference by government. However, the majority of letters in the weeks that followed became more positive to the notion after a series of news stories reported excessive child abuse in variety of circumstances. This presentation reviews the recent research concerning parenting techniques and strategies in child rearing. Survey statistics that describe contemporary child rearing practices are reviewed. While the research identifies many effective parenting approaches, the survey information shows that useful techniques often go unused. Census data supports the relationship of family quality and parenting skills to frequencies of societal problems in sections of the population. In addition, a review of recent changes in the political climate and the growing concern for family quality shows a renewed acceptance for reforms in child rearing responsibilities.
 
 
 
Paper Session #251
Reinforcement Magnitude 2
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:30 PM–4:20 PM
Commonwealth
Area: EAB
Chair: Eric M. Messick (University of Waikato, New Zealand)
 
Detection, Choice, and Reinforcer Magnitude
Domain: Applied Research
BRENT L. ALSOP (University of Otago), Melissa Porritt (University of Otago)
 
Abstract: Pigeons were trained in a signal-detection procedure. Four levels of stimulus disparity were arranged. Relative reinforcer magnitude was varied across conditions at each disparity level. A Davison and Tustin (1978) analysis, based on the generalised matching law, found that the sensitivity of behavior to changes in the reinforcer magnitude decreased as stimulus disparity increased.
 
Behavioral Economics: The Effect of Post-feeding on the Inferior-good Effect
Domain: Applied Research
ERIC M. MESSICK (University of Waikato, New Zealand), Therese Mary Foster (University of Waikato, New Zealand), William Temple (University of Waikato, New Zealand)
 
Abstract: Inferior goods differ from normal or superior goods in that the former are lower in cost (response requirement) and lower in some aspect of “value” such as taste while the latter are higher in cost and higher in this value. In low-income conditions (low number of reinforcers per session), the consumption of an inferior good is relatively high compared to consumption of a superior or normal good. In high-income conditions (high number of reinforcers per session), the consumption of an inferior good is relatively low. Currently, the specific variables that control the phenomenon in humans and in animals are unknown. Unpublished data collected by the authors during experiments with hens suggest that local variables such as bodyweight or amount of food in hens crops before sessions may be important for the effect rather than molar variables such as income, as is suggested in some published literature on monkeys and rats. The authors will present data from hens that show the effect of post-session feeding on the inferior-good effect.
 
 
 
Paper Session #252
Research trends in behavior analysis
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:30 PM–4:20 PM
Republic B
Area: TPC
Chair: Jennifer Simon (University of Kansas)
 
Some Presentation Trends at the Annual Conventions of the Association for Behavior Analysis (1975-2003)
Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER SIMON (University of Kansas), Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas), Nathaniel G. Smith (University of Kansas)
 
Abstract: May 2004 marks the 30th annual convention of the Association for Behavior Analysis. Given this occasion, and in the view that participation at ABA’s annual conventions may be taken as an indicator of the growth and diversity of the field of behavior analysis, an analysis of ABA’s convention practices over time may therefore reveal some interesting changes both within the convention and within the field; the results of which may be of interest to those within and outside the behavior-analytic community. In this paper, we examine some presentation practices among the contributors to ABA’s annual conventions over the course of the past 29-years (1975-2003). In doing so, we reveal and describe some trends and relations across several types of presentation (a) formats (invited events, paper sessions, poster sessions, symposia, and workshops), (b) content areas (experimental, applied, and conceptual), (c) authorships (sole or co-author, junior or senior), and (d) gender over time. We discuss these and other findings as we relate them to the literature on publication practices within the field of behavior analysis.
 
The Study of Aggression in Behavior Analytic Literature: A Quantitative Analysis
Domain: Applied Research
CRISTINA VARGAS-IRWIN (Universidad Catolica Andres Bello)
 
Abstract: JEAB and JABA articles studying aggression were identified in the journals' data bases, and classified according to to functional categories, depending upon their emphasis on antecedent, consequent or establishing operations related to aggressive behavior. These data were related to the year of publication of the article, and main authors and research teams were also identified for both journals. Conceptual and operational definitions of aggression were also recorded and analyzed. The results showed a lack of consensus in the functional definition of aggression, as well as little interaction between basic and applied research: while basic research on aggression peaked during the late seventies sharply decreasing thereafter, the number of applied articles has increased steadily. A sharp bias towards the study of antecedent conditions of aggressive behavior was also observed.
 
 
 
Paper Session #253
Int'l Paper - Towards a Behavioral View of Counterfactual Expressions
Sunday, May 30, 2004
3:30 PM–4:20 PM
Beacon F
Area: AUT
Chair: Xiomara M. Valdes (Teachers College, Columbia University)
 
Towards a Behavioral View of Counterfactual Expressions
Domain: Applied Research
JOSE E. BURGOS (University of Guadalajara)
 
Abstract: A counterfactual expression describes a situation that differs from another one that is factually true. Grammatically, they have a conditional form in subjunctive mode (e.g., 'If you had turned right, we would not be lost'), and are ubiquitous in everyday and scientific language. Within psychology, they have been studied and explained by nonbehavioral psychologists. In the present paper, I propose a starting point towards a behavioral view. In the conceptual aspect, I argue that counterfactual expressions cannot be readily placed within any behavioral theory of language. In the empirical aspect, I describe an exploratory study to determine the extent to which high-school students can understand a wide variety of counterfactual expressions. Participants were given a questionnaire consisting of 24 hypothetical everyday-life stories of various lengths (between 30 and 90 words), followed by multiple-choice items whose question stem was the antecedent of a counterfactual and whose alternatives were different possible consequents. The task was to choose the correct consequent for each story. Participants answered correctly in most of the stories, although they made more errors in downward counterfactuals (which describe situations that are worse than actuality). To finish, I propose some general guidelines for future studies.
 
 
 
Paper Session #254
A Comparison of Vygotsky's Social-Historical Theory of Cognitive Development and Behavior Analysis
Sunday, May 30, 2004
4:00 PM–4:20 PM
Dalton
Area: DEV
Chair: Tara M. Sheehan (Florida International University)
 
A Comparison of Vygotsky's Social-Historical Theory of Cognitive Development and Behavior Analysis
Domain: Applied Research
BRIAN J. COWLEY (Park University)
 
Abstract: This presentation will take a critical look at Vygotsky's Social-Historical Theory of Cognivitive Development from a Behavior Analytic perspective. Special emphasis will be on language and verbal behavior. There will also be emphasis placed on the outgrowth of Relational Frame Theory with a comparison of Vygotsky's work. This will culminate with a look at future trends in Behavior Analysis.
 
 
 
Special Event #255
Presidential Scholar's Address
Sunday, May 30, 2004
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Grand Ballroom
Chair: Jay Moore (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
 
Presidential Scholar's Address
Abstract: .
 
JOHN DONOGHUE (Brown University)
 
Dr. John Donoghue is professor and chair of the Department of Neuroscience. John has helped develop the undergraduate Neuroscience concentration, a leading program for undergraduates in the United States. He also helped establish the new Brain Science Program, which brings together 10 departments and more than 100 faculty into a unique interdisciplinary research and education program at Brown. His personal research program is aimed at understanding how the brain turns thought into movement. In addition, he is President and Co-Founder of Cyberkinetics, Inc., a biotech startup that is developing brain implants to restore movements to paralyzed individuals. John's wife, Karen Kerman, is a member of the class of '78. She is a pediatric neurologist and a member of the Brown Medical School Clinical Faculty.
 
 
 
Poster Session #256
#256 Poster Session – AUT
Sunday, May 30, 2004
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes)
1. Effects of Embedded Instruction versus Discrete-Trial Training on Self-injury, Correct Responding, and Mood in a Child with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
CHIA-HUI MA (University of Texas at Austin), Mark O'Reilly (University of Texas at Austin), Jeffrey S. Sigafoos (University of Texas at Austin), Helen I. Cannella-Malone (University of Texas at Austin), Chaturi Edrisinha (University of Texas at Austin), Catrina Margues (University of Texas at Austin), Seung-Hyun Son (University of Texas at Austin), Shipra Gupta (University of Texas at Austin)
Abstract: We compared embedded instruction with discrete-trial training for a 12-year-old boy with autism. A functional analysis indicated that his self-injury was escape-maintained. Instructional sessions to teach adaptive behaviors were conducted under two conditions: During embedded instruction, learning trials were inserted into ongoing activities at a rate of approximately 1.5/min. During discrete-trial training, trials occurred at a rate of 4/min. In both conditions, the system of least prompts was used to teach relevant target responses. Conditions were arranged in ABABA design. All sessions were videotaped and later scored by two observers for percentage of 30 s intervals with self-injury and correct (unprompted) responses. The child’s overall mood during each interval was rated using a 1 (bad) to 3 (good) scale. Inter-observer agreement on self-injury, correct responses, and mood was above 90%. The results showed higher rates of self-injury and fewer correct responses during discrete-trial training. Mood ratings were lower during discrete-trial training. The results suggest that self-injury, correct responding, and mood may be sensitive to type of instructional format. Although discrete-trial training is often recommended for children with autism, those with escape-maintained self-injury may benefit initially from embedded instruction.
 
2. Facilitating Appropriate Peer Interaction Through Mand Training and Response Discrimination Training in Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE ADAMS (Special School District of St. Louis County), Traci M. Cihon (Special School District of St. Louis County), Guy M. Bedient (Special School District of St. Louis County)
Abstract: Children with autism often learn to seek out preferred items from adults more often than from peers in their environment. Given that the educational setting lends itself to more frequent student-teacher interactions than student-student interactions, peer interactions are important to target directly for children with autism. This protocol facilitated peer interactions by programmatically establishing peers as sources from which to obtain positive reinforcement. Mand training focused on the behavior of the speaker and response discrimination training focused on the behavior of the listener. These training opportunities occurred in both contrived and natural contexts.
 
3. Teaching Improvisation with Selection-based Communication Systems
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JULIE M. MARCKEL (The Ohio State University), Nancy A. Neef (The Ohio State University), Summer Ferreri (The Ohio State University), Jacqueline Wynn (Columbus Children's Hospital)
Abstract: Augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) such as the Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) provide an effective means of enabling children with autism or severely limited communication skills to exercise control over their environments by requesting reinforcers. Importantly, because the number of relevant stimuli in the child’s environment exceeds the number of corresponding graphic symbols that are likely to be available or that can be accommodated with such a communication system, the child may not have a means to communicate particular wants efficiently. One potential means of addressing these problems is to provide a minimum number of communicative stimuli that would enable the greatest range of responses. This study examined the effects of teaching children with autism who use AAC an improvisation strategy of using descriptors (including shapes, colors and functions) to request desired items and their generalized use of that strategy to request additional items for which picture representations of the specific items are not available. Children were taught to make requests using pictorial descriptors such as eat brown, square for crackers. Probes with novel preferred items were conducted to assess generalization to untrained requests. The effectiveness of the procedures was evaluated using a changing criterion design with increasing numbers of descriptors.
 
4. Visual Aids Elicit Vocal Language In An Autistic Child With Oral Motor Apraxia: A Case Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
TARA MILLS (Bridges Behavioral Language Systems, Inc.), Stacy Waite-Ocampo (Bridges Behavioral Language Systems, Inc.), Audrey Gifford (Bridges Behavioral Language Systems, Inc.)
Abstract: In an effort to provide a young boy with the dual diagnosis of autism and oral motor apraxia an alternate mode of communication a reading and writing program was implemented. The child had been in an intensive early intervention program of 40 hours per week for approximately two years. In addition, the child also received speech therapy for two hours per week, also for two years. It was determined that while expressive language would continue to be a focus of the home program, an alternative form of communication should begin due to the child's limited repertoire of vocal speech. Sight words were presented to the child to read and then match to various pictures in the field, to demonstrate an understanding of reading comprehension. At the same time, handwriting skills and phonetic spelling were being taught. It was our goal to have the child use these combined skills in a form of written communication. As a result of these programs, the child has begun to communicate, but not as originally intended. Rather, the child has used the sight words as phonetic prompts to vocalize, and has begun to systematically fade the words and begin to communicate effectively with emergent vocal speech.
 
5. Teaching the Identification of Features, Functions, and Categories to Non-Vocal Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KELLY J. FERRIS (Northwest Behavioral Associates), Wendy Knowles (Northwest Behavioral Associates), Stacey L. Shook (Northwest Behavioral Associates)
Abstract: There has been a recent surge in the attention focused upon the identification of salient features, functions, and categories of common objects in the educational programs for children with autism. While much attention has been paid to providing traditional instruction in this area, these authors have been frustrated with the lack of programming strategies for non-vocal children with autism. This poster will address innovative individualized programs for at least 3 children on the autistic spectrum who use augmentative communication systems as their primary means of expressive language. Descriptions of and comparisons between sight word responses, the picture exchange communication system, and a commercially available voice output device will be discussed. Data from each of the three program categories and children will be summarized on a case by case basis and interobserver reliability as well as social validity measures will be reported. Results will be discussed in terms of each program category's implication for future use with non-vocal children with autism.
 
6. The Systematic Use of "Thought Bubbles" and Role Playing to Teach Complex Perspective Taking in a Child with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMY L. BARNHILL (Northwest Behavioral Associates), Stacey L. Shook (Northwest Behavioral Associates), Audra Jensen (Northwest Behavioral Associates), Stacy Barton (Northwest Behavioral Associates)
Abstract: Behavior analytic instruction has been highly efficient for many children on the autistic spectrum, however complex social skills such as higher level perspective taking have not received the same attention as standard language and cognitive domains. This poster will discuss the instructional procedure, data collection system, and general outcomes of a systematic perspective taking curriulum used with a seven year old child with autism. The focus of the instructional program includes demonstrating an undertanding of complex mental states and engaging in verbal reasoning skills about such private events as "thought", "feeling", and "belief". Data will be visually summarized and both interobserver reliability and social validity measures will be reported. Results will be discussed in terms of future directions for curriculum development for children with autism.
 
7. Teaching Young Children with Autism to Read
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RINAMARIE S. LEON-GUERRERO (University of Washington)
Abstract: There exists a wealth of research examining reading instruction for children with mental retardation and other cognitive disabilities. However, there has been relatively little research addressing effective reading instruction for children with autism. A pre-post design examined the effects of direct instruction using the Reading Mastery curriculum on reading outcomes for two preschool children with autism and one typically developing preschool child. Students’ phonological awareness skills were measured pre and post intervention with a mid treatment probe with the use of DIBELS (Dynamic Indicators of Basic Early Literacy Skills, 5th Edition), Kindergarten version, (2001). Early literacy skills included letter naming fluency, initial sound fluency, phoneme segmentation, and nonsense word fluency. Data presented show that direct instruction has benefits for some of the early literacy skills. Discussion is also given as to what components of reading instruction are beneficial for effective teaching of reading.
 
8. Teaching Children with Autism Three Different Questions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HEATHER EILEEN CRAMER (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Teaching Children with Autism Three Different Questions38 Pages, 14 ReferencesChildren with autism often exhibit deficits in question-asking. This study replicated and extended Williams, Donley, and Keller’s (2000) training package: a modeling and reinforcement procedure to teach the use of 3 different questions about hidden objects. Two boys, aged 13 and 12, with primary diagnoses of autism, participated. A multiple baseline design across questions was used. Both children learned to ask all three questions: “What’s that?” “Can I see (item name)?” and “Can I have (item name)?” Question-asking generalized to novel locations, people, and stimulus materials with minimal additional training. These results support the efficacy of this training package as an efficient way to teach children with autism to ask questions about objects. A second observer collected data on questions asked during 63% of baseline sessions, 43% of “What’s that?” training sessions, 36% of “Can I see?” training sessions, and 38% of “Can I have?” training sessions. A second observer also collected data during 42% of generalization probes. The average reliability score was 100% during baseline, 97% during “What’s that?” training sessions (range 93% to 100%), 100% during “Can I see?” training sessions, 100% during “Can I have?” training sessions, and 99% during generalization probes (range 67% to 100%).
 
9. Teaching Children with Autism to Respond to Unfamiliar Stimuli and Mand for Additional Information
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
HOLLY ALMON (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Kelly J. Ferris (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Sara J. Pahl (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Krista Zambolin (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting)
Abstract: Although children with autism can be taught to respond under multiple stimulus conditions, they often have difficulty responding when presented with unknown or difficult stimuli. This presentation with difficult stimuli often produces guessing, frustration, or both. This poster addresses several responses such as “I don’t know,” “I don’t understand,” and the discrimination between the two that were taught to children with autism through fluency-based instruction. Additionally, the poster describes various ways of teaching children to mand for additional necessary information or clarification when presented with unfamiliar questions or statements, and some implications of teaching these responses such as overgeneralizion and possible changes in the function of the newly required responses.
 
10. Teaching Children with Autism Prepositions Using Fluency-Based Instruction across Multiple Learning Channels
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KRISTIN N. SCHIRMER (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting)
Abstract: This poster will present data on the performance of a range of children with autism, ages three to eight, as they learned preposition identification and usage. The focus of the poster will be the explication of a procedure in which multiple learning channels are used both sequentially and concurrently to establish fluent preposition usage. Frequency data on correct and incorrect movements were collected across all instructional sessions for each child with autism. The data showed increases in rates of correct responding and decreases in rates of incorrect responding under DRH schedules across the Hear/Do, Hear/Touch, and See/Say learning channels. Reliability of the data was assessed through weekly direct observation and bounce analysis on the children’s Standard Celeration Charts.
 
11. An Analysis of the Effects of Response Repetition on Teaching Language to Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KATIE ENDICOTT (Utah State University), Kara A. Reagon (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract: An integral part of teaching students with autism is implementing corrective procedures when errors occur in responding. Research has been conducted to examine and prove the effectiveness of behavior change procedures through the use of particular consequences, but little is known about most effective error-correction procedures in teaching children with autism. This study examined the effect of different error correction procedures on general receptive and expressive language acquisition and maintenance in preschool students with autism in a multi-element design with a multiple baseline across subjects. Two error correction procedures were compared: in one procedure, an incorrect response was followed by five repetitions of the correct response. This was compared to a procedure in which an incorrect response was followed by a single repetition of the correct response. Effectiveness was assessed through number of cumulative mastered responses and maintenance of skills.
 
12. Evaluating the Picture Exchange Communication System at Croyden Avenue School
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MITCH FRYLING (Western Michigan University), Carmen May Jonaitis (Croyden Avenue School)
Abstract: The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) was developed by Frost and Bondy. PECS is a method of teaching individuals to request preferred items, label/identify objects in their environment, etc. Croyden Avenue School utilizes PECS as a method of training young children with autism to communicate with undergraduate student therapists. The system is implemented in a disctrete-trial format, and layed out in a series of phases. Many children develop language as a result of PECS, and others don't. This poster will display an evaluation of where children typically begin to have problems with the PECS procedures, what some of the common reasons for discontinuing PECS are, and what type of student may or may not be likely to benefit from the PECS intervention.
 
13. Developing Generative Auditory Discriminations by Shaping a Recall Interval after Visual Prompting
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
BRITT WINTER (Minnesota Autism Center), Julie A. Waldoch (Minnesota Autism Center), Jodi Dooling-Litfin (Minnesota Autism Center)
Abstract: In implementing intensive early intervention for the treatment of autism, a substantial number of children fail to develop auditory discriminations. In this study, a systematic replication of a previous study (Waldoch and Larsson, 1998), two children failed to develop auditory discriminations. The children were five and six years old and receiving approximately 30 hours of therapy per week. In a multiple-baseline-across-children design, both children failed to develop auditory discriminations through standard methods. A picture prompt was then introduced to establish correct responding to auditory stimuli. Instead of fading the picture prompt, a different technique, Shaping the Recall Interval, was used to establish independent auditory responses as follows. Initially, the identical auditory stimulus was again immediately presented after the visually prompted response. Then the duration of the recall interval was gradually increased until the same auditory response could be correctly produced after one minute without the visual prompt. After the children could succeed with the series of five auditory stimuli separated by a minute each, the children could then generalize to auditory stimuli presented six hours later. Finally, the children could make novel auditory responses without ever receiving a visual stimulus.
 
14. Transformation of Stimulus Function to Novel Stimuli for Mands and Tacts
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
DANA VISALLI-GOLD (Teachers College, Columbia University), R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: This paper reports on 1 experiment to test for the emergence of untaught relationships between stimuli. This experiment is based on the 1996 unpublished dissertation by Janet S. Twyman. It tests for the emergence of untaught functions using the same stimuli. Specifically, this experiment used a multiple probe design to test for the emergence of mands and/or tacts of non-mainstream animals. The procedure utilized an interrupted chain procedure, echoic to tact training procedure (Greer, 1992), and multiple exemplar experience to teach mands and tacts to 4 students. Two of the students were typically developing and two were classified as disabled. This experiment had 6 steps and they are as follows: 1) baseline probe of all students for all animals for mands and tacts; 2) students A and B were taught to mand for the animals in set 1 using an interrupted chain procedure and students C and D were taught to tact the animals of set 1 using echoic to tact training procedures; 3) a probe was conducted to test for the emergence of the untaught function from step 2; 4) multiple exemplar training (match, point, tact, and intraverbal identification) was used to teach all 4 students set 2 animals to criterion; 5) a probe was conducted to test for the emergence of the untaught function of set 1 animals; 6) students A and B were taught to tact the animals in set 3 using an echoic to tact training procedures and students C and D were taught to mand for the animals of set 1 using interrupted chain procedure; 7) a final probe was conducted to test for the emergence of the untaught function from step 6. The results showed that all of the students did transfer stimulus control between functions as evidenced by higher numbers of correct responses after the initial probe. However, the most significant gain was established after teaching using a multiple exemplar training sequence.
 
15. Acquisition of Intraverbal Behavior by a 4 year-old boy with Autism: A systematic Replication
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
LAURA MEUNIER (Beacon ABA Services), Kristin Cabral (Beacon ABA Services), Robert K. Ross (Beacon ABA Services)
Abstract: This study compared the effects of echoic prompts and textual prompts on acquisition of question answering for a 4-year-old boy with Autism. The authors taught the responses to n questions (e.g., what is an apple?) using each method. For example in the echoic prompt condition, the teacher said “it’s a fruit”, the child then imitated the statement. In the textual prompt condition, the typewritten words it’s a fruit were presented concurrently with the echoic prompt, then a progressive delay procedure was used to transfer control to the textual prompt. The data are discussed in terms of rate of acquisition and occurrence of spontaneous productions. Preliminary data suggest that more rapid acquisition and spontaneous production were seen in the textual prompt condition consistent with previous studies.
 
16. Reducing Echolalia by Teaching Appropriate Vocal Responses to Social Questions
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
VIVIAN PIAZZA (Marcus Autism Center), Wayne W. Fisher (Marcus Autism Center), Catherine Trapani (Marcus Autism Center), Robert LaRue (Marcus Autism Center), Tammy A. Carroll (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Echolalia is the repetition of another individual’s speech in an inappropriate context that is often displayed by children with autism. Some research has indicated that echolalia (a) increases when children with autism are asked questions that require vocal responses that are not in their verbal repertoires, and (b) decreases when the children are taught the appropriate vocal responses to those questions. In the current study, we asked 5-year-old boy with autism a series of social questions from 4 topic areas with 3 specific questions in each topic. During a baseline session, each of the 3 questions from a topic was presented 5 times in random order and we measured whether the child emitted the correct answer, immediate echolalia, or delayed echolalia in each trial. During treatment, a therapist was positioned next to the child and whispered the correct answer immediately after a question was asked. Over time, prompting was faded. This treatment was introduced according to a multiple-baseline-across groups design. Results indicated that treatment resulted in an increase in correct answers and a concomitant decrease in immediate and delayed echolalia. These results are discussed in terms of operant mechanisms that may reinforce echolalia and correct vocal answers to questions.
 
17. The Effect of Self-management on Noncontextual Speech and Academic Performance for a Child with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
PAULETTE BURDICK (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Erik A. Mayville (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center), Allyson Gauthier (Pathways Strategic Teaching Center)
Abstract: Self-management of behavior has been identified as an important concept in achieving widespread intervention gains for individuals with autism. Research has demonstrated effectiveness of self-monitoring in achieving a number of desired outcomes for children with autism, including increased prosocial behavior, academic performance, as well as decreased problem behavior. Using a reversal design, we evaluated the effect of a self-management intervention on non-contextual speech and collateral academic performance for an 8-year-old girl with autism. Results for initial baseline and treatment phases indicate that while self-monitoring appeared to significantly reduce non-contextual speech during academic instruction, academic performance as measured by rate of skill acquisition and percent correct responding appeared unaffected. These findings highlight the need for targeting specific desired outcomes in designing self-management based interventions for children with autism.
 
18. Effects of Video Modeling on Verbal Behavior During Interactive Play
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ERICA Q. SMITH (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.), Zbigniew Golonka (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.)
Abstract: Effects of video modeling on occurrence of scripted and unscripted vocal responses during play will be assessed for four boys with autism using a multiple probe design across participants. During baseline, a target participant and a typically developing peer played ball for 5 min. The percent occurrence of scripted and unscripted vocal responses was calculated. During baseline, percent occurrence was 0% for scripted vocal responses and less than 33% for unscripted vocal responses for all four participants. Reliability was scored for 45% of baseline sessions. Agreement ranged from 67% to 100% for total agreement, occurrence agreement, and non-occurrence agreement for unscripted vocal responses with a mean of 95% for total agreement, 79% for occurrence, and 95% for non-occurrence. Agreement was 100% for unscripted vocal responses. During video modeling the target participant will watch a video depicting a child playing ball and modeling statements related to the play activity, after which he will play ball with the peer. The percent occurrence of scripted and unscripted vocal responses will be calculated and reliability will be scored for at least 30% of sessions. If scripted vocal responses increase, maintenance and generalization to a novel toy and to a classroom setting will be assessed.
 
19. Increasing the Number and Variety of Verbal Responses to Peer Initiations using a Written-prompt Procedure
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NIDAL K. NAJJAR DAOU (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Susan M. Vener (New York Child Learning Institute), Heather T. Byne (New York Child Learning Institute), Jill M. Young (New York Child Learning Institute)
Abstract: Scripts and script-fading procedures increase verbal interactions among individuals with autism. This study assessed whether keywords, rather than scripts, could increase the number and variety of responses emitted by a child with autism to peer initiations. A child with autism participated. A peer emitted 15 initiations about three topics to the learner. During baseline, a card with three topic words was presented to the learner. During treatment, five word pairs were added under each topic. Each pair included the object of the initiation and a keyword. The learner was instructed to use the object and keyword in a sentence following initiations. A multiple-baseline experimental design across topics was used to evaluate the effect of a written-prompt procedure on the number and variety of responses emitted. Interobserver agreement data were obtained during 33% of all sessions, and had a range of 75 to 100% (mean of 98% agreement). The results showed that the prompt procedure produced a systematic increase in responding to peer initiations. The mean number of responses emitted increased from 0 during baseline, to 5 during treatment. The variety of responses increased from an average of 1 novel response in baseline to 8 novel responses in treatment.
 
20. Increasing Verbal Responses by Children with Autism to Adult Initiations Using Scripts and Script Fading
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NIDAL K. NAJJAR DAOU (The Graduate Center, City University of New York), Susan M. Vener (New York Child Learning Institute), Donna M. Cornelius (New York Child Learning Institute), Marta Perez (New York Child Learning Institute), Jill M. Young (New York Child Learning Institute)
Abstract: Scripts and script-fading procedures successfully increase verbal interactions among individuals with autism. This study investigated the effects of script fading on child responses to adult initiations. A multiple-baseline design across topics was conducted with two children with autism. Three sets of cards were presented to each child throughout the study. The topic of the initiation was written on each card. During baseline, the number of unscripted responses to initiations was measured. During treatment, written scripts were embedded onto each card within each set. The number of scripted and unscripted responses was measured. Reliability data were obtained during 33% of all sessions, and had a range of 79 to 100% (mean of 96% agreement) and a range of 0 to 100% (mean of 91% agreement) for Steve and Debbie, respectively. The results showed that prior to the introduction of scripts and script fading, learners did not engage in responding following initiations. Following the introduction of treatment, there was a systematic increase in such responding. The number of unscripted responses increased from 5 during 53 baseline sessions to 54 during 41 treatment sessions for Steve, and it increased from 0 during 29 baseline sessions to 101 during 48 treatment sessions for Debbie.
 
21. Impact of Augmentative and Alternative Communication on Natural Speech Production in Autism: Critically Appraised Topic
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
RALF SCHLOSSER (Northeastern University), Doreen Blischak (University of Florida)
Abstract: Practitioners and families are faced with difficult choices concerning the selection of appropriate augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) approaches for learners with autism. AAC approaches may be aided (i.e., selection-based) or unaided (topography-based). Various arguments have been presented pros and cons concerning these approaches, one of which relates to the impact of these approaches on natural speech production. To better meet the challenge of selecting an appropriate AAC approach, practitioners may benefit from a process known as evidence-based practice (EBP). EBP has been defined as the integration of best and current research evidence with clinical/educational expertise and relevant stakeholder perspectives to facilitate decisions about assessment and intervention that are deemed effective and efficient for a given direct stakeholder (Schlosser, 2003). In this poster it is illustrated how EBP may be used, given the question of the impact of AAC on natural speech, in selecting appropriate AAC approaches for learners with autism. This process will be subsequently documented in the form of a Critically Appraised Topic (CAT) (Sauve et al., 1995). CATs are preferred categorization formats for quick studies in EBP, and defined as brief summaries of a search and critical appraisal of the literature related to a focused clinical question.
 
22. Treatment of Perseverative Speech and Collateral Problem Behaviors in a Child with Asperger’s Syndrome
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
A. JOHN DAVIS (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Amy L. Christensen (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Perseverative or echolalic speech and problem behavior sometimes coincide in individuals diagnosed along the autism spectrum. However, little is known about how these topographies may be functionally related. In the present study, we explored the relationship between perseverative speech (questions about past or upcoming activities) and problem behavior in an 8-year-old male diagnosed with Asperger’s syndrome. During the baseline phases, the therapist changed the conversation topic contingent on perseveration, while problem behaviors were ignored. This situation was arranged to mimic what might be typical in the natural environment. High levels of both perseverative speech and problem behavior were observed. In the second phase, the therapist simply answered all the patient’s questions, resulting in persistence of perseverative speech, but near-zero levels of problem behavior. In a third condition, the participant was presented with a card, a written statement regarding the perseveration topic, for each occurrence of perseveration and was told that the conversation topic was no longer available for discussion. This resulted in low levels of both problem behavior and perseverative speech. Our analyses suggested that problem behavior functioned to increase the probability that caregivers would respond to perseverative questions. Two observers collected data for at least 33% of sessions and maintained greater than 80% reliability.
 
23. Video Instruction with and without Embedded Text to Teach Tacts to Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
KARA A. REAGON (Utah State University), Katie Endicott (Utah State University), Thomas S. Higbee (Utah State University)
Abstract: Children with autism often have difficulty expressing their wants and needs, commenting on things within their environment, and initiating conversation. Literature in the field of applied behavior analysis has documented numerous studies that have been successful in teaching expressive language skills to children with autism. Video modeling is a technique used to teach individuals a behavioral sequence and the contextual language that corresponds with the behaviors, such as play sequences, having a tea party or shopping. Another technique used in teaching is video instruction. Video instruction differs from video modeling in that it is interactive, the student responds to the discriminative stimulus presented by the video, whereas with video modeling the student imitates the model presented by the video. A procedure used to teach children to engage in conversation has been the use of script and script fading procedures with text in which textual prompts are used to help teach language and then are systematically faded back to front. The purpose of this study is to investigate the effectiveness of video instruction with embedded text to teach tacts.
 
24. Teaching Decoding and Comprehension Skills to a Teenager with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE N. WATERS (Marcus Autism Center), Rasheeda Oliver (Marcus Autism Center), Catherine Trapani (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: The acquisition of literacy skills is critical to students with disabilities. Basic decoding and comprehension skills afford access to information from the environment pertaining to work and leisure time activities. In this study, a teenaged male with autism was taught to read 20 sight words (nouns and adjectives) using multisensory instruction and a constant time delay prompting strategy. During baseline, each of the 10 nouns and adjectives were taught pairing the oral reading of the written word with the manipulative objects. The student was required to initiate the written action to demonstrate comprehension. The second phase of the study included a posttest of the initial 20 words and a pretest of 20 additional word equivalents. Results indicate that the instructional sequence is effective for teaching decoding and comprehension.
 
25. A Comparison of Teaching Procedures Thay May Evoke Vocal Responding in Children with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SUSAN QUINN (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Sundberg (1993) used the concepts from Skinner’s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior to examine the different response form options for a non-verbal person. It was argued that for many non-verbal individuals, sign language is a better alternative response form, and has a better chance for improving speech. It has been suggested that the first type of language to teach a nonverbal child should be a mand (Sundberg & Partington, 1998). A study was conducted to determine the effects of teaching manding using manual signing paired with vocal training versus vocal alone training. Two children with autism, a 3 year 4 month old girl and a 3 year 2 month old boy participated in the study. An alternating treatment design embedded in a multiple baseline across participants design was utilized. The number of trials to acquisition across the two treatment conditions was evaluated. Results are discussed in terms of effective teaching strategies for clinicians.
 
26. Non-directive Mands Remove Disruptive Verbal Behavior While Maintaining Compliance in a Child with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT T. PEYTON (University of Kansas), Steve Lindauer (University of Kansas), David M. Richman (University of Kansas)
Abstract: An autistic child brought in to an outpatient clinic for treatment of her disruptive verbal behavior was given a brief functional analysis. Initial results appeared to indicate an escape from demand function for the behavior. Further investigation revealed that providing and denying escape did not effect the occurence of disruptive verbal behavior. Changing from directive to non-directive demands resulted in the elimination of disruptive verbal behavior while maintaining compliance.
 
27. Assessing Vocational Preferences: The Use of a Percentage Agreement Measure to Compare Parent and Child Preference
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ERIN SPARACIO (Eden II Programs/ The Genesis School), Nicole Weidenbaum (Nassau-Suffolk Services for Autism), Mary Ellen McDonald (Eden II Programs/ The Genesis School)
Abstract: A textual forced choice preference was conducted with four adolescents with autism. In addition, each adolescent participated in an in-vivo choice assessment to ensure validity of their choices during the written preference assessment. The same forced-choice assessment was completed by each of the participants' parents. Many forced-choice sets were repeated throughout the assessment to ensure consistency in responding. The assessment was completed by the participant and his/her parents on 3 occassions to assess reliability of the preference measure over time. Parent preference was directly compared to their childs preference on the same set of forced choice set of tasks. Results were obtained for each assessment and a measure of agreement between the parent and participant rating was obtained. Correlations between preference assessment outcomes and task performance measures and levels of problem behavior were examined. Results are discussed in terms of selection of job sites based on child preference rather than based on parental reports alone.
 
28. Examination of an Alternative Method for Teaching Receptive Language
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MAUREEN CHILDS (Texas Young Autism Project), John Salinas (Texas Young Autism Project), Gerald E. Harris (Texas Young Autism Project)
Abstract: Typically developing children acquire much speech through social imitation. Children with autism have deficits with social interactions and independent imitation. For this reason, imitative skills are initially targeted when implementing an intensive ABA program. To help foster language acquisition within a program setting, children are frequently taught receptive language skills first. Learning simple labels and actions helps the child interact with their environment, promoting use of these labels expressively. Traditionally, receptive object labeling is the initial program of choice and is usually taught through discrete trial training. However, if the child fails to acquire labels through these techniques there are few alternatives. The present study describes an alternate method of teaching receptive skills to two non-verbal children with autism participating in an intensive ABA treatment program. The systematic procedure begins with an established ability of gross motor imitation, followed by the systematic fading of model prompting. The ultimate goal is to acquire the ability to identify an object in response to an auditory instruction. Data on correct responses and item mastery shows that both children were successful in acquiring labels through this procedure. The children have also begun to generalize these abilities in attaining several receptive instructions.
 
29. A Comparison of Two Match-to-Sample Procedures in the Development of Tacting and Receptive Discrimination Skills
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JAMES W. PARTINGTON (Behavior Analysts, Inc.)
Abstract: Many educational interventions for children with a diagnosis of autism include programs designed to teach students to match identical items or pictures of items to a sample of items. Although the matching-to-sample programs could be taught to the learner using only the nonverbal stimuli and physical or gestural prompts, most teaching programs also include an instruction such as “put with same” or “match” (verbal stimulus) at the start of each matching trial. However, an instruction to “match” or “put with same” doesn’t appear to facilitate the development of tact nor receptive discrimination skills involving the items being utilized in the matching task. The purpose of the current study was to assess the effects of utilizing the name of the items in the matching-to-sample procedure would result in the development of tacting and receptive discrimination skills. A 4-year, 10-month old boy who had previously been diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder years old participated in the study. A multiple baseline across behavior design was used to evaluate the effects of the teaching interventions. Probes to assess the subject’s ability to receptively identify and tact the pictures were conducted prior to and during the course of the study. Ten pictures of items for which the subject could give an echoic response, but was unable to tact and unable to receptively identify were randomly assigned to one of two groups of stimuli; one group for each of the two task presentation conditions: “Put with Same,” or “name of item, put with name of item” (i.e. “tent, put with tent”) was paired with the giving of the card to the learner. The data indicate that the MTS procedure in which the instructor tacted the item as the picture was given to the child resulted in a rather rapid increase in both the child’s ability to tact and receptively identify some of the items, and that such acquisition was not observed in the “put with same” condition.
 
30. Enhancing the Autoclitic Repertoire of a Child with Autism through Fluency-Based Instruction
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
SHANE D. ISLEY (University of North Texas), Holly Almon (University of North Texas), Sara J. Pahl (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting), Michael Fabrizio (Fabrizio/Moors Consulting)
Abstract: Once children have acquired basic language skills through intensive early intervention, they are often still lacking more advanced language skills that allow them to benefit maximally from further instruction. This poster focuses on using fluency-based instruction to teach intermediate language skills to a child with autism. Derived through a verbal behavior analysis of language, these skills are exemplified across three standard celeration charts. It was found that the use of Fluency-Based Instruction promoted the acquisition of autoclitics for an eight-year old boy with autism.
 
31. Teaching Functional Communication to a Child with Autism Using PECS
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
ANGELIKA ANDERSON (The University of Auckland, New Zealand), Dennis W. Moore (The University of Auckland, New Zealand), Therese Bourne (The University of Auckland, New Zealand)
Abstract: The Picture Exchange Communication System (PECS) is widely used to teach children with language delays, including those with Autism, functional language. To date there are few studies that document its efficacy. A feature of PECS is that it incorporates principles deemed by some to be pivotal (such as addressing motivational issues, and encouraging initiations of social interactions) and are therefore expected to lead to broader behaviour change. In this study a 6 year old non-verbal child with Autism was taught functional language using PECS. Along with measures of language gains concomitant changes in non-targeted behaviours (play and stereotypic behaviour) were observed, both in the treatment setting and during free play periods. Results show increases in manding, initiations and cumulative word counts, as well as changes in non-targeted behaviours: some undesired behaviours (watching television) decreased and appropriate behaviours (play) increased. This poster presents data of direct observations of language (initiations, manding, cumulative word count), play, and inappropriate behaviour (TV watching and stereotypic behaviour) in a teaching and a free-play situation. Inter-rater reliability data was obtained for at least 20 % of each phase with a mean reliability rating of 96 % (range 67-100%).
 
32. Joint Attention as a Precursor to Early Language Development and Social Skills: Implications for Research
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
MELANIE PEREZ (Elwyn, Inc.), Megan DePalma-Riley (Elwyn, Inc.), Lillian V. Pelios (Elwyn, Inc.)
Abstract: Joint attention is the ability to use eye contact and pointing for the social purpose of sharing experiences with others. Previous research has repeatedly identified deficits in children with autism in both responding to and initiating joint attention. Furthermore, such deficits have been correlated with delays in early receptive and expressive language acquisition as well as impairments in socialization. These findings establish the need to teach the skills required for joint attention in early intervention to increase success in language development and socialization in children with autism. The majority of research is largely focused on teaching children to respond to joint attention via gaze training. However, research is still needed to teach children with autism to initiate joint attention. The purpose of this paper is to outline specific curricular sequences that may be used by practitioners to address joint attention deficits during initial, intermediate, and advanced programming for children with autism. The sequences are offered as an impetus to further investigate the question of how to teach initiations of this sort with the hope to generate more data in this area as opposed to offering a validated curricular sequence.
 
33. Using Visual Prompts to Increase Generalized Mand by Elementary Students with Autism
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
NICHOLE BLUVER (Hawthorne Country Day School), Sayaka Endo (Hawthorne Country Day School)
Abstract: Effects of visual prompts on the generalization of mand skills were investigated. Two elementary students with autism participated in this study. They could mand items that they preferred, using sentences (e.g. “I want ___, please.”) or phrases (e.g. “____, please.”) when their teachers asked them “what do you want?” in a highly structured 1:1 training setting. However, their spontaneous speech was limited; they did not use their mand skill in other settings than the training setting. Visual prompts (pictures of items that they preferred, which were posted on a wall in a classroom and on the students’ desks) were introduced to increase the number of generalized mand in class. As a result, the number of generalized mand increased and the visual prompts successfully faded out.
 
34. Generalization of Imitation and Social Skills among Children with Autism: A Follow-up Study
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
AMBER C. WALKER (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.), Tracey Uzanas (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.), Jennifer Napp (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.), Maria V. Lamoutte (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.), Marcia G. Gregory (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.), Jessica Forge (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.), Christine M. Accardo (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.)
Abstract: This study is a follow-up to a previous study which examined the generalization of skills of three children with autism who participated in Early Intensive Behavioral Treatment Program (Lovaas, 1987) during their first three months of treatment. Results indicated that all three children acquired varying levels of imitation skills during treatment. The three children demonstrated generalized imitation, by increased imitative play during structured play sessions, which were conducted in a natural setting. This study followed the same three children at 6 months and one year of treatment. Maintenance of skills over time will be assessed.
 
35. A Comparison Study on the Treatment Effects of EIBI Maintenance Sessions in a Natural Environment
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA FORGE (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.), Marcia G. Gregory (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.), Maria V. Lamoutte (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.), Jennifer Napp (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.), Tracey Uzanas (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.), Amber C. Walker (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.), Christine M. Accardo (The Institute of Professional Practice, Inc.)
Abstract: The purpose of the current study is to compare treatment effects of a strictly school-based program versus a school-based program including weekly sessions conducted at home. This study is a follow-up to a study examined the generalization of skills of three children with autism who participated in Early Intensive Behavioral Treatment Program (EIBI) (Lovaas, 1987) during their first three months of treatment. Results of the previous study indicated that there was an increase in generalized imitation skills during the first three months of treatment. This study will examine whether EIBI treatment alone can produce the same results or that participation in weekly play sessions in addition to and EIBI program is an essential component of the program.
 
 
 
Poster Session #257
#257 Poster Session – CBM
Sunday, May 30, 2004
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes)
36. The Use of Behavioral Techniques to Re-establish Walking of an Adult with Moderate Mental Retardation
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH DELPIZZO-CHENG (Devereux Whitlock Center), Tracy Holden (Devereux Whitlock Center)
Abstract: The poster presents a functional assessment and behavioral intervention plan for an adult with Moderate Mental Retardation who could walk but refused, and instead crawled on the floor on hands and knees. Descriptive assessment information and direct observational data were collected using review of records, descriptive interviews, an Antecedent-Behavior-Consequence (A-B-C) sequence analysis, a Scatterplot Analysis, and direct observational data. An intervention plan based on assessment that consisted of a behavioral chaining strategy which included direct instruction, prompting strategies, and edible reinforcement was used, along with extinction to facilitate appropriate ambulation within the natural environment. Direct observational data in the form of percentage of distance for appropriate walking for baseline, intervention, and maintenance phases for two routes are presented. Results indicate walking behavior was re-established, and maintained at follow-up. Reliability observations were conducted using trained observers. Participants of this poster session will view the methodology and results of the assessment and behavioral intervention procedures. Additionally, data concerning social validity of the behavioral intervention will be presented. The discussion section will focus on the practical aspects of the assessment and intervention in a campus-based residential treatment program for adults with mental retardation and other developmental disabilities.
 
37. Nutrition Education for Persons With Disabilities
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JADA A. MILLER (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: This study employed a Pre post-test with a delayed intervention control group quasi-experimental design to assess the effects of a modified nutrition education curriculum in persons with disabilities. Young adults with disabilities ranging from Emotional Impairment, Autism Spectrum Disorder, Prater Willy, Down Syndrome, etc. participated in a study that targeted food selection and food consumption behaviors related to health and nutrition. The study also measured participant knowledge of important nutritional information. Pre and post measures consisted of participants completing a written test assessing nutritional knowledge; two menu simulations and daily food log completions. Menu selections were given a rating from a scale of 0-2, 0 being unhealthy, 1 moderately healthy and 2 healthy. Food consumption documented by daily food log data was measured using a composite scoring system developed by Dennison and Dennison (2001.Experimental participants took part in a 3-week long modified nutrition education curriculum. The curriculum used overhead lectures, guided notes and both group and independent applied daily activities to teach participants important nutritional information needed to engage in healthy eating practices, including food selection and consumption, utilizing the USDA Food Guide Pyramid as a basis for the curriculum.
 
38. Errorless Procedure for Teaching T-Ball Batting
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISSY R. PELIKOSKI (St. Cloud State University), Eric Rudrud (St. Cloud State University)
Abstract: Children with autism need to acquire appropriate skills to participate in community recreation/leisure activities. A child with autism was taught to correctly hit a T-Ball using an errorless learning paradigm that incorporated the systematic fading of size of the ball to be hit. During baseline the subject was unable to hit the T-Ball from the tee. The subject was then provided with a large beach ball and achieved 100% accuracy in hitting. The size of the ball was gradually faded and the subject was able to successfully hit a regular size T-Ball from the tee.
 
39. Outcome Measures of Children Diagnosed with Autism Receiving Intensive Behavioral Treatment for Feeding Disorders
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JAMES H. BOSCOE (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Peter Girolami (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Charles S. Gulotta (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer E. Dawson (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ping Wang (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The Kennedy Krieger Institute's Pediatric Feeding Disorders Program has offered inpatient, day treatment, and outpatient services for over 15 years. The medical and behavioral diagnoses of these children have varied widely, from children with mealtime behavior resulting from behavioral mismanagement, to children whose food refusal is associated with multiple physiological disorders. Children diagnosed with autism often present fewer medical complication but higher rates / intensity of refusal behavior. Admission goals for behavioral interventions have included (but not limited to) increasing food consumption, decreasing food selectivity by texture or type, decreasing liquid dependence, and decreasing mealtime inappropriate behaviors. In addition, admission goals often include targeting the collateral effects of behavioral interventions such as weight gain and decreased gastrostomy tube. The purpose of this study is to describe the outcomes of a four-year sample (N=14) of children diagnosed with autism receiving intensive behavioral treatment for feeding disorders. Outcomes examined include, goals met, mealtime behavior, parent training, parent satisfaction ratings, and follow-up. Implications for the treatment of food refusal with children with autism and overall quality of life issues are also discussed.
 
40. Differential Reinforcement of Incompatible Behavior as Treatment for Trichotillomania
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
PHILIP L. CONCORS (Devereux Foundation), Karen Ciasca (Devereux Foundation)
Abstract: The effect of differential reinforcement of incompatible behavior (DRI) on the occurrence of hair-pulling by a thirteen-year old student diagnosed with Trichotillomania and Asperger's Disorder was evaluated. Functional behavioral assessment results (conducted in the public school setting) suggested that hair-pulling was sensitive to automatic reinforcement (sensory-stimulation). Six incompatible behaviors (e.g. squeezing a ball, rolling marbles in-hand) were identified as appropriate for use in a classroom setting (minimizing distraction from learning and social stigmatization) through interviewing the participant, classroom teachers, and instructional assistant. Daily preference assessments identified one incompatible response to be targeted each day for the DRI using a variable interval schedule of reinforcer delivery. Reliability measures were collected for 30% of direct observations. Initial results of a multiple baseline design across settings (classes) indicate a data trend in the desired direction. Implications for practitioners in the areas of school-based consultation and clinical psychology are discussed.
 
41. Behavior Analysis Intervention during the Rehabilitation of an Adolescent with Prader-Willi Syndrome and Life-Threatening Obesity
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
NATALIE VONA-MESSERSMITH (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Keith J. Slifer (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jo Anne B. Gorski (Blythedale Children's Hospital), Rebecca O. Currier (Alfred I. DuPont Hospital for Children), Valerie Pulbrook (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Prader-Willi Syndrome is a disorder characterized by hyperphagia typically leading to obesity and related health problems. Individuals with Prader-Willi often exhibit severe tantrums making them difficult to manage in the home. To control their food intake and weight, many individuals with Prader-Willi are placed in specialized treatment centers, but often fail to show generalization to untreated settings. Data will be presented on the 15-year-old female with Prader-Willi Syndrome hospitalized for rehabilitation from life-threatening obesity and associated medical problems. She had a history of obstructive sleep apnea severe tantrums, non-compliance with caregiver instructions and dietary restrictions. Behavioral interventions were implemented to increase compliance with rehabilitation and weight-loss protocols. Antecedent management included a carefully controlled diet, use of a daily schedule and systematic presentation of demands. Differential reinforcement of appropriate behavior and social extinction of disruptive behavior were implemented by interdisciplinary staff. Compliance with respiratory assistance for sleep apnea was increased using task analysis and systematic desensitization. Caregivers were trained using verbal and written instruction, modeling, role-play, behavioral rehearsal and collective feedback. Results show clinically important medical and behavioral improvements including weight loss, decreased frequency of tantrums and increased compliance. The medical and behavioral improvements were maintained after discharge to the home.
 
42. The Development of a Pediatric Behavioral Adjustment Scale for General Use in Pediatric Rehabilitation
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
ADRIANNA M. AMARI (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Keith J. Slifer (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Melissa H. Beck (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Ethan Benore (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Gina Wertalik (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: In pediatric rehabilitation settings, patients with a wide range of medical conditions, mental health diagnoses, and presenting problems are seen by behavioral consultants. The Pediatric Behavioral Adjustment Scale (PBARS) is a new scale developed to objectively measure child affect and behavior during rehabilitation demands and therapies and to evaluate the effect of behavioral and medical interventions. Operationally defined responses combine to provide total positive and total negative scores. Illustrative data are presented on the application of the PBARS to evaluate the efficacy of various treatments (e.g., medication management, desensitization, antecedent management, escape extinction) among patients with diverse diagnoses and presenting problems (e.g., autism and needle phobia, traumatic brain injury and agitation, sleep apnea and noncompliance with respiratory support) .using various designs (e.g., changing criterion, AB, multiple baseline across settings). Data were collected by both trained behavioral staff and members of the interdisciplinary rehabilitation team (e.g., occupational therapists, nurse technicians) across settings (e.g., inpatient and outpatient therapies, medical procedures). These data demonstrate the utility of the PBARS as a widely applicable measure of child behavior, affect and intervention effects. Results will be discussed in regard to establishing the validity, reliability, and usefulness of this scale for clinical practice and research.
 
43. Treating Children With Thumb and Finger-Sucking using Habit Reversal and Parent Education Procedures
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
BLAKE NUNN (San Jose State University), R. Gregory Nunn (National University and San Diego City Schools)
Abstract: Thumb and fingersucking (thumbsucking hereafter) are probably the first habits identified by parents of young children. These problems have been shown to cause and aggravate dental and speech problems in addition to being aesthetically unappealing. Because approximately 4o% of children have these problems, a variety of interventions have been developed to treat them. The present study of 8 children evaluated the effectiveness of parents in treating their child’s thumbsucking, at home and school, using the Habit Reversal Treatment combined with basic child development and behaviorally-oriented parenting information. Using a multiple baseline, across subjects design, parents learned to record their child’s frequency of thumbsucking, to identify their beliefs regarding their child’s “need” for thumbsucking, and then learned how to independently treat their child's thumbsucking using the Habit Reversal Procedures. The Habit Reversal Treatment reduced thumbsucking by 80% and 90% at school and home, respectively, at the end of one week, 100% at school and home at one-month, and by 100% in both environments at the 8 and 12-month follow-up periods. Reliability of data recording between parents and teachers was assessed at pretreatment and at 1-week and one month after treatment began. In all cases, agreement was above 80% of the intervals observed.
 
44. Reducing of Latency or Increasing Obedience Behavior: What do the Parents Prefer?
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
MYRNA DIAZ GONZALEZ ROJAS (Estudios Superiores Iztacala, National Autonomous University of Mexico), Zuleidy Mungia Noriega (Estudios Superiores Iztacala, National Autonomous University of Mexico), Lizbeth Lopez Avila (Estudios Superiores Iztacala, National Autonomous University of Mexico), Diana Moreno Rodriguez (Estudios Superiores Iztacala, National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: The objective of present paper evaluate to effects of time out on obedience behavior. Participated two girls of 6 and 8 years that showed obedience problems. The study stared with defining of obedience behavior, experimenters and parents agreed name it as time that passed between the instruction emitted by child’s mother and to do such activity in other words the latency between instructions and to do activity, the instructions were washing teeth, take a shower and to do homework.. After the experimenters explained to parents as register the latency of such behavior for all instruction emitted for the mother or father for three days same as served of base line. Base line ended experimenters explained the techniques and concepts of time-out, reinforcement and the technique of token economy. In the second phase a tolerance time of 8 minutes was established, if the child doesn’t doing the instruction the child was took to an isolate place. The third phase introduced the techniques of token economy and time-out simultaneously, in which the tokens were contingent the number instructions followed by child, likewise the latency was decreased gradually. Finally, the fourth phase was named following because of there the time-out and the reinforcement were eliminated gradually. The result indicated that the time-out decreased latency approximately in 50% in both subjects, however when the technique of token economy was introduced the latency was reduced to 0%. This results are discussed in terms on implications for applied research.
 
45. Effects of Modeling of Dental Washing on Reduction of Levels of Endobacterian Plaque in Preschoolers
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
LESLIE ALEXANDRA LOJERO ESPINOSA (Estudios Superiores Iztacala, National Autonomous University of Mexico), Cristina Jezabel Portillo Estrada (Estudios Superiores Iztacala, National Autonomous University of Mexico), Brenda Karina Cordero Solis (Estudios Superiores Iztacala, National Autonomous University of Mexico), Brenda Martinez (Estudios Superiores Iztacala, National Autonomous University of Mexico), Diana Moreno Rodríguez (Estudios Superiores Iztacala, National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: This study examined the effectiveness of modeling plus social reinforcement for reducing the levels of endobacterian plaque on teeth. Participated twelve child of kindergarten, to start the study each child was evaluated for determinate the levels of plaque in their teeth, in this case developer pills were used, which painted the child'teeth and permitted assign numeric values different (3-all the superface of teeth painted, 2-half of superface of teeth painted, 1-one third of superface painted and 0-the superface of tooth non painted), these values were used as Pretest. In the experimental condition one experimenter modeled very step of dental washing and the instructions for plaque removal (previous analysis task), and each step executed for the child was feedback and registered. In this phase all children were evaluated diary, and the low level of plaque were reinforced, although very day only some children received the modeling, this phase finished when all children showed almost the 80% of the sequence of steps correctly. In the Postest one more time the developer pills were used, and each child received a one chocolate medal. The results showed important reductions in the level of plaque in everyone of children, likewise the study demonstrated as the behavioral techniques are useful for training selfcare behaviors as the washing dental and need to have objective measures of behavior to observer, isn't sufficient to register occurrence or non occurrence of behavior, the level of plaque result a good measure.
 
46. Repeated Acquisition of Behavioral Chains: An Operant Method for Assessing Learning in Adults with Attention-Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
EMILY BRANDA (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee), Marshall L. Dermer (University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee)
Abstract: This study investigated whether a repeated acquisition of behavioral chains task (CHAINS; Dermer & Dermer, 2000) was sensitive to adults diagnosed with attention-deficit hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) taking either their effective dose of Adderall or placebo. In this double-blind study, two women (aged 19 and 21) diagnosed with ADHD participated. These participants were alternately treated with Adderall or placebo 90 min before they used CHAINS. Over 19 days, participants completed CHAINS in a sound-attenuated booth. CHAINS was presented via computer and required learning sequences of numbers during two alternating components: performance and acquisition. During a performance component, the numerical keys and order remained constant throughout a session, and from session to session. During an acquisition component, the numerical keys and order remained constant throughout a session but changed from session to session. Results of this single-subject design indicate differentiation between Adderall and placebo. Both participants completed more net correct responses and had less relative errors during performance components after taking Adderall compared to placebo. These results indicate CHAINS being sensitive to adults with ADHD taking their effective dose of medication or placebo. Results are discussed in terms of using CHAINS as a method of assessing learning in people with ADHD.
 
47. Sleep Hygiene: An Overlooked but Powerful Establishing Operation Intervention
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
JASON T. CAVIN (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Jamie M. Logan (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Jerre R. Brimer (The Learning Tree, Inc.), Robert W. Montgomery (Reinforcement Unlimited LLC)
Abstract: Sleep hygiene is an often overlooked establishing operation intervention. The purpose of this presentation is to illustrate the effects of poor sleep hygiene on maladaptive behavior. Research suggests excessive daytime sleepiness plays a contributing role in the rates of maladaptive behaviors exhibited by individuals with developmental disabilities, as well as individuals in the general population. An overview of sleep hygiene will be delivered, as well as our research findings, the use of sleep hygiene interventions with dually diagnosed individuals, current applications of behavioral sleep interventions, and trends in data.
 
48. Treating Speech Disorders in Individuals with Traumatic Brain Injury
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL DAVID WESOLOWSKI (Department of Children and Family Services), Arnie Zencius (Devereux Cleo Wallace)
Abstract: The participants in these investigations both incurred traumatic brain injuries within a year of this investigation. Through casual observation and formal speech evaluations, it was noted that the first participant had severely impaired word retrieval skills (i.e. anomia). Formal speech evaluations and observations noted that participant #2 had great difficulty verbally expressing himself (i.e. expressive aphasia). Investigation #1 evaluated the effects of systematic response prompting on the frequency of correct verbal responses. Systematic response prompting consisted of providing phonic prompts and forced choice options while pairing these prompts with flashcards. Pictures of foods, places, and objects appeared on flashcards and were shown to the participant one at a time. A multiple basline design across verbal responses was used to demonstrate experimental control. Results demonstrated that systematic response prompting resulted in a great increase in correct verbal responding. Investigation #2 evaluated the effects of stimulus flashcards on the frequency correct verbal responses. Orientation questions were presented verbally and in written format to the participant. Following this presentation, the primary trainer presented an additional 3 flashcards with 3 different responses to the orientation question. A multiple baseline design across verbal response was used to demonstrate experimental control. Results of this investigation demonstrated that the use of flashcards was effective in increasing the frequency of correct verbal responses to daily orientation questions.
 
49. Relations Between Analogue Parent Observations and Parent Ratings of Child Behavior
Area: CBM; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHEN D. A. HUPP (Southern Illinois University Edwardsville), David Reitman (Nova Southeastern University), Briana Lubin (Nova Southeastern University), Manuela Villa (Nova Southeastern University), Beth Zeldis (Nova Southeastern University)
Abstract: Roberts (2001) has suggested that existing direct observations are psychometrically underdeveloped and that most direct observation methods have limited or no data regarding convergent validity with questionnaires, test-retest reliability, normative information, and clinical utility. The Parent Instruction-Giving Game with Youngsters (PIGGY) was developed to provide a structured observations of parent-child interactions. Every 35 seconds, a tape-recorded voice instructs parents to give an instruction to the child using a picture of the task to be completed, so that parents are more likely to speak commands as they normally would. Data collected from 28 parent-child pairs in a Head Start population (children ages 3 to 5) indicated that the PIGGY is reliable (86 to 96% agreement), but also revealed that the PIGGY codes (r=.45) were more highly related to parent ratings of child behavior problems than observations derived from a clean-up task alone (r=.36). Moreover, in both tasks, observational variables concerned with overreactive parenting seemed to be most highly related to parent ratings of child behavior. Also related to ratings of child behavior problems were positively valenced affective codes such as parent laughter (-.37) and the praise (r=-.38). Child "smart talk" (r=.36) was also significantly related to parent ratings of child behavior.
 
 
 
Poster Session #258
#258 Poster Session – DDA
Sunday, May 30, 2004
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes)
50. Increasing Appropriate Behaviors in an 8 year-old Female Diagnosed with Angelman's Syndrome
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
STEPHANIE L. MILES (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Torri Smith Tejral (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract: Angelman's Syndrome is a genetic disorder associated with a deletion on Chromosome 15. There are several behavioral excesses and deficits that occur in individuals with Angelman's Syndrome (Summers, Lynch, Harris, and Burke, 1992). In this particular study, an 8 year-old female with Angleman's Syndrome was exhibiting severe aggressive and noncompliant behaviors to the point where they were interfering with her occupational, physical, and speech therapy sessions, as well as her school performance. Training all of the professionals involved with this case on how to implement appropriate behavioral strategies such as applying positive reinforcement contingent upon appropriate behaviors, and applying extinction or time-out procedures contingent upon inappropriate behaviors was found to be significantly effective in increasing compliant and non-aggressive behaviors in all settings.
 
51. Teaching Postpositional Particle in Written Japanese to a Child with Down syndrome
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
NAOHIRO KANEKO (Shiraume Gakuen College, Japan)
Abstract: The child with Down syndrome has diffculty in use of postpositional particle in written Japanese but not in oral communication. Trainer used word cards and postpositional particle cards to match the spearch sound and the written sentence. The child has been able to use postpositional particle in written Japanese.
 
52. Unit Price Analysis of Responding during a Self-control Paradigm
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TRACY L. KETTERING (Marcus Autism Center), Henry S. Roane (Marcus Autism Center), Terry S. Falcomata (Marcus Autism Center), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: Several recent studies have examined the methods necessary to increase tolerance to long reinforcement delays (i.e., self-control). Much of this research has been conducted with concurrent operants arrangements in which a choice is presented between a small, immediate reinforcer (e.g., 2-s delay for 1 M&Ms; impulsive option) and a larger, delayed reinforcer (e.g., 5-s delay for 2 M&Ms; self-control option). Results have generally shown the tendency for individuals to engage in impulsive behavior. However, responding toward the impulsive option may represent a more “economical” choice in response allocation. That is, in most investigations, the ratio of delay to amount of reinforcement earned (i.e., the unit price) generally favors impulsive responding (e.g., 2:1 vs 2.5:1 in the above example). In the current investigation, we used concurrent arrangements in which the unit price of the response alternatives was systematically altered to favor either impulsive responding, self control responding, or to be equivalent for both options. Results showed that responding was influenced by unit price, such that the participant would engage in “self control” responding without being specifically taught to do so. Results are discussed in terms of the relative effects of unit price and reinforcer magnitude on responding during self-control arrangements.
 
53. Automatic Reinforcement as a Maintaining Variable for Aggression
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JAYME MEWS (The University of Iowa), Joel Eric Ringdahl (The University of Iowa), Eric Boelter (The University of Iowa), Nathan Call (Marcus Autism Center), Tory J. Christensen (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Previous studies have suggested that aggressive behavior is typically maintained by variables in the social environment (e.g., attention from care providers or escape from nonpreferred tasks). In our study, a functional analysis was conducted for several individuals to identify reinforcers maintaining severe aggression. Results of the initial functional analysis indicated that participants were likely to engage in aggression during both social and non-social conditions within the functional analysis. That is, the results were inconclusive with respect to identifying a social function. Following the initial functional analysis, subsequent assessment for each participant was conducted using varying designs including: extended ignore analysis and pairwise analysis. Results suggested that, for some individuals, aggressive behavior may be maintained by automatic reinforcement. Interobserver agreement was collected for at least twenty percent of the sessions for each participant with no less than ninety percent agreement.
 
54. An Evaluation of Two Methods for Presenting New Foods to Children Exhibiting Food Selectivity
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ANNMARIE MARANDO (St. Joseph's Children's Hospital), Merrill J. Berkowitz (St. Joseph's Children's Hospital), Paula Tokar (St. Joseph's Children's Hospital), Ines Huggle (St. Joseph's Children's Hospital), Manuel Aguda (St. Joseph's Children's Hospital)
Abstract: Research has examined the rate of acquisition of unknown items when varying ratios of known to unknown items are presented. This research has indicated that when a higher percentage of unknown items are presented, acquisition to these items will occur at a higher rate (Roberts and Shapiro, 1996). The current study examines the rate of acquisition towards the consumption of new or unknown food items when two ratios (i.e., 50:50 and 100:0) of unknown to known food items are presented to children exhibiting food selectivity. Two children admitted to an intensive day treatment program for the assessment and treatment of food selectivity participated in the current study. A food preference assessment (Fisher et al., 1992) was conducted at the beginning of the admission to determine each participant’s preferred or known food items and non-preferred or unknown items. Using a multielement design, the rates of acquisition with acceptance and consumption of new items were evaluated. Escape extinction and differential reinforcement were required with each participant. Preliminary results indicate that acquisition was faster under the higher ratio of unknown to known food items. Implications of the study’s results are discussed.
 
55. A Functional Analysis of Disrobing
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
AIMEE E. HOLSTE (Bancroft NeuroHealth), April S. Worsdell (Bancroft NeuroHealth)
Abstract: Functional analyses often are conducted to identify the variables maintaining problem behavior. During the majority of functional analyses, there are unlimited opportunities for an individual to engage in the targeted problem behavior. In the case of disrobing, the opportunity to engage in the behavior is restricted after one occurrence (i.e., disrobing cannot continue to occur if all clothing has been removed). The present study was conducted to determine the function of disrobing in a twelve-year old child with autism. No interaction, attention, toy play, and demand conditions were assessed. In order to provide multiple opportunities to disrobe, the therapist replaced an article of clothing on a fixed-time schedule across all conditions. During 20% of sessions, interobserver agreement data were collected. The mean agreement for all behaviors was 100%. Results of the functional analysis showed that disrobing was maintained by negative reinforcement (escape from demands).
 
56. An Assessment of Treatment Components Across Home, Clinic, and Community Settings using Brief Functional Analysis Methodology
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREW W. GARDNER (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Rebeca Grinstead (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Many professionals are time limited in clinic, home, and school settings therefore finding brief functional analyses (BFA) appropriate, useful, and effective. BFA methodology provides the means to use modified and tightly controlled experimental procedures to meet the pragmatic limitations of an outpatient clinic setting (Wacker & Steege, 1993). Previous investigations have demonstrated that it is possible to use BFA’s in order to evaluate antecedents and consequences maintaining appropriate and aberrant behavior (Wacker, et al., 1990; Cooper et al. 1992; Harding et al., 1994). The current study evaluated the effectiveness of the treatment components for aggressive behavior with an 11 year-old Hispanic boy diagnosed with a seizure disorder and moderate mental retardation. The child had a previous inpatient hospitalization with follow up services provided through an outpatient clinic. A functional assessment of aggression and a treatment component analysis were conducted across an outpatient clinic and home settings using brief functional analysis methodology. The treatments were probed individually and new components compared. Those components which provided the lowest percentages of aggression were practiced and generalized across clinic, home and community settings. The child’s mother acted as therapist across all conditions. Reliability data were collected for 86% of the sessions averaging 70%.
 
57. A Parent Implemented Behavior Program to Decrease Disruptive Behaviors
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DANIEL W. SMITH (Capitol Region Education Council)
Abstract: A habit reversal procedure similar to Woods, et al (1996) was applied to four disruptive behaviors with an adolescent with developmental disabilities in a home setting. Four intervention phases were applied sequentially by the participant’s mother over 10 mos. The frequency of disruptive behaviors was recorded. Phase one consisted of awareness training in which the target behaviors were labeled as they occurred. Phase two consisted of awareness training plus self-monitoring. In phase three, a DRL with a changing criterion was used. Phase four consisted of maintenance of the previous procedures plus response cost. During baseline, the combined mean rate of insults complaining invading personal space and non-compliance was 20.4 responses per day. During Phase one the combined mean rate was 24.6 responses per day. The combined mean rate during phase two was 18.2 responses per day. During phase 3 the combined mean rate was 4.5 responses per day. In the final phase, the combined mean rate was 1.6 responses per day.
 
58. Increasing the Effectiveness of Goal Setting Using Performance Management
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ASHTON J. ROBINSON (Southern Illinois University), Kenneth W. Wilson (Southern Illinois University), Susan A. Parker-Singler (Southern Illinois University), James L. Soldner (Southern Illinois University), Stacey L. Small (Southern Illinois University), John M. Guercio (Center for Comprehensive Services), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: This study utilized a behavioral skills training approach to increase staff and participant’s knowledge and completion of objective goal setting. In the present study, individuals with acquired brain injury participated in a weekly team meeting in which they set goals, and a second weekly meeting where they received feedback on their performance on those goals. During baseline participants received limited instruction and reinforcement for attending groups, setting objective goals, or meeting those goals. Results during baseline showed low attendance at group contracting sessions and poor performance on setting and attaining objective goals. The treatment protocol increased the quality and completion of goals for many of the participants involved. These data suggest that a relatively easy to implement goal setting program can improve the frequency of attendance in clinical sessions and also improve rehabilitation for persons with traumatic brain injury.
 
59. Impact of Environmental Factors on Children with Developmental Disability-Testing Transaction Model
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
YOUNG SOOK CHUNG (Daegu University, South Korea), In Soo Cho (Daegu University, South Korea), Chi Youn Yoon (Choon Hae University), Heung Shin Jin (Daegu University, South Korea)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to identify potential risk dimensions for children with developmental delay or at-risk children and to test transactional model, taking the role of environment in affecting the development of children into account. This study assumes that children's developmental outcomes are a product of the combination of an individual and his or her experience. Also, the development of children is regarded as a product of the continuous interactions of the children and the experience provided the family and social context. Data were factor analyzed, and the results revealed four different risk dimension types : impulse-aggressive, physical-immature, cognitive-immature, social- immature dimension. Applying structural equations for the causes of the endogenous variables (i. e., children's developmental delay, parent's anxiety, children's difficult temperament, parent's avoidance, and children's potential risk dimensions) hypothesized transactional model in this study was proved, implying that children's developmental delay or outcome was neither a function of the initial state of the children alone nor of the initial state of the environment alone. Similarities and differences in risk dimension types are discussed, and implications for children as well as family welfare policies are provided.
 
60. Comparison of Three Methods of Preference Testing in People with Profound Multiple Impairments
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
MURIEL D. SAUNDERS (University of Kansas), Richard R. Saunders (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Three methods for testing preferences of people with very limited motor movements and no formal communication skills were examined. An interface enabled operation of leisure devices via an adaptive switch. The interface also enabled two different switch-closure consequences: (a) switch closures Activated a device or (b) switch closures Deactivated a device that was already operating. Relative preference for two devices was tested in 45-min sessions in 10 adults. First, each session tested a single device, with devices alternated across 6 sessions with consequence (a): Activation by switch closure. Next, each session tested a single device, with devices alternated across 6 sessions with consequence (b): Deactivation by switch closure. Thirdly, in a Two-Choice Method, both devices were present each session. On odd numbered days, a switch closure Deactivated Device 2 and Activated Device 1; releasing the switch reversed that change. On even-numbered days, a switch closure Deactivated Device 1 and Activated Device 2. Results from the Two-Choice Method indicated that 6 individuals showed a preference for one item over the other, 1 showed a preference for controlling both devices, and 2 showed no preference. Also, the Two-Choice Method showed more preference differentiation than either of the other methods.
 
61. Assessment to Reduce Tics by Delivering High Rates of Conversation during High Preference and Low Preference Tasks
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTOPHER M. MASTERSON (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Christine Horvath (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Michael Jordan (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Deborah A. Napolitano (Bancroft NeuroHealth)
Abstract: Persons with Tourette’s syndrome often display repetitive movements such as tics. When severe, tics can interfere with a person’s ability to function independently. Therefore, identifying the operant function of a person’s tics might be beneficial to the development of an effective treatment. An initial functional analysis conducted with a 16-year-old female diagnosed with Tourette’s syndrome and mild MR suggested that her tics were maintained by automatic reinforcement. However, anecdotal observations suggested that the participant might engage in a lower rate of tics when engaged in conversations about preferred topics and a higher rate of tics when prompted to complete demands. Based on these observations, we evaluated four conditions: a) demands using high-preference activities with high social attention, b) demands using high-preference activities with low social attention, c) demands using low-preference activities with high social attention, and d) demands using low-preference activities with low social attention. We also included an alone condition for comparison. Results indicated that the participant engaged in lower rates of tics when high social attention was provided and the participant was prompted to complete either high or low preference demands. Interobserver agreement was collected for over 25 % of sessions, and averaged at least 80 %.
 
62. Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior in Children with Traumatic Brain Injury
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
KYLIE LARSEN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), SungWoo Kahng (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Susan R. Miller (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Christie Fyffe-Zawisza (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The importance of a treatment that targets behavioral function has been demonstrated in the research literature as well as applied settings (Iwata et al., 1994). Functional analyses of problem behavior have been effective in identification of variables likely to maintain problem behaviors in a variety of settings such as residential centers, outpatient clinics, hospitals, classrooms, and homes. Furthermore, this technology has been used in the evaluation of problem behavior displayed by individuals from a variety of populations such as individuals with developmental disabilities, typically developing children, and individuals with schizophrenia. The present study extends the functional analytic technology to problem behavior displayed by individuals with traumatic brain injuries (TBI). Three children participated in this study during the course of their admission to an inpatient unit for children with severe behavior disorders. Participants were admitted for the evaluation and treatment of aggressive and disruptive behaviors and all were between the ages of 9 and 11. A functional analysis (Iwata, Dorsey, Slifer, Bauman & Richman, 1982/1994) was conducted on each participant’s problem behaviors during 10-20 minute sessions using a multi-element experimental design. Differentiated rates of responding were observed for all participants, suggesting that this technology is effective in identifying the variables that maintain problem behavior displayed by individuals with TBI.
 
63. Comparing Moderate-to-Lean and Dense-to-Lean Schedules of Reinforcement
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
TRACI M. BROWN (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jennifer Lynne Bruzek (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Meghan Moore (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: The majority of studies on behavior reduction interventions using Functional Communication Training (FCT) have not included schedule thinning for communication. In the current investigation, which utilized an ABAB reversal design, extinction plus FCT on an FR1 schedule was successful in reducing the problem behavior of a 9-year-old girl diagnosed with moderate mental retardation. Next, schedule thinning was initiated to make the treatment more feasible in the natural environment. Two alternative reinforcement schedules were compared using a multielement design; 1) a “dense-to-lean” (DTL) schedule, wherein reinforcement was initially delivered on a dense schedule followed by schedule thinning to a progressively leaner schedule, and 2) a “moderate-to-lean” (MTL) schedule, wherein progressively larger jumps were made in thinning the reinforcement schedule. Two observers collected data for 39% of sessions yielding an exact agreement co-efficient of 94%. Results demonstrated that the terminal goal was reached more rapidly using the MTL schedule, suggesting the utility of using relatively lean schedules of reinforcement at the onset of treatment.
 
64. Evaluating the Reductive Effects of a Discriminative Stimulus, FCT, Competing Items, and Extinction on Aggressive and Ritualistic Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER LYNNE BRUZEK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lynn G. Bowman (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Kimberly Seckinger (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The essential features of Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder (OCD) are recurrent obsessions or compulsions that are severe enough to be time consuming (i.e., they take more than 1 hour a day) or cause marked distress or significant impairment (DSM –IV, 1994). The ritualistic behaviors of individuals diagnosed with OCD can severely impair their ability to participate in daily life activities. In the current investigation, we evaluated the reductive effects of a discriminative stimulus, competing items, functional communication, and extinction on the ritualistic and aggressive behavior of an 11-year-old male diagnosed with OCD and Autistic Disorder. Following an assessment that indicated the participant engaged in aggressive behavior as a means of gaining access to ritualistic behavior, a treatment consisting of competing items plus extinction was introduced. However, due to clinically insignificant reductions, FCT and a discriminative stimulus, which indicated when the participant would be permitted to engage in rituals and when rituals would be blocked, were added to the treatment using an ABAB design. Results indicated that allowing the participant to request for access to rituals and indicating when that was appropriate, in addition to competing items and extinction, was successful in reducing the aggressive behavior. Reliability data were collected during 51% of sessions yielding an exact agreement coefficient of 98.9%.
 
65. Evaluation of Sleep Patterns Among Community-Living Adults with Mental Retardation
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTINE M. MAGEE (The May Institute), James M. Sperry (The May Institute), Shawn Parker (The May Institute), James K. Luiselli (The May Institute)
Abstract: This paper is a descriptive analysis of the sleep patterns of 59 adults (48 male and 11 female) all diagnosed with Mental Retardation in the mild to profound range. Data was collected in 16 community based residences using a data collection sheet that required observation of the participants at half hour intervals between the hours of 7:00 PM and 7:00 AM. Participants were recorded as asleep, awake, awake and disruptive, or up and using the bathroom. Results indicate that the participants averaged 7.91 hours of sleep per night and inter-observer agreement was at 100%. Participants were recorded an average of 3.63 hours awake, 5.97 hours awake and disruptive, and 0.51 hours up and using the bathroom. Grouped data indicates that 3.3% of participants averaged 0-4 hours of sleep per night, 15.3% averaged 5-6 hours, and 81.3% averaged 7+ hours of sleep.
 
66. Using a Fruit Chaser to Reduce Packing
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT-RYAN S. PABICO (Marcus Autism Center), Cathleen C. Piazza (Marcus Autism Center), Meeta R. Patel (Marcus Autism Center), Gregory K. Reed (Marcus Autism Center), James W. Moore (Marcus Autism Center), Melanie H. Bachmeyer (Marcus Autism Center), Stephanie D. Bethke (Marcus Autism Center), Stacy A. Layer (Marcus Autism Center)
Abstract: The current study assessed the effects of presenting a bite of pureed fruit (fruit chaser) following the occurrence of packing (pocketing and holding accepted food in the mouth) with 2 participants diagnosed with a pediatric feeding disorder. Packing was associated with insufficient caloric intake, resulting in inadequate weight gain for both participants. We used an ABAB reversal design with one participant and a multiple baseline across food items with the second participant. Two independent observers achieved over 93% agreement on approximately 25% (participant one) and 30% (participant two) of these sessions. High-levels of packing were observed in baseline. Presentation of the fruit chaser was associated with reduced levels of packing for both participants. In addition, the introduction of the fruit chaser was also associated with increased gram intake for both participants relative to baseline. The results are discussed in terms of the potential mechanism(s) by which the fruit chaser was effective in reducing packing and increasing gram intake.
 
67. Contingent and Background Attention for Compliance of Preterm Children with Low Birth Weight: A Descriptive Analysis
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER R. THORSTEINSSON (University of Manitoba), Sabrina M. Berry (University of Manitoba), Dickie C. T. Yu (University of Manitoba), Kirsten M. Wirth (University of Manitoba), Kerri L. Walters (University of Manitoba), Garry L. Martin (University of Manitoba), Andrea Marchylo (University of Manitoba)
Abstract: This study used the descriptive analysis method proposed by Vollmer, Borrero, Wright, Camp, and Lalli (2001) to analyze parent instructions, child compliance, positive attention, and background positive attention for five 2-year-old preterm children with low birth weight. Data obtained from videotapes of parent-child interactions showed a high rate of instructions and requests (mean = 4.06/min) and a low rate of (mean = .42 per instruction/request). Parents provided significantly mo re direct instructions (mean = 2.88/min) than requests (mean = 1.18/min). As expected, compliance was more likely following direct instructions (mean = .49) than requests (mean = .42), although this difference was not statistically significant. The average probability of positive attention for compliance to all instructions and requests was .73 and was not significantly different from the background probability of positive attention of .91. The results suggest that rate of compliance was adversely affected by high rates of instructions and a lack of differential consequences for compliance. Interobserver reliability averaged 96% (range, 80%-100%) for requests, instructions, compliance, and positive attention.
 
68. An Evaluation of State-funded ABA Services Provided to Children Under Age Three
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
JESSICA A. ROYER (Partners in Behavioral Milestones, Inc.), Enedelia A. Sanner (Partners in Behavioral Milestones, Inc.)
Abstract: We evaluated the model of ABA service delivery under Part C state funding in the state of Missouri. This included children ages birth to three identified by the state with various developmental disabilities such as autism, pervasive developmental disability not otherwise specified, speech delays, feeding disorders, etc. As part of an inter-disciplinary team, which included Behavior Analysts, Speech-Language Pathologists, Occupational Therapists, Special Education Teachers, and Physical therapists, we delivered ABA services to children in homes, day care, and in specialized care centers. Each child’s individualized program was solely state funded with limited hours provided in each respective discipline. A description of services as well as a sampling of data for individual clients will be presented.
 
69. Assessment and Treatment in a School Setting
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
DEBORAH L. BORDEN-KARASACK (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Julia T. O'Connor (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Gregory Breznican (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Standard analogue functional analysis procedures used to assess the environmental events that maintain problem behavior (Iwata, et. al, 1994) are often completed in structured, clinical settings vs. natural settings. However, it may not always be possible to replicate naturally occurring events in the clinic (Northrup, et. al, 1994). In this study, a 6 year old boy who reportedly exhibited no problem behaviors at home, but exhibited severe aggression and property destruction in the classroom participated in an experimental functional analysis in his school. Outpatient behavior therapists completed the functional assessment during weekly visits over a 4-week period. The results of the functional assessment showed clear tangible and social attention functions. Inter-rater reliability was completed 25% of the sessions with an average agreement of 92%. These results suggest that when differential reporting of problem behaviors is evident a functional analysis in a natural setting can indicate the maintaining environmental events. Further implications of the value of completing standard functional assessments in the natural setting are discussed.
 
70. Concurrent Variable Interval Schedules and the Functional Analysis of Problem Behavior
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
ELIZABETH GIBBONS (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Sheri A. Felice (Bancroft NeuroHealth), James J. Dunleavy (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Patrick R. Progar (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Frances A. Perrin (Bancroft NeuroHealth), Michael C. Davison (The University of Auckland, New Zealand)
Abstract: The present study adapted the use of a pseudorandom binary sequence (PRBS) from basic research findings to an applied setting. The study examined the influence of both proximal contingencies (i.e., those in effect today) and distal contingencies (i.e., those in effect on previous days). The participant was an 18-year old male diagnosed with Down Syndrome. Appropriate and inappropriate behavior were reinforced for 31 sessions in a pseudorandom fashion between concurrent variable interval 15-s variable interval 60-s schedules and concurrent variable interval 60-s variable interval 15-s schedules, followed by 10 sessions conducted on a concurrent variable interval 15-s variable interval 15-s schedule. Interobserver data were collected during 27 of 41 sessions with an average total agreement of 98.14%. The results indicated that proximal (i.e., current) contingencies exerted almost exclusive control over the behavior of the individual. Additionally, the participant displayed a bias toward appropriate behavior. These results suggest that if problem behavior were accidentally reinforced in the future, it would be likely that this individual would continue to engage in appropriate behavior. If a treatment fails in a less restrictive setting, it may be important to assess the degree to which reinforcing inappropriate behavior on an intermittent schedule affects appropriate behavior.
 
71. Treatment of Problem Behavior Using Functional Communication Training: Generalization Across Functions and Caregivers
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
SCOTT BRAUD (Louisiana Center for Excellence in Autism), Patricia F. Kurtz (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Research has demonstrated the effectiveness of functional communication training (FCT) in reducing problem behavior when coupled with extinction. The generalization of those effects to new individuals, settings, and behaviors has also been demonstrated (Derby et al., 1997; Durand & Carr, 1991, 1992; Hagopian et al., 1998); however, few studies have examined the parameters surrounding generalization. The purpose of the current study was to examine the generalization of (1) FCT + Extinction treatment effects and (2) functional communicative responding across caregivers and functions. The problem behavior of a 2-year-old boy was assessed using an analogue functional analysis conducted with two caregivers. Results of the functional analysis suggested that problem behavior was maintained by access to attention and tangible items with both caregivers. FCT + Extinction was implemented using a multiple baseline design across caregivers and functions. The intervention resulted in a 98% decrease in problem behavior and an increase in functional communicative responding. Reliability data were collected on 67% of sessions with a mean reliability coefficient of 94.09. During treatment, instances of stimulus and response generalization were observed. The results are discussed in terms of the strategies used to promote the generalization of treatment effects and communicative responding.
 
72. Improving Staff Interactions with Adults with Dual Diagnoses
Area: DDA; Domain: Applied Research
LORI L. FINN (The League Treatment Center), Alan W. Fried (The League Treatment Center), Claire L. Poulson (Queens College and The Graduate Center, City University of New York)
Abstract: Research has demonstrated the importance of training staff members working with individuals with developmental disabilities to interact with them frequently and to maintain high rates of positive interactions. This study used components of a training program investigated by Schepis and Reid (1994) to train paraprofessional staff who work with adults dually diagnosed with mental retardation and psychiatric disorders in a day treatment facility. The complete program used in this study included a brief in-service training, after which staff members created their own performance goals. A series of observation sessions was then conducted, followed by verbal and written feedback of staff performance. The results of this multiple-baseline-across-subjects study indicated that all staff members who participated in the complete training program increased the frequency of their interactions with consumers as well as the ratio of positive to non-positive statements made to consumers. Frequency of interactions increased from a mean of 10.6 per five-minute interval during baseline to a mean of 22.3 during treatment. Further, subjects exhibited a mean of 2.3 positive statements and 7.0 non-positive statements per five-minute observation session during baseline and a mean of 10.9 positive and 5.9 non-positive statements during treatment.
 
 
 
Poster Session #259
#259 Poster Session – DEV
Sunday, May 30, 2004
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes)
73. Computer Assessment of Overselective Visual Attention in Six-Year and Nine-Year Old Boys
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
NANCY H. HUGUENIN (Behavior Analysis & Technology, Inc.)
Abstract: Overselective attention interferes with a child’s learning and development. Although overselective attention is frequently reported in students with developmental disabilities, it has typically not been observed in children of normal development. Training compounds composed of letters and symbols and all letters were administered to see if overselective attention occurred for nondisabled children when more complex stimuli were presented. Two stimulus-control testing procedures, administered with computer touch-screen technology, assessed how the children attended to stimulus compounds when conditional-discrimination tasks requiring simultaneous attention to multiple cues were provided. In addition, four young boys and three older boys were given the same conditional discriminations to assess overselective attention in different age groups. Overselective attention occurred in the young boys and persisted despite extended training although extending training did eventually teach them to attend simultaneously to two stimulus elements. These findings indicate overselective attention is not only found in students with developmental disabilities but also occurs in children of normal development. Restricted attention in young boys appears to be temporary however, because when the same conditional discriminations were presented to older boys, overselective attention was not observed. In contracted, restricted attention in children with developmental disabilities is often chronic and doesn’t diminish as the child develops. It may not be the presence of overselective attention but how long it persists that distinguishes children with developmental disabilities.
 
74. 'Maternally-Provided Consequences May Determine the "Fear-of-Strangers" Phenomenon
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
KERRIE L. LUM LOCK (Florida International University), Jacob L. Gewirtz (Florida International University), Martha Pelaez (Florida International University)
Abstract: The infant "fear-of-strangers" phenomenon was explored experimentally from a learning perspective. The notion was examined that approach to, and avoidance of, strangers may be prompted by antecedent cues and shaped and maintained (i.e., reinforced) by contingent attention provided by the parent. Six, 8- to 10-month-old infants participated in a four-phase single-subject ABAB design involving: (A1) base level; (B1) and (B2) parent attention provided contingent on each infant approach to the stranger; and (A2) parent attention provided contingent on each infant avoidance of the stranger. The base level phase assessed the infant's initial rate of approach to the stranger in the absence of parent-provided cues or contingent stimuli. Parent behavior was controlled via earphone instructions. The approach and avoidance data patterns from the fants across the four experimental phases of the design indicate that the differential responses of the caregiver function as cues and reinforcing contingencies for the infant's approach ad avoidance behavior in the presence of strangers. In life settings, such parental stimuli may be provided inadvertently, and may be one reason infants manifest a pattern of avoidance or escape behaviors denoting a "fear-of-strangers." Pearson Product Moment Correlations were computed for all infants on 50% of the total data randomly selected. The overall r value between two independent observers across all infants and phases was 0.96.
 
75. Children's Preference for Delayed Rewards Increases with Age
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
MARGUERITE L. HOERGER (University of Wales, Bangor)
Abstract: Self-control is traditionally defined as a preference for larger, delayed rewards over smaller immediate rewards. The current study was designed to test if children’s self-control increases with age and if they are sensitive to reinforcer delay and amount. Children age 4-, 6-, and 8-years-old participated in the experiment. On a computerised test they chose to receive 1 reward after a 2s delay, or 3 rewards after delays of 30-, 60-, or 120s. Each child participated in 3 levels of delay. The data revealed that the older children chose the larger, delayed rewards more often than the younger children, and the children chose the larger delayed option more frequently when the delays was 30s, less at 60s, and least often when the delay was 120s. The data will be reported as both as group means and as individual data points.
 
76. Analysis of Mother-Child Socio-Linguistic Interaction Patterns Using a Multidimensional Observational System
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
CARMEN QUINTANA (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Emilio Ribes Inesta (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Jazmin Carvajal (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Laura Correa Patiño (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Edgar Eduardo Montes Castro (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Nora Rangel (University of Guadalajara, Mexico)
Abstract: Preliminary data on the observation of development of mother-child interactions are presented. A 3-month-old baby and his mother were filmed in four situations: bath, feeding, diaper change, and play. A sample of each situation was analyzed with a categorical system developed to observe patterns of linguistic interactions and their relations with specific settings. We discuss the usefulness of the system in identifying specific patterns of linguistic interactions for each situation and the relationship of those patterns with the acquisition of cognitive and social skills.
 
77. Delayed Matching-to-Sample Performance Across the Lifespan: Effects on Accuracy and Latency
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
EUNICE G.S. GARDNER (University of Arkansas, Little Rock), John J. Chelonis (University of Arkansas, Little Rock), John Dornhoffer (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Victor Henderson (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), John Hart (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Donna J. Blake (University of Arkansas for Medical Sciences), Merle G. Paule (National Center for Toxicological Research)
Abstract: Previous research in children has found that accuracy on a short-term memory task increases with age while response latency decreases. The present study extends this research by comparing accuracy and response latencies on a delayed matching-to-sample (DMTS) task across the entire human lifespan. The groups used were 5-7 years of age (n=307), 10-12 years of age (n=165), 18-45 years of age (n=75), and greater than 55 years of age (n=15). For this task one of seven possible stimuli was presented on each trial, followed by a delay of 1, 2, 4, 8, 16 or 32 s. Participants had to press the initial stimulus and then, following the delay, choose the previously viewed stimulus from three different stimuli. Adults between the ages of 18-45 years exhibited the greatest accuracy and shortest response latencies. Children 5-7 years of age were least accurate and exhibited the longest response latencies. Adults greater than 55 years of age were similar to children 10-12 years of age on both accuracy and response latency. Results indicate that, on a short-term memory task, accuracy continues to increase and latency decrease until middle adulthood and return to levels resembling those in late childhood at older age.
 
78. Maternal and Infantile Skills Involved in the Acquisition and Development of the Language
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
CECILIA MAGDALENA MOLINA LPEZ (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Coral Melgarejo Nassar (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Florente Lopez Rodriguez (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: The porpuse of the present study was to identify and to analyze statistically the maternal and infantile skills which are involved in the language development of normal children and those who have language problems with or without family background. Video tape recordings were done to 11 dyad mother-child, in a cubicle at the Training and Special Education Center from the Veracruzana University in Córdoba, Veracruz. To analyze the data, an observational design with direct measuring was used (Beckeman y Gottman, 1989). Based on the results, a catalog of maternal and infantile behaviors was identified. In the group three, the mothers of children with language problems who have any familiar background, the frequencies were distributed among all the categories, indicating, thereby, a larger variability in comparison with the other groups, using more frequently, the category “Management of Contingencies”. The statistical analysis of the X2, allowed to identify that the maternal and infantile categories are not independent among them, they are associated to the group of reference. As a result, it can be stated that the structure of interaction mother-child in the groups is liable to a saturated model which indicates that each group has its own structure of interaction.
 
79. Programmed Teaching in Mathematics for Elementary School Students
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
MARTIN ORTIZ BENO (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Marco Wilfredo Salas-Martinez (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Esperanza Ferrant Jimenez (University of Veracruz, Mexico)
Abstract: Learning deficiency in mathematics genders a high index of failure and has an impact in lack of interest and aversion of said subject. These difficulties are not only due to students but also to the inadequate teaching process. Thus the purpose of this investigation consisted in evaluating the effect of the following factors: a) A program of basic concepts in mathematics through a Program Instruction method. b) Lecture. c) Programmed Instruction method plus lecture. d) Lecture plus programmed material on learning basic mathematics concepts, through a counterbalanced experimental design. The subjects of the investigation included four second grade elementary groups chosen at random. Materials used: 1) Mathematics second grade text book. 2) Second grade material in the Programmed Instruction method. 3) Pre and post-examination over basic concepts in mathematics before and after the school cycle. The results obtained allowed us to achieve the study’s objectives and illustrate the effectiveness of programmed instruction for teaching mathematic concepts.
 
80. Language Modes: Acquisition, Translativity and Intre-Modal Transfer
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
AGUSTIN DANIEL GOMEZ FUENTES (University of Veracruz, Mexico), Emilio Ribes Inesta (University of Guadalajara, Mexico)
Abstract: Language is an articulated system of social conventions related principally to speech though it can occur in some other dimensions. The appropriate combination of the modes of occurrence and reactive systems in which behavior takes place, gives us six language modes. The following pairs can be identified: gesturing, pointing out-observing, writing-reading and speaking-listening. The main purpose of this study is to analyze the initial acquisition, translativity and intramodal transference of problem solving behaviors in first and second-order matching to sample tasks through arbitrary matching. 48 experimentally unaware children participated in the experiment, aged 9 to 11, in the fourth grade the elementary school in the city of Xalapa, Veracruz, Mexico. A pre-test/ post-test design was applied, five training sessions and three transference tests for each language mode. The results suggest that in this experiment, the speaking mode was easier to acquire and that the translativity was greater from the speaking mode in relation to the pointing out and writing modes and also that the intramodal transference was greater in the pointing out mode when during the training the speaking and writing modes were used.
 
81. Organization of Social Preferences of Infants and Preschool Age Children: A Behavioral and Crossectional Study
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
MARIA CELIA A. ESPINOSA (National Autonomous University of Mexico), Carlos Santoyo (National Autonomous University of Mexico)
Abstract: This work deals with the behavioral development of social preferences in small and preeschool age children. An observational strategy was designed to the study of social interactions in situ of mexican children (1 to 5 years old). Behavioral-social preferences of 21 children of five diferent educational levels (toddlers a & b, preschool level a, b, & c) were assessed with a behavioral whole sampling of one hour in classroom and one hour in playground divided by 6 & 12 sessions of 10 & 5 minutes in classroom and playground, respectively. An observational and behavioral system of social interactions was used. Social- behavioral maps were obtained identifying social and functional behavioral indexes (social efectiveness, social responsiveness and reciprocity) which regulates social interactions and social preferences. Data shows behavioral preferences between children of different ages. Results are discussed based on the analysis of: social episodes, number of links, functional social indexes, and time allocation to partners. Developmental Implications of behavioral and social preferences are discussed.
 
82. Functional Analysis and Intervention of Illogical Vocalizations by Geriatric Patients with Dementia
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
JENNIFER DELANEY (Southern Illinois University), Scott Sanders (Southern Illinois University), Christine Halvey (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: Inappropriate vocalizations are commonly exhibited by dementia patients. Residents of long-term care nursing facilities are often given medication to deter such behavior, but these medications have numerous side effects. To combat the overmedication of elderly residents, a behavioral treatment involving both a functional analysis and noncontingent reinforcement could prove beneficial to long-term care facilities. The present study examined the function and treatment of inappropriate vocalizations of elderly dementia patients. The functional analysis sessions were carried out in hallways or lounge areas outside of the resident’s room. The four phases were alternated in a multi-element design. The results of a functional analysis indicated that inappropriate vocalizations are often maintained by social reinforcement reinforcement contingencies and could be managed through the implementation of a function-based treatment approach. However, vocal behaviors that were emitted at the highest frequency during “automatic/sensory” conditions appeared to also be somewhat modifiable through socially mediated functional interventions. Results indicated that noncontingent attention is often effective in reducing inappropriate vocalizations, often even for “automatically reinforced” behaviors, and can also lead to an increase in appropriate vocalizations. This study has added to the increasing literature on the use of both functional analysis and noncontingent reinforcement for the assessment and treatment of inappropriate vocalizations. The use of these assessment techniques may be beneficial to long-term care providers in treating problem behavior often thought to be a simple byproduct of dementia.
 
 
 
Poster Session #260
#260 Int'l Poster Session - EAB
Sunday, May 30, 2004
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes)
83. Taste Avoidance Induced Wheel Running: Effects of Backward Pairings and Robustness of CTA
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
SARAH JEANNE SALVY (University of Toronto), W. David Pierce (University of Alberta), Donald C. Heth (University of Alberta), James C. Russell (University of Alberta)
Abstract: Rats repeatedly exposed to a distinctive novel solution (conditioned stimulus, CS) followed by the opportunity to run in a wheel subsequently drink less of this solution. Investigations on this phenomenon indicate that wheel running is an effective unconditioned stimulus (US) for establishing conditioned taste aversion when pairings are forward (i.e., CS-taste followed by the US-wheel running). However, other studies show that wheel running produces reliable preference for a distinctive place when pairings are backward. One possibility to account for these results is that rewarding aftereffects of wheel running conditioned preference to the CS. The main objective of the present study is to assess the effects of backward pairings wheel running (the US) with consumption of a distinctive taste (the CS). In a between-groups design, two experimental groups (i.e., forward and backward conditioning) and two control groups (CS-alone and CS-US unpaired) were compared. Results from this experiment indicate that there is less suppression of drinking when a CS-taste follows a bout of wheel running. In fact, rats in the backward conditioning group drank more of the paired solution than all the other groups.
 
84. Effects of Instructional Specificity and Feedback Density on the Rule Transmission in a Conditional Discrimination Task
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
GERARDO ORTIZ (University of Guadalajara, Mexico)
Abstract: The present study is based on the idea that even though instructions and rules are descriptions of particular contingencies, they occur on different times: instructions precede the contact with the contingency, whereas rules are generated after such contact. To evaluate the effects of instructional specificity (specific vs. generic), feedback density (none, continuous, or accumulated) and rule target knowledge on rule transmission, 30 college students were randomly assigned to one of six experimental groups in order to perform a conditional discrimination task (first-order matching to sample). The results show that when the participants follow rules elaborated by other, instructional specificity and feedback density have differential effects on the subject’s performance and specificity and pertinence of the rules elaborated (i.e. rule transmission).
 
85. Concurrent Wheel-Running and Sucrose Reinforcement: Effect of Sucrose Concentration Manipulation
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
TERRY W. BELKE (Mount Allison University), Ian Duncan (Mount Allison University)
Abstract: Concurrent schedules of wheel-running and sucrose reinforcement were used to assess the relative value of an opportunity to run and the relationship between these two commodities. Ten male Wistar rats were exposed to concurrent VI30 VI30 s schedules of wheel running and sucrose reinforcement. Responding took place on response levers located at the entrance of a running wheel. One lever produced the opportunity to run for 30 s, the other produced a drop of sucrose solution. Sucrose concentration was varied across values of 2.5, 7.5, and 12.5%. Results showed that, on average, at 2.5%, response and time allocation to both alternatives was approximately the same, with equal numbers of obtained reinforcers. As concentration increased, responses and time allocated to, and reinforcers obtained from, the sucrose alternative, increased. Time and responses allocated to the wheel-running alternative decreased, although to a much lesser degree than the magnitude of the change in allocation to the sucrose alternative, however, the number of obtained wheel-running reinforcers remained unchanged. Taken together the results suggest that the value of an opportunity to run was roughly the same as 2.5% sucrose and that changes in the "price" of sucrose had no effect on "consumption" of wheel running.
 
86. Concurrent Operants: Choice Behavior of Pigeons in Two Different Experimental Procedures
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JOAO CLAUDIO TODOROV (Pontifical Catholic University of Goias, Brazil), Lauro Eugenio Guimaraes Nalini (Pontifical Catholic University of Goias, Brazil), Lincoln S. Gimenes (University of Brazil), Domingos Savio Coelho (University of Brazil)
Abstract: Seven pigeons were submitted to concurrent variable interval, variable interval schedules using two different procedures involving three response keys. In one procedure the center key was the main key, with different colors indicating the schedules of the concurrent pair; changes from schedule A to schedule B were contingent upon pecks on the left side-key, and changes from B to A happened after pecks on the right side-key. In a second procedure, the center key was the changeover key; one schedule of the concurrent pair was assigned to the left response key, the other to the right response key (only one side-key was operative at a time). Except for establishing the opportunity to respond in one schedule or the other, changeover responses had no consequences -- no changeover delay, timeout, blackout, etc. Sensitivity of behavior distribution to changes in reinforcement distribution between the schedules was high and similar to procedures used to prevent high changeover rates.
 
87. Verbal Control, Variation, and Sensitivity to Contingency Changes
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JOSELE ABREU-RODRIGUES (University of Brazil), Ana A. Baumann (University of Brazil)
Abstract: The present study compared the effects of instructions and self-instructions, variable and specific, upon behavioral sensitivity to contingency changes. In the training phase, college students were exposed to three reinforcement schedules (Variable Group) and to one schedule (Specific Group). In Experiment 1, each one of these groups was divided into three subgroups. Participants in the self-instructions groups were asked to indicate the best way to gain points by choosing among four performance descriptions. These descriptions were given to participants in the instruction groups. Participants in the control groups were only exposed to the reinforcement schedules. In Experiment 2, self-instructed participants were given an open-ended question. After the training phase, all participants were exposed to a FI schedule and to extinction. The greatest behavior sensitivity (reduction in response rate) was observed with the Variable Self-Instruction and Variable Instruction groups than with the Specific Self-Instruction and Specific Instruction groups regardless of whether a multiple-choice or an open-ended question was presented. Participants in the control groups presented inconsistent data. These results suggested that: (a) variable (specific) self-instructions are functionally equivalent to variable (specific) instructions, and (b) variable self-instructions (instructions) promote greater behavioral sensitivity than specific self-instructions (instructions).
 
88. A Test of Matching Theory's Interpretation of r-sub-e
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
PAUL L. SOTO (Emory University)
Abstract: The present experiment tested a mathematical account of variable-interval (VI) responding known as Herrnstein’s hyperbola (Herrnstein, 1970). Ten rats pressed levers for food on a series of VI schedules. Seven conditions were arranged under each of which, ten VI schedules were arranged on the left lever (target alternative) and a single VI schedule (or extinction) was arranged on the right lever (second alternative). The VI values arranged on the target alternative remained the same across conditions whereas the VI value on the second alternative varied across conditions. Herrnstein’s hyperbola was fitted to the response rate versus reinforcement rate data for each condition, resulting in seven separate fits of the equation for each subject. Obtained estimates of re did not vary systematically as a function of reinforcement obtained on the second alternative as required by Herrnstein’s account. Furthermore, reinforcement on the second alternative was found to vary systematically within a condition as a function of reinforcement on the target alternative, a finding which violates an assumption of Herrnstein’s account that reinforcement extraneous to the target alternative remains constant. Overall, the failure to obtain results consistent with the predictions and assumptions of Herrnstein’s account suggests that the account is false and that applications of the theory to areas such as behavioral pharmacology may be unfounded.
 
89. An Experimental Analysis of Antecedents to Habit Behaviors
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
SHAI M. BROSH (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: In this study, 10 participants were exposed to a sequence of repeated challenged conditions (passive viewing, low stimulation, and anxiety) while their heart rate was monitored, and while being covertly videotaped. The investigator and an independent rater scored each tape for the occurrence of habit behaviors in each of the experimental conditions. The overall inter-rater reliability was .92. Results showed that the level of habit behaviors was moderate to high during the low stimulation conditions, moderate during the anxiety conditions, and low during the passive viewing conditions. The implications of this research are discussed.
 
90. Numeric Relations Emergency Under Conditional Control in Deaf Children
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
GRAUBEN ASSIS (Federal University of Para, Brazil), Ruth Daisy Carmo (Federal University of Para, Brazil), Mariana Miccione (Federal University of Para, Brazil)
Abstract: Studies concerned with the formation of ordinal classes have shown success in fostering the comprehension of sequential relations. The aim of this investigation was to achieve similar results with deaf children, using visual cues instead of motor chaining. Through the use of Brazilian Sign Language, the task of each participant was to sign out number names, and figures related to abstract quantities. Five profoundly deaf children, being trained in LIBRAS. The experimental sessions were conducted in a public school. We used a Notebook linked to software developed to collect data. The response chaining procedure was used with three sets of stimuli: A = printed number names, B = numbers in LIBRAS, C = figures. Three response sequences were taught forwards in the presence of a green or red stimulus. Tests were administered to assess asymmetry, transitivity, and equivalence. The results indicated that the participants responded readily, forming ordinal classes, equivalence under conditional control. This study, besides replicating previous results using the chaining procedure, points out the presence of equivalence relations out of the matching-to-sample context, as well as the development of alternative procedures for the remediation of learning difficulties related to the acquisition of mathematic concepts in deaf children.
 
91. Anticipatory Eating Behavior and the Development of Eating Disorders
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
ANTONIO LOPEZ-ESPINOZA (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Hector Martinez Sanchez (University of Guadalajara, Mexico), Alma Martinez (University of Guadalajara, Mexico)
Abstract: Six albino rats (8 months old at the start of the experiment) were exposed to two environments. The rats remained during 5, 10, or 15 days in environment A (the rats’ living quarters) with water and food freely available. Then they were moved for five days to environment B (the experimental cage). On the first day in environment B, food and water were freely available; the four later days were days of food and water deprivation. The experiment involved ten cycles of A-B alternation. Results showed that anticipatory binge eating tended to occur on the first day of environment B (before food restriction was introduced). This anticipatory behavior could be analogous to the patterns of feeding observed in migrating and hibernating species, or to the eating behaviors observed when people start a diet. These results could promote a better understanding of the development of eating disorders.
 
92. Sucrose Fading Decreases Responding for Ethanol at Large Ratios in Male and Female Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
DIANA POSADAS-SÁNCHEZ (Arizona State University), Mark P. Reilly (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Male (N=6) and female (N=6) Sprague Dawley rats were trained to lick a spout or lever press under fixed-ratio schedules of reinforcement which consisted of an ethanol-sucrose (10%/10%) solution. The sucrose concentration was decreased across conditions from 10 to 5, 2 and 0%, and an ascending order of six fixed-ratio schedules was arranged at each concentration. The ratio value doubled each day starting with 4 and ending with 128. The subsequent response-rate functions were modeled with Mathematical Principles of Reinforcement (Killeen & Sitomer, 2003). As the sucrose concentration decreased, response rates were reduced at the highest ratios for both male and female rats. The parameter a in MPR, which represents specific activation (a putative measure of motivation), consequently decreased. These results were consistent across sex and response topography and suggest that ethanol has only modest reinforcing properties in rats relative to sucrose.
 
93. Treatment Interventions for Activity-Based Anorexia Using an Animal Model
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE J. WILLIAMS (Bryn Mawr College), Paul D. Neuman (Bryn Mawr College)
Abstract: These experiments examined recovery time following weight loss, the effect of a history of weight loss on subsequent weight loss, and an intervention designed to eliminate activity-based anorexia (ABA). ABA is behavior characterized by high levels of activity, low levels of food consumption, and extreme weight loss. Different groups of rats were used for each experiment. Baseline always involved free access to food, water, and a locked running wheel for 24 hours daily. In both experiments, following five days of baseline, rats had access to food for one hour per day and access to a running wheel for the remaining 23 hours of the day (the typical ABA procedure). Experiment 1 examined recovery time during a second baseline, and then a return to the ABA procedure. Experiment 2 involved an intervention phase. Following baseline and the ABA procedure access to the running wheel was contingent upon eating adequate amounts of food (average during baseline). After rats lost weight during the ABA procedures, removal from the procedure, produced recovery in 1 to 6 days. Exposure to the ABA procedure did not consistently affect subsequent weight loss when exposed to the procedure a second time. The procedure during Experiment 2 did not eliminate ABA; rats? weights remained low.
 
94. Behavioral Correspondence in Pigeons
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
SUSUMU MATSUI (Tokiwa University, Japan), Tetsumi Moriyama (Tokiwa University, Japan)
Abstract: Correspondence refers to the relationship between saying and doing. Lattal and Doepke (2001) attempted to construct a homologue of human say-do correspondence with pigeons. In this study, the variable involved in correspondence between behaviors occurring at two different times was examined under a condition which pigeons were trained on a conditional discrimination procedure.In the present study, we replicated the training procedure, which was the most effective in developing correspondence in their study. We also examined the generalization of the correspondence by using the novel color stimuli. As a result, all three pigeons developed the correspondence, and two of them showed the generalized correspondence. The results suggested that the training procedure used in Lattal and Doepke (2001) might be effective in development and generalization of correspondence.
 
95. Have Pigeons Engaged in Symbolically Malevolent Behavior?
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
CHRIS M. SCHAUB (Temple University), Claudia D. Cardinal (Temple University), Philip N. Hineline (Temple University)
Abstract: In 1997, Andronis, Layng, and Goldiamond reported an experiment entitled "Symbolic Aggression in the Pigeon." Their "perpetrator birds" pecked a switching key that increased the work requirements for "target birds" in an adjacent chamber, even though this resulted in no direct benefit to the perpetrators. Several control procedures supported the designation of "symbolic aggression," whereby the pecking of a key was taken as an arbitrary substitute for directly attacking the other bird. To date, no published experiments have replicated this work.The present follow-up experiment attempts to improve upon the original procedures by eliminating the use of transparent panels, interposed between the two chambers, as switching keys. Those panels may have recorded direct aggressive movements toward the neighboring bird as if they were arbitrary responses. We use conventional switching keys that can be moved around within the chamber. Preliminary results show that one cannot assume that birds will treat the switching key equivalently when its location is changed within the chamber, let alone moved to the adjacent chamber. It remains to be seen whether explicit training of interchangeability across positions will then result in a replication, with truly arbitrary responses, of the "symbolic aggression" that Andronis et al. reported finding.
 
96. The Effects of Same vs. Qualitatively Different Reinforcers on Rats' Response Rates
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JESSIE-SUE MILO (West Virginia University), Kennon Andy Lattal (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Previous studies have suggested that response rates maintained by qualitatively different reinforcers were higher than those maintained by a single reinforcer type. In Experiment I, rats' lever presses were maintained on a 3-component multiple schedule with variable-interval schedules in each component. In the first component, sweet and condensed milk was delivered. In the second component, pellets were delivered. In the third component, milk and pellets were delivered. Response rates maintained by both pellets and milk generally were lower than those maintained by milk and higher than those maintained by pellets. In Experiment II, rats' lever presses were maintained by milk delivery in one session type, by pellet delivery in a second type, and by milk and pellets in a third session type. In contrast to earlier experiments, response rates maintained by milk and pellets together generally were lower than those maintained by milk and higher than those maintained by pellets.
 
97. Variable Level Reinforcement Schedules on Gambling Behaviors: A Look at the Preference Paradigm
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MICHAEL F. PISNEY (University of Northern Iowa), Dustin Daugherty (University of Northern Iowa), Patience R. Niemoth (University of Northern Iowa), Otto H. Maclin (University of Northern Iowa)
Abstract: The purpose of this study was to determine the reinforcement properties of various schedules of reinforcement on gambling behaviors using a preference paradigm dual slot machine created by Maclin, Dixon, and Hayes (199). Participants were asked to play a simulated slot machine for approximately 50 minutes. During the first ten minutes participants were allowed to play one slot machine for five minutes while being locked out of the other one and vise versa for the second five minutes. Following the ten minute interval, participants were allowed to play either slot machine, creating a preference paradigm. When controlling for the primacy effect and preferences for left and right slots the research team determined the participants had a moderate to strong preference for the VR 10 schedule compared to a VR 50 schedule.
 
98. Effects of Internet Gambling on Teenagers and Young Adults
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
SCOTT SHAW (University of Northern Iowa), Dustin Daugherty (University of Northern Iowa), Daniel Garcia (University of Northern Iowa), Otto H. Maclin (University of Northern Iowa)
Abstract: Looks at the possible consequences of internet gambling on adolescents and college aged individuals. The main focus is on future methodological studies that address four main issues; 1) what are the differences of gambling online compared to being in an actual casino environment, 2) what are the prevalence rates of people who use online casinos, specifically in regards to teenagers and young adults, 3) what types of inducers make internet gambling more likely, 4) how are internet gamblers different than other gamblers (i.e. frequency of play, bets, games played, and time of day they gamble). The poster addresses the importance of these issues and how they should be examined in the future.
 
99. Fine Analysis of Performance under Variable-interval and Variable-ratio Schedules of Reinforcement in Rat
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
TAKAYUKI TANNO (Keio University, Japan), Takayuki Sakagami (Keio University, Japan)
Abstract: Fine structure of response distributions under variable-interval (VI) and variable-ratio (VR) schedules were analyzed to find out factors for response rate differences between these schedules under the same reinforcement rates. Data were collected by within subjects yoked control procedure using four rats. First analysis examined 10 inter-response-times (IRTs) before and after reinforcers, by calculated each median. This analysis showed that (1) post-reinforcement IRTs were longest and no difference between VI and VR; (2) pre-reinforcement IRTs were longer in VI; and (3) remaining IRTs were constant and little shorter in VR. Second analysis was revised cutoff-IRT analysis. We defined responses with IRT longer than 1 second as bout-initiation-responses, and the other responses as within-bout-responses, then we calculated some index of bouts such as number of responses per bout (NRB). As a result, only NRB showed a significant difference in VI and VR. These results suggest that response rate difference under these schedules reflect the difference of NRB, and this different behavior was generated by the difference of pre-reinforcement IRTs. Lastly, these results are discussed in view of the other analyses results, from log-survivor plot and point process.
 
100. Effects of Previous Reinforcement of Variability or Repetition on Learned Helplessness
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MARIA HELENA HUNZIKER (Federal University of Sao Paulo, Brazil), Fernando Manfre (Federal University of Sao Paulo, Brazil), Marcos Yamada (Federal University of Sao Paulo, Brazil)
Abstract: This experiment investigated whether positive reinforcement of behavioral variation or repetition can immunize against learned helplessness. Sixty three rats were divided into three groups. Initially, for one of the groups, positive reinforcers were contingent to behavioral variation of lever-press sequences (VAR); for the other group, reinforcers were contingent to behavioral repetition (REP), i.e, only one sequence were reinforced; the third group remained in their home cage (ING). Following this procedure, each group was subdivided into three, and each subgroup was exposed to one of the following treatments: controllable shocks (C), uncontrollable shocks (I), or no shock (N). The next day, all subjects were tested in an escape contingency, where jumping from one side to the other in a shuttlebox produced immediate interruption of the shocks. At the first phase, all VAR subjects varied their sequences and those from REP group repeated the same sequence, indicating sensitivity to the manipulated positive reinforcement. In the escape test, only the ING-I subjects didn´t learn to escape (learned helplessness effect). Conversely, all VAR and REP subgroups learned to escape equally. These results suggest an immunization process produced by previous positive reinforcement, without differential effect from variation or repetition learning.
 
101. Approach and Retreat: Shaping the Behavior of Llamas with Negative Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JENNA N. POLLARD (University of North Texas), Sarah C. McDaniel (University of North Texas), Nicole R. Dorey (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: The purpose of this research is to experimentally demonstrate the use of negative reinforcement to shape llamas to accept food from the hand of a human trainer/experimenter. Three llamas were chosen from the Frank Buck Zoo because they avoided proximity to trainers. A multiple baseline design across subjects was used to assess the effects of the training procedure. During baseline the trainer approached the llama until either the trainer was close enough to offer food to the llama or the llama moved away. During the training sessions the trainer approached a llama and put a dish of food on the ground, activated a clicker and moved away from the llama. Across trials, the distance between the trainer and the llama was reduced until the llama accepted food from the hands of the experimenter. The results of the study show that the procedure was effective with the first llama. The data are still in progress for the two remaining llamas.
 
102. EAHB-SIG Student Paper Award Winner: Human Group Choice: The Relation between Travel Cost and the Ideal Free Distribution
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
GEORGE ANTHONY BENNERS (Armstrong Atlantic State University)
Abstract: Human group-choice research is an extension of the Ideal Free Distribution (IFD), a social foraging theory in behavioral ecology, to human behavior. The present study used a free operant procedure constructed as a between-groups experiment to test the relationship between the IFD and travel cost. The travel distance between resource sites was extended from 6 to 24 meters to investigate the effect on the group sensitivity measures. Although it was expected that group sensitivity would increase and overmatching would occur as the travel cost increased, sensitivity remained constant. However, when a large travel cost was employed, the orderliness of the group choices decreased. In addition, analysis of the individuals’ switching behavior revealed a slight increase in switching as travel cost increased. Individual analysis also suggested that the group choice could be reduced to individual matching.
 
103. Second-order Presentation of Brief, Paired Stimuli Affects Response Patterning but not Breakpoint under Progressive Ratio Schedules of Reinforcement
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JOSE L. MARTINEZ (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Brian D. Kangas (University of North Texas), Katarzyna Grabowska (Southern Illinois University Carbondale), Eric A. Jacobs (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
Abstract: In the present study, we assessed the effects of second-order brief, paired stimulus presentation on progressive ratio performance in rats. Lever pressing was maintained by a progressive-ratio schedule of milk delivery. During reinforcement, a tone and hopper light accompanied milk delivery. The progressive ratio step size was set at 3 or 10 responses, depending upon subject. Sessions terminated when 10 minutes transpired without completing the current ratio requirement. The last ratio completed was deemed the breakpoint. Under some conditions, the tone and the hopper light were presented for 0.5 s upon completion of each step size unit. For example, if the current response requirement was 30 and the step size was 10 responses, the tone and light would be presented following the 10th and 20th responses. Inclusion of the brief, paired stimuli did not sytematically affect progressive ratio breakpoints. However, the rats frequently paused following presentation of the brief, paired stimuli, particularly at relatively high ratio values. Thus, although the stimuli did not facilitate higher breakpoints, the stimuli did appear to be serving a conditioned reinforcing function.
 
104. MTS_DSS 1.0: Software Designed to Study Conditional and Simple Discrimination
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MARCIO MOREIRA (Pontifical Catholic University of Goias, Brazil), Cristiano Coelho (Pontifical Catholic University of Goias, Brazil)
Abstract: This software makes possible studies on simple and conditional discriminations, main features being the speed and easiness to set up new procedures without the need of a computer programmer's intervention. MTS_DSS 1.0 runs under protocols. Each protocol corresponds to a phase of an experiment. Experiments do not need to be interrupted to change the current protocol. Each protocol has the following configuration possibilities: 1) simple discrimination (1 to 6 choices) or conditional discrimination (1 model and 1 to 6 comparisons); 2) presentation of visual and/or auditory stimuli; 3) Inter-trial interval ; 4) correction procedure; 5) randomize trials sequence and the position of the comparisons; 6) auditory and/or visual feedback; 7) to show accounts of successes and mistakes; 08) set initial instructions/report requests; 08) ending criteria per time and/or performance; 09) modules that enable the researcher to design his own instructions and stimuli. All the objects (protocols, stimuli, messages, etc.) built by the software are stored and can be easily accessed for new experiments. Each protocol generates a result file with description of the configuration and measures of each trial like response latency, performance and statistical summaries of the session. MTS_DSS 1.0 was built under a Windows VB 5.0® platform.
 
105. The effects of Disruptive Events on Time-Place Learning in Rats
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JACOB NORRIS (Illinois Wesleyan University), James D. Dougan (Illinois Wesleyan University)
Abstract: Traditional behavior analysis has long emphasized the relationship between responding and local reinforcement effects. This is typified by testing animals in a constrained environment (the operant chamber) for during brief sessions. With some notable exceptions, relatively little research has examined reinforcement effects in larger, more open environments across longer time intervals. The present experiment examines time-place learning, in which reinforcement is available in certain locations only during certain times of the day. Rats were trained to press bars for food reinforcement in a large, open environment with four different feeding stations. At any one time, only one feeding station was operative, with time of day (relative to the light/dark cycle)the only cue signaling which station was active. During baseline, rats learned to visit the appropriate station based on the time of day. They were then exposed to several “disruption” events (handling, noise, presentation of free reinforcement) to determine how the disruptions would alter their time-place responding. The results have implications for theories of timing as well as for theories of operant behavior. The results may also have implications for howexperiments are to be properly conducted.
 
106. Isolating the Role of Symmetry and Transitivity in the Extension of Stimulus Functions
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
MEDEA RAWLS (University of North Texas), Carrie Ann Hartman (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Prior research in our laboratory has been concerned with the relation between stimulus equivalence and extension of stimulus function. The current experiment sought to more precisely understand the role of equivalence relations in the extension of stimulus function. Across three experiments, subjects learned six overlapping conditional relations (A1-B1, A2-B2, A3-B3, B1-C1, B2-C2, and B3-C3) during Phase 1. Also during Phase 1, subjects were taught to emit a particular response in the presence of a subset of the stimuli used in the experiment. For example, in Experiment 1, stimuli designated A1, A2, and A3 became discriminative for touching the left, middle or right part of a touchscreen, respectively. The B- and C-set of stimuli were similarly trained in Experiments 2 and 3, respectively. During Phase II, test trials assessed whether 1) the conditional relations training from Phase I had given rise to stimulus equivalence and 2) whether the simple discrimination functions directly trained in Phase I had extended to other stimuli putatively related via equivalence. A total of 12 adults (4 in each experiment) participated. Results suggest that extension of function preceded equivalence but only when the nodes (set B stimuli) were explicitly trained as a discriminative stimuli in Phase 1.
 
107. A Functional Analysis of Self Injurious Behavior in an Olive Baboon (Papio hamadryas anubis)
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
NICOLE R. DOREY (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Bryan S. Lovelace (University of North Texas)
Abstract: A common problem at zoo settings is that captive animals develop forms of self-injurious behavior such as over-grooming, feather plucking, and limb-biting, or self-stimulation such as pacing and rocking. It is frequently assumed by zoo professionals that the inappropriate behaviors are due to the animal’s “boredom” or lack of stimulation (Bashaw, Tarou, Maki, and Maple, 2001). The current study used procedures adapted from functional analyses with humans to determine the antecedents and consequences related to problematic behavior in the zoo. A functional analysis was designed to assess self-injurious behavior in an Olive Baboon (Papio hamadryas anubis) to determine if the target behavior was maintained by attention, tangible items, escape from tasks, or was automatically reinforced. Results indicated that the behavior was maintained by attention from humans. A treatment was implemented based on this finding.
 
108. Do Retirees (Retired Breeding Male Pigeons) at a “Slot Machine” Conform to the Predictions of Unit Price?
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
JULIE M. SLOWIAK (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Michael Paul (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Carla H. Lagorio (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire), Gregory J. Madden (University of Wisconsin-Eau Claire)
Abstract: This study examined the prediction of unit price that a cost:benefit ratio determines consumption. Four pigeons earned food according to a fixed-ratio 3 schedule in a closed-economy (23-hour sessions, no supplemental food, no cap on consumption). In one condition three 45 mg pellets were delivered when the FR was completed. In the other condition, an average of 3 pellets were delivered. Unit price predicts no difference in response output or consumption per session across these conditions. No difference was observed. Further data will be collected on increasing unit prices to test the demand law. Implications of these findings for understanding gambling will be discussed.
 
109. Matching and Maximizing in the context of a Rock/Paper/Scissors Game
Area: EAB; Domain: Applied Research
BRIAN D. KANGAS (University of North Texas), Manish Vaidya (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Human participants played a computer opponent in the traditional childhood game of Rock Paper Scissors (RPS). The computer's choices were governed by probability parameters that changed across blocks of 40 trials during a session. For example, in one experiment, the computer played each of the three options with equal probability in Block 1. In Block 2, the computer played Scissors on 60% of the trials and Rock and Paper on 20% each. In Block 3, the computer played Scissors on 87% of the trials and Rock and Paper on 6 and 7% of the trials, respectively. Matching was assessed by measuring the human subject’s choices under these conditions. The data suggest that our subjects were more likely to overmatch (i.e., play Rock against the computer’s Scissors) and that this dynamic was more pronounced when the computer’s probability of playing any of the three options were very different. Subsequent analyses investigated the role of zero-sum vs. non-zero sum arrangements. Preliminary data suggest that subjects were more sensitive to the programmed probabilities under the zero sum conditions.
 
 
 
Poster Session #261
#261 Poster Session – EDC
Sunday, May 30, 2004
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes)
110. Treating Problem Behavior According to Functions Identified During a Functional Analysis of Precursor Behavior
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno), Carrie Ellsworth (University of Nevada, Reno), Alicia Grauvogel (University of Nevada, Reno), Jackie Cleveland (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Functional analyses have been demonstrated to be effective in identifying variables maintaining problem behavior; however, functional analyses of severe problem behavior are likely to be dangerous. Thus, the current study attempted to conduct functional analyses of precursor behaviors that had been identified to precede severe problem behaviors. Results of the functional analyses identified an attention function for participant 1 and a tangible function for participant 2. The validity of these results was evaluated by developing interventions based upon the function of problem behavior identified for each participant. For participant 1, functional communication training (FCT) was implemented and attention was provided on a continuous reinforcement schedule. For participant 2, FCT was implemented in combination with a stimulus control procedure to teach the participant when he could request and obtain tangivle items. Results demonstrated decreases in severe problem behavior and increases in FCT responses. These results suggest that functional analyses of precursor behaviors are a viable alternative method for identifying the function of dangerous problem behaviors.
 
111. A Two-year Followup of a Successfull Treatment of a Child with Asperger’s Syndrome's Aggression in a Regular Education Setting
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
EDWIN DYE (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno), Heidi Landaburu (University of Nevada, Reno), Jonathan J. Tarbox (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: By conducting a brief functional analysis in the classroom, we were able to determine that aggression and disruption displayed by an 11-year old boy were maintained by escape from task demands. A multi-component treatment procedure consisting of functional communication training, differential reinforcement of alternative behavior, and escape extinction was implemented in an alalogue setting. Subsequent to treatment, the child was transitioned back into regular education classroom with a token economy. Results demonstrate elimination of aggression in both the clinical and regular education settings. In addition, two year follow up data are presented. Moreover, the participant continues to advance socially, as well as academically.
 
112. Comparing Results of Functional Assessment and Analysis Strategies for a Group of Children with Emotional/Behavioral Disorders
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ROBERT E. O'NEILL (University of Utah), Echo Cunningham-Miller (University of Utah)
Abstract: Functional assessment interviews, questionnaires, and rating scales were administered to groups of teachers working with a group of 20 students labeled as having emotional/behavioral disorders (E/BD). In addition systematic observations and experimental functional analyses were conducted in classroom settings. Interobserver agreement scores for observational data were within acceptable ranges (i.e., above 80%). Results were compared with regard to level and type of agreement across methods for identifying behavioral function. In general, agreement across both indirect and direct methods was better for identifying the main or primary function for students; agreement was much less consistent for identifying secondary functions. The results have immediate implications for school-based practice and research in this area.
 
113. Examining the Consistency of Functional Behavioral Assessment Procedures with Preschool Children at Risk for ADHD
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
NATALIE G. SOKOL (Lehigh University), Lee Kern (Lehigh University)
Abstract: Recent research examining the consistency of behavioral function across a variety of functional behavior assessment (FBA) methods has resulted in mixed findings. In the current investigation, FBA methods that included interviews, parent direct observation, researcher direct observation, and functional analysis were conducted in the homes of three preschool children at-risk for ADHD. The consistency of antecedent events, behaviors, subsequent events, and perceived functions across FBA methods was examined. Across the three participants and assessment methods, the results were mixed. Specifically, the consistency of results between any two of the methods was between 33.3% and 100% for antecedent events, 20% and 100% for behaviors, 28.6% and 71.4% for subsequent events, and 33.3% and 100% for function across the three participants. A variety of reasons that contributed to the inconsistencies were identified. Parent acceptability ratings indicated that parents reported the interview to be most acceptable while the functional analysis was found to be the least acceptable. Implications and future areas of research are discussed
 
114. Methods of Evaluating Treatment Fidelity of Function-based Interventions in Classrooms for Children with Disabilities: Preliminary Analysis of An Intervention Checklist
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JAMES J. FOX (East Tennessee State University), Leia D. Blevins (East Tennessee State University), Scott Lamie (East Tennessee State University), Sarah E. Camp (East Tennessee State University), Neeti Mishra (East Tennessee State University)
Abstract: Experimental and case study reports show that functional behavior assessment (FBA) interventions effectively reduce student challenging behaviors when implemented or supervised by researchers (see, for example, Sasso, Conroy, Stichter, & Fox, 2001). Two large scale studies produced conflicting results, one finding that personnel trained in FBA reduced student behavior problems (Chandler, Dahlquist, Repp & Feltz ,1999), the other reporting few differences between FBA based- and more traditional behavior management interventions (Schill, Kratochwill, & Elliot, 1998). One factor that may have contributed to these conflicting outcomes is the failure of classroom personnel to faithfully implement FBA-based interventions. Despite a clear need for such studies (e.g., Gable, Hendrickson, & Van Acker, 2001), “treatment fidelity” studies are lacking. A treatment fidelity analysis requires assessing both the student's and teacher’s behaviors. This poster presents data from a preliminary analysis of a direct observation system for teacher and student behavior and a post-observation checklist of intervention implementation. Data were collected using inexpensive palm top computers and commercially available software. Preliminary data for the checklist indicate high interobserver agreement (100%) across different, multi-component interventions. The direct observation systems are currently being evaluated for reliability and sensitivity to teacher-student behavior change. Implications for future research are discussed.
 
115. Preliminary Evidence for Convergent, Social, and Treatment Validity of the FAIR-T
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BRAD DUFRENE (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Adam Weaver (Munroe-Meyer Institute), Sandy Davis Devlin (Mississippi State University)
Abstract: The Functional Assessment Informant Record for Teachers (FAIR-T) was developed to provide an efficient method for gathering information to develop hypotheses regarding functional relationships. Initial research suggests that information from the FAIR-T is consistent with those data from direct descriptive assessments and experimental analyses. This poster presents data from three students who exhibited disruptive behavior in general and special education classrooms. Functional behavior assessments were conducted using the FAIR-T and direct descriptive assessments for each student. Inter-rater agreement was collected for the occurrence of target behaviors, antecedents and consequences. Inter-rater agreement for all measures was well above 90%. For all three participants, information from the FAIR-T was similar to data from direct descriptive assessments. Design and implementation of positive behavioral support interventions will be presented. Results are discussed in terms of convergent, social, and treatment validity of the FAIR-T. Implications for future research and practice are presented.
 
116. Evaluation of Undergraduate Advising Services in a Large University Psychology Department
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
KIMBERLY SECKINGER (Western Michigan University), Kent D. Smallwood (Western Michigan University), Dawn J. Dore (Western Michigan University), Linda A. LeBlanc (Western Michigan University), R. Wayne Fuqua (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Large undergraduate universities are challenged with finding efficient ways to effectively advise and mentor their large cohorts of undergraduate majors and minors. At Western Michigan University undergraduate advising for approximately 900 majors and 250 minors is primarily provided by two graduate students under the supervision of the director of undergraduate training and the departmental chair. This poster presents several strategies we have developed for increasing efficiency, effectiveness, and satisfaction with undergraduate advising. Data are presented on types of contact, use of web-based services, and satisfaction with advising system. Implications for systems analyses and interventions are discussed.
 
117. Aversive Interventions: Trends over the Past 20 Years
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
BENJAMIN J. LOVETT (Syracuse University), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (Syracuse University)
Abstract: Articles on punishment and aversive interventions were reviewed from a wide variety of journals in psychology and education over the past twenty years. Trends in content, opinion, and methodology are reported. Great heterogeneity was found both within and across journals, with regard to efficacy of aversive interventions, generalization from the data reported to broad conclusions, combination of aversive with nonaversive interventions, and side effects of punishment. Over the past two decades, there was a general decline in both reports of aversive interventions and conceptual articles treating aversives favorably. However, articles from the past five years indicate renewed interest in aversives. Implications for the future of research and clinical use of aversives are discussed.
 
118. School-based Interventions for Depression: A Review of the Literature
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
AMY CLANCY (Lehigh University), Lee Kern (Lehigh University), Alexandra Hilt (Lehigh University)
Abstract: Depression is a growing concern among the school age population. This presentation will describe the results of a literature review to determine the effectiveness of several school-based interventions for students with depression. A total of twelve school-based studies were assessed. Areas of effectiveness that were evaluated included: (a) age/grade (b) racial/cultural background (c) setting (d) targeted behavior (e) duration of evaluation (f) procedural integrity (g) consumer satisfaction and (h) link to assessment information. The results of the review are as follows: the participants ranged in grades from fourth grade to seniors in high school, approximately seventy-five percent of the studies reported racial/cultural backgrounds of the participants, eighty-three precent of the studies took place in a traditional school setting, approximately 92% of the studies targeted level of depression, the duration of intervention varied from three days to eight weeks, procedural integrity was assessed in 58% of the studies, two of the twelve studies reported consumer satisfaction, and zero of the twelve studies were linked to assessment information. Inter-rater reliability was assessed for 30% of the articles. Agreement exceeded 90% across all categories for all articles assessed.
 
119. Choice and Preferred Activities as Interventions for Students with Emotional and Behavioral Disorders: A Review of the Literature
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CHRIS SPOSATO (Lehigh University), Lee Kern (Lehigh University), Alexandra Hilt (Lehigh University)
Abstract: Providing choice and the opportunity to engage in preferred activities has been shown in the literature to be an effective intervention for individuals with a variety of developmental and behavioral disorders. A growing number of studies have emerged indicating the effectiveness of this intervention for children with emotional and behavioral disorders. Results of a literature synthesis examining the use of choice and preferred activities in the classroom setting as an intervention for children with emotional and behavioral disorders are discussed. Six studies were identified that met inclusionary criteria (participants of school age with an emotional and/or behavioral disorder, study conducted in a school setting, choice or preferred activities used as an intervention, mild cognitive impairment or higher functioning). From this synthesis, several themes emerged including behaviors most often targeted (e.g., task engagement, disruptive behavior) and other types of choice provided. Efficacy of the existing studies was examined through change in level, effect sizes, and non-overlapping data points. In addition, the presence of a functional analysis, gender and ethnic diversity, treatment fidelity, generalization, maintenance, social validity and treatment acceptability were also assessed. Interobserver agreement, assessed for 30% of the reviews, was 100% on all measures assessed. Implications for future research as well as practice will be discussed.
 
120. Acceptance of Generalized Personality Interpretations by Licensed Practising Psychologists in Mexico
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
TANIA AGUIRRE (Intercontinental University, Mexico), Marco A. Pulido (Intercontinental University, Mexico), Gabriela Fernandez (Intercontinental University, Mexico), Rebeca Linares (Intercontinental University, Mexico), Julieta Mendoza (Intercontinental University, Mexico), Emma Baqueiro (Intercontinental University, Mexico), Damariz Lopez (Intercontinental University, Mexico), Lizheidi Luna (Intercontinental University, Mexico)
Abstract: Acceptance of generalized personality interpretations by college students is a well documented fact. The purpose of the present study was to assess interpretation acceptance by licensed, practising psychologists from Mexico City. After completing a battery of projective tests, 120 psycholgist received bogus personality interpretations. Although college students acceptance scores were slightly higher than those of licensed psychologists, both groups showed enthusiastic approval of bogus personality interpretations. Data suggest vague and ambiguos practice is positively reinforced by all members of the psychology community in Mexico.
 
121. Analysis of Violin Practice Techniques
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
ROGER FRANK BASS (Carthage College)
Abstract: A changing criterion design was used to evaluate several tactics for violin practice including rate of tempo increases and the use of within-subject variability to determine practice tactics. Data indicate that slow tempo increases were superior to fast changes and that individual's data can be easily collected and used to configure effective instruction.
 
122. An Examination of the Generalization of Novel Block Building
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JILLIAN WHITE (University of Kansas), Gregory P. Hanley (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Goetz and Baer (1973) found that social reinforcement, delivered contingent on new forms built within a session, increased the number of novel forms built. The current study attempted to replicate and expand this work, by observing the direct and indirect effects of reinforcement on novel block building. Three preschool children were observed block building in five conditions. Two conditions included standard blocks (3 to 12 cm, unpainted, wooden); blocks in the other three conditions varied along the single dimension of size, color, or shape. Following stable patterns of block building across all five baselines, the direct effects of reinforcement were observed on building new forms with standard blocks, whereas the indirect effects of the contingency were evaluated by observing the number of novel forms built on the baselines in which differential reinforcement was absent. When novel forms did not emerge, new form training (modeling, time delay, reinforcement of specific forms) was initiated. Results indicated that the emergence of novel forms was, to a large extent, dependent on direct form training, and that generalization of novel block building was limited.
 
123. Looking Twice at Data
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
RANDY L. SEEVERS (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sylvia Martin (Monmouth University)
Abstract: This presentation examines two ways of looking at data. Given an emperically-based study related to students with severe disabilities, the data are compared and analyzed using both the standard celeration chart and the traditional add/subtract chart. Preliminary analysis suggests that the use of the standard celeration chart detects small changes not otherwise reflected in the traditional add/subtract chart.
 
124. Chartshare Comes Home from School: Implementing a Computer Based Charting System in an After School Program
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
THOMAS ANATOL DA ROCHA WOELZ (University of North Texas), Richard L. Anderson (University of North Texas), Ruthie L. Bekker-Pace (University of North Texas), Yuka Koremura (University of North Texas), Tammy Lynn Cline (University of North Texas), Jesus Rosales-Ruiz (University of North Texas)
Abstract: Chartshare.net is an open source computer-based system for producing, distributing, analyzing and sharing standard celeration charts. This study examines the implementation of the chartshare system in an after school program. The Phoenix apartment community is a public housing project in Denton, TX. The University of North Texas runs an after school program to help disadvantaged children academically. Precision teaching techniques and the standard celeration chart are in use in the Phoenix after school program. We implemented the chartshare.net system in Phoenix to assist the after school volunteers with their data collection and analysis tasks. This poster examines our experiences implementing chartshare.net in this setting and measures the effectiveness of the system against traditional hand and computer based charting methods.
 
126. Effects of Behavior-Based Exercise Adherence and Nutritional Improvement Interventions for Adult Fitness and Wellness Programs
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MATTHEW R. MARTIN (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Daniel W. Balderson (University of Nevada, Las Vegas), Thomas L. Sharpe, Jr. (University of Nevada, Las Vegas)
Abstract: This study implemented one goal setting (G), public posting (PP), and awards (A) strategy in an adult university-based fitness and wellness program. Five participants were exposed to the (GPPA) instructional treatment package. An ABABA design was implemented in which participants recorded the frequency, type, and duration of exercise, and were asked to keep a nutritional log of all foods consumed during the course of the experiment. Treatment included: 1. instruction over recommended exercise amounts with specific numerical targets for aerobic, anaerobic, and flexibility activities 2. instruction over daily food intake with specific recommendations 3. public posting of self-reported daily exercise and nutritional activity 4. instructor feedback on daily posting, with external rewards in the form of a fitness and wellness adherence contest Immediate and sustained increases in fitness activity and changes in nutritional behavior were seen in variable degree across participants as a function of exposure to the treatment package, with variability potentially a function of initial fitness and wellness levels and contextual variables such as weekend celebrations. Based on the effectiveness of the treatment package with some participants, this study recommends additional research in the area of behaviorally-based exercise and nutrition adherence strategies designed to move participants toward active and healthy lifestyles.
 
127. Effects of Three Interventions Designed to Generalize a Tactic from Practices to Scrimmages in Basketball
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
PHILLIP WARD (The Ohio State University), Myung-Ah Lee (The Ohio State University), Dena Deglau (The Ohio State University), Carla Vidoni (The Ohio State University), Jonathan E. Holt (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: A multi-treatment design (A-B-C-D) assessed the effects of (a) public posting, (b) individual feedback provided by the teacher, and (c) modifying the game from 4v4 to a 3v3 had on generalizing student performance from instruction and game-like drills to daily scrimmages in 4v4 half-court basketball. The dependent variable was the percentage of times a player correctly passed to a teammate and then moved to get open. This behavior was defined as occurring when the ball carrier was blocked, and a teammate was (a) open and (b) positioned to either advance the ball to the basket or take a shot on goal. Participants were four 6th-grade students in a suburban elementary school who were part of an intact class of 24 students participating in a 14-day basketball unit. Data show that neither explicit instruction during baseline, nor public posting, nor individual feedback during the scrimmage had consistent effects on student’s ability to pass to the open and move afterwards to a position to screen or receive a pass. However, changing the characteristic of the task by reducing the team size from 4v4 to 3v3 had a substantive effect on the players performance, regardless of ability or gender.
 
128. The Generalization of Tactics from Drills to Game Play in Young Adult Soccer Players
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
PHILLIP WARD (The Ohio State University), Jonathan E. Holt (The Ohio State University), Carla Vidoni (The Ohio State University), A-ran Chong (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: The effects of 2v1 and 3v2 soccer drills and instruction on the tactical performances of six young adult players were evaluated using a multi-treatment design. The purpose was to measure the generalization of performance from practice to game play, and the effect of the sequence of presentation of the practices on learning and performance. The dependent variable was the percentage of appropriate responses when in possession of the ball in an overload situation. Two coeducational soccer classes were studied. Class one participated in a progressive sequence of drills including baseline followed by 2v1 followed by 3v2 (A-B-C) and class two participated in a baseline followed by 3v2 practice and 2v1 sequence (A-C-B). Data were collected on the practices and the games. Results indicated that both interventions were successful for the most able performers, but were not successful in developing the tactical performance in lower ability players. Similarly, generalization of tactics from practice to games was a function of skill level.
 
129. Generalization of Tactics from Practice to Game in Secondary Physical Education
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MYUNG-AH LEE (The Ohio State University)
Abstract: In the physical education literature, few studies have examined the behavioral approach on teaching games. Little attention has been given to generalization in the physical education. To date no study in elementary or secondary physical education has examined generalization as an instructional strategy in the context of teaching games. This study is the first to examine generalization in terms of explicit instructional strategies to improve teaching game performance. The purpose of this present investigation is to examine differential effects of two instructional conditions: (a) technically focused instruction and (b) tactically focused instruction on student game performance and to assess generalization from practice to game. Research questions are: (a) what are differential effects of instructional conditions on students' tactical skill performance? (b) What are effects of generalization from practice to game after two differential treatments? A multiple baseline design across three classes in a middle school assessed the effects of the interventions. Four students per each class were selected as target students from two 7th grade classes and one 8th grade class. The dependent variable was the number of correct "supporting movements." Supporting movements were defined as: (a) being beside or behind the ball carrier or a potential ball carrier, and (b) keeping a distance within five yards from the ball carrier or a potential ball carrier.
 
130. Reducing Risky Playground Behavior Using a Group Reinforcement Contingency
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
JAMES SUMMERS (University of Nevada, Reno), Michele D. Wallace (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Playground injuries are currently the leading cause of death and injury in young children. Millions of children are affected but little research has been conducted in this area of reducing risky playground behavior, especially in the behavior analytic literature. In an effort to add to the literature as well as give parents, teachers, and school administrators a tool to decrease risky behavior with low response effort, we provide a simple technique, the results of which drastically reduced risky playground behavior. We utilized a group reinforcement contingency wherein the children could gain access to preferred stimuli contingent on a reduction in dangerous behavior relative to baseline measures.
 
131. Is There A Relationship Between Reading Comprehension and Reading Fluency?
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
MICHELLE HARRINGTON (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Ed Langford (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Matthew L. Israel (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center), Erin Holland (Judge Rotenberg Educational Center)
Abstract: The Judge Rotenberg Educational Center (www.judgerc.org) operates day and residential programs for children and adults with behavior problems, including conduct disorders, emotional problems, brain injury or psychosis, autism, and developmental disabilities. The basic approach taken at JRC is the use of behavioral psychology and its various technological applications, such as behavioral education, programmed instruction, precision teaching, behavior modification, behavior therapy, behavioral counseling, self-management of behavior, and chart-sharing. This study will explore the relationship between reading comprehension and reading fluency. Participants were chosen and separated into five groups, each containing two students with similar grade equivalences in Reading Decoding and Reading Comprehension. Both students in each group will read the same graded reading passages. One student will read each passage one time and answer a series of comprehension questions. The other student will read the passage he/she is fluent. Fluency (a combination of speed and accuracy) is considered to be a rate of 200 words read per minute. (The average person is able to read approximately 150 -200 words per minute) These students will then answer the same comprehension questions as the first student. We hope to determine if a relationship exists between reading fluency and reading comprehension.
 
 
 
Poster Session #262
#262 Poster Session – OBM
Sunday, May 30, 2004
4:30 PM–5:20 PM
Exhibit Hall D (Hynes)
132. The Behavioral Research Supervisory System: Helping Graduate and Undergraduate Students Prevent Procrastination
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
CHRISTEN A. RAE (Western Michigan University), Kendra S. Priest (Western Michigan University), Kirrily Kennedy (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Behavioral Research Supervisory System (BRSS) was originally designed to increase the productivity and reduce procrastination of graduate as well as undergraduate students as related to various subsystems within the Behavior Analysis Training System. Through monitoring these projects the entire semester, students are more likely to produce higher quality products by the required deadlines. The BRSS is also responsible for monitoring undergraduate students working on Departmental Honors Theses. Point contingencies resulting in a final grade, for the semester, are placed on the completion of weekly goals which are either set by the student or required as described in the individual syllabus for that project. The BRSS manager(s) is responsible for tracking these weekly goals, system products and providing feedback to both the graduate and undergraduate students. Points are assigned in regards to the students completion of those tasks. In addition to tracking each student's progress on his/her project, the BRSS manager is required to run a weekly research and development (R&D) meeting. During these meetings, the manager will meet with both graduate and undergraduate students, check response products, and answer any questions.
 
133. Creation and Organization of Graduate Student Materials into a CD Manual
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
BETH WOLF (Western Michigan University), Alicia Wargowsky-Kendall (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Within the Behavior Analysis Training System at Western Michigan University is a graduate seminar which allows students to finish their thesis in a timely manner and supervise undergraduates in the Honors Seminar. The goal of the seminar is to ensure that the graduate students complete all tasks within their project, as well as timely completion of their thesis. Overall, the seminar attempts to decrease students’ procrastination on these projects. Organization is essential to the success of the seminar. Because there are many supervision skills needed as well as instructional materials, resources must be current and easy to use. During previous semesters, materials were distributed through printouts and email. The previous method of delivering information to the students was unorganized and confusing. Through the creation of the manual materials can be easily found and accessed in one solitary location. The documents were often misplaced or unattainable through faulty email accounts. Along with organizational efforts, certain resources including assignment guides and job aids needed to be revised or completely created. Data will be recorded upon evaluation of the new CD manual through surveys completed by the graduate students.
 
134. Revision of Undergraduate Psychology Honors Instructional Design Materials
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
AMY L. ROSENBERG (Western Michigan University), Alicia Wargowsky-Kendall (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: Within the Behavior Analysis Training System at Western Michigan University is an undergraduate Honors Seminar which allows students to improve their Applied Behavior Analysis skills. This seminar is entitled Behavioral Research Supervisory System (BRSS). The students enrolled in BRSS are working towards Departmental Honors and must complete an undergraduate thesis. The goal of the BRSS system is to ensure that the undergraduate students complete all tasks within their project, as well as timely completion of their thesis. Overall, BRSS attempts to decrease students’ procrastination on these projects. Organization is key to the success of this system. Because BRSS supervises many undergraduate students, materials must be current and easy to use. During previous semesters, materials were delivered via printouts and a large CD manual. The CD manual used previously improved the system organization, although there were still challenges. The manual was too large to be effective, and thus needed more organization. The documents, assignment guides, and job aids were often hard to find. Along with organizational efforts, the job aids used to complete thesis assignments also needed to be revised and updated. Data will be recorded upon evaluation of the improved CD manual through surveys completed by the undergraduate students.
 
135. Behavior Analysis Training System Website
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
MARIA K. BAERKIRCHER (Western Michigan University), Masayuki Shiraishi (Western Michigan University), Richard W. Malott (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: The Behavior Analysis Training System Website is a tool by which the world can explore the graduate program designed by Dr. Richard W. Malott of Western Michigan University called the Behavior Analysis Training System (BATS). This website has been designed and maintained to describe and discuss the various components and research interests of BATS. People from all over the world, including students, faculty, and professionals, can benefit from the information that the website provides. This project exists to support the BATS program in its goal to produce high quality behavior analysts at both the graduate and undergraduate levels. The BATS website is continuously updated with current information of BATS and the BATS subsystems. Improvements to the website and to the information found on the website are continuously trying to be made. The BATS website is also a tool by which the world can explore the book, Principles of Behavior, and other work done by Dr. Richard W. Malott.
 
136. Creating Financial Fluency: Shaping Accurate Financial Projections in a University Setting
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
CRISTIN D. HARRISON (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: The University of Nevada Reno Behavior Analysis Program runs many different businesses as part of its self-capitalized model. One such business is the Satellite Masters Programs, where Masters level education is delivered at sites all over North America in a face-to face format. This business is overseen by a Director that monitors not only educational but financial issues. Graduate Student Assistant Directors are in charge of monitoring income and spending, in coordination with the financial team and the Director, as well as projecting future net income in upcoming months throughout the fiscal year. This intervention will evaluate a monthly financial reporting system that includes feedback to increase the accuracy of the net income reporting by the Assistant Directors of the Satellite Masters Programs.
 
137. Implementing A Graphic Feedback System To Promote Staff Performance
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
JEFFERY SMITH (Timber Ridge Ranch NeuroRestorative)
Abstract: This study utilized a multiply baseline design across subjects to increase work productivity/ standards (i.e., providing functional activities to clients, positive interactions, and etc...) amongst residental staff and to improve environmental living conditions/guidelines (i.e., hazard free, cleanliness, and etc...) at a facility that serves individuals with traumatic brain injuries. Baseline was conducted by training various clinicians to periodically probe staff and the residence twice daily by randomly selecting staff (using a table of random numbers and assigning staff to a particular number) to be observed for 10 minutes using a 10 second time sample during their respected shifts. The environmental observations consisted of a brief walk through of the residence. Standards for both staff interactions/expectations and environmental guidelines were scored on a checklist. Feedback was provided to staff by designating them each with a number (last four digits of social security number) and placing their scores according to their performance on graphs and posting them in the staff's office. Personal performance was listed individually, however the staff were scored as a group for the environmental checklist and therefore their scores were not listed ambiuously. A copy of both checklists were also provided to staff. Results indicate an increase in performance and professionalism of the staff and the guidelines for the residence expected to be upheld on a consistent daily basis.
 
138. Using Instructional Posting to Improve Compliance with the Utilization of an Automated Point-of-Use Inventory System
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
ANDREA MORGAN (University of Nevada, Reno), Linda J. Parrott Hayes (University of Nevada, Reno), Rachel S. F. Tarbox (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: Compliance with the utilization of an automated point-of-use inventory system in a major local hospital was investigated. Archival reports had indicated low levels of compliance by nursing and support staff in the communication of supplies needed and stocked by materials management. Utilization of the inventory system has implemented hospital-wide as the primary source of communication between nursing staff and materials management. A modified reversal design (ABCACD) was used to measure the effects of instructional posting on the utilization of the inventory system. A treatment package, consisting of goal setting, feedback, reinforcement, and instructional posting was implemented with a return to baseline. The treatment package was removed and instructional postings were reinstated with verbal feedback to measure the maintenance of treatment gains. Performance checklist and reliability was found at 100% throughout the study. The purpose of the current study was to improve nursing and support staff compliance levels with the utilization of an automated inventory system.
 
139. The Effects of Immediate Feedback and a Monthly Lottery on Acquisition and Maintenance of tutoring skills in an intensive behavioral treatment facility
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
KENNETH MACALEESE (University of Nevada, Reno), Ginger R. Wilson (University of Nevada, Reno), Patrick M. Ghezzi (University of Nevada, Reno), Janice K. Doney (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract: A common observation in many intensive behavioral treatment facilities is that job descriptions can be complex, and the skills required to fulfill the job are not always maintained after initial training (Reid & Whitman, 1983). Previous research has demonstrated the effects of immediate feedback (e.g., Parsons, Schepis, Reid, McCarn, & Green, 1987; Ivancic, Reid, Iwata, Faw, & Page, 1981) and lotteries (Iwata, Bailey, Brown, Foshee, & Alpern, 1976) in the maintenance of many staff behaviors. This study extends on the previous research by examining the individual effects of feedback with the additional effects of a lottery. This intervention’s simplicity and efficacy aids in the development of staff training and maintenance treatment packages.
 
140. Performance Management in a Long-Term Care Facility for the Elderly
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
KARA M. HARTMAN (Southern Illinois University), Mark R. Dixon (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract: We investigated the behavioral data collection of direct care and nursing staff in a long term care facility for the elderly. Data collection was monitored over a period of six weeks, for sixteen residents of the nursing home. As part of their job, staff members were requested to collect data only when disruptive, aggressive, or emotional behaviors were emitted by any of the residents. After the initial three week period of baseline, a change in the data collection method and data sheets was introduced for eight of the 16 targeted residents. For this experimental group, staff were requested to collect data each shift, regardless of if the targeted problematic behaviors occurred or not. In other words, the response cost for recording data was now made equal. The alteration of procedure and data sheet for the experimental group led to a marked increase in the frequency of problematic behaviors reported. The control group frequency of recorded instances of problem behavior remained the same throughout the duration of the study. When the frequency of problematic behaviors is tied directly to external funding for staffing supports, the accurate collection of the data are critical. We have demonstrated that by a simple altering the response effort for data collection, more accurate data will be reported.
 
141. Driving under the influence of safety belts: Data From Primary and Secondary Enforcement Conditions
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
ASHWINI BAPAT (Central Michigan University), Carl Merle Johnson (Central Michigan University)
Abstract: Differences in safety-belt wearing among drivers in different cohorts were examined under primary and secondary enforcement conditions. Data from seven years ago under secondary enforcement conditions ($25 fine) were collected from three different locations (downtown, campus, & freeway entrance) in a north central university town. Safety-belt wearing was observed again in these three locations with the state's primary enforcement ($50 fine for noncompliance). Further, cell phone usage while driving was monitored in this second cohort. Finally, feedback to drivers and incentives for compliance with state law was assessed.
 
142. A Descriptive Analysis of Bias in Observational Data Recording of Driver Safety
Area: OBM; Domain: Applied Research
ANGELA R. LEBBON (Western Michigan University), John Austin (Western Michigan University), Ron Van Houten (Mount Saint Vincent University)
Abstract: During the course of a study designed to evaluate a shift-interlock delay system on the safety belt use of drivers, both automatic and observational data were collected on safety belt use. Further, observational data alone were collected for the drivers’ complete stopping at stop signs and turn signal use. Detailed analyses of these data suggest there are potentially biasing factors that researchers should consider when conducting similar observational research in the area of driver safety. For example, the current analyses found that both construction and oncoming traffic substantially affected driver stopping patterns at the targeted stop sign. Data will be presented on these complete stopping results. Data will be presented for three maintenance vehicle drivers on a university campus. Data were also collected on university and civilian vehicles that were not exposed to the construction changes. Results on complete stopping during construction will be presented as an ABA design for all participants. Data were analyzed as a reversal design in the context of a two-variable factorial design (construction/no-construction, and forced/unforced stops). Therefore, the independent variables included the occurrence of construction on the targeted road, forcing vehicles to use alternative side streets; and occasions when oncoming traffic was present or absent at the time the stop was required (i.e., forced stops or unforced stops). The dependent variable was the percentage of complete stops at the target stop sign. Results for university vehicles suggest the percentage of forced stops was 83.7% during pre-construction, 93.8% during construction, and 82.8% during post-construction. The percentage of unforced safe stops was 5.8% during pre-construction, 0% during construction, and 3.0% during post-construction. Results for civilian vehicles suggest the percentage of forced stops was 80.5% during pre-construction, 100% during construction, and 80.9% during post-construction. The percentage of unforced complete stops was 3.3 % during pre-construction, 1.9% during construction, and 3.5% during post-construction. The implications of the study are that researchers must consider traffic patterns when conducting driving safety research, as traffic patterns alone seem to produce dramatically different driving patterns. That is, in driver safety research the percentage of vehicles completely stopping may be a function of traffic flow forcing the vehicles to stop or allowin...
 
 
 
Workshop #W73
CE Offered: None
Early and Intensive Behavioral Interventions for Autism
Sunday, May 30, 2004
7:00 PM–9:00 PM
Back Bay A
Area: PRA; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: O. Ivar Lovaas, Ph.D.
O. IVAR LOVAAS (University of California, Los Angeles)
Description: Autism represents the most severe impairment of all psychiatric diagnostic categories. It is almost always chronic: 95% of children diagnosed with autism remain autistic as adults and in need of institutional and/or protective care. To optimize treatment outcome behavioral intervention should start before the age of 5 years, address all the childs behavioral excesses and delays, be administered 40 hours or more per week, and be conducted in the childs home and community with the parents participation. Follow-up data assessment of the UCLA 1987 study conducted by independent blind examiners at the childrens mean age of 12 years shows that 47% of the children passed regular, age-appropriate classes in the public school system, scored within the normal range on IQ tests and standardized tests of adaptive behavior and personality, as well as ratings by clinical psychologists. Replication of the 1987 study across sites is being conducted by persons who have completed coursework in Learning & Behavior and Applied Behavior Analysis as well as passed a full-time 9-month internship at UCLA. Replication data will be published in 2004.
Learning Objectives: .
Activities: .
Audience: .
Content Area: Practice
Instruction Level: Basic
 
Business Meeting #263
Animal Trainers Forum Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 30, 2004
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Clarendon
Chair: Barbara J. Kaminski (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
Presenting Authors:
Members of the Animal Trainers Forum Special Interest Group will meet to elect officers, update membership, discuss activities over the past year, and make plans for the upcoming year and upcoming ABA conventions. All ABA members are welcome to attend!
 
 
Business Meeting #264
Clinical SIG Business Meeting
Sunday, May 30, 2004
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Berkeley
Chair: Ennio C. Cipani (Alliant International University)
Presenting Authors:
To discuss progress on the two previous objectives set at ABA 2003 and to serve as a social gathering of persons interested in clinical behavior analysis.
 
 
Business Meeting #265
Developmental SIG Business Meeting
Sunday, May 30, 2004
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Liberty C
Chair: Jacob L. Gewirtz (Florida International University)
Presenting Authors:
Annual Business Meeting.
 
 
Business Meeting #266
Journal of Behavioral Education, Editorial Board and Information Meeting
Sunday, May 30, 2004
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Fairfax B
Chair: Phillip J. Belfiore (Mercyhurst College)
Presenting Authors:
The Journal of Behavioral Education will hold its annual Editorial Board meeting and general information session. The purpose of this meeting is to update the Board on the current status and directions of the Journal, and to inform the general public regarding the availability of the Journal as an outlet for applied scholarly works.
 
 
Business Meeting #267
Journal of Precision Teaching and Celeration
Sunday, May 30, 2004
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Dalton
Chair: Richard M. Kubina Jr. (Pennsylvania State University)
Presenting Authors:
To discuss the current state and future direction of JPTC.
 
 
Business Meeting #268
Parents and Professionals Sharing the Conference Experience
Sunday, May 30, 2004
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Liberty B
Chair: Pamela H. Gorski (Reaching Potentials, Inc.)
Presenting Authors:
This meeting provides an opportunity for parents of children receiving behavior analytic services and professionals to gather in an informal setting to discuss the conference and common issues. Autism treatment is expected to be a major topic. Pam Gorski, director of Reaching Potentials, an ABA parent support agency, will co-host this meeting. Refreshments will be provided.
 
 
Business Meeting #269
Spanish Special Interest Group - First Annual Meeting
Sunday, May 30, 2004
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Hampton
Chair: Robin A. Nuzzolo-Gomez (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Presenting Authors:
The Spanish SIG is devoted to the dissemination of behavior analysis to ABA members whom English is not a primary language. It also invites those whom English is a primary language and wish to help with the task of disseminating behavior analysis to the Spanish speaking community. The purpose of this meeting is to share general feedback regarding the Spanish International track of presentations at this year's conference, and discuss means of increasing attendance and participation by Spanish speaking behavior analysts as well as future endeavors of the group. All ABA members are invited to attend. If you wish to obtain an agenda prior to the meeting please send an email to robinonpoint@cs.com.
 
 
Special Event #270
Tai Chi Chuan for Beginners
Sunday, May 30, 2004
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Fairfax A
Chair: Jill L. Basso (Certified Tai Chi Instructor)
The purpose of this class is to introduce people to the art of Tai Chi Chuan. Tai chi is a slow-moving, meditative exercise for relaxation, development of internal energy fields (chi), and help with balance, strength and coordination. The tai chi form is a series of postures that make up a form. The purpose of this class is to teach the basic principles of tai chi, discuss its' health benefits, and participate in solo chi exercises, chi kung exercises, and two-person application exercises to develop sensitivity. The teacher will give a brief history of tai chi, demonstration and how tai chi has shown to help different disabling conditions. Tai Chi began in China during the Sung Dynasty in 960-1126 AD. It is practiced all over the world and is revered for its health benefits and martial art application. Tai Chi Chuan is translated "Supreme Ultimate" kung fu or boxing, which translated into English would be, the individual practice of your internal skill and energy to develop supreme ultimate abilities in relaxation and fighting.
 
 
Business Meeting #271
Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group
Sunday, May 30, 2004
7:00 PM–7:50 PM
Gardner
Chair: William F. Potter (California State University, Stanislaus)
Presenting Authors:
The VB SIG is dedicated to promoting research, teaching and general dissemination of news related to Verbal Behavior. The purpose of the meeting is to network people involved or interested in VB, as well as establish projects and activities related to VB. Everyone is invited to attend. Interested persons should send an email to wpotter@athena.csustan.edu for an agenda prior to the meeting.
 
 
Reunion #272
2004 St. Cloud State University Alumni & Friends Behavioral Analysis Reunion
Sunday, May 30, 2004
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Beacon B
Chair: Gerald C. Mertens (Psychology Department)
The purpose of our behavioral reunion is to provide a chance to talk with other alumni and friends of Behavior Analysis at St. Cloud State University. We will use the same format we have used for a number of years in the past, having alumni and friends who attend tell something about what they are doing.
 
 
Special Event #273
B. F. Skinner Foundation Celebrates the Centennial of Skinner's Birth
Sunday, May 30, 2004
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Independence East
Chair: Julie S. Vargas (B. F. Skinner Foundation)
A gathering to celebrate the centennial of Skinner's birth. This year marks the 17th year of the Foundation, and its move from West Virginia to Cambridge, Massachusetts.
 
 
Reunion #274
Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies Reception
Sunday, May 30, 2004
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Republic A
Chair: Dwight Harshbarger (Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies)
An opportunity for past, present and prospective members, Advisors and Trustees of the Cambridge Center to meet, remember the past and discuss the CCBS future.
 
 
Reunion #275
Columbia University and CABAS: Schools in the USA, Ireland, and England
Sunday, May 30, 2004
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Commonwealth
Chair: R. Douglas Greer (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Graduates and friends of Columbia University Behavior Analysis Programs and CABAS Schools
 
 
Reunion #276
May Institute Hospitality Suite
Sunday, May 30, 2004
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Beacon A
Chair: Alan E. Harchik (May Institute)
We invite the ABA community, including anyone currently or formerly associated with the May Institute or May South, to join us for this gathering. This venue also provides an opportunity for prospective interns and graduate students to learn more about our programs. Beverages and desserts will be provided.
 
 
Reunion #277
Queens College Learning Processes Faculty and Alumni
Sunday, May 30, 2004
8:00 PM–10:00 PM
Beacon D
Chair: Bobby Newman (AMAC)
For faculty and current and former students of the Queens College, CUNY Learning Processes program to get back together.
 
 
Special Event #278
Behavioral Follies
Sunday, May 30, 2004
10:00 PM–12:00 AM
Grand Ballroom
Chair: Kelly G. Wilson (University of Mississippi), Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi), Dermot Barnes-Holmes (National University of Ireland, Maynooth)

Steve and Linda Hayes will be stepping down from administration of the Behavioral Follies for 2004, amidst rumors of humor mismanagement and accounting irregularities. Highly credible Behavioral News Tonight sources suggest that Drs. Hayes, in concert with shadowy behavioral figure Dr. Earth, have looted the Follies treasury for as much as $25,000,000. Questionable expenses charged to Behavioral Follies accounts include Dr. Linda Hayes' whopping $10,000 masseuse charge as well as an $86,000 bar tab at the San Franscisco ABA and Dr. Steven Hayes'charges, totaling over $175,000, for a long series of failed hair transplant surgeries. Drs. Hayes have denied all charges, saying that these were all "normal operating costs." They will be given the opportunity to respond to charges in a special segment of the Behavioral News Tonight at the upcoming Boston Behavioral Follies. Kelly Wilson, Dermot Barnes-Holmes, and Kate Kellum have agreed to take over interim administration of the Follies. Although all three maintain busy schedules, they stated that patriotism and loyalty to the brave followers of behavior analysis caused them to take temporary leave from departmental duties in order to, in the words of Dermot Barnes-Holmes, "get to the bottom of this bloody mess." Wilson, Barnes-Holmes, and Kellum have promised a reinvigorated follies schedule for the upcoming conference. After a careful functional analysis, they have determined the sources of recent follies nonhumor behavior and have pledged that they will not rest until these nonfunny sources of stimulus control are eradicated. Please contact Dr. Kelly Wilson at kwilson@olemiss.edu with any potential follies contributions.

 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
Modifed by Eddie Soh
DONATE
{"isActive":false}